Puresample v4

Words from the President

Dear Friends,

Let’s begin with a little history……

As early as 4000 BC, ancient civilizations began to realize the importance of drinking and using clean water. They also realized that the fires they used for cooking and heating left the air so dense, intolerable and polluted. In essence, they began using their senses of sight, smell, and taste to analyze the water and air, and try to develop viable filtering and treatment systems. For example, they began to boil water and filter water by using sand and gravel. These processes are still used today.

As time flowed throughout the centuries, significant contributions had been made in the area of treatment technologies, focusing primarily on waterborne illness as a means of public protection. With the dawn of the industrial revolution, people no longer had to rely on their senses to assess the quality of the environment. Instead, environmental tools were developed; samplers, monitors, and analyzers that gave clean, accurate results, results that could not be seen with the naked eye. With the results obtained, people could actually assess what treatment technology could be used.

Since 1994, ERE Inc. has been creating a little history of its own by supplying, designing and manufacturing innovative environmental equipment required to SAMPLE, MONITOR, FILTER and REMEDIATE, air, water, liquids, powders, sludge, and soil. With our new PURESAMPLETM Catalogue, volume 4, our goal is to provide you with the ultimate sourcebook to help you make your job a little easier.

It is most certain that technology will continue to evolve in the 21st century and rest assured that ERE will continue to provide you with the very best and ultimate in customer care.

Sincerely,

Angelo Diadelfo President & CEO

Table of Contents

Pumps, Biological Samplers, Bags, Cassettes, Tubes

Air Monitoring

4 - 12

Powder & Solid Sampling

Powder Thief, Slot Samplers, Bag Samplers, Sleeve Samplers, Cohesive Samplers, Powder Lances, Spatulas, Scoops, Spoons, Funnels, Jugs, Whirl-Pak Sampling Bags, Trays, Pails, Mini Pots, Brushes, Accessories, Carrying Cases, Labels, Cleaning Detergents

13 - 33

Passive Monitoring Badges, Gas Detection Tubes & Pumps, Portable & Fixed Gas Detectors, Particle Counters, Calibration Gases, Accessories

Soil Sampling

Augers, Handles, Extensions & Slide Hammers, Auger Kits, Core Samplers, Soil Probes, Soil Sampling Kits Soil Gas Sampling Kits, Scoops, Shovels, Drills &

Heat Stress Monitors & Sound Level Meters, Calibrators, Light Meter & Flow Meter, Handheld Weather Meters, Thermometers, Hygro-Thermometers, Moisture Meter, Borescope Camera, MultiMeters, Indoor Air Quality Meters, Stop Watch, RF EMF Strength Meter, Surface Test Kits, Magnetic Locators, Radiation Meters

Water

49 - 72

Bailers, Accessories, Surface Samplers, Liquid Samplers, Drum & Tank Samplers, Inertial Pumps & Tubing, Groundwater Filters, Actuators, Pumps

Stopwatches, Resistance Testers, Multimeters, Well Plugs, Sampling Bags, Accessories, Bottles, Containers, Syringes, All Weather Field Books, Gloves, Cleaners, Flash Lights, Protective Cases, Tubing, Adapters, & Connectors

Flow Meters, Staff Gauges, Water Level, Oil Water Interface Meters, Test Kits, Bacteria Test Kits, Luminometers, Dye Tracing, Water Quality Instrumentation, Fixed Water Quality Controllers

Biodegradable Cleaners, Air Fresheners, Mops, Sprayers, Dust Removers, Towels, Wastebaskets, Bags, Paper Towels, Hygienic Paper, Dispensers, Absorbents, Spill Kits, Cylinder Racks, Overpacks, Workstations, Spill Pallets, Leak Diverters & Drain Plugs

Water Quality Meters, Colorimeters, Electrodes, Calibration Solutions, Stirrers, Refractometers, Water Purification Systems, Microscopes, Slides, Centrifuges, Tubes, Incubators, Digital Dry Baths, Shakers, Scales & Balances, Tensiometer, Sieves & Shakers, Desiccators, Pipettors, Syringes, Burettes, Containers, Bottles, Vials, Bags, Cylinders, Beakers, Trays, Pails, Funnels, Scoops, Tube Racks, Biohazard Bags, Tape, Boxes, Tubing Clamps, Glove Boxes, Surface Protectors, Sleeves, Shoe Covers, Caps & Detergents

Hydrocarbon Sampling & Recovery166 - 168

Skimmers, Samplers, Pumps, Absorbents, TPH Test Kits

Gloves, Aprons, Sleeves, Cova-Caps, Shoe Covers, Rainsuits, Protective Clothing, Traffic Vests, Goggles, Glasses, Ear Muffs, Ear Plugs, Masks, Eye Wash Stations, Hard Hats, Harness, First Aid Kits, Traffics Cones & Horns

Books, Books, Books … & More Books

Sludge & Grease Samplers, Sludge & Sediment Sampler Kits, Dredges, Sludge Level Detector & Settleometer

Filter Bags, Cartridges, Bag & Cartridge Housings, Carbon, Media, Resins, Water Treatment Units, Fiber Glass Tanks, Sludge Dewatering Systems, Micro Filtration Systems, Reverse Osmosis Units, Oil Water Separators, Pumps, Refractometers, Bacteria, Oxygen Releasing Compounds, Algae Remover, Skimmers, Water Softner, Remediation Pumps, Multiphase Extraction Systems, Air Strippers, Blowers, Soil Vapour Extraction Systems, Air Treatment Units, Air Filters

Simple & Reliable!

The Buck EliteTM -5

The BUCK Elite™-5 is a data logging, programmable personal air sampler consists of a pump contained in a high impact steel fiber filled Lexan, antistatic, and RFI/EMI - shielded case, exclusive electronic circuit board for constant flow control (patent pending), an LCD display with 2 lines of 16 characters, a single diaphragm pump mechanism and a rechargeable NiMH battery pack. The purpose of this pump is to draw air contaminants in through a sampling media such as 25 and 37 mm filter cassettes, bubble impingers, long-duration color detector tubes; to gauge personnel exposure to gases, vapors, particulates, aerosols, etc.

Flow Range: 0.8 - 6 LPM (800 - 6000 cc/min) 5 - 799 cc/min with universal low flow holder.

* Pump kit includes pump with a single pack NiMH battery, standard 120 V AC battery charger, luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, 3 ft of vinyl hose and operating manual.

The Libra Plus™ Series Air Sampling Pumps

Libra Plus™, provides extraordinary backpressure capabilities in an economical full service pump with a broad sampling range for use in a multitude of sampling applications.

The pump is contained in a high impact RFI/EMI shielded case with an exclusive electronic circuit board for Constant Flow Control, voltage & backpressure monitoring to provide the most powerful, accurate, battery powered pump on the market.

A large backlit LCD display, single diaphragm pump mechanism & nickel metal hydride battery pack make this pump simple to use, reliable and rugged for use with sampling media such as 25 & 37 mm filter cassettes, cyclones, bubble impingers, long-duration color detector tubes & other media for sampling gases, vapors, aerosols, particulates, etc.

Features

• High Back Pressure capable for 25 mm 0.45 µ asbestos filters

• Displays: elapsed time, accumulated volume and flow rate

LP-5 Pump: 0.8 - 5 LPM

LP-7 Pump: 3 - 7 LPM

LP-12 Pump: 3 - 12 LPM

LP-20 Pump: 5 - 20 LPM

Includes pump with battery pack, standard charger, Luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, 3 ft vinyl hose & operating manual. Does not include universal low flow holder for sorbent tubes.

BU-906200

Libra Plus™, LP-5 Pump Kit, 0.8 - 5 LPM (120 V)

BU-906300

Libra Plus™, LP-7 Pump Kit, 3 - 7 LPM (120 V)

BU-906250

Libra Plus™, LP-12 Pump Kit, 3 - 12 LPM (120 V)

BU-906700

Libra Plus™, LP-20 Pump Kit, 5 - 20 LPM (120 V)

BU-109030

Adjustable Universal Low Flow Holder

** Pump 5-pack kit includes 5 pumps with single pack NiMH batteries, luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, and 3 ft of vinyl hose. Also included are two operating manuals, one QuickFive™ charger100 - 240 V AC, and a durable hard plastic 1500 Pelican case with lifetime warranty that accommodates additional accessories.

BU-908000

Buck EliteTM -5, Single Pack Pump Kit W/ 120 V Wall Charger

BU-908020

Buck EliteTM -5, Single Pack Pump Kit W/ 230 V Wall Charger

BU-947200

Buck EliteTM -5, 5 Pack Pump Kit W/ QuickFive Charger & Pelican Case

The Buck LibraTM

Features

•Economical Abatement Pump Flow Range 0.8 to 4 LPM

•Designed for asbestos, lead and other airborne contaminants

•No tools required to change flow rates

•High back pressure capability for 25 mm 0.45 µ asbestos filters

•Flow setting is saved in memory for next day quick start

•Antistatic, RFI shielded & ETL approval Class I, II, III

•Low flows 5 - 800 cc/min with universal low flow sorbent tube holder

•Flows up to 4 LPM for special cyclone requirements

•Bright LED indicates pump on, flow fault & low battery Includes pump with battery pack, 115 V charger, luer hose adapter, shirt/hose clip, 3 ft vinyl hose and operating manual. Does not include universal low flow holder for sorbent tubes.

4

BU-926000 Buck-Libra

LPM Pump Kit (120 V) BU-926020 Buck-Libra 4 LPM Pump Kit (230 V)

DEFENDER Primary Standard Calibrator

Designed exclusively for the occupational health and safety industry and built on next-generation DryCal® technology!

Features

•Highly accurate and repeatable - laboratory accuracy certified by NIST through NVLAP and backed by ISO 17025 accreditation

•Choice of 3 wide flow ranges:

5 - 500 ml/min

50 - 5,000 ml/min

300 - 30,000 ml/min

•Large illuminated graphical display with zoom feature

•Integrated serial PC interface and Optimizer Software for data transfer, secure audit trail, and reporting

•Optimizer 110 Software (included) provides a link to your PC and automatically transfers readings to be saved as a text file

•"Optional"Optimizer 120 Software accessory stores readings in a secure and searchable SQL database for quick and easy recall. Document and aggregate pump pre- and post-calibration data. Create calibration reports from templates for a secure audit trail and to satisfy ISO, TQM, or occupational health and safety management systems.

Two DEFENDER models available:

DEFENDER 510: 1% accuracy volumetric calibration for personal air samplers and other volumetric instruments

DEFENDER 520: Adds ambient temperature and pressure sensors to record calibration conditions for enhanced audit trail.

The First Electronic Calibrator

Mini-BuckTM Primary Flow Calibrator

Accurate dependable flow measurements!

M-1

0.1 - 300 cc/min

M-5

1 - 6,000 cc/min

M-30

Features

0.1 - 30 LPM

All calibrators include AC adapter/charger, soap solution, dispenser bottle & operating manual.

•Primary gas flow measurements, NIST traceable with accuracy of ±0.5%

•Suitable for verifying vacuum and pressure pumps, rotameters, setting instrument panels, calibrating gas chromatographs, etc.

•Wide choice of operating ranges

•Completely field portable, rechargeable Ni-Cad battery powered provides up to 8 hours of use

•One button control, auto shut off battery saver

•Instant readout of flow rates

•Not affected by temperature or humidity changes, accurate at any altitude

BU-801000

Mini-Buck Calibrator, M-1, 0.1 - 300 cc/min, 120 V CE*

BU-805000

Mini-Buck Calibrator, M-5, 1 - 6,000 cc/min, 120 V CE*

BU-803000

Mini-Buck Calibrator, M-30, 0.1 - 30 LPM, 120 V CE*

BU-107030

Soap Solution, 8 oz

All Defender instruments come with charger with multi-plug, Optimizer 110 Software, and 1 meter serial cable.

50 - 5,000 ml/min. Software requires available COM port on PC. (100 - 240 V)

BIO-200-510L

Defender Model 510L, 5 - 500 ml/min

BIO-200-510M

Defender Model 510M, 50 - 5,000 ml/min

BIO-200-510H

Defender Model 510H, 300 - 30,000 ml/min

BIO-200-520L

Defender Model 520L, 5 - 500 ml/min

BIO-200-520M

Defender Model 520M, 50 - 5,000 ml/min

BIO-200-520H

Defender Model 520H, 300 - 30,000 ml/min

BIO-300-002

Optimizer 120 Deluxe Software On CD, Requires Windows 2000 SP3 Or Windows XP SP2 & An Available COM Port On PC

Pump Accessories

BU-603900

Single Station Charger, 16 hrs, 120 V

BU-601900

FastOne 1 hr Charger, Single Station, 100/240 V

BU-605900

FastFive 1 hr Charger, 5 Station, 120/240 V

BU-109030

Adjustable Universal Low Flow For Sorbent Tubes, 5 - 800 cc/min

BU-109032

Non-Adjustable Low Flow Holder For Sorbent Tubes

BU-109033

Adjustable Low Flow Holder, 5 - 100 cc/min

BU-109070

Optional Bag Filling Port For Buck Pumps

BU-108000

Small Pelican 1400 Padded Carrying Case

BU-109017

Medium Padded Carrying Case

Sampling for Gel-Impaction Slides

Buck BioSlideTM

Model B1020 Bioaerosol sampling pump is compact, lightweight, 10 - 20 LPM controlled flow sampling pump for bioaerosol sampling with Impaction-Gel. Both an LED & audible alarm provide confirmation of end-of-sample or depleted battery. Convenient timer for 1, 2, 5, 10 minute samples & continuous mode. A full five hours of continuous operation (at 15 LPM). It comes with a calibrated rotameter for quick flow check or calibration and a charger.

Buck BioAireTM

Model B520 Bioaerosol sampling pump is compact, lightweight, 5 - 20 LPM controlled flow sampling pump for bioaerosol sampling. Accommodates the BioAireTM cassettes as well as the Air-O-CellTM. Both a LED & audible alarm provide confirmation of end-of-sample or depleted battery. Convenient timer for 1, 2, 5, 10 minute samples & continuous mode. A full five hours of continuous operation (at 15 LPM). It comes with a calibrated

for quick flow check or calibration & charger.

Buck Bio-Culture™

The Bio-Culture™ provides selectable, continuous (6 to 8 hrs), constant sample flowrate and is simple to operate. Its quiet operation allows unobtrusive sampling in IAQ, medical, clean room, public & residential building applications.

Features

• Holds 90 mm agar Petri dish.

• Flows up to 120 LPM

• 380 holes - 1 mm diameter

• Convenient timer for 1, 2, 5,10 minute samples & continuous mode.

• Tripod mount to allow 90 degree sampling

• Sampling head is easily sterilized with gas torch or autoclave

• 4 times the flow rate of an Anderson sampler

BU-706000 BioAire™ Pump Comes W/ 115 V Charger, Rotameter Assembly & Instruction Manual

BU-707000 BioSlide™ Pump Comes W/ 115 V Charger, Rotameter, Assembly & Instruction Manual

BU-708000 Bio-Culture™ Pump Comes W/ 115 V Charger, Pencil Torch, Tripod, Case & Instruction Manual BU-708500 Calibration Head For Bio-Culture™ Pump

rotameter

Sampling for Viable Bioaerosols

MicroFlowTM MicrobiologicalAir Sampler

Is used for sampling biocontaminants (bacteria, molds, spores, fungi, pollen, etc.) in any production or environmentally controlled area. MicroFlowTM allows to verify & quantify microorganism presence.

Features

•Autoclavable anodized aluminum support plate & aluminum sampling head with conical holes;

60 mm head: 219 holes (1 mm)

90 mm head: 380 holes (1 mm)

•Manual, sequential, or programmable with delayed start

Gas Sampling Bags

•Five flow rates 30, 60, 90, 100, 120 LPM

•Data logging up to 99 samples

•Remote operation via infrared control

•Sample in horizontal or vertical without tripod auxilium

•5 languages: English, Spanish, German, French & Italian

Non-contaminating, chemically inert, EPA recommended

Reusing bags

The EPA does not recommend reusing sample bags for ambient air sampling, due to the possibility of adsorption of previously sampled chemicals onto the inside bag surface. In some cases, bags can be reused, with the following guidelines.

•Immediately after use, clean bags by flushing and heating, then store with all air evacuated from the bag.

•Long-term storage of air-contaminant mixtures in bags can cause subsequent samples to be contaminated by off-gassing of previous samples adsorbed into the film.

•Tedlar® bags can be used for higher MW alcohols without contaminating subsequent samples if cleaned and flushed properly.

•Properly cleaned bags can be reused for sampling ethers without interfering with subsequent analysis.

•Tedlar® bags used for sampling styrene or ethylbenzene cannot be reused. Cleaning and flushing will not completely remove these chemicals.

AQ-G1004

MicroFlow™ 60/C Sampler Kit Includes Aluminum Head & Double IR Sensor, Audible Alarm, One Spare Aluminum Head, IR Remote Control,

Hints

•Before use, thoroughly flush bags with purified air or nitrogen.

•During sampling, Teflon® tubing and Teflon® lined septums must be used in order to prevent sample loss.

•Bags should not be filled to more than 80% of their maximum volume.

•Charcoal (Black) Tedlar® bags should be used when sampling any light sensitive elements.

•Do not store compounds in Tedlar® bags long term due to the possibility that chemicals may adsorb onto the bag surface.

•Bags should not be used to collect reactive or unstable compounds.

•When shipping bags, do not air-ship unless the cabin is pressurized.

Polypropylene Screw Cap Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum

Polypropylene Locking Combo Valve with Septum

Stainless Steel TCLP Fitting with Replaceable Septum

Stainless Steel Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum

Polypropylene Jaco® Fitting for Tubing or Septum

Nickel Plated HR® Barbed On/Off Valve

Swagelok® Type Stainless Steel Fitting for Tubing or Septum

PFA Fitting for Tubing or Septum

Gas Sampling Bags

These Gas Sampling Bags offer a convenient, reliable, economical way of collecting airborne chemical hazards. They are chemically inert, leak tested, mechanically strong, reusable, and noncontaminating. They are available in Tedlar®, Charcoal Tedlar®, FEP, PFA and other materials, with a variety of standard and custom fittings as well as optional metal grommets/eyelets for easy holding and storage.

Tedlar® Gas Sampling Bag with Screw Cap Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum

Above part numbers include 1 grommet / eyelet. Also available with multiple grommet / eyelet. Other valves & fittings available. Can also be sold separately.

Teflon® FEP Gas Sampling Bag with Screw Cap Combo Valve with Replaceable Septum

Common Applications

• Assessing exposure from spills and leaks

• Calibrating gas standards

• Gas blending

• Grab sampling

• Magnetic imaging

• Groundwater testing

• Measuring peak concentrations

• Indoor air sampling

• Vent sampling

• Soil gas sampling

• Hazardous waste site sampling

Above part numbers include 1 grommet / eyelet. Also available with multiple grommet / eyelet. Other valves & fittings available. Can also be sold separately.

SampleProTM FlexFilm Bags

The new SKC SampleProTM FlexFilm sample bags are constructed of SKC proprietary material ideally suited for collecting air samples. Eyelets are not included.

SamplePro® FlexFoil® Sample Bags For Methane, Carbon Monoxide/Dioxide & More

SKC SamplePro® FlexFoil® sample bags provide light and moisture protection for low molecular weight compounds such as hydrogen that are unstable when collected into standard Tedlar® bags. Use a low flow air sample pump with exhaust port with SKC FlexFoil® Sample Bags. These bags do not have eyelets.

The FlexFilm Advantages

•Lower VOC background and shows the same sample stability for VOC’s as seen with Tedlar®

•High-performance polypropylene fitting designed for efficient bag sampling

•One compact fitting includes hose/valve and septum

•Longer storage times

•Strong evenly-sealed seams

• Economy, economy, economy

SampleProTM FlexFilm Bags with Single Polypropylene Septum Fitting

SK-236-001

1 Liter, 8.25" x 7.25", 10/Box

SK-236-001A

1 Liter, 8.25"x 7.25", Each

SK-236-002

3 Liter, 8.25"x 15.25", 10/Box

SK-236-002A

3 Liter, 8.25"x 15.25", Each

SK-236-003 10 Liter, 18.25"x 14.25", 10/Box

SK-232-01-RS

Replacement Septa, 10/Box

Custom size bags available upon request.

The FlexFoil® Advantages

•Collect low molecular weight compounds and inert gases not stable in Tedlar

•Strong, evenly sealed 4-ply material

•Water and vapor-proof

•Flexible

•Sample stability up to 5 days

•Available with single all-in-one septum and hose/valve fitting in stainless steel or polypropylene

•Custom bags available

•Minimal adsorption

•Opaque material protects sample from light

SamplePro® FlexFoil® Bags* with Single Polypropylene Septum Fitting

SK-245-21

1 Liter, 7" x 7", 5/Box

SK-245-21A

1 Liter, 7"x 7", Each

SK-245-23

3 Liter, 9.5"x 10", 5/Box

SK-245-23A

3 Liter, 9.5"x 10", Each

SK-245-25

5 Liter, 12"x 12.5", 5/Box

SK-245-28

10 Liter, 11.75"x 22", 5/Box

SK-232-01-RS

Replacement Septa, 10/Box

Custom size bags available upon request.

SamplePro® FlexFoil® Bags* with Single Stainless Septum Fitting

SK-245-01

1 Liter, 7" x 7", 5/Box

SK-245-01A

1 Liter, 7" x 7", Each

SK-245-03

3 Liter, 9.5" x 10", 5/Box

SK-245-03A

3 Liter, 9.5" x 10", Each

SK-245-05

5 Liter, 12" x 12.5", 5/Box

SK-245-08

10 Liter, 11.75" x 22", 5/Box

SK-233-01-RS

Replacement Septa, 10/Box

Custom size bags available upon request.

* Flexfoil® sample bags are not suitable for collecting VOC’s due to the constituents of the bag material.

Extremely Low Permeability!

Air Sampling Bags

Air Sampling Bags are made from Tedlar polyvinyl fluoride (PVF) film with heat-sealed, leak-proof, double seams. Tedlar is chemically inert and will not absorb or contaminate the samples normally encountered in air monitoring, emission testing and nuclear gas collecting. Minimum sample loss.

Features

•Use to collect and store many gases

•Flexible and easy to use

•Lightweight, reusable, strong

•Bags are supplied with standard port, pinch clamp and 30 cm (11.8") of 19 mm (1/4") ID

Tygon® Tubing

37 mm Air Sampling Cassettes

Features

•Polystyrene Housing, 2 or 3

•Meets NIOSH & OSHA standards

•Available in both two & three piece configurations

•Individually assembled & preloaded under stringent quality assurance standards with only the finest quality membrane & support pads

ZEFON & EMS 25 mm PCM & TEM Cassettes

Features

•25 mm static conductive extension cowl, 3 piece housing

•Meets NIOSH and OSHA standards

•Ready to use, tapered inlet

•Compliant with asbestos regulations

ZEFON

MI-10-005A 0.5 Liter, 6"X 7", Each

MI-10-001A

1 Liter, 7"X 9", Each

MI-10-002A

2 Liter, 9" X 12", Each

MI-10-003A

3 Liter, 12" X12", Each

MI-10-005A

5 Liter, 9" X 22", Each

MI-10-010A

10 Liter, 12" X 22", Each

MI-10-015A

15 Liter, 18" X 18", Each

MI-10-020A

20 Liter, 18" X 25", Each

Larger sizes available.

Match-Weighed Cassettes

Features

•Each cassette labeled with serial number, preloaded-ready to use

•Color coded to indicate filter type

•Contains two filters matched in weight, subject to noted tolerance

•Top filter collects particulate & the bottom filter serves as a control

ZE-7M93M

ZE-7M52P

ZE-7M53P

Filters, 50/Case

ZE-Z045BA

Pre-Weighed Cassettes

Features

•Preloaded- ready to use, 2 or 3 housing

•Each cassette is labeled with serial number, color coded to indicate filter type

•Pre-weighed cassettes eliminate the user's inconvenience of pre-weighing filters for gravimetric analysis

Competitively Priced Cassettes, Providing Exceptional Value

Micro-5

The decrease of the jet-to-plate distance (in the circular jet impactors) results in a critical decrease of the impactor's cut-off size, from about 2.5 microns of the widely used slit impactors to about 1 micron. This makes such an impactor efficient for collecting spores of all fungal species and even some bacterial species.

Cyclex-D

Utilizing a 360 degree impaction chamber, the Cyclex-D was pioneered to evenly and quantitatively collect aeroallergens. With a flow rate of 20 L/min, the capture & actual collection efficiency of the Cyclex-D exceeded 50% at d50=1µ compared to the industry norm of2.5 microns.

Air-O-CellTM

The Air-O-Cell™ is a unique air sampling cassette specifically designed for the rapid collection of a wide range of airborne aerosols including mold spores, pollen, insect parts, skin cell fragments, fibers (e.g. asbestos,fiberglass, cellulose, clothing fibers, etc.) and inorganic particulate (e.g. ceramic, fly ash, copy toner, etc.). The Air-O-Cell™ collects both viable & non-viable sample specimens, providing a much broader overview of potential allergens & contaminants than conventional sampling techniques.

Allergenco-D

The Allergenco-D sampling cassette was developed for the sampling and collection of aeroallergens & bioaerosols for quantitative analysis of mold spores, pollen, skin fragments, insects, combustion particles, toners, environmental dust, construction dusts & other airborne particulates. The Allergenco-D employs a patented laminar flow venturi which provides higher readable collection efficiency as well as a more well defined impaction trace, helping to reduce analysis time.

EMS-120170 Micro-5, 50/Box

EMS-120135 Cyclex-D, 50/Box

Sorbent Tubes

Sorbent tube sampling is the NIOSH/OSHA - approved method for collecting most hazardous gases and vapors from the air. Federal law has established Permissible Exposure Limits (PEL’s) for workers’ exposure to a variety of airborne chemical hazards. Sorbent tubes have been validated as a reliable tool for sampling requirements.

Sorbent Tubes are Easy to Use

SK-226-01 Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 6 mm O.D. x 70 mm L, 50/Box

SK-226-01-Bulk Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 6 mm O.D. x 70 mm L, 1000/Box

SK-226-09 Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 8 mm O.D. x 110 mm L, 50/Box

SK-226-09-Bulk Anasorb CSC, Coconut Charcoal, 8 mm O.D. x 110 mm L, 1000/Box

Other tubes available.

RING

The RING is a radial symmetry diffusive sampler for gases and vapours airborne detection. Ready to use, cheap, small, light (less than 15 g) and safe, this sampler has been designed for personal and environmental sampling. Thanks to its high precision the Ring gives accurate results with few hours or weeks display.

Some possible applications are:

• Personal sampling

• Working area sampling

• Air quality monitoring

• Pollutant sites monitoring

Tubes for Volatile Organic Sampling Trains (VOST)

EPA Methods 0030 and 0031 specify Volatile Organic Sampling Train (VOST) Tubes when sampling for VOC’s and Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents from stationary emission sources. Method 0030 specifies a train of three sorbent tubes: one Tenax and petroleum-based charcoal, and two Tenax. Method 0031 specifies one Anasorb 747 tube and two Tenax tubes. Low background levels make these sorbent useful for collecting low concentrations of VOC’s.

SK-226-134 Glass Open

SK-226-133 Glass Open

16 mm O.D. x 125 mm L, 5 gm (20/40 Mesh), Each

Sampling Of:

• Aldehydes

• Ammonia (NH3)

• Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

• Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

• Ozone (O3)

• Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) recovery by chemical desorption

A diffusive sampler with radial symmetry is characterized by a cylindrical diffusive surface (instead of plane), by a cylindrical adsorbing device, internal and coaxial to the adsorbing substrate, and a diffusive path parallel to the radius.This special design, which maximize the diffusive surface compared to similar axial samplers, allows an extremely high sampling rate inspite of its small dimensions. Ring’s high sampling rate guarantees very low levels of analytical sensitivity. Also, sampler efficiency, is not influenced by air speed changes and is independent from the related humidity.

AQ-P500R Supporting Plate W/ Clips, Label & Transparent Label Pocket, 10/Pack

AQ-P502R Blue Diffusive Body, 10/Pack

AQ-P503R Metal Clip For Body, 10/Pack

AQ-P700R Adsorbing Cartridge For Ammonia (NH3), 10/Pack

AQ-P702R Adsorbing Cartridge For Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), 10/Pack

AQ-P704R Adsorbing Cartridge For Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), 10/Pack

AQ-P706R Adsorbing Cartridge For Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC’s and BTEX), 10/Pack

SafeAir® Badges

Direct Read Passive Monitoring System

The SafeAir® system consists of a direct reading colorimetric badge and a color comparison chart. SafeAir® badges are available for 21 different gases. Provides immediate visual indication when specific chemical is present.

• Homogeneous and stable color formation due to coated indicator layer

• Highly sensitive and selective

• Ideal for leak detection and daily exposure screening

• No laboratory analysis needed

MT-382010-50

Chemical: Ammonia, 4.0 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.50 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382017-50

Chemical: Carbon Dioxide, 8,000 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 1,000 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-383009

Chemical: Carbon Dioxide Color Comparator (1,800 - 80,000 ppm/hr), Each

MT-382012-50

Chemical: Carbon Monoxide, 7.0ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.9 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382009-50

Chemical: Chlorine, 0.18ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.023 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-383010

Chemical: Chlorine Color Comparator (0.3 - 3.0 ppm/hr), Each

MT-382011-50

Chemical: Formaldehyde, 0.4ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.05 ppm, 50/Pack

ChromAir® Colorimetric Badges Direct Read Passive Monitoring System

The ChromAir® system consists of a direct reading colorimetric badge and a color comparison chart. Users can now monitor for toxic gases without the use of a pump or time consuming laboratory analysis. Immediate, on-site results. Highly sensitive and selective. Exposure data read directly from badge. Immediate response for short-term exposure measurements. Measure TWA exposures. Patented design minimizes effects of humidity and air velocity. Light-weight and cost effective for personnel and area monitoring. No laboratory analysis needed.

MT-380020-10

Chemical: Acetone, 20 - 24,000 ppm x hr,

Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 2.5ppm, 10/Pack

MT-380003-10

Chemical: Ammonia , 4 - 300 ppm x hr,

Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.5ppm, 10/Pack

MT-384008

Chemical: Ammonia Color Comparator (3 - 600 ppm/hr), Each

MT-380008-10

Chemical: Carbon Monoxide, 10 - 525 ppm x hr,

Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 1.25ppm, 10/Pack

MT-384006

Chemical: Carbon Monoxide Color Comparator (4 - 630 ppm/hr), Each

MT-380004-10

Chemical: Chlorine, 0.4 - 13 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.05ppm, 10/Pack

MT-384005

Chemical: Chlorine Color Comparator (0.2 - 20), Each

MT-380007-10

Chemical: Formaldehyde, 0.3 - 12 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.04 ppm, 10/Pack

MT-384001

Chemical: Formaldehyde Color Comparator (0.3 - 40 ppm/hr), Each

MT-380009-10

Chemical: Hydrogen Sulfide, 1 - 240 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.13ppm, 10/Pack

MT-384002

Chemical: Hydrogen Sulfide Color Comparator (0.4 - 350 ppm/hr), Each

MT-380018-10

Chemical: Mercury , 0.125 - 1.6 ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.016 mg/m3, 10/Pack

MT-384003

Chemical: Mercury Color Comparator (0.12 - 3.2 mg/m3/hr), Each

MT-380010-10

Chemical: Ozone, 0.08 - 1.6ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.01 ppm, 10/Pack

MT-401966-10 Badge Clips, 10/Pack

MT-382002-50

Chemical: Hydrazine, 8.0 ppb, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 1.0 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-383001

Chemical: Hydrazine Color Comparator (4.5 – >300 ppb/hr), Each

MT-382015-50

Chemical: Hydrogen Sulfide, 2.0ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.25 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382013-50

Chemical: Nitrogen Dioxide, 1.0ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.125 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382004-50

Chemical: Ozone, 0.05ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.006 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-382014-50

Chemical: Sulfur Dioxide, 0.2ppm x hr, Min. Detectable Limit (8 hrs): 0.025 ppm, 50/Pack

MT-401966-10 Badge Clips, 10/Pack

Carbon Monoxide 5/c, 5 - 700 ppm, SEI Certified, 10/Box

DR-CH20601

Carbon Monoxide 10/b, 10 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH24301

Chlorine 0.2/a, 0.2 - 30 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH20201

Ethyl Acetate 200/a, 200 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box

Accuro® Gas Detector Pump

DrägerTubes® & Accuro® Pump

More than 500 substances can be detected and measured using the Dräger-Tube system. Typical applications include the monitoring of workplace air, emission measurements, quality control, process control and monitoring of compressed air for breathing apparatus, as well as environmental and hazardous substance detection applications.

Short-Term Measurements with Dräger-Tubes

For short-term measurements more than 160 Dräger-Tubes are available to measure the socalled spot concentrations of specific gases. A wide range of different gases and vapours can be detected and measured, e.g. determining and measuring concentration peaks, measuring personal exposure in the inhalation area, detecting leaks in pipelines, gas installations etc. and air analysis in sewers, shafts and confined spaces.

DR-6728051

Ethylene 50/a, 50 - 2,500 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6733081

Formaldehyde 0.2/a, 0.2 - 5 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101751

Formaldehyde 2/a, 2 - 40 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6728391

Hexane 100/a, 50 - 3,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH29501

Hydrochloric Acid 1/a, 1 - 10 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101511

Hydrogen 0.2%/a, 0.2 - 2 Vol.-%, 10/Box

R-8101461 Hydrogen Sulfide 0.2/a, 0.2-5 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6728041

Hydrogen Sulfide 0.5/a, 0.5-15 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101831 Hydrogen Sulfide 1/d, 1 - 200 ppm, SEI Certified, 10/Box

DR-CH29101 Hydrogen Sulfide 100/a, 100 - 2,000 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8103281 Mercaptan 0.1/a, 0.1 - 15 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH23101 Mercury Vapour 0.1/b, 0.05 - 2 mg/m3, 10/Box

DR-CH30001

Nitrogen Dioxide 0.5/c, 0.5 - 25 ppm, 10/Box, SEI Certified

DR-CH31001 Nitrous Gases 2/a, 2 - 100 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8103261

Oxygen 5%/C, 5 - 23 Vol.-%, 10/Box

DR-6733181

Ozone 0.05/b, 0.05 - 1.4 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101691 Petroleum Hydrocarbons 10/a, 10 - 300 ppm, 10/Box

The Accuro® Gas Detector Pump is a manually operated bellows pump that draws a calibrated 100 milliliter sample through the short-term Dräger-Tubes.

DR-6400000

Accuro® Pump Includes Tube Opener & Allen Wrench

DR-4053473

Soft-Side Accuro® Pump Kit Includes Pump, Tube Opener, Spare Parts Kit, Allen Wrench & Nylon Carrying Case

DR-4056443

Hard-Side Accuro® Pump Kit Includes Pump, Tube Opener, Spare Parts Kit, 10 Rubber Caps, Allen Wrench & Plastic Carrying Case

Features

• One-Hand Operation

• Very Low Maintenance

• End-Of-Stroke Indicator

DR-6730201 Petroleum Hydrocarbons 100/a, 100 - 2,500 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101611

Phosphine 0.01/a , 0.01 - 1 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH25301 Smoke Tubes N/A, 10/Box

DR-6728491

Sulphur Dioxide 0.5/a, 0.5 - 25 ppm, 10/Box

DR-6728781

Sulphuric Acid 1/a, 1 - 5 mg/m3, 9/Box

DR-8101661

Toluene 5/b, 5 - 300 ppm, 10/Box

DR-CH21101

Trichloroethane 50/d, 50 - 600 ppm, 5/Box

DR-8101721

Vinyl Chloride 0.5/b, 0.5 - 30 ppm, 10/Box

DR-8101781

Water Vapour 1/b, 1 - 40 mg/L, 10/Box

DR-6733161

Xylene 10/a, 10 - 400 ppm, 10/Box

Other tubes available.

• Built-In Automatic Stroke Counter

CMS Analyzer and Chips

Digital display of gas concentration eliminates ambiguous results. Internal recorder stores up to 50 measurements with time/date stamp. Just load a CMS gas specific chip into the bottom port of the analyzer. Easy-to-use, three-step slide switch allows analyzer to take measurement. Gas concentration is displayed in seconds with digital readout. Operates on four "AA" batteries (included).

Features

•Chips contain 10 tests each

•Easy as 1-2-3 Simple operation, simplified training

•Accurate Measure quantities as low as 0.20 ppm Benzene

•Fast Response Times

•Accuracies of ± 4 to 7% of measured value is achieved for most gases

•CMS has been validated by a nationally accredited third party laboratory

Diffusion (Passive Sampling) Tubes

Get on-site measurements of 8-hour exposures with the Dräger Diffusion Tubes. This gas and vapor measurement technique provides a quick, simple, and on-site means to determine employee exposures.

Unlike Short-Term detector tubes that require a pump for operation, Diffusion Tubes rely on natural movement of the gases and vapors to enter the tube and cause a color change. Simply read the indication on the graduated scale (ppm x hours) and divide by the amount of hours the Diffusion Tube has been in use for a TWA measurement. No waiting, no analysis fees, no laboratory services, no turn-around time; just on the spot measurement. The Tube Holder allows you to place the Diffusion Tube in the breathing zone of the people being monitored or in the suspected areas.

DR-6733014

Diffusion Tube Holder, 3/Pack

DR-8101071

Acetic Acid 10/a-D, 10 - 200 ppm x h

DR-8101301

Ammonia 20/a-D, 20 - 1,500 ppm x h

DR-8101161

Butadiene 10/a-D, 10 - 300 ppm x h

DR-8101381

Carbon Dioxide 500/a-D, 500 - 20,000 ppm x h

DR-8101051

Carbon Dioxide 1%/a-D, 1 - 30 Vol.% x h

DR-6733191

Carbon Monoxide 50/a-D, 50 - 600 ppm x h

DR-8101151

Ethanol 1000/a-D, 1,000 - 25,000 ppm x h

DR-6733111

Hydrochloric Acid 10/a-D, 10 - 200 ppm x h

DR-6733221

Hydrocyanic Acid 20/a-D, 20 - 200 ppm x h

DR-6733091

Hydrogen Sulfide 10/a-D, 10 - 300 ppm x h

DR-8101111

Nitrogen Dioxide 10/a-D, 10 - 200 ppm x h

DR-8101401

Perchloroethylene 200/a-D, 200 - 1,500 ppm x h

DR-8101091

Sulfur Dioxide 5/a-D, 5 - 150 ppm x h

DR-8101421

Toluene 100/a-D, 100 - 3,000 ppm x h

DR-8101441

Trichloroethylene 200/a-D, 200 - 1,000 ppm x h

Air Monitoring Chip Analyzer

DR-6405300

CMS Analyzer With Data Recorder. Includes Analyzer, 4 "AA"

Alkaline Batteries & 3 mm Allen Wrench

DR-6405060

Remote System Includes Pump, 3 m Extension Hose With Adapter, Float Probe & Screwdriver

DR-8313025

Telescopic Probe (Requires Remote System)

DR-4594631

Nylon Transport Case

DR-6405080

Leather Carrying Case W/Shoulder Strap For Analyzer

DR-6405090

Leather Carrying Case For Chips

DR-6406330

Acetic Acid, 2.0 - 50.0 ppm

DR-6406470

Acetone, 40.0 - 600 ppm

DR-6406130

Ammonia, 2.0 - 50.0 ppm

DR-6406570

Ammonia, 100 - 2,000 ppm

DR-6406280

Benzene, 10.0 - 250 ppm

DR-6406190

Carbon Dioxide, 200 - 3,000 ppm

DR-6406210

Carbon Dioxide, 1.0 - 20.0 Vol.%

DR-6406080

Carbon Monoxide, 5.0 - 150 ppm

DR-6406010

Chlorine, 0.20 - 10.0 ppm

DR-6406580

Ethylene Oxide, 0.40 - 5.0 ppm

DR-6406540

Formaldehyde, 0.20 - 5.0 ppm

DR-6406090

Hydrochloric Acid, 1.0 - 25.0 ppm

DR-6406520

Hydrogen Sulfide, 0.20 - 5.0 ppm

DR-6406050

Hydrogen Sulfide, 2.0 - 50.0 ppm

DR-6406360

Mercaptan, 0.25 - 6.0 ppm

DR-6406120

Nitrogen Dioxide, 0.50 - 25.0 ppm

DR-6406240

Nitrous Gases, 10.0 - 200 ppm

DR-6406490

Oxygen, 1.0 - 30 Vol.%

DR-6406430

Ozone, 25.0 - 1,000 ppb

DR-6406200

Petroleum Hydrocarbons, 20.0 - 500 ppm

DR-6406270

Petroleum Hydrocarbons, 100 - 3,000 ppm

DR-6406560

Styrene, 2.0 - 40.0 ppm

DR-6406180

Sulfur Dioxide, 5.0 - 150 ppm

DR-6406250

Toluene, 10.0 - 300 ppm

DR-6406230

Vinyl Chloride, 10.0 - 250 ppm

DR-6406260

Xylene, 10.0 - 300 ppm

Single-Gas Detectors with Easy Two-Button Operation!

Dräger Pac® 3500/5500 Single Gas Monitor

Their impact-resistant housing features a protective rubber coating and is impervious to corrosive chemicals and meets the requirements of IP65 to ensure operation even when splashed with water. Monitor is maintenance free and can be easily operated using two buttons. Its small size makes it comfortable and easy to wear all day on a belt, chest pocket, or lapel. A loud audible alarm, two bright visual alarms, and strong vibrating alarm alert you to hazardous concentrations of gas.

The Pac® 3500, 5500 and 7000 shows both the gas concentration and the measurement unit. Alternatively, the instrument can be configured to show only the gas detected. The concentration is then displayed only when the set alarm level has been exceeded. It is complete with an infrared interface and is able to store up to 60 events with dates and times. The Pac® 3500 is a robust single gas detector with 2 years operation time.

The Pac® 5500 is a single gas detector with no lifetime limitation.

The Pac® 7000 detects CO, CO2, Cl2, HCN, H2S, NH3, O2, PH3, SO2

Pac® 3500

DR-4543957

Dräger Pac® 3500 CO, 0 - 500 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 35 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm

DR-4543958

Dräger Pac® 3500 H2S, 0 - 100 ppm, 0.2 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 10 ppm, Alarm 2: 20 ppm

DR-4543959

Dräger Pac® 3500 O2, 0 - 25% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 19.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 23.5% Vol.

GasWatch 2

The GasWatch features hands free gas monitoring with a watch type design. It has fast, accurate response with a digital LCD display. The GasWatch detects H2S, CO or O2

Specifications

•Diffusion type sampling method, electrochemical cell detection (CO, H2S) and Galvanic cell (O2).

•Carbon Monoxide 0 - 500 ppm, Oxygen 0 - 40.0% O2

•Hydrogen Sulfide 0 - 100 ppm.

•Visual, audible, & vibration alarms

•TWA, STEL & PEAK hold functions

•3,000 hours of operation from 1 battery

•Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US approved

•2 year warranty

Pac® 5500

DR-4543960 Dräger Pac® 5500 CO, 0 - 500 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 35 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm

DR-4543961 Dräger Pac® 5500 H2S, 0 - 100 ppm, 0.2 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 10 ppm, Alarm 2: 20 ppm

DR-4543962 Dräger Pac® 5500 O2, 0 - 25% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 19.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 23.5% Vol.

Accessories for Dräger Pac® 3500, 5500 & 7000

DR-8319559

Pac Smart Bump/Cal Station (Order Gas Separately)

DR-8321010

Mobile Printer/Interface Set For Pac Smart Bump/Cal Station, Records 700 Tests To Memory/PC &/Or Provides Printout, Includes Charger, NiMHy Batteries, ("AA" Alkaline Optional), USB Cable, CCVision PC-Software

DR-8319002

Thermal Paper Replacement, Mobile Printer, (5 Rolls)

DR-4594580

Mobile Printer/Interface Only

DR-8318588

Calibration/Bump Test Adapter

DR-8318587

Communication Cradle & PacVision Software, Includes USB Cable

DR-4543808

Lithium Alkaline Battery, 3 V

DR-4543836

Dust & Water Filter, 4/Pack

DR-4543822

Leather Carrying Case W/ Velcro Belt Loop

DR-8317410

Simple Bump Test/Cal Station (Order Gas Separately)

DR-8318589

Pac XX00 ECal Instrument Module, Requires Master Or Module Adapter For Automated Testing & Documentation

Features

•3 gases to choose from CO, H2S, or O2

•Hands free gas monitoring

•Compact "watch type" design

•Fast, accurate response with digital LCD display

•Fits on your wrist, clothing, belt or hardhat

•Automatic backlight during alarm

•Manual backlight

•Sensor fail alarm

•PEAK hold function (min and max values for O2)

• TWA and STEL function

• Displays current time

• Visual, audible, and vibration alarms standard

• Over 3,000 hours of operation from 1 battery

• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US classified

• 2 year warranty

Dräger Pac® 7000

DR-8318970

Dräger Pac® 7000 CO, 0 - 1999 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 35 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm

DR-8318971

Dräger Pac® 7000 H2S, 0 - 100 ppm, 0.2 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 10 ppm, Alarm 2: 20 ppm

DR-8318972

Dräger Pac® 7000 O2, 0 - 25% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 19.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 23.5% Vol.

DR-8318973

Dräger Pac® 7000 HCN, 0 - 50 ppm, 0.1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 2.5 ppm, Alarm 2: 4.5 ppm

DR-8318974 Dräger Pac® 7000 PH3, 0 - 20 ppm, 0.01 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 0.1 ppm, Alarm 2: 0.2 ppm

DR-8318975

Dräger Pac® 7000 CO2, 0 - 5% Vol., 0.1% Vol. Resolution, Alarm 1: 0.5% Vol., Alarm 2: 1.0% Vol.

DR-8318976

Dräger Pac® 7000 SO2, 0 - 100 ppm, 1 ppm (0.1) Resolution, Alarm 1: 2 ppm, Alarm 2: 4 ppm

DR-8318977

Dräger Pac® 7000 NO2, 0 - 50 ppm, 0.1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 2.5 ppm, Alarm 2: 5.0 ppm

DR-8318978

Dräger Pac® 7000 Cl2, 0 - 20 ppm, 0.05 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 0.5 ppm, Alarm 2: 1.0 ppm

DR-8318979

Dräger Pac® 7000 NH3, 0 - 300 ppm, 1 ppm Resolution, Alarm 1: 25 ppm, Alarm 2: 50 ppm

RK-72-0007RK

GasWatch 2 Measuring O2 0 - 40%

RK-81-GW2X-LV

Calibration Kit For GasWatch 2 Measuring O2

RK-73-0040RK

GasWatch 2 Measuring CO 0 - 500 ppm

RK-81-GW2C-LV

Calibration Kit For Gaswatch 2 Measuring CO

RK-73-0041RK

GasWatch 2 Measuring H2S 0 - 100 ppm

RK-81-GW2H-LV

Calibration Kit For GasWatch Measuring H2S

Specifications

4 Gases to choose from: LEL, CO, H2S or O2

• OX - 01 (O2 0 - 40%)

• CO - 01 (CO 0 - 500 ppm)

• HS-01 (H2S 0 - 100 ppm)

• GP-01 (LEL 0 - 100%)

• Visual, audible, & vibration alarms

• TWA, STEL & PEAK hold functions

SC-01 Single Toxic Gas Monitor

Features

• Smart interchangeable sensors

• Wide range of toxic gases

• Unique extender cable for remote monitoring

• Compact (2.5" x 5.2" x 1.2")

• Lightweight, 7.6 oz

• 250 hours of continuous operation

• Operates on 2 "AA" alkaline batteries

• Audible / visual / vibration alarms

• Datalogging standard

• Impact resistant protective rubber boot

• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US classified

Detectable GasesRanges

Arsine (AsH3) 0 - 1.5 ppm

Ammonia (NH3)0 - 75 ppm

Carbon Monoxide (CO) 0 - 75 ppm

Chlorine (Cl2) 0 - 3.00 ppm

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) 0 - 30.0 ppm

Phosphine (PH3) 0 - 1.00 ppm

• 3,000 hrs of operation/16 hrs for LEL version

• Pocket size 1.4" W x 4.1" H x 0.8" D

• Impact and water resistant

• Low battery alarm

• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US approved

• 2 year warranty

01 Series - Single Gas Clip On Personal Monitor

RK-72-0008RK-03

OX-01, 0 - 40% O2 W/ Alkaline & Belt Clip

RK-81-OX01-LV Calibation Kit For OX-01

RK-72-0033RK-03

GP-01, 0 - 100 %LEL W/ Alkaline & Belt Clip

RK-81-GP01-HLV

Calibration Kit For GP-01 Hexane

RK-81-GP01-LV Calibration Kit For GP-01 Methane

RK-73-0044RK-03

CO-01, 0 - 500 ppm With Alkaline & Belt Clip

RK-81-CO01-LV

Calibration Kit For CO-01

RK-73-0046RK-03

HS-01, 0 - 100 ppm With Alkaline & Belt Clip

RK-81-HS01-LV Calibration Kit For HS-01 & HS-01S

All calibration kits includes a 34 L cylinder, regulator, cal cup, case & tubing. 01 Series are also available with alligator clip.

RK-73-0050RK-AsH3 SC-01 Arsine (AsH3)

RK-73-0050RK-NH3 Ammonia (NH3)

RK-73-0050RK-CO Carbon Monoxide (CO)

RK-73-0050RK-CL2 Chlorine (Cl2)

RK-73-0050RK-H2S Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)

RK-73-0050RK-PH3 Phosphine (PH3)

RK-73-0050RK-SO2 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

RK-20-0320RK Carrying Case For SC-01

RK-47-1561RK Extender Cable, 3 Meters, For SC-01

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)0 - 6.00 ppm are available please specify).

FP-30 Formaldehyde Gas Detector

Features

•Simple operation

• Specific to Formaldehyde

•Built-in sample draw pump

• Easy to read LCD display

•Self-diagnosis

•Uses photoelectric photometry technology

•Direct digital readout

•Colorimetric detection tablet method

•No false readings from interfering gases

•Operates on 4 "AA" alkalines

• Stores 99 readings

•No warm up time

GX-2001 Personal 4 Gas Monitor

Features

• Simultaneous detection of 4 gases

LEL, O2, H2S and CO

• Audible, visual & vibration alarm

• Alarm trend data

• Datalogging standard

• Autocalibration

• Rechargeable Ni-MH battery pack

• Battery pack recharges in 90 minutes

• Continuously operates for up to 18 hours

• Large LCD display screen

• Automatic backlighting at alarm

• High impact, RFI shielded body

• STEL and TWA readouts (USA Version)

• Continuously displays current time

• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US approved

• 2 year warranty

RK-72-0233RKC

GX-2001, 4 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S / CO

RK-72-0232RKC

GX-2001, 3 Gas, LEL/O2/H2S

RK-81-GX01HSCO-LV

Calibration Kit For RK-72-0233RKC & RK-72-0232RKC

RK-72-0231RKC

GX-2001, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / CO

RK-72-0230RKC

GX-2001, 2 Gas, LEL/O2

RK-81-GX01CO-LV

Calibration Kit For RK-72-0231RKC & RK-72-0230RKC

All calibration kits include a 34 L cylinder, calibration cap, regulator, case & tubing.

Price includes Ni-Cad battery pack, charger & belt clip.

GX-2003, 5 Sensor Sample Draw

Gas Monitor

Features

• Monitors LEL, O2, CO, and H2S

• 0 to 100% volume Methane (Optional)

• Auto-ranging display of % volume and % LEL

• Internal sample drawing pump with 40 foot range

• Compact size, weighs only 11 oz

• Vibration, visual, and audible alarms

• Automatic backlight during alarms

• Calibration reminder with lock out option

• Ni-MH or alkaline power source

• Battery pack charges in or out of the instrument

• Quick charge (complete charge in 90 minutes)

• Glove friendly glow in the dark buttons

• Alarm latching or non-latching

• Up to 600 hours of datalogging with alarm trends

• Logs last 20 calibration events

• TWA and STEL readings with lunch-break mode

• Intrinsically safe, CSA, C/US classified

• 2 year warranty

FP-30 Detection Ranges

30 minute sample 0 - 0.4 ppm (0.005 ppm/digit)

15 minute sample 0 - 1.0 ppm (0.01 ppm/digit)

RK-73-1060RK

FP-30 Formaldehyde Detector

RK-65-TAB-008

Detection Tablets For FP-30, 20/Box (1 Test Each)

Multi-Gas Detectors

RK-72-0253RKC

GX-2003, 3 Gas, LEL / % Vol CH4/O2

RK-72-0261RKC

GX-2003, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S

RK-72-0271RKC

GX-2003 4 Gas LEL / O2 / CO / H2S

RK-72-0273RKC

GX-2003 4 Gas % Vol (HC) / LEL / O2 / CO

RK-72-0281RKC

GX-2003 5 Gas % Vol (HC) / LEL / O2 / CO / H2S

RK-81-GX03VCO-LV

Calibration Kit For RK-72-0253RKC & RK-72-0273RKC

RK-81-GX03HSCO-LV

Calibration Kit For RK-72-0261RKC & RK-72-0271RKC

RK-81-GX03VHSCO-LV

Calibration Kit For RK-72-0281RKC

All calibration kits include a 34 L cylinder, gas bag, regulator, case & tubing.

Price includes Ni-Cad battery pack, 115 V charger, wrist strap, probe, 10' hose & rubber boot with belt clip.

Gas Detected All Combustible Gases% VolumeOxygenHydrogen SulfideCarbon Monoxide (Methane as standard)Methane(O2)

Smallest, Lightest 4 Gas Monitor on the Market!

GX-2009

Features

•Simultaneous detection of 4 gases, LEL, O2, H2S & CO

•Dimensions: 2.7" H x 3" W x 1" D, 4.6 oz

•Dual audible alarm ports (95 db @ 30 cm)

•3 visual alarm LED’s

•Vibration alarm

•IP-67 waterproof/dustproof design

•Calibration lock out or reminder controls

•Large capacity data logging standard

•8 alarm trends

•Log time range of 10 to 300 hours

•100 calibration records

•20 hours of operation (NiMH batteries)

•Large LCD display screen

•Automatic backlighting at alarm Impact resistant over-mold body, RFI shielded body

•STEL and TWA readouts

•Intrinsically safe, IECEx / ATEX ... approved (CSA, C/US pending)

•2 year warranty

SM-2000 Series Calibration Stations

Features

•Stand alone system, no PC needed for operation

•Calibrate, bump test, charge, and archive data

•Software manages records by serial #, user ID, or station ID

•Each station is equipped with configuration control and status indicators

•User adjustable test times and tolerances

•Automatic quick charge of instrument in 90 minutes or less

•Alkaline recognition – will not attempt to charge alkaline batteries (SM2003U)

•Exhaust line connection for test gas venting

•Records are stored as a tab delineated text file (.txt format can be imported into a spreadsheet)

•Software is Windows 2000, and XP compatible

•Operates on any Pentium II or higher PC

•USB port for downloading data to a USB flash drive

•USB flash drive included

Includes Power Cord, Usb Flash Drive & Software

RK-81-SM2003U

GX-2003 Calibration Station, Includes Power Cord, Usb Flash Drive & Software

RK-81-SM2001UC

GX-2001 Calibration Station, Includes Power Cord, Usb Flash Drive & Software

RK-81-SM2003UC

GX-2003 Calibration Station, Includes Power Cord, Usb Flash Drive & Software

RK-72-0310RKC

GX-2009, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S W/ Alligator Clip & 115 / 220 V AC Charger

RK-72-0311RKC

GX-2009, 3 Gas, LEL / O2 / CO W/ Alligator Clip & 115 / 220 V AC Charger

RK-72-0314RKC GX-2009, 4 Gas, LEL / O2 / H2S / CO W/ Alligator Clip & 115 / 220 V AC Charger

RK-81-GX01HSCO-LV Cal Kit GX-2009 For RK-72-0310RKC & RK-72-0314RKC

RK-81-GX01CO-LV Cal Kit GX-2009, For RK-72-0311RKC

RK-81-2120RK Confined Space Kit Includes Padded Case, RP-6 Pump, 10' Hose & Probe All calibration kits include a gas cylinder, regulator, case & tubing.

DATA CAL 2000 Docking & Calibration Station

The RKI Data Cal 2000 Docking and Calibration Station is a comprehensive instrument management system which provides charging, downloading, calibration, bump testing, and configuration for our Model GX-2009, GX-2003 and GX-2001 gas detection instruments. The system has configuration capabilities for alarm setting, datalog and calibration interval, user and location ID, and many other instrument parameters. Factory and user default settings are available for upload to instruments. The Data Cal 2000 is supplied with PC software, power and serial cords, and operating instructions. The Data Cal 2000 power requirements are 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz. PC or laptop to be supplied by customer.

Dräger X-am 2000

RK-81-DC2000

Data Cal 2000 Docking Station Includes Station, Power Cord, Serial Cable & PC Software CD

RK-81-DC2000-01

Data Cal 2000 Docking Station Includes Station, Power Cord, Serial Cable, PC Software CD, Demand Flow Regulator & Calibration Gas Cylinder

RK-81-DM2001

Docking Module For GX-2001

RK-81-DM2003

Docking Module For GX-2003

RK-81-DM2009

Docking Module For GX-2009 Calibration gases & regulators also available.

The Dräger X-am 2000 is one of a new generation of gas detectors which have been specially designed for personal monitoring use. The 1 to 4 gas detector reliably measures combustible gases and vapours, as well as O2, CO and H2S. Its ergonomic design, mobile phone dimensions and low weight make it the perfect companion in your daily work. Reliable measurement technology, long sensor life and easy operation guarantee maximum safety at extremely low cost of ownership.

Features

•An ergonomic instrument the size of a mobile phone

•Vapour-sensitive Ex measurement

•Robust and water-tight

•Gas inlets on two surfaces

•Long-life electrochemical sensors

•A range of alarm functions

Ideal for Confined-Space Monitoring!

DR-4543721 X-am 3000, Ex.: O2, CO, H2S Confined Space Kit

DR-4543718 X-am 3000; Ex.: O2, CO, H2S W/ Internal Pump

Accessories

DR-4543625

Datalogger Option (Factory Installed)

DR-4530120

PC Communication Cable

Small size and light weight make this monitor ideal for confined-space entry or all-day wear. Large, easy-to-read display quickly indicates gases measured and their concentrations. Monitor features two high-intensity alarm lights, a loud audible alarm, and a vibrating alarm to alert you of hazards even in high-noise areas. Three easy-to-use buttons allow you to power unit, acknowledge alarm, and access features. Rugged, IP65rated, chemical-resistant polymer housing withstands bumps and drops associated with harsh industrial environments and confined-space entries.

Approvals: UL and cUL classified intrinsically safe in Class I, Div. 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4; CSA; ATEX; CE; MSHA

DR-8314034

GasVision Software For Data Download & Data Management

DR-6408515

CC-Vision Software For Instrument Configuration

DR-8317719 X-am 3000 E-Cal Module

All instruments above include XS µPac DrägerSensors® for O2, CO &/or H2S gases with a 2 year warranty & a CatEx2 sensor for flammable gases with a 2 year warranty; NiMH battery pack, calibration adapter, maintenance tool, battery charger with power supply, short instruction card & manual. Pump units also include internal sample pump, pump adapter, 10 ft Tygon® tubing & water stop filter. Confined space kits are packaged in a carry case with calibration accessories & include a rubber boot.

Dräger X-am 7000

Is the innovative solution for the simultaneous and continuous detection of up to five gases. A combination of more than 25 sensors allows flexible solutions to individual monitoring tasks. The Dräger X-am 7000 can be equipped with three electrochemical, and two catalytic bead, infrared or photoionisation sensors. It is the ideal companion in a great number of applications where reliable monitoring of Oxygen, toxic and combustibles gases and vapors in the ambient air is necessary.

Features

•Flexibility through sensor variety = 25 different Dräger Sensors allows the detection of more than 100 gases and vapors

•Intelligent and interchangeable sensors = each sensor is recognized automatically by the instrument

•Intuitive software functions = functions such as TWA and STEL values, as well as, peak hold leak search functionality

•Rugged & waterproof = rubber-boot protects the unit against damage from a drop of 1.5 m (5 ft) & built-in dust and splash water protection

•Multiple warning systems = loud multi-tone horn & visual alarm can be seen through 360°

•Information at a glance = large graphic display and the alarm auto-zoom function

•Data management = logs up to 3,000 sets of values – data logging of 100 hrs when recording one set per minute

•Strong built-in pump = up to 45 m/150 ft long tube

•Approvals = ATEX, MED, UL, CSA, IECEx & CE-mark

Dräger Sensors XS, EC

DR-4552284

Custom X-am 7000 W/O Sensors (W/O Sensors, Use Installed Sensors Below)

Includes Indicated Sensors, Internal Pump, Battery Pack, Charge Cradle (DR-8316487), Multinational 100 - 240 V Power Supply (DR-8315635), Calibration Adapter (DR-8317656), Pump Adapter (DR-8317639), Shoulder Strap (DR-8316878), Dust-Water Trap (DR-4523078), 5 ft Tygon® Tubing, Service Tool & Manual

DR-4552282

X-am 7000 Same As Above But W/ Datalogger (W/O Sensors, Use Installed Sensors Below)

Above X-am 7000 Packages Include Indicated Sensors, Internal Pump, Battery Pack & Charge Cradle

Accessories

DR-8317684

Nylon Carrying Case

DR-8314034

Dräger Gasvision Software For Download & Data Management

DR-6408515

Dräger CC-Vision Software For Instrument Calibration & Configuration Sensors For Dräger X-am 7000

Dräger Sensors XS, EC

InstalledReplacementDescription SensorsSensors

DR-4595422DR-6809545 Amines XS 0 - 100 ppm

DR-4595407DR-6809145 Ammonia (NH3) XS 0 - 200 ppm

DR-4595414DR-6809175 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) XS 0 - 5.0% Vol.

DR-4595433DR-6809105 Carbon Monoxide (CO) XS 0 - 2,000 ppm

DR-4595431DR-6809120 Carbon Monoxide (CO) XS HC 0 - 10,000 ppm

DR-4595409DR-6809165 Chlorine (Cl2) XS 0 - 20.0 ppm

DR-4595453DR-6811360 Chlorine Dioxide (CIO2) XS 0 - 20.0 ppm

DR-4595412DR-6809135 Hydride XS 0 - 20.0 ppm

DR-4595423DR-6809185 Hydrogen (H2) XS 0 - 2,000 ppm

DR-4595452DR-6811365 Hydrogen (H2) XS HC 0 - 4.0% Vol.

DR-4595408DR-6809150 Hydrogen Cyanide (HCN) XS 0 - 50.0 ppm

DR-4595434DR-6809110 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) XS 0 - 100 ppm

DR-4595403DR-6809180 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) XS HC 0 - 1,000 ppm

DR-4595445DR-6810575 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) XS-2 SR 0 - 100 ppm

DR-4595405DR-6809155 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2) XS 0 - 50.0 ppm

DR-4595404DR-6809125 Nitric Oxide (NO) XS 0 - 200 ppm

DR-4595424DR-6809200 Odorant XS 0 - 40.0 ppm

DR-4595410DR-6809115 Organic Vapor (OV) XS 0 - 200 ppm

DR-4595411DR-6809522 Organic Vapor-A (OV-A) XS 0 - 100 ppm

DR-4595435DR-6809130 Oxygen (O2) XS 0 - 25% Vol.

DR-4595443DR-6809550 Oxygen (O2) XS-100 0 - 100% Vol.

DR-4595442DR-6808582 Phosgene (COCl2) XS 0 - 3.00 ppm

DR-4595413DR-6809535 Phosphine (PH3) XS HC 0 - 1,000 ppm

DR-4595406DR-6809160 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) XS 0 - 100 ppm

Methane Elimination Capabilities LEL % & PPM Readings

Standard

The EAGLE is a powerful, versatile instrument that does more than offer standard confined space protection. The EAGLE also provides detection combinations never before offered in a portable gas monitor featuring the industry’s widest selection of high quality, long life and field proven sensors. Rugged, weatherproof, easy to operate and maintain, the EAGLE is the industry’s answer to portable gas detection.

Specifications

•Alarm: Alarm levels are adjustable and can be latching or self resetting

•Functions: Autocalibration, alarm silence, demand zero, peak hold and a wide variety of other features. Each channel has 2 alarm levels plus TWA and STEL alarms for toxic channels. PPM/LEL hydrocarbon detection (5 ppm resolution) and a methane elimination switch for environmental applications.

•Sampling Method: Powerful, long-life pump can draw samples over 125 feet. Flow Rate approximately 2.0 SCFH.

•Power: Size D batteries, 4 alkaline or Ni-Cad. The EAGLE will continuously operate for over 30 hours on alkaline batteries or 18 hours on Ni-Cads

•Dimensions: 10.5" L x 5.9" x 7" Tall, 5 lbs

•Accessories: Long hoses, special probes, datalogging (up to 4 gases), continuous operation adapters, remote alarms and strobes, dilution fittings, internal hydrophobic filter, etc, are available to help satisfy almost any application

•Compliance: Intrinsically Safe, Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D. CSA / NTRL & UL classified (most versions)

Toxins

and Other

RK-72-5101RK Eagle, LEL / PPM Hydrocarbons

RK-81-5101RK-LV

Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4)

RK-72-5115RK-XX

Eagle, CO2 (Cal Kit Determined W/ Specific Range)

RK-72-5201RK Eagle, LEL / PPM, O2

RK-81-5201RK-LV Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4), O2

RK-72-5301RK Eagle, LEL / PPM, O2, H2S

RK-81-5301RK-LV

Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4), O2, H2S

RK-72-5401RK Eagle, LEL / PPM, O2, CO, H2S

RK-81-5401RK-LV

Calibration Kit For LEL / PPM (CH4), O2, CO, H2S

RK-20-0640RK Eagle Carrying Case, Padded

RK-33-0156RK-01

Replacement Hydrophobic Filter Element, 5/Pack

RK-49-2150RK-01

Charger (115 V AC) & NiCads, added to Eagle

RK-57-0012RK-01

Datalogging board (Field Or Factory Installed)

RK-82-5007RK

Kit, Software & Cable (Required W/ Board)

RK-75-0001RK External Methane Elimination Switch

EAGLE 2

Features

Simultaneous detection of up to 6 different gases, over 500 gas monitoring configurations, wide range of toxic gases, PPM/LEL hydrocarbon detection, PID sensor for VOCs, IR sensors available for CO2, % LEL CH4, % volume CH4, password protection, transformer testing version available, datalogging with user friendly software, autocalibration, dual hydrophobic filters (most versions), ergonomic RFI/EMI/chemical/weather resistant enclosure, intrinsically safe design, CSA (C/US) (most versions), IRDA communications port with PC.

Enclosure

Dimensions

Weight

New & Improved!

Gases

Unique EAGLE 2 features include PPM or LEL hydrocarbon detection at the push of a button; infrared sensors for CO2, methane or hydrocarbons in LEL and % volume ranges; PID sensor for detecting low ppm levels of VOC gases; methane elimination feature for environmental applications; and a long list of super toxic gases and measurable ranges. The EAGLE 2 has a strong internal pump with a low flow auto shut off and alarm, which can draw samples from up to 125 feet even with the dual hydrophobic filters in place. This allows for quick response and recovery from distant sampling locations. The EAGLE 2 will continuously operate for over 16 hours on alkaline batteries or 18 hours on Ni-MH. A variety of accessories are also available to help satisfy almost any application such as long sample hoses, special float probes for tank testing, datalogging, continuous operation adapters, remote alarms and strobes, and dilution fittings, just to name a few.

Weatherproof, chemical resistant, RFI/EMI coated high impact polycarbonate-polyester blend. Can operate in rain or set into 2.0" of water without damage. Ergonomically balanced with rugged top mounted handle.

9.5" L x 5.25" W x 5.875" H

3.8 lbs (standard 4 gas with batteries)

Detection Principle Catalytic combustion, electrochemical cell, galvanic cell, infrared, PID & TC.

Sensor Life

2 years under normal conditions

Sampling Method Powerful, long-life pump (over 6,000 hours) can draw samples over 125 feet. Flow rate approximately 2.0 SCFH

Display

Alarms

Alarm Method

Backlight 128 x 64 graphics display. 4 x 20 LCD readout. Viewed through window in case top. Displays readings & status of all 6 channels simultaneously. Backlight, automatic for alarms and by demand with adjustable time

2 alarms per channel plus TWA and STEL alarms for toxics. The two alarms are fully adjustable for levels, latching or self reset and silenceable

Buzzer 95 dB at 30 cm, dual high intensity and LED’s

Operating Temp. & Humidity -10°C to 40°C (14°F to 104°F), 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing

Indication Accuracy Maximum variance +/- 5% of full scale

Response Time

Standard Accessories

Optional Accessories

Warranty

30 Seconds to 90% (for most gases) using standard 5 ft hose

Shoulder strap, alkaline batteries, hydrophobic probe, and 5 foot hose, internal hydrophobic filter (most versions)

Simutaneous datalogging of up to 6 gases. Remote alarms, dilution fitting (50/50), Ni-MH batteries, battery charger, 115 V AC, 220 V AC, or 12 V DC, continuous operation adapter, 115 V AC or 12 V DC, extension hoses, large internal hydrophobic filter

One year material and workmanship

RA-059-A110-000

MiniRAE Lite Monitor Only

RA-059-A110-100

MiniRAE Lite

The MiniRAE Lite is a reliable hand-held volatile organic compound (VOC) monitor on the market. Its photoionization detector’s (PID) range of 0 to 5,000 ppm makes it an ideal instrument for applications ranging from environmental to construction.

MiniRAE 3000 - PID

The MiniRAE 3000 detects volatile organic compounds(VOC’s). Its PhotoionizationDetector’s (PID) extended range of 0 to 15,000 ppm makes it an ideal instrument for applications from industrial hygiene, to leak and HazMat detection.

Features

•3 second response time

•Range up to 5,000 ppm

•Humidity compensation

•Big graphic display for easy overview of concentration

•Field-interchangeable battery pack,

•Integrated flashlight for better visibility in low light

•Multi-language support with 12 languages encoded

•Rugged housing withstands use in harsh environments

•IP-65 design

•Built-in sample pump draws up to 100' (30 m) horizontally or vertically

MiniRAE Lite W/ Accessories & Calibration Kit

NLB-H1055100PA

100 ppm Isobutylene, Bal Air, 34 L Steel Cylinder

RK-81-1050RK

0.5 LPM Regulator For 17 L & 34 L Steel Cylinders

PHOTOVAC 2020ComboPRO Portable Photoionization Detector (PID)

RA-059-B110-000 MiniRAE 3000 Monitor Only

RA-059-B110-300

Features

•A 3 second response time

•Humidity compensation with integral humidity and temperature sensors

•Real-time wireless data transmission with built-in RF modem or Bluetooth

•Integrated Flashlight for better view in dark conditions

•Multi-language support with 12 languages encoded

•Rugged housing withstands use in harsh environments

•IP67 Waterproof design for easy cleaning and decontamination in water

•Strong protective removable rubber boot

MiniRAE 3000 W/ Accessories & Calibration Kit

NLB-H1055100PA

100 ppm Isobutylene, Bal Air, 34 L Steel Cylinder

RK-81-1050RK 0.5 LPM Regulator For 17 L & 34 L Steel Cylinders

RapidVOC detection in air, water and soil in the harshest environments!

Stable, linear Photovac PID, ergonomic design, effortless data handling, dedicated calibration key, Dräger tubes for zero calibration, easy to use & lamp condition assessment.

Specifications

•Size: 9" (228.6 mm) long x 3" (76.2 mm) deep x 4.25" (107.9 mm) wide at display tapering to 2.6" (66.6 mm) at handle

•Weight: 1.9 lbs (0.86 kg)

•Detector: Instant on photoionization detector with standard 10.6 eV lamp, and optional 11.7 eV lamp

•Keypad: Two dedicated keys (ON/OFF and CAL) and three menu keys

•Datalogger Memory: 200 hours at 1 minute interval sampling

•Operating Temperature Range: Operating temperature: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) / I/S Certified temperature: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)

•Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)

•Operating Concentration Range: 0.1 ppm to 100 ppm (isobutylene equivalent) / 100 ppm to 10,000 ppm (isobutylene equivalent)

•Operating Humidity Range with Optional Humidity Pre-filter Tube: 0 to 100% relative humidity (non-condensing)

•Response Time: Less than 3 seconds, to 90%

•Low Detection Limit: 0.1 ppm Isobutylene

•Battery Capacity: 8 hrs

•Intrinsic Safety: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D, ATEX II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 (TA = 0°C to +40°C)

PID Applications

Fenceline & perimeter monitoring, confined space pre-entry, solvent storage and piping, transportation vessels storage tank maintenance, site characterization, ambient air monitoring, emergency response and HazMat petroleum product(s) tank entry, soil headspace screening, health and safety monitoring surveying for buried chemical waste & aircraft fuel tank entry.

PH-A1760300

2020ComboPRO Monitor Only W/ Basic Accessories

PH-A1760301

2020ComboPRO W/ Field Kit (Cal Gas Sold Separately)

PH-A1760302

2020ComboPRO W/ VOC & Benzene Kit (Cal Gas Sold Separately)

NLB-H1055100PA, 100 ppm Isobutylene 34 L

PH-SW760371

English & French Version

NLB-H1055100PA

100 ppm Isobutylene, Bal Air, 34 L Cylinder

Other languages available: Spanish, German & Italian.

PHOTOVAC MicroFID

For accurate, reliable detection of VOC’s, the Photovac MicroFID is the right choice in flame ionization detection. At just 8.1 lbs (3.7 kg), the MicroFID is the smallest and lightest datalogging Flame Ionization Detector (FID) available.

MicroFID Applications

Leak Detection and Repair (U.S. EPA Method 21), landfill monitoring, natural gas leak detection petroleum products tank entry, emergency response, soil headspace screening, hazardous waste site delineation, solvent storage and piping, confined space preentry, underground storage tanks (UST) transportation vessels, storage tank maintenance, OSHA compliance, EPA compliance & remediation efficiency.

MicroFID Detectable Compounds

•Saturated Hydrocarbons: Methane, Ethane, Propane, n-Hexane

•Aromatics: Benzene, Toluene, Naphthalene

•Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Acetylene, Ethylene, 1,3-Butadiene

•Chlorinated Hydrocarbons: Vinyl Chloride, Chloroform, Trichloroethylene, Methylene Chloride

•Ketones: Acetone, Methyl Ethyl Ketone, Methyl Isobutyl Ketone

•Alcohol: Methanol, Ethanol, Isopropanol, nButanol

PHOTOVAC 2020ppbPRO

Rapid VOC detection in air, water and soil in the harshest environments! Stable, linear PID, ergonomic design for the real world, effortless data handling, dedicated calibration key, Formaldehyde detection, Dräger tubes for zero calibration, easy to use & lamp condition assessment.

Applications

Low detection level for very toxic VOC’s, out-gassing from building &/or construction materials, VOC residuals analysis, lab hood & clean room monitoring, site characterization, ambient air monitoring, trace sources of VOC based odors, low level soil or water headspace screening, health & safety monitoring, maintenance & cleaning supplies, breath sampling & pesticides.

Specifications

•Size: 9"(228.6 mm) long x 3"(76.2 mm) deep x 4.25"(107.9 mm) wide at display tapering to 2.6"(66.6 mm) at handle

•Weight: 1.9 lbs (0.86 kg)

•Detector: Instant on photoionization detector with standard high performance 10.6 eV lamp, & optional 11.7 eV lamp

•Keypad: Two dedicated keys (ON/OFF and CAL) and three menu keys

•Datalogger Memory: 200 hrs at 1 minute interval sampling

•Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) I/S Certified temperature: 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)

•Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 95% relative humidity (non-condensing)

•Operating Humidity Range with Optional Humidity Pre-filter Tube: 0 to 100% relative humidity (non-condensing)

Specifications

•Size: 43.4 cm (17.1") long, 9.8 cm (3.85") wide, 18.8 cm (7.4") high

•Weight: 8.1 lbs (3.7 kg)

•Keypad: 16-key, fixed function

•Display: 2-line, 16-character LCD with alphanumeric readout

•Hydrogen Cylinder Discharge: Greater than 12 hours

•Hydrogen Cylinder Capacity: 9.2 liter

•Battery Capacity: 15 hours (snap-on replacement)

•Serial Output: RS – 232, 1200 - 19200 baud with no parity, for tabular and graphic print outs and connection to a Windows® compatible computer

•Audio Output: On Alarm, LoBatt and NoFlm

•Analog Output: 0 to 1 volt full scale

•Operating Temperature Range: 41°F to 105°F (5°C to 45°C)

•Operating Humidity: 0 - 100% Relative Humidity (non-condensing)

•Operating Concentration Range: 0.5 ppm to 2,000 ppm methane equivalent (Low Range) 10 ppm to 50,000 ppm methane equivalent (High Range)

•Detection Limit: 0.5 ppm methane

•Accuracy: Methane (after calibration with zero air and 500 ppm methane gas): within ± 0.5 ppm or ± 10% of actual methane concentration (0.5 ppm to 2,000 ppm range)

•Response Time: Less than 3 seconds

•Intrinsic Safety: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D

•Operating Concentration Range: 10 ppb to 40 ppm isobutylene equivalent (10 ppb resolution)

•Response Time: Less than 3 seconds, to 90%

•Low Detection Limit: 10 ppb Isobutylene

•Battery Capacity: 8 hrs

•Intrinsic Safety: Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D, ATEX II 2 G EEx ib IIC T4 (TA = 0°C to +40°C)

PH-A1760120

Monitor Only W/ Basic Accessories

PH-A1760220 2020 ppbPRO W/ VOC Field Kit (Cal Gas Sold Separately)

NLB-H105510PA 10 ppm Isobutylene 34 L

CENELEC Certified according to EN50021, EEx nA ll T5, Demko No. 00Y127355X

PH-MX100053

MicroFID Hand-Held Flame Ionization Detector Includes 15 Hour Rechargeable Battery Pack, 100/240 V AC Universal Battery Charger, North American Fuel Gas Refill Adapter (CGA 350 fitting), 10 Fluoropore Membrane Filters, Multi Tool, 8" (20 cm) Teflon Sample Probe, Carrying Strap & User Manual, Classified Intrinsically Safe for Use in Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, & D Hazardous Locations

PH-MX396800

MicroFID Field Kit Includes Carrying Case (PH-MX396007), Calibration Kit (PH-MX396011) & Computer Cable (PH-MX396051) (Cal Gas Sold Separately)

PH-MX396011 Extension Probe, Telescoping, 6 ft (1.8 m)

PH-MX396015

Fluoropore Water / Particulate Filter for MicroFID, Replacement, 25/Pack

PH-MX396016

MicroFID Exhaust Frit & Cap, Replacement Gas sold separately.

VOC Gas Sensors

Model C-21

Reliable & Cost Efficient!

Shirt Pocket Size Ozone Sensor

The model A-21ZX Portable Ozone Sensor provides a reliable and inexpensive way of checking generators, valves, piping and general environments for ozone leaks and for estimating ozone levels.  It can be used as a permanent monitor indoors when concentrations average below 0.1 ppm.  It may be used outdoors for ozone studies in moderate temperature conditions.

Model C-21 includes Audio Alarm, Battery Operation and Datalogger.

Applications

For paint shops, printers, dry cleaners, woodworkers, vehicle repair facilities, chemical production areas and wherever indoor air quality monitoring is required.

Features

•High sensitive to solvent vapors and other VOC’s

•Bright green-yellow-red display clearly shows hazard level of gas or vapor

•Detects down to OSHA, EPA, and other regulatory-mandated levels typically at low ppm concentrations

•Has built-in rechargeable battery for portable use in tracking leaks

•Rugged construction with many safety features

Specifications

•Range: Full scale: 50 - 100 ppm for most solvent based VOC’s

•Bargraph Display: Green = Normal, Yellow = Caution, Red = Danger

•Response time: Within a few seconds of the VOC gas reaching the sensor

•Measurement Principle: HMOS (heated metal oxide semiconductor) sensor

•Size: 85 x 35 x 60 mm (3.25" x 1.375" x 2.375")

•Weight: 140 g (5 oz)

•Power Requirements: 12 V DC at 300 mA AC adapters available worldwide

•Battery: Self-contained NiCad or NiMH, approximately 2 hours capacity, recharged by AC adapter overnight

Operation & Provision For External Alarm & Data Logger

ES-A-21ZX

Shirt Pocket Size Ozone Sensor

The A-21ZX Features

•Small size and high sensitivity due to HMOS (heated metal oxide semiconductor) sensor

•Sensitivity: as low as 0.02 ppm

•Range: 0 - 10 ppm

•Size: 50 x 100 x 25 mm (2" x 4" x 1")

•Weight: 170 g (6 oz)

•"Instant On" feature

•Ease of calibration and service

•Basic power requirement is 12 V DC unregulated, works from AC adapters available worldwide

•Digital readout in 0.01 ppm increments

•Rechargeable batteries last more than 8 hours

•Very simple operation

ES-C-21 Model C-21 Includes Audio Alarm, Battery

Lowest Cost for Ozone Sensing!

Model P03

Ozone Sensor, 0.02 - 2.00 ppm, 20% accuracy

Fixed Systems

Features

•Less than one minute response time

•8 hour TWA

•Data logger optional

•Audio, LED and vibration alarms

•Size: 66 x 35 x 14 mm (2.4" x 1.4" x .65")

•Weight: 28 g (< 1 oz)

•Up to 3 months battery life

•Standard watch battery

•Proprietary nanocell micropower sensor technology

A-22 Rugged and Versatile Ozone Sensor

A general purpose sensor and monitor. Designed for rugged indoor field use, factories, pilot plants, process facilities, sensor and monitoring uses of all kinds.

Features

•Autoranging .030 - 1.999 ppm and 2.0 - 20.00 ppm

•10% accuracy, T and RH compensated

•12 hour (est) battery life, 8 hour charge, 4 hour fast charge available

•Plug-in pre-calibrated sensor modules

•Internal data logger with instant readout of high, low and average of data

•Data port for external data logger such as our DL-3

•USB, 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 2 V DC outputs for loggers, computers and PLC

Single Point Stand Alone Monitor

The PS-2 is an effective solution for solvent vapor monitoring around degreasers or other processes, hydrogen monitoring in battery rooms, natural gas detection in basements around landfills, and many others.

Features

• LEL or PPM detection ranges available for many gases

• 2 alarm levels

• Stand alone system

• Input voltages: 115 V AC standard

• Audible and visual alarms

• Compact design

• Simple installation

• AC version equipped with power cord

• Relay contacts rated 12A @ 115 V AC

• Low maintenance

Sensor Type: Metal Oxide Semiconductor type (MOS)

Operating Temp: 35°F to 120°F (2°C to 49°C) RK-73-1021RK-01 PS-2

•Tilt stand and wall hanging hook

•Back light for LCD display

•Improved HMOS heated metal oxide sensor

•Size: 108 W x 222 L x 64 mm D, .71 kg (4 1/4" W x 8 3/4" L x 2 1/2" D, 1.6 lbs)

•Power source: Internal rechargeable batteries or 12 - 24 V DC, 500 mA, from external adapter / charger

Explosion Proof Gas Sensor / Transmitter S2 Series

Features

• Available gases include LEL, H2S, CO, PPM H2, and CO2

• Toxic gases include Cl2, NH3, SO2, HCN, and more

• Infrared sensor for combustibles and CO2

• Hydrogen-Specific not available

• Patented water repellent sensor coating

• 4 - 20 mA output

• Explosion proof construction

Stand Alone Explosion Proof Transmitter

Features

•Operates independent of a controller

•Direct digital readout on backlit LCD

•Available for LEL, H2S, CO, and O2

•4 - 20 mA & digital Modbus outputs standard

•2 fully programmable alarm relays & fail relay

•Non-intrusive calibration via magnetic wand

•H2 specific LEL version available

•Patented water repellent sensor coating

•User friendly setup push buttons & LCD menus

•IR Sensors available for LEL & CO2

RK-65-2610RK

M2 % LEL, Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, UL Version

RK-65-2610RK-05

M2 % LEL, Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, CSA Version

RK-65-2611RK

M2 % LEL, Hydrogen (H2), Specific Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, UL Version

RK-65-2611RK-05

M2 % LEL, Hydrogen (H2), Specific Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, UL Version

RK-65-2613RK-05

M2 Oxygen (O2), 0 - 25% Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, Explosion Proof, CSA Version

RK-65-2615RK-05

M2 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S), 0 - 100 ppm Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, CSA Version

RK-65-2616RK-05

M2 Carbon Monoxide (CO), 0 - 300 ppm Sensor / Transmitter W/ J-Box, CSA Version

Measuring Ranges 0 - 100% LEL 0 - 25% Vol. 0 - 100 ppm 0 - 300 ppm

Outputs

Analog 4 - 20 mA signal, into 500 ohms impedance max, corresponding to 0 - full scale

Digital Modbus RTU output standard, fully configurable, 2-wire RS-485, 1200 to 19.2k baud

Alarm Settings Fully programmable alarm set points, increasing / decreasing, latching / self-resetting, on delays, off delays, normally energized or de-energized, programmable deadband, programmable smoothing filter

Alarm Indication

Visual LED’s. Alarm 1, Amber; Alarm 2, Red; Fail, Red Relays 5 amp form C contacts for alarm 1, alarm 2, and fail

Operating Temp. -4°F ~ 122°F (-20°C ~ 50°C)

Relative Humidity 5 - 95% RH non-condensing

Location Indoor or outdoor. Explosion proof for Class I, Div. 1, Groups B, C, and D.(Oxygen available in non XP version also)

Operating Voltage 19 V DC - 30 V DC

Approvals IR LEL sensors: C/US approval standard Catalytic LEL sensors: UL standard, CSA optional H2S and CO sensors: CSA

Warranty One year material and workmanship

Indoor Carbon Monoxide Gas Monitor

Features

• Compact, wall mounting design

• Highly visible 3 color LED digital display

• Power cable can enter from any direction

• Stores alarm summary data

• Built in audible and visual alarms

• 115 V AC operation

• Relay outputs for annunciation of alarms

• Low cost plug-in electrochemical sensor

Specifications

Measuring Range0 - 150 ppm (1 ppm / digit)

Display of Alarm

1st Alarm: Flashing orange LED gas display

AL1 LED orange color flashing, intermitted buzzer sound

2nd Alarm: Flashing red LED gas display

AL2 BED red color flashing, Intermittent buzzer sound

Trouble Alarm: Red flashing display "D-**" (**shows error No), short buzzer intermittent buzzer sound

Indoor Oxygen Monitor Model OX-500 also available. Please call for more information.

Toll free: 1-888-287-3732

RK-73-1201RK

Model EC-500 Controller & Detector For Carbon Monoxide (CO), 0 - 150 ppm

Wall Mount Controllers

Applications

Petrochemical plants, refineries, water & wastewater treatment plants, pulp & paper mills, gas, telephone, & electric utilities, parking garages, manufacturing facilities, steel, automotive, HVAC

BEACONTM 110

Features

• Low cost versatile solution

• Compact, weatherproof, NEMA 4X enclosure

• 115/220 V AC or 24 V DC operation

• Long life sensors (2+ years typical)

• Accepts RKI LEL/O2/H2S/CO direct connect sensors

• Accepts any 4 - 20 mA transmitter

• Audible alarm with reset button

• Two programmable alarm levels

• Built-in trouble alarm with relay

• Relay rating 10 amps, form C

• Provides 4 - 20 mA output

• Height: 8.5" (216 mm)

• Width: 7.0" (178 mm)

• Depth: 4.3" (109 mm)

BEACONTM 200

Features

•Simultaneous readout on 2 channels

•Two alarm levels per channel

•Discrete and common relays

•NEMA 4X enclosure

•4 - 20 mA outputs

•Proven, long-life sensors for a wide variety of gases

•Accepts any 4 - 20 mA transmitter input (24 V DC)

•Easy to install, operate and expand

•Height: 10.5" (267 mm)

•Width: 8.5" (216 mm)

•Depth: 6.3" (158 mm)

Partial List Of Detectable Gases

Ammonia (NH3) 0 - 75.0 ppm

Arsine (AsH3) 0 - 0.20 ppm

Boron Trichloride (BCl3)0 - 15.0 ppm

Carbon Dioxide (CO2)0 - 1.0%

Carbon Monoxide (CO)0 - 300 ppm

Chlorine (Cl2) 0 - 3.0 ppm

Chlorine Dioxide (ClO2)0 - 1.00 ppm

Chlorine Trifluoride (ClF3)0 - 1.00 ppm

Combustibles 0 -100% LEL

Diborane (B2H6) 0 - 30.0 ppm

Fluorine (F2) 0 - 6.0 ppm

Hydrogen (H2) 0 - 2,000 ppm

Hydrogen Chloride (HCl)0 - 15.0 ppm

Hydrogen Fluoride (HF)0 - 9.0 ppm

Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)0 - 100.0 ppm

Nitric Oxide (NO) 0 - 100.0 ppm

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)0 - 15.0 ppm

Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3)0 - 30.0 ppm

Oxygen (O2) 0 - 25.0%

Ozone (O3) 0 - 1.0 ppm

Phosphine (PH3) 0 - 1.0 ppm

Silane (SiH4) 0 - 15.0 ppm

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) 0 - 30.0 ppm

Features

•Capable of up to 8 separate channels

•Digital display of all 8 channels simultaneously

•Compact, weatherproof, NEMA 4X enclosure

•85 - 264 V AC or 24 V DC operation

•Long life sensors (2+ years typical)

•Accepts any 4 - 20 mA transmitter

•Audible alarm with reset button

•Two programmable alarm levels per channel

•Common alarm and fail relays

•Relay rating 3 amps, form C

•Low cost versatile solution

•Height: 12.5" (318 mm)

•Width: 11.0" (279 mm)

•Depth: 6.4" (163 mm)

BEACONTM 800

Particle Counters

Particle counters are primarily designed for use in controlled environment applications. Particle counters detect and measure individual particles as small as 0.3 microns in diameter. Our particle counters contain various size discriminators and counting capabilities to provide hand held solutions for Clean Room Certification, Filter Testing, and Process Testing. A unique feature of all particle counters is their capability to measure particles in high concentrations. This feature is useful for a number of ambient monitoring applications.

Dust Monitors

Portable Dust Monitors are used in applications that require total amount of airborne particulate matter. Output is expressed in either micrograms per cubic meter or milligrams per cubic meter. Applications include from industrial hygiene, workplace monitoring, filter testing, and dust testing.

Calibration Gases

The Convenient and Cost-Efficient Way to Handle Calibration Gas Mixtures!

Nonrefillable Steel Cylinders

These smaller-sized, lightweight cylinders require no deposit or monthly rental charge. They are easier to handle, less expensive to ship, and use very little space. They also eliminate overpurchasing when only small quantities are necessary. These steel cylinders are recommended for non-reactive gas mixtures and pure gases such as argon, helium and nitrogen. They combine a convenient, portable size with a wide range of capacities to handle any field calibration requirement.

17 Liter Steel Cylinder

Contents: 17 Liters (0.6 cu. ft)

Pressure: 240 PSIG

Outlet: CGA 600

Weight: 1.1 lbs

Dimensions: 3" x 10 3/4"

D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

58 Liter Aluminium Cylinder

Contents: 58 Liters (2.0 cu. ft)

Pressure: 1000 PSIG

Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF)

Weight: 1.5 lbs

Dimensions: 3 1/4" x 8”

D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

Offering

Bump Gas Cylinder

Used for Industrial Hygiene Bump Gas Mixtures

Contents: 11 Liters (0.4 cu. ft)

Pressure: 140 PSIG

Outlet: Trigger-style aerosol

Weight: 0.3 lbs

Dimensions: 2 7/8" x 12"

D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

NLB-H10135000PN

Carbon Dioxide 5,000 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H10132000PN

Carbon Dioxide 2,000 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H120815LA

Hexane 15% LEL, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H105510PA

Isobutylene 10 ppm, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H1055100PA

34 Liter Steel Cylinder

Contents: 34 Liters (1.2 cu. ft)

Pressure: 500 PSIG

Outlet: CGA 600

Weight: 1.4 lbs

Dimensions: 3" x 10 3/4"

D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

103 Liter Steel Cylinder

Contents: 103 Liters (3.6 cu. ft)

Pressure: 1000 PSIG

Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF)

Weight: 2.3 lbs

Dimensions: 3 1/4" x 13 2/3"

D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

Portable Reactive Gas Cylinders

221 Liter Steel Cylinder

Contents: 221 Liters (7.5 cu. ft)

Pressure: 260 PSIG

Outlet: CGA 165 (1/4" SAE flare 45°)

Weight: 6.3 lbs

Dimensions: 9" x 16 1/2"

D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

These compact, lightweight aluminum cylinders are recommended for gas mixtures that are not stable in steel cylinders. Typical components blended in these packages include ammonia, chlorine, hydrogen sulfide, nitric oxide, nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide. They are available in capacities from 11 liters (0.4 cu. ft) to 104 liters (3.7 cu. ft) and are conveniently transported in a carrying case or bag. They are nonrefillable, except the "3A" cylinder, which is a refillable package.

29 Liter Aluminium Cylinder

Contents: 29 Liters (1.0 cu. ft)

Pressure: 500 PSIG

Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF)

Weight: 0.8 lbs

Dimensions: 2 7/8" x 11 1/2"

D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

Regulator: 500 series 6000 series & 8000 series

58 Liter Aluminium Cylinder

Contents: 58 Liters (2.0 cu. ft)

Pressure: 500 PSIG

Outlet: C-10 (5/8"-18 UNF)

Weight: 1.6 lbs

Dimensions: 3 1/2" x 14 1/2"

D.O.T. Specs: 39 NRC

Regulator: 500 Series 6000 Series & 8000 Series

NLB-H197150VN

Vol. Methane, 34 Liter Steel Cylinder

NLB-H197150LA

NLB-J1002

Customize your own Gas Mixture

Cylinder

Regulators for 17/34 L Steel Cylinders

Regulators are necessary equipment used to accurately deliver calibration from a cylinder to an instrument. Each regulator is designed to fit on a set of cylinders.  Most of the regulators are designed for non refillable cylinders. There are two common fittings these regulators use to connect to the cylinders. One common fitting is a CGA 600 connection and fits on the 17 & 34 liter steel cylinders.

Regulators for 29 AL / 34 AL / 58 AL Aluminum & 103 L Steel

The second common fitting is the 5/8 x 18 UNF fitting which connects to the 29, 34 & 58 liter aluminum cylinders and the 58 & 103 liter steel cylinders. Has a C-10 connection.

Making Sure the Regulator you Purchase Fits the Cylinder you Have

Accessories

Cases & Accessories

Our two, three, or four-bottle cases provide a safe and convenient method for transporting and storing your calibration standards

MONITORING

ENVIRONMENTAL

2100 Sound Level Meter

Typical Applications

•Occupational noise measurements

•Noise ordinance enforcement

•Community noise assessment

•Fire & emergency notification alarm testing

•Maintenance inspections & trouble-shooting

•Environmental impact studies

Features

•Certified Intrinsically Safe

Description

QUESTemp° 32 Portable HeatStressMonitor

Features

•Real-time readings for Wet / Dry Bulb, Globe, WBGT Indoor / Outdoor, Relative Humidity and Heat Index

•Optional remote sensors for up to (3) simultaneously monitored areas

Description

The rugged, easy to use QUESTemp° 32 Thermal Environment Monitor quickly and accurately evaluates the potential forindividuals to experience heat stress.

It combines WGBT index values with Relative Humidity measurements to calculate Heat Index. For remote applications the QT° 32 can be tripod mounted with the detachable sensor tethered at a distance up to 200 ft (60 m) from the main unit.

Standards / Approvals

Intrinsic Safety: UL/CSA Standards for Class I, Groups A, B,C & D; Groups E, F and G; Class. Temperature Code T3 and European Standards for EEX ia IIC, T3

QT-32

-5 to 100°C (23 to 212°F)

0 to 100%

Celsius and Fahrenheit Scales; Wet Bulb; Dry Bulb; Globe; WBGT Indoor; WBGT Outdoor; Relative Humidity; Heat Index

9 V disposable batteries (150 hrs), NiMH rechargeable option (300 hrs), AC power adapter

RTD Temperature Sensor, Capacitive Polymer Relative Humidity Sensor

Outputs

SLM Range Class/Type

The Precision the Type 2 (2100) models are enhanced basic sound level meters. Enhancements include a broader sound level measurement range, the addition of "C" weighting, and optional detachable microphones with 100 ft (30 m) cables. QT-2100

QT-2100

AC/DC recorder output

A, C

Fast, Slow

30 to 140 dBA

Type 2

SPL, Lmax ANSI S1.4, IEC 60651, IEC 61672-1, CE Mark, ETL Instrinsic Safety Approval, CSA Intrinsic Safety Approval

Remote microphone optional

Adapter & QT-59-533 Storage Case

Features

•30 to 140 dBA measurement range

•Fast, Slow, Peak and Impulse response modes

•"A", "C" and "Z" (linear) weighting modes

•Selectable 3 and 5 dB exchange rates

•Displays SPL, Leq, Run Time, Maximum SPL

Minimum SPL & % Overload

•Low battery indicator

•Simple one-button field calibration

•Optional detachable microphone

•Optional 2, 10 & 50 ft (0.6, 3 & 15 m) microphone extension cables

•RFI shieldedconstruction

•AC/DC output jack for recorders

•Certified Intrinsically Safe

Measurement Range

30 to 140 dBA

40 to 140 dBC

43 to 143 dBPk

QT-2200R Model 2200R Remote Integrating Sound Level Meter Includes Meter, WS-7 Windscreen, QT-56-990 Calibrator Adapter & QT-59-533 Storage Case

QT-2200R-10 Model 2200R Sound Level Meter Kit Includes 2200R SLM W/ Accessories, QC-10 Calibrator & QT-59-533 Storage Case

QT-2200 Model 2200 Integrating Sound Level Meter Includes Meter, WS-7 Windscreen, QT-56-990 Calibrator Adapter & QT-59-533 Storage Case

QT-2200-10 Model 2200 Sound Level Meter Kit Includes 2200 SLM W/ Accessories, QT-QC-10 Calibrator & QT-59-533 Storage Case

Noisepro

Features

•Up to 2 independent dosimeters in one

•Optional vibrating alarm

•Class/Type 2 accuracy

•Programmable twice daily or (1) one time scheduled runs

•Optional QuestSuite® Professional II with virtual docking station

•Real-time compliance indicator

•English, Spanish, German, French, and Italian languages

•Optional boom microphone

•Microphone removal detection

•IP-65 rated, industrial grade cast aluminum case

•High-Speed infrared RS-232 communications

QT-NP

NoisePro Noise Dosimeter Includes NoisePro Dosimeter W/ Class 2 Pendant Microphone, QT-53-384 Windscreen, QT-53-884 Calibrator Adapter & QT-53-879 Storage Case

QT-NP10

NoisePro Dosimeter Kit Includes NoisePro Dosimeter W/ Accessories, QT-53-857 IR To RS-232 Computer Interface Cable, QT-QC-10 Calibrator & QT-53-879 Storage Case

This Kit Includes Accessories Necessary To Connect NoisePro To Computer QT-RS-232 9-pin DIN Port. Order Part Number QT-53-810

QT-RS-232 Serial to USB Adapter Separately To Connect To Computer USB Port

QC-10 Calibrator

The QC-10 Calibrator provides quick, precise field calibration. The calibrator generates a stable acoustic signal at a controlled frequency and amplitude to verify the accuracy of your meter in the field. The QC-10 is a general purpose calibrator that generates a constant sound pressure level of 114 dB at a fixed frequency of 1,000 Hz.

QT-QC-10 Sound Calibrator W/ Single Output (114 dB at 1000 Hz)

Note: Calibrator Adapter Is Provided With The Meter When Purchased. If Purchasing A Calibrator Only, The Appropriate Calibrator Adapter Needs To Be Purchased Separately

Digital Sound Level Meter

Features

•Analog bargraph with 50 dB range

•Updates every 40 ms for viewing trends

•± 2 dB accuracy with 0.1 dB resolution

•A&C weighting

•AC analog output

•Record Max/Min values over time

•Auto Power Off and Max Hold functions

•Utilizes 0.5" (12.7 mm) condenser microphone

•Tripod mountable

•40 to 130 dB measuring range

•Fast/Slow response time

•Tripod mountable

•Complete with 4 "AAA" batteries and microphone

windscreen

Applications

•Monitoring workplace machinery

•Installing audio and alarm systems

•Product noise certification and reduction

EX-407730

Digital Sound Level Meter

EX-407730-NIST

EX-407730 W/ NIST Certificate

Data Logging Sound Level Meter

High accuracy datalogging of up to 20,000 records. Meets ANSI and IEC61672-1 Type 2 standards

Features

•Three ranges from 30 to 130 dB

•Datalogging capability up to 20,000 records

•Capture up to 10 readings/sec whenconnected to a PC

•Records readings with real date and time stamp

•Min/Max and Data Hold functions

•Heavy duty rugged double molded housing

•USB port includes software

•Auto Power Off with disable capability

•Includes Windows® compatible software, USB cable, wind cover, tripod, hard carrying case, AC adaptor, and 9 V battery

Sound Level Alert with Alarm

Built-in LEDs alert user when sound level is too high or too low. LED’s can be read from 30 m (100 ft)

Features

•Continuous monitoring of sound level

•Ideal for industrial, hospital, auditoriums, schools and other areas where there is a need for being alerted when sound level reaches set point

•Meets ANSI Type 2 and EN 60651 accuracy, specs compliant to OSHA

• User settable high or low limit (30 to 130 dB) indication with output to drive external relay module

•Wall, desk or tripod mount

•Microphone rotates 180° for desired placement. Optional 15 ft (5 m) microphone extension cable for remote monitoring

•Complete with AC adaptor, microphone wind cover, wall, desk or tripod mount (optional Tripod TR100)

EX-SL130G

Sound Level LED Alert, 110 V AC Adaptor

EX-SL130G-NIST

SL130G W/ NIST Certificate

EX-SL130-240

Sound Level Alert (W/ 240 V Adaptor)

EX-SL123

AC Alarm Relay Module 9 Foot Cable (3 m)

EX-SL124

DC Alarm Relay Module 9 Foot Cable (3 m)

EX-SL125

Remote Microphone Cable 15'

EX-TR100

Tripod (For Meters With Tripod Mount Feature)

EX-407766

Sound Level Calibrator, 94/114 dB

10.9" x 3" x 2" (278 x 76 x 50 mm)

12.3 oz (350 g)

Specifications

EX-SL130G

4.6" x 3.125" multifunction LCD

31.5 Hz to 8 kHz

0.5" Electret Condenser Microphone (remoteable) 30 to 80 dB, 60 to 110 dB, 80 to 130 dB

"A" and "C" (programmable)

Fast (125 ms) / Slow (1 s) (programmable)

0.1 dB

3.5 mm Mono Phone Plug, Maximum: 3.4 mA @ 5 VDC

Voltage: 2.5 VDC

AC/DC Adaptor for full functions; 8 x "AA" batteries for monitoring function only without LED alert

CE approved / 1 year warranty

8.75" x 7.1" x 1.25" / 0.63 lbs (22 x 18 x 3.2 mm / 285 g)

Heavy Duty Light Meters

Datalogging Model Available. Automatically stores up to 16,000 readings or manually store/recall up to 99 readings.

Features

•Wide range to 40,000 Fc or 400,000 Lux

•Cosine and color corrected measurements

•Utilizes precision silicon photo diode and spectral response filter

•Peak mode (10μS) captures highest reading

•Relative mode indicates change in light levels

•Min/Max and Data Hold

•Large backlit LCD display with 40-segment bar graph

•Heavy Duty rugged double molded housing

•Built-in USB port

•Includes light sensor with 3 ft (1 m) cable and protective cover, Windows® compatible software with USB cable, hard carrying case, and 9 V battery

SpecificationsEX-HD400

40, 400, 4000, 40.00 kFc

400, 4000, 40k, 400 kLux

± 5% rdg

0.01 Fc / 0.1 Lux

16,000 continuous readings;

99 selected readings

USB

6.7" x 3.1" x 1.6" (170 x 80 x 40 mm)

13.7 oz (390 g)

FL-K1 Redesigned Swiss-made Flowmeter Kit

This is a water and air flow measuring tool for professionals in the field. Measures water flow in rivers, streams, irrigation canals, ocean flows and sewage flows. Measures airflow in ventilation shafts, air conditioning conduits, chimney flues and air ducts.

Features

•Measures fluid flow and temperature

•Fluid speed in all measurement units (mph, km/h, m/s, knots)

•Current, maximum and average fluid speed

•Current, minimum and maximum temperatures; Wind chill temperature (when appropriate)

SpecificationsST-FL-K1

± 2% fluid speed, ± 2% on axis air velocity; ± 3% off axis

± 1°F (± 0.2°C)

0.2 to 40 mph (0.1 to 18 M/Sec) depending upon impeller,

Temperature: -58° to 212° F (-50° to 100°C)

0.3 km/h; 0.2 mph; 0.2 knots; 0.1 M/Sec

Minimum, maximum, current temperature, wind chill factor

Current, maximum and average fluid speed Knots, mph, km/h, m/s, fps, cm/s, °F or °C

2 "AA" Batteries (included)

5.25" x 2.25" x 2.5" (62 x 32 x 120 mm), case: 25" x 13" x 3" (63 x 34 x 9 cm)

8.1 oz (230 g), components plus case: 6 lbs (2.7 kg)

•2 meter carbon rod telescopes for easy storage

•Magnetic material in the propeller conducts impulses through the cable to the head unit providing a digital readout

•The end of the rod near the impeller houses a thermometer for true fluid temperature

•Includes a 25 mm air impeller and 60 mm water impeller; other impellers available

•Backlight

•Weatherproof & water resistant

•Display threaded for tri/unipod

•1 year warranty

ST-FL-K1 Flowmeter Kit

EX-HD450

EX-HD400

ST-SM-28 Skymaster Wind/Weather Meter with Barometer, Humidity, Dew Point & More

Skymaster allows you to track weather in the palm of your hand! Radio / TV reports cover a large area, but Skymaster's data is specific to your location. Unlike other units, the jackknife case gives you the most accurate measurements; your hand's heat/moisture won't influence the environmental sensors. The Honeywellhumidity sensor and the Swiss-made barometer can be easily re-calibrated, and the unit has a weather alert if the barometric pressure rises or falls 6 millibars over 3 hrs. Skymaster has a tripod fitting, is water resistant and floats.

ST-SM-28 Skymaster Weather Meter

ST-AP-22 Optional Carry-Along Case

ST-WM-350 WindMate™ Multi-function Weather Meter

Features

•Time and date

•48 hr history for all functions

•Swiss-made impeller components and current, avg, max wind speed

•USA made fluxgate compass and use as bearing compass

•Digital wind direction, crosswind and head/tail wind calculations

•Lifetime calibrated Swiss-made humidity sensor

•Temperature, wind chill, wet bulb, dew point and delta T

•Swiss-made barometer sensor, weather forecast and audio storm alarm

•Altimeter to 29,000 ft and density altitude

•Exclusive accuweather.com® patented comfort index & trade

•Auto Shutoff can be disabled

•Threaded for tripod mounting, EL backlight and water / shock resistant

Waterproof Thermometer

Pocket size with Max/Min recording. Measures temperature in frozen solids and liquids.

ST-WM-350 WindMate™

ST-AP-22 Optional Carry-Along Case

ST-SM-18

Wind ± 3% when aligned with winds axis; Temp / Windchill ± 2° F; Relative Humidity ± 3%; Dewpoint / Heat Index ± 3° F; Barometer ± 3 hPa

Wind .4 - 89 MPH; Temp +5° to +122°F; Windchill -22° to +158°F; Relative Humidity 0 - 99%; Dew Point 31.2° to +155°F; Heat Index +69° to 155°F; Barometer 400 to 1100 hPa; Altitude -900 to 9000

Current wind 2 sec avg.; Avg wind over 5 sec; Max wind 2 sec gust; Temp/Windchill/Humidity/Dew Point 1 min; Barometer samples every 2 sec

Knots, MPH, KPH, Ft/Min, M/Sec, Beaufort, °F or °C in Hg (inches of Mercury) or hPa (hectopascal/millibars)

CR 2032 Lithium battery (included)

5.9" x 2.1" x .85"

3.9 oz

ST-WM-350

Wind ± 3% when aligned with winds axis; Compass ± 2; Temp/Wind chill ± 2°; Relative Humidity ± 3%; Wet bulb/Dew point ± 3.6°; Barometer ± .05 inHg; Altimeter ± 50 ft; Density Altitude ± 246 ft

Wind .8 - 89 MPH; Temp -20° to 158°F; Windchill -50° to +50°F; Compass 0° to 360°; Relative humidity 5% to 95%; Wet bulb 32° to 100°F, Dew point -20° to 158°F; Barometer 8.86 to 32.48 inHg; Altimeter 6000 to 29,000 ft; Density altitude -49 to 257 ft

Current & maximum wind 1 sec; Avg wind over 10 sec; Temp 1 minute; Windchill 1 sec; Wind direction & compass 1 sec; Cross/head/tail wind 5 sec; Relative humidity, wet bulb, delta T, dew point 1 minute; Barometer 2 sec; Altimeter 1 sec; Optional Units: Knots, MPH, KPH, FPM, M/Sec, Beaufort, InHg or hPa; °F or °C, ft or meters CR 2032 Lithium battery (included)

5.5" x 1.75" x .75" (closed), 9" x 1.75" x .75" (open)

3.6 oz (with battery)

Features

• 2.75" (70 mm) stainless steel stem

• °C/°F switchable ranges of -40 to 392°F (-40 to 200°C)

• MAX/MIN recall of high and low temperatures

• Data Hold and Auto Power Off features

• Digital display with 0.1° resolution

•Dimensions: 5.9" x 0.8" x 0.7" (150 x 20 x 18 mm)

• Weight: 0.7 oz (20 g)

• Complete with one LR44 button battery and protective cover

EX-39240 Waterproof Thermometer

ST-SM-18 Skymate Wind Meter with Temperature & Wind Chill

Features

•Current, maximum windspeed

•Average wind speed over5, 10, or 13 seconds

•Current temp & wind chill

•Choose any measurement unit

•Reads in tenths

•Replaceable 400 hour lithium battery

•Data lock feature

•Replaceable plastic impeller won't corrode

•Easy to read LCD

•Threaded for tripod mounting

•Unique pocket-knife design to protect unit when not in use

•Water resistant to 3 ft

•High visibility case

•Floats

•1 year warranty

ST-SM-18

Skymate Wind Meter

ST-AP-22

Optional Carry-Along Case

GW-RG200 6" & GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge

Features

•Simple to operate and install

•Rugged design for harsh weather

•Mounting hardware included

•UV-protected plastic or aluminum

The GW-RG200 6" Rain Gauge is constructed of high impact UVprotected plastic to provide reliable, low-cost tipping bucket rainfall monitoring. The simplicity of the rain gauge design assures trouble-free operation, yet provides accurate rainfall measurements. The unit has a 6" orifice and is shipped complete with mounting brackets and 50' of twoconductor cable. The tipping bucket sensor mechanism activates a sealed reed switch that produces a contact closure for each 0.01" or 0.2 mm of rainfall.

The GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge was designed by the National Weather Service to provide a low-cost, reliable, industrial, tipping bucket rain gauge. The rainfall gauge has an 8" orifice and is shipped complete with mounting brackets and 50' of two-conductor cable. The tipping bucket sensor mechanism activates a sealed reed switch that produces a contact closure for each 0.01", 0.2 mm or 1 mm of rainfall. The rain gauge sensor can be pole mounted or bolted to a level plate.

GW-RG200

6" Rain Gauge

GW-RG600

8" Rain Gauge

Specify 1 mm, 0.2 mm, Or 0.01" Per Tip At Time Of Order

GW-RG700

4 - 20 mA Converter Module Pulse To Current Converter, 32 Pulses Per Minute Equals 20 mA

ST-SM-18

Wind ± 3% when aligned with winds axis; Temp/Windchill ± 2°

Wind .4 - 89 MPH; Temp +5° to +122°F; Windchill -22° to +158°F

Current wind 2 sec avg; Avg wind over 5 sec; Max wind 2 sec gust Temp/windchill 1 minute

Knots, MPH, KPH, Ft/Min, M/Sec, Beaufort °F or °C

CR 2032 Lithium battery (included)

4.8" x 1.8" x .7"

2.3 oz with case

GW-RG600 8" Rain Gauge

32° to +123.8°F (0° to +51°C)

25 ft (7.6 m), 2 conductor

10 1/8" x 8" (26 x 20 cm)

8 lbs (3.6 kg)

InfraRed Thermometer

Non-contact InfraRed Thermometer with laser pointer. Measures to 600°F without contact.

Features

•Large LCD display with backlighting

• Built-in laser pointer to improve aim

• °F / °C switchable

• Fixed emissivity (0.95) covers 90% of surface applications

• Narrow field of view

• Audible and visible overrange indicators

• Automatic Data Hold

• Pocket size meter

• Complete with 9 V battery and carrying case

Dual Laser InfraRed Thermometers

Features

•Dual laser for accurate target

•White backlit dual LCD display

•Fast 0.15 second response time with Max display

•Adjustable emissivity increases measurement accuracy for different surface

•Adjustable High / Low set points with audible alarm alerts user when temperature exceeds the programmed set points

•Lock function for continuous readings

•Double molded housing

•Complete with carrying case and 9 V battery

EasyView™ Hygro-Thermometers

Relative Humidity, Temperature, Dew Point, and Wet Bulb measurements with choice of Datalogger model.

Features

•Compact and rugged design features large display and bargraph

•Display any two parameters (Temperature and Humidity or Dew Point, or Wet Bulb) simultaneously

•Min / Max function stores & recalls highest and lowest readings

•Timer function displays the elapsed time (mins: sec and day: hour) to the minimum and maximum readings

•Programmable auto power off time frame

•Remote capacitance sensor with 39" (1 m) coiled cable

•Switchable °C / °F temperature units

•Data Hold function freezes reading on display

•Auto Power Off to save battery life

•Low battery and overrange indication

•Complete with built-in stand, protective holster, probe and 6 "AAA" batteries

Model EX-EA25 Additional Features

•Datalogs up to 15,000 records plus automatic timer function

•Built-in RS-232 PC serial interface comes complete with Windows® 95/98/NT/2000/ME/XP compatible software and optically isolated RS-232 cable

•Monitor Relative Humidity and Temperature in factories, clean rooms, offices, and greenhouses

•Produce reports of overnight or long term humidity and temperature fluctuations

W/ NIST Certificate EX-EA25 EasyView Hygro-Thermometer Datalogger

W/ NIST Certificate

HT-3000 Thermo-Hygrometer

Help control the effects of temperature and humidity in the environment. The HT-3000 is the only meter available at its price point that provides Temperature, RH, Dew point and Specific Humidity.

Features

•Selectable display screens

•Relative humidity range: 0 - 100 % with up to ± 3% accuracy

•Temperature range: -4°F to 128°F (-20°C to 70°C) with up to 1.8% accuracy

•Dew point range: -40°F to 176°F (-40°C to 80°C)

•GPP (grains per pound) range: 0.55 gpp to 3868 gpp

•Fast response time

Humidity and Temperature USB Datalogger

Records up to 16,000 readings for each parameter.

Features

•Datalogs 32,000 readings (16,000 for each parameter: Humidity / Temperature)

•Dew point indication via Windows® software (included)

•EX-RHT10-SW optional software to calculate Grains per Pound (grams per kilogram) to 1120 GPP (160 g/kg)

•Selectable data sampling rate: 2 sec, 5 sec, 10 sec, 30 sec, 1 min, 5 min ,10 min, 30 min, 1 hr, 2 hrs, 3 hrs, 6 hrs, 12 hrs, 24 hrs

•User-programmable alarm thresholds for RH and Temperature

•Status Indication via Red / Yellow LED and Green LED

•Long battery life (approx. 1 year)

•Complete with 3.6 V Lithium battery and Windows® 98, 2000, XP, and Vista compatible analysis software

•Temperature: Reaches 80% of full excursion in approximately 75 sec

•Relative Humidity: Reaches 90% of full excursion in approx imately 45 sec

•Data hold feature

•Graphic display with contrast and backlight

•Automatic power down

•9 V battery

•1 year warranty

•Carrying case

DEL-HT-3000W/CS

Thermo-Hygrometer W/ Carrying Case

EX-RHT10-SW

GPP (g/kg) Software For EX-RHT10

EX-42299

3.6 V Lithium Batery, 2/Pack

Hygro-Thermometer Humidity Alert with Dew Point

NIST Calibrateable and Programmable Alarms. Warning of High or Low Humidity Conditions. EX-445815 Humidity

Features

SpecificationsEX-445815

•Large, easy-to-read triple LCD displays % Relative Humidity, Temperature and Dew Point

•% RH audible and visual alarms, with adjustable set points, alert when humidity exceeds set limit

•Probe clips onto meter or extends on 18" (457 mm) cable

•Max/Min with Reset function

W/ Dew Point

EX-445815-NIST

EX-445815 W/ NIST Certificate

EX-445815-NISTL

Optional Limited NIST

EX-RH300-CAL Optional 33% & 75% RH Calibration Standards

•Rear calibration adjustment pot for Humidity and Temperature (available with NIST certification and optional Calibration Standards)

•Complete with built-in stand, wall mount bracket, remote sensor and 2 "AAA" batteries; Optional calibration salt bottles ModelEX-445580-C

Radio Controlled Wall Clock Hygro-Thermometer with Super Large 4.3" (109 mm) Digit Clock Display

Features

•Receives Time Code from NIST Radio Station WWVB (North American region)

•Large LCD displays Time, % RH, Temperature, Year, Month, Date, and Day

•Super large 4.3" (109 mm) digit clock display can be viewed from 150 feet (45 mm)

•Signal indicator displays signal strength in 3 levels to indicate successful synchronization

•Automatically adjusts for daylight savings time (DST)

•Alarm clock

•Built-in stand for desktop or wall-mount

•Complete with built-in stand and four "AA" batteries

Soil / Compost Thermometer

Compost Thermometer is ideally suited for monitoring interior temperatures of compost piles and windrows. The clear, easy-to-read dial, with the pointer directly driven by the sensitive bi-metal helix in the bottom of the stem, gives an accurate reading every time. Used by composters everywhere for waste disposal, recycling, mushroom growing, etc.

Features

•Rugged all stainless construction

•Hermetically sealed-will not fog

•Unbreakable plastic crystal

•Pointed stem for easy insertion

•Easy-to-read 3" diameter dial

•Very accurate (+1% of scale)

•ºF, ºC, or Dual scales available

•Regular 1/4" diameter stem or Heavy Duty

•5/16" diameter stem available

Diameter, 60" L Stem

REO-A72PF

Heavy Duty 5/16" Diameter, 72" L Stem

REO-A24FR

Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 24" L Stem

REO-A36FR

Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 36" L Stem

REO-A48FR

Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 48" L Stem

REO-A60FR

Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 60" L Stem

REO-A72FR

Fast Response 3/8" Diameter, 72" L Stem

A Complete Solution for the Restoration Contractor

Restoration Contractor’s Kit

Use pin and pinless meters to better diagnose the amount of moisture content in buildings. Thermal Hygrometer provides fast, accurate readings of ambient room conditions and GPP calculations.

Kit includes

•Model EX-MO280 Pinless Moisture Meter

-Select from 10 different wood types

-Displays % moisture from 0 to 99%

-Measurement depth to 0.75" (22 mm) below the surface

•Model EX-MO220 Wood Moisture Meter

-Memory contains 8 wood groups with calibrations for approximately 170 species of wood

-Measures wood moisture from 6 to 99.9%

-Measurements can be taken using the integral pin electrodes or a heavy duty remote probe (included)

•Model EX-RH490 Precision Hygro-Thermometer

-Measures Temperature, Humidity, Dew Point, Wet Bulb, Absolute Humidity, GPP (grains per pound/grains per kilogram)

-Less than 30 second RH response time with 2% RH accuracy

•Model EX-RHT10 Humidity/Temperature USB Datalogger

-Datalogs 16,000 RH and 16,000

Temperature readings

-User-programmable sampling rate and alarm thresholds

-EX-RHT10-SW software included for GPP calculations and USB interface for data download

•Kit is supplied in a rugged heavy duty hard carrying case that provides protection and organization for the meters and accessories whenever they are needed

EX-MO280-RKv

Restoration Contractor’s Kit

Best Selling Moisture Meter!

BD-2100

BD-Series pin-type moisture meters - ideal meter to measure wood and other building materials, such as concrete, sheetrock, EIFS, roofing, insulation and flooring. Choose from the analog BD-10 meter or the digital BD-2100 meter. Each model offers a scale that measures % MC on wood from 6% - 40% and a reference scale used to measure non-wood materials. The BD-2100 also features the industry exclusive sheetrock scale to measure % MC in sheetrock over the range of 0.2% - 50%.

DEL-BD-2100/PKG

Includes BD-2100 W/ Case, 21-E Electrode

DEL-BD-2100/26/PKG

Includes BD-2100 W/ Deluxe Case, 26-ES Electrode, (10) 496 Pins

DEL-BD-2100/26/21/PKG

Includes BD-2100 W/ Case, 26-ES, 21-E Electrodes, (10) 496 Pins

DEL-BD-2100/EIFS/PKG

Flexible Borescope

Features

•High resolution image (7400 pixels) and optical system

• Easy to use eyepiece and handle

• Focus adjustment

•Two bright LED lamps to illuminate viewed object

•Glare-free close-up and wide angle field of view

•3 position switch (low-off-high)

•Flexible gooseneck with min. 3" (7.62 cm) bend radius retains configured shape

•Removable 90 degree side viewing adaptor rotates 360 degrees

•HDPE-coated shaft can be exposed to water, diesel, gasoline, brake fluid, antifreeze, oil and other liquids

•Accessory clip-on magnet will pick up approx. 0.25 lbs (113 g)

•Complete with 4 "AA" batteries, Clip-on 90 degree mirror, magnetic clip, and storage case

Video Borescope/Wireless Inspection Camera

•Captured video with date / time stamp can be played back on the wireless monitor or on any monitor with a video input jack

•Video and images can also be transferred to your PC via the microSD card (with included SD adaptor) or USB cable (included) and viewed using Windows® Multimedia Player

•Mini water-proof (IP67) camera for high resolution viewing

•Two bright LED lamps with dimmer toilluminate viewed object

•Glare-free close-up field of view

•39" (1m) flexible gooseneck retains configured shape

Applications

Includes BD-2100 W/ Case, 21-E Electrode, (2) BD-608-001 Pins, HP-1 Hole Punch Features

•Home inspection: Inspect in walls for mold, insect infestation, electrical wire or water pipe location

•HVAC: Inspect inside ducts, behind motors and compressors

• Automotive: View inside or around engines and transmissions

•Government: Safety and security inspections

•Industrial: Inspect weld integrity, process equipment, gears, molding machines

•Aerospace: Aircraft inspections for contamination, debris, cracks or other damage

SpecificationsEX-BR146

3.5" Color TFT LCD Wireless Monitor with a 2 GB microSD memory card for capturing images (JPEG) or video (AVI) for viewing on your PC.

Telescoping AC Current Detector

Features

•Non-Contact Detection of AC Current in shielded wires, wires behind walls, metal circuit breaker and junction boxes

•Telescoping probe extends to reach distance of 39" (1 m)

•Sensitivity from 200 mA to 1000 A (50 / 60 Hz)

•Red and Green LED indicators and switch-controlled ON / OFF Audible beeper

•Sensitivity adjustment increases or reduces sensor trigger threshold

•Dimensions: 7.7" x 2.4" x 1.2" (195 x 62 x 30 mm) Weight: 5.2 oz (148 g)

•Complete with two LR44 button batteries

Industrial MultiMeters

Features

•Double molded for waterproof (IP67) protection

•Rugged design — drop proof to 6 feet

•High Resolution display: Model EX-EX520-S with 6000 count LCD display Model EX-EX530-KIT with 40,000 count LCD display

•1000 V input protection on all functions

•Dual sensitivity frequency functions

•Large backlit LCD with bargraph

• Duty Cycle function and Diode open circuit voltage of 2.8 V DC

•Auto power off with disable feature and Min / Max, Relative, and Data Hold functions

•CE / UL approved; CAT IV-600 V

Phase Rotation / Clamp Meter Test Kit

Kit Includes

•Model EX-MA640 - 600 A True RMS 6000 count AC / DC Clamp-on MultiMeter with built-in non-contact AC Voltage Detector, test leads and temperature probe; ETL approved

•Model EX-480400 - 3-Phase Rotation Tester with multiline LCD display, durable double-molded housing, and easy-to-open wide-jaw alligator clips

•Model EX-DV25 - Dual Range AC Voltage Detector (24 to 1000 VAC/ 100 to 1000 VAC) + Flashlight with Audible / Visual indication, doublemolded housing, and CAT IV-1000 V safety rating; UL listed

•Set of double molded professional test leads

• Type K thermocouple bead probe and Type K to Banana Input Adaptor

•Supplied in a soft carrying case that provides protection and organization for the meters whenever they are needed

•Dimensions: 9.8" x 8" x 2" (248 x 203 x 54 mm); Weight: 1.3 lbs (590 g)

EX-MA640-K Phase Rotation/Clamp Meter Test Kit

Digital Mini Microscope

Features

•1.8" TFT Color LCD Screen with 2 MB Memory

•7x to 108x magnification range

Optical Zoom: 7x to 27x

Digital Zoom: 4x

•Four white LEDs with adjustable brightness for object illumination

• 5 Image Effect modes: Normal, Gray, Inverse, Emboss, and Dual Window View

•Dual Window View simultaneously displays the magnified image next to the original image

•Real-time imaging on your PC screen via USB interface and included software

•Includes microscope stand for hands-free viewing

•Dimensions: 4.7" x 2.2" x 0.8" (120 x 56 x 20 mm)

Weight: 2.5 oz (70 g) without batteries

•Complete with stand, three "AAA" Ni-MH rechargeable batteries, 100 to 240 VAC (50 / 60 Hz) adaptor / charger, Windows® compatible PC software with mini USB cable, cleaning cloth, and wrist strap

Combustible Gas Detector

Features

•Quickly identifies and pinpoints gas leaks

•16"(406 mm) flexible gooseneck

•For easy access into hard to reach locations

•High sensitivity

•One hand operation with thumb controlled sensitivity adjustment, to eliminatebackground gas levels

•Visible and audible alarm at 10% (LEL)

•Lower Explosive Limit for methane

•Locate the smallest leaks

•Complete with 3 "C" batteries

Gas Detected

Natural Gas, Methane, Ethane, Propane, Butane, Acetone, Alcohol, Ammonia, Steam, Carbon Monoxide (not to quantify), Gasoline, Jet Fuel, Hydrogen Sulfide, Smoke, Industrial Solvents, Lacquer Thinner, Naphtha

Desktop Indoor Air Quality CO2 Monitor

Measures Carbon Dioxide (C02), Air Temperature and Humidity.

SpecificationsEX-CO200

Features

•Checks for Carbon Dioxide (CO2) concentrations

•Maintenance free NDIR (non-dispersive infrared) CO2 sensor

•Indoor Air Quality displayed in ppm with Good (380 to 420 ppm), Normal (<1000 ppm), Poor (>1000 ppm) indication

• Visible and Audible CO2 warning alarm with relay output for ventilation control

•Measurement ranges: CO2: 0 to 9,999 ppm

Temperature: 14 to 140°F (-10 to 60°C)

Humidity: 0.1 to 99.9% RH

•Displays Year, Month, Date, and Time

•Max / Min CO2 value recall function

•Automatic Baseline Calibration (minimum CO2 level over 7.5 days) or manual calibration in fresh air

•Complete with Universal AC adaptor

SpecificationsEX-EZ40

EX-MC108 Digital Mini Microscope

EX-EZ40 EzFlex™ Combustible Gas Detector

EX-EZ40: EzFlex™

Surface Test Kits

These Instant Surface Testing Swabs help to alert the user to the presence of hazardous levels of the metal so that proper precautions can be taken to avoid the harmful effects. Each swab represents a complete unit for detection.

Choose From

Swab: potential sources

Lead Check: painted surfaces, steel structures, soil, dust, antiques, plumbing, dinnerware, food cans, waste material, etc.

Mercury Check: manufacture of pharmaceuticals, dyes, embalming, wood preservation, disinfectants, dry batteries, and photographic processing

Cadmium Check: glazed ceramics, pottery, decorated glassware, dust solder, and any solid surface

Chromate Check: cooling towers, water plants, plating operations, tanning industry, paint pigments

Nickel Check: metal plating, jewelry, nickel dust and fumes

RF EMF Strength Meter

Features

•For electromagnetic field strengthmeasurement including mobile phones, cell phones, base stations, and microwave leakage

•Non-directional (isotropic) measurement with three-channel (triaxial) measurement probe

•Max Hold and Average functions

•Manual store/recall up to 99 sets

•Level exceed audible alarm with userselectable threshold

•Complete with 9 V battery and carrying case EX-480836 RF

Magnetic Locator

SCH-GA-92XTi & SCH-GA-92XTd

One hand operation makes finding faster, providing both audio and visual (XTd model) indication of ferrous objects up to 16 feet underground. And the new XT follows the Schonstedt tradition of ruggedness and reliability.

Detect the magnetic fields of all ferromagnetic objects property markers, manholes, septic tanks, well casings, valve boxes, cast iron pipes, steel drums, unexploded ordinance up to sixteen feet below the surface.

Stopwatch / Clock

Features

•Digital LCD Stopwatch plus Calendar and Alarm

•12 or 24 hr clock operation

•Stopwatch/Chronograph mode with 1/100 sec resolution

•Programmable alarm with an hourly chime

•Calendar displays day, month, and date

SCH-GA-52CX & SCH-GA-72CD Underground Locators

Easy-To-Use

The SCH-GA-52CX and SCH-GA-72CD locators find iron and steel objects underground. Both provide audio detection signals that peak in frequency when the locator’s tip is held directly over the target.

The SCH-GA-72CD includes an easy-to-read digital and bar graph display showing signal strength and polarity.

All Purpose SCH-MAC-51BX Magnetic and Dual-Frequency Pipe and Cable Locator

In the LO and HI modes, the receiver's audio signal provides a sharp null when its tip is directly over the target. In the MAG mode (no transmitter required) the audio signal peaks when the receiver's tip is over a ferrous target. You can trace the 571 Hz LF signal conductively applied to any continuous metal conductor up to 4000 ft.

Specifications SCH-GA-52CX SCH-GA-72CD

Tone frequency varies Tone frequency varies with gradient field intensitywith gradient field intensity (*)

N/A Digital readout and bargraph indicate polarity and relative strength of magnetic field

Analog

Battery Life

Battery Indicator

Weight

Operating Temperature

Overall Length

Waterproof Length

Sensor Spacing

Housing Material

N/A Yes

5 settings 4 settings

2 Alkaline 9 V batteries2 Lithium 9 V batteries

40 hrs (intermittent usage) 60 hrs (intermittent usage)

N/A 4-segment LCD

~ 2.5 lbs (1.13 kg)~ 2.6 lbs (1.18 kg)

-13 to 140°F ( -25 to 60°C)-13 to 140°F ( -25 to 60°C)

42.3" (107.4 cm) 34.5" (87.6 cm)

34.5" (87.6 cm) 21" (53.3 cm)

20" (50.8 cm) 14" (35.6 cm)

Aluminum Polycarbonate / ABS Blend

Specifications

Operating Voltage

Battery Life

RF Output

Audio Indicator

Weight

Operating Temp.

Overall Size

Specifications

Operating Voltage

Battery Life

Audio Output

Weight

SCH-MAC-51BX Transmitter

12 V (8 alkaline C-Cell batteries)

60 hrs (on & off usage @ 70°F)

82.5 kHz modulated at 382 Hz, pulsed at 4.4 Hz

571 Hz Pulsed at 4.4 Hz

2.58 kHz pulsed at 4.4 Hz

Approx. 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)

-13°F to 140°F (-25°C to 60°C)

43.5" x 7" x 5" (110.5 x 17.8 x 12.7 cm)

SCH-MAC-51BX Receiver

9 V (2 alkaline or 2 lithium batteries)

60 hrs, alkaline (on & off usage @ 70°F) 120 hrs, lithium (on & off usage @ 70°F)

Approx. 40 Hz idling tone from speaker frequency of pulsing tone (increases or decreases) with signal intensity

2.64 lbs (1.20 kg)

SCH-MAC-51BX

Magnetic & Pipe & Cable Locator (Includes Transmitter Built Into Carrying Case & Receiver)

SCH-MAC–51BX-TX

Transmitter Only (Includes Case, Conductive Clip & Stake)

SCH-MAC-51BX-RX

Receiver Only (Includes Carrying Case)

TraceMaster II®

Operating Temp.

Overall Length

Waterproof Length

Nominal Sensor Spacing

The TraceMaster II® is the professional’s choice for locating pipe and cable, but you don’t have to be a pro to use it. So, to find telephone, cable TV, and fiber optic lines, AC power lines, water and gas pipes, keep a TraceMaster® in your kit. The TraceMaster II® is the first pipe and cable locator on the market to offer a Remote Link between the transmitter and the receiver units. This is accomplished through a radio frequency (RF) two-way communications channel, and makes it possible to change the transmitter frequency from the receiver up to 1500 ft away.

-13°F to 140°F (-25°C to 60°C)

42.3" (107.4 cm)

34.5" (87.6 cm)

20" (50.8 cm)

Features

•Passive detection of 50 Hz or 60 Hz, sonde or cathodic frequency

•One button depth measurement

•Digital readout display of signal strength

•LCD displays left, right and "on-target" indications, as well as battery status

•60 hrs operational life (intermittent usage)

•Lightweight, easy-to-use design

•Digital Signal Processing which is easily upgraded as new features are developed

SCH-TMS-001-AF

TraceMaster AF: All 4 Frequencies + Passive Pipe & Cable Locator

W/ RF Link

SCH-TMS-001-MF

TraceMaster MF: Manual All 4 Frequencies + Passive Pipe & Cable Locator

W/O RF Link

SCH-GA-52CX Magnetic Locator W/ Case

SCH-GA-72CD Metered Magnetic Locator W/ Case

(*) This is the factory default audio output. An internal switch allows the user to change it to a fixed frequency and the volume varying with the gradient field intensity.

Inspector Handheld Digital Radiation Alert® Detector

The Inspector Xtreme offers maximum performance in a lightweight rugged solution for using your survey meter in the field. The Inspector Xtreme is designed specifically for individuals operating in tough environments, such as 1st Responders, Mining, and HAZMAT crews. The unit is a small, handheld, microprocessor-based instrument which offers excellent sensitivity to low levels of alpha, beta, gamma, and x-rays. The digital readout is displayed with a red count light and a beeper sounds with each count detected. Other features include an adjustable timer, external calibration controls and selectable alert.

Detector

Internal Halogen-quenched, uncompensated GM tube with thin mica window, 1.4 - 2.0 mg/cm2 areal density. Effective diameter of window is 45 mm (1.75"). Radiation symbol on front label marks the center of the detector.

Display

•4 digit liquid crystal display with indicators

•Averaging Periods

•Display will update every 3 sec. At low background levels, the update is the moving average for the past 30 sec time period. The timed period for the moving average decreases as the radiation level increases

Gamma Sensitivity

3500 CPM/mR/hr referenced to Cs-137. Smallest detectable level for I-125 is .02 µCi at contact. Timer can set 1 minute sampling periods from 1 to 10 minutes.

Monitor 4 & 4EC

Same Monitor 4. New ergonomic design. The M4 and M4EC are compact, general purpose survey meters capable of detecting alpha, beta, gamma, and x-rays over 3 selectable ranges. A red count light flashes and a beep sounds with each event detected. The Monitor 4EC offers a more linear reading for gamma and x-rays (above 40 keV).

Detector

•Monitor 4: Halogen - quenched uncompensated GM tube with thin mica window 1.5 to 2.0 mg/cm2 thick

•Monitor 4EC: Halogen-quenched GM tube, energy compensated sidewall 2 mm tin filter. Thin mica window 1.5 to 2.0 mg/cm2 thick

•Display: Analog Meter holds full scale in fields as high as 100X max reading

•Operating Range: 0 to 50 mR/hr and 0 to 500, 0 to 5,000, 0 to 50,000 CPM or 0 to 500 μSv/hr

Monitor 4 Energy Sensitivity

•M4: Detects alpha down to 2.5 MeV; typical detection efficiency at 3.6 MeV > 80%.

Detects beta at 50 keV with 35% efficiency.

Detects beta at 150 keV with 75% efficiency. Detects gamma and x-rays down to 10 keV through the window, 40 keV minimum through the sidewall. Normal background is approximately 10 to 20 CPM.

Operating Range

•mR/hr - .001 (1 µR) to 100; mR/hr CPM - 0 to 350,000

•µSv/hr - .01 to 1000 CPS - 0 to 5000

•Total / Timer - 1 to 9,999,000 counts

Accuracy

•mR/hr ± 10% typical (NIST); ± 15% max - 0 to 100

•µSv/hr ± 10% typical (NIST); ± 15% max - 01 to 1000

•CPM ± 15% max - 0 to 350,000 (Referenced to Cs-137)

SE-INSPECTOR Inspector Radiation Survey Meter

SE-INSPECTOR-XTR

Includes Inspector W/ Xtreme Boot & Carrying Case

SE-WTP Wipe Test Plate

SE-IS Instrument Stand

•M4EC: Same as Monitor 4 except the energy response for gamma and x-rays through the detector sidewall is flat within +61% or -26% over the range of 40 keV to 100 keV, and within +35% or -17% over the range of 100 keV to 1.3 MeV.

•Gamma sensitivity: 1000 CPM/mR/hr (ref. to Cs-137)

•Range switch: X1, X10, X100, battery check

•Accuracy: ± 15% of full scale (referenced to Cs-137)

•Audio: internally mounted beeper (can be turned off for silent operation)

•Power requirements: 9 V alkaline battery up to 2,000 hrs at normal background

•Temperature range: -20° C to 55°C (-4°F to 131°F)

Weight

•M4: 223.9 g (7.2 oz) without battery

•M4EC: 245.7 g (7.9 oz) without battery

•Size: 8.25" x 2.75" x 1.875" (210 x 70 x 48 mm)

Includes carrying case with belt clip, observer software and mini-USB cable.

Accessories: SI Meter Option

Warranty: 1 year limited warranty

SE-MONITOR4 Monitor 4

SE-MONITOR4USB

Monitor 4 (Includes USB Cable & Observer Software)

SE-MONITOR4EC Monitor 4EC

SE-MONITOR4ECUSB

Monitor 4ECUSB (Includes USB Cable & Observer Software) All meters above come with carrying case. Batteries not included.

Fast, Accurate & Economical!

Disposable Polyethylene Bailers

Polyethylene Bailers are chemically inert, natural colour, virgin, high density polyethylene material. Each bailer comes individually packaged and precleaned using Protocol A. hose & operating manual. Does not include Universal Low Flow Holder for sorbent tubes.

EZ-Flow Bailers

The TITAN EZ Flow™ Single Check Ball NonWeight Groundwater Sampling Bailer has been TESTED and CERTIFIED to provide the user with an ACCURATE representative sample - EVERY TIME, GUARANTEED! It is the ideal bailer for obtaining groundwater samples from the top portion of the well column in low to medium sediment concentration environments.

EZ-Flow Double Check Ball Bailers - Point Source

This patented bailer eliminates aerating and agitating the sample, in low to medium sediment concentration environments. The Titan series hemispheric soft coated check valves allow the operator to retrieve samples from specific depths.

CW-B1314-24

0.41" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 75 ml, 24/Case

CW-B1214-24

0.75" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 250 ml, 24/Case

CW-B1111-24

1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Nonweight, 350 ml, 24/Case

CW-B1121-24

1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Lightweight, 350 ml, 24/Case

CW-B1114-24

1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

CW-B1124-24

1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Lightweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

CW-B1115-24

1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Nonweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case

CW-B1125-24

1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Lightweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case

CW-B1414-06

3" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 4.4 L, 6/Case

CW-EZ3-B3111-24

1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Nonweight, 350 ml, 24/Case

CW-EZ3-B3113-24

1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ3-B3114-24

1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ3-B3115-24

1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Nonweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ3-B3121-24

1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Lightweight, 350 ml, 24/Case

CW-EZ3-B3123-24

1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Lightweight, 1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ3-B3124-24

1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Lightweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ3-B3125-24

1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Lightweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ7-B7121-24

1.6" O.D. x 12" L, Heavyweight, 350 ml, 24/Case

CW-EZ7-B7123-24

1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Heavyweight, 1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ7-B7124-24

1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Heavyweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ7-B7125-24

1.6" O.D. x 48" L, Heavyweight, 1.3 L, 24/Case

EZ-Flow Free Sample Bailers

New, innovative bailer design! Enlarged inner orifice retrieves a more accurate representative sample from wells containing "free product".

CW-EZ8-B8113-24

1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Polypro, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ8-B8114-24

1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Polypro, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ8-B8123-24

1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Polypro, Heavyweight, 1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ8-B8124-24

1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Polypro, Heavyweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

CLEAR-VIEW® PVC Disposable Bailers

The Clear PVC Bailers are made of high quality, clear PVC. Because of its material, it has a fast sink rate, faster than most weighted polyethylene bailers. The bailer holds its shape when sampling, and has a virtually leak free ball and valve seat.

ESP-CV463

0.46" O.D. x 36" L, PVC, Nonweight, 85 ml, 24/Case

ESP-CV464

0.46" O.D. x 48" L, PVC, Nonweight, 110 ml, 24/Case

ESP-CV701

0.70" O.D. x 12" L, PVC, Nonweight, 67 ml, 48/Case

ESP-CV703

0.70" O.D. x 36" L, PVC, Nonweight, 200 ml, 24/Case

ESP-CV704

0.70" O.D. x 48" L, PVC, Nonweight, 270 ml, 24/Case

ESP-CV151

1.5" O.D. x 12" L, PVC, Nonweight, 342 ml, 48/Case

ESP-CV153

1.5" O.D. x 36" L, PVC, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case

ESP-CV154

1.5" O.D. x 48" L, PVC, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

ESP-SED

VOC Device (Slow), 24/Bag

VOSS Polyethylene Disposable Bailers

VOSS Bailers feature a patented Dome Design top and bottom to facilitate well entry and removal.

VO-PE75S

0.75" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 260 ml, 24/Case

VO-PE75SW

0.75" O.D. x 36" L, Weighted, 260 ml, 24/Case

VO-PE75S83SR

0.75" O.D. x 83" L, Nonweight, 600 ml, 12/Case

VO-PE75SW83R

0.75" O.D. x 83" L, Weighted, 600 ml, 12/Case

VO-PE75-VOC

VOC Tips For 0.75" Bailers, 24/Case

VO-91946S

1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case

VO-91946SW

1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Weighted, 1 L, 24/Case

VOSS Teflon® Disposable Bailers

The VOSS Teflon® Bailer can be used in any environment to eliminate exposing expensive, reusable bailers to high concentrations of contaminants that can cause permanent damage.  The bailers also eliminate repeated employee exposure to toxic substances during decontamination that pose a health risk due to cumulative effects in the body.

1.5" O.D. Teflon® Disposable Bailers

This bailer is ideal for sampling groundwater wells of 2" I.D. or larger.  Pre-cleaned and individually wrapped.  Constructed from chemically inert, Teflon® material.

VO-91946L

1.5" O.D. x 83" L, Nonweight, 2.4 L, 12/Case

VO-91946LW

1.5" O.D. x 83" L, Weighted, 2.4 L, 12/Case

VO-12451

VOC Removal Device For 1.5" Bailers, 24/Case

VO-PE3S

3.0" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 4 L, 9/Case

VO-PE3SW

3.0" O.D. x 36" L, Weighted, 4 L, 9/Case

VO-PE3VOC VOC Tips For 3" Bailer, 9/Case

VO-SST36021

1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Nonweight Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case

VO-SST36021W

1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Weighted Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case

VO-RDT031

VOC Tips For 1.5" Teflon®, 12/Case

CW-B2111-12

1.5" O.D. x 12" L, Teflon®, Nonweight Bailers, 350 ml, 12/Case

CW-B2131-12

1.5" O.D. x 12" L, Teflon®, Heavyweight Bailers, 350 ml, 12/Case

CW-B2113-12

1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Nonweight Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case

CW-B2133-12

1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon®, Heavyweight Bailers, 1 L, 12/Case

VOSS 1.5" O.D. Disposable Polyethylene Pressurized Bailers

The Pressurized Bailers provide an easy method for filtering water samples in the field. Each bailer comes complete with a barbed hose adapter for attaching the pump to the bailer, an adapter with a special notched thread that is used with any of the filters or removal devices to displace the ball and establish flow and a large barbed removal device for bottom emptying of the samples without filtering.

EZ-Flow Sand Catcher Design Triple Check Ball

Specifically created to retrieve accurate, complete samples from wells containing high concentrations of sand and silt. Multiple check ball design with "sand catcher"grooves to trap sand/silt away from check valve orifices. Made of HDPE and Polypropylene material.

VO-PB010

Pressurized Bailers, 1.5" I.D. x 36" L, 12/Case

VO-PBHP

Hand-Operated Pressure Vacuum Pump, Comes With 1/4" I.D. Clear Plastic Tubing

VO-GWC.45-600

Voss 0.45 μm, High Capacity Groundwater Filter

VO-PBVOC VOC Tips, 12/Case

CLEAR-VIEWTM Hydrocarbon/LNAPL Recovery Bailers

Sample or bail out hydrocarbons with simple to use hydrocarbon recovery bailers!

CW-EZ9-B9113-24

1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Nonweight, 1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ9-B9114-24

1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Nonweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ9-B9133-24

1.6" O.D. x 36" L, Heavyweight, 1 L, 24/Case

CW-EZ9-B9134-24

1.6" O.D. x 42" L, Heavyweight, 1.1 L, 24/Case

Eaters

Designed for the removal of the top layer of petroleum before sampling without absorbing water. Petroleum absorbing capacity of 0.5 liters per unit. Each unit is individually cleaned and ready to use.

ESP-CV701H

0.70" O.D. x 12" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case

ESP-CV703H

0.70" O.D. x 36" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case

ESP-CV151H

1.5" O.D. x 12" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case

ESP-CV153H

1.5" O.D. x 36" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case

ESP-CV154H

1.5" O.D. x 48" L, Polyethylene, 24/Case

ESP-CV157H

1.5" O.D. x 84" L, Polyethylene, 9/Case

ESP-CV333H

3.3" O.D. x 36" L, Polyethylene, 9/Case

CW-EZ-A6015-12

Oil Eater, Polypro, 1.3" O.D. x 20" L, 12/Case

PATENTED!

CarboBailer™

The CarboBailer™ is a single, economical way of collecting and/or sampling hydrocarbons from wells, drums, or tanks.  It works by just slowly inserting the bailer into the well and just slowly, removing it.  As it will be raised from the well, the water will drain out of the bailer while the hydrocarbons will be trapped. The hydrocarbons can be removed by either pouring out from the top or using a bottom emptying device.

Reusable PVC White Bailer

• Designed to suit basic sampling needs

• High quality threaded PVC

• Easy to clean with removable bottom check valve

Bailer Extensions Available ... Call for Price & Availability!

Reusable PVC Clear Bailer

Designed to suit basic sampling needs Clear PVC permits a visual check of the sample

Reusable White Teflon® Bailer

• Have an open top design and are threaded to allow disassembly for easy decontamination.

• Suitable for sampling virtually any potential contaminant while maintaining the integrity of the collected sample.

Stainless Steel Bailer

• Use Stainless Steel when plastic bailers are not suitable

• Type 304 stainless is used to manufacture the bailers

• Easy decontamination

ER-CAR-P163

PVC 1.6" Diameter x 3' Long

Specifications

Manufactured in PVC, individually wrapped and comes with a bottom-emptying device.

MO-BPWS.84X24

0.84" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPWS.84X36

0.84" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPWS1.66X24

1.66" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPWS1.66X36

1.66" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPWS2.375X24

2.375" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPWS2.375X36

2.375" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPWS3.50X24

3.5" O.D. x 24" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPWS3.50X36

3.5" O.D. x 36" L, PVC White Bailer

MO-BPCS1.05X24

1.05" O.D. x 24" L, PVC Clear Bailer

MO-BPCS1.05X36

1.05" O.D. x 36" L, PVC Clear Bailer

MO-BPCS1.66X24

1.66" O.D. x 24" L, PVC Clear Bailer

MO-BPCS1.66X36

1.66" O.D. x 36"L, PVC Clear Bailer

MO-BPCS3.50X24

3.5" O.D. x 24" L, PVC Clear Bailer

MO-BPCS3.50X36

3.5" O.D. x 36" L, PVC Clear Bailer

MO-BTWS1.66X24

1.66" O.D. x 24" L, Teflon Bailer

MO-BTWS1.66X36

1.66" O.D. x 36" L, Teflon Bailer

MO-BSS.50X24

0.5" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer

MO-BSS.50X36

0.5" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer

MO-BSS1.05X24

1.05" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer

MO-BSS1.05X36

1.05" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer

MO-BSS1.66X24

1.66" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer

MO-BSS1.66X36

1.66" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer

MO-BSS3.50X24

3.5" O.D. x 24" L, Stainless Bailer

MO-BSS3.50X36

3.5" O.D. x 36" L, Stainless Bailer

Lost your Bailer? Use the Bailer Retriever to Find It!

Bailer Retriever

The Bailer Retriever has been engineered to retrieve bailers which have become separated from their retrieval line.  The product is 5 1/2" long, manufactured from stainless steel, incorporates 4 hooks, and has been designed to work in wells of 2" diameter and bigger.

CO-5430

2" Bailer Retriever

HydraSleeve® No Purge Sampler

Naturally weighted, larger valve opening. The HydraSleeve® is used in place of purging and low-flowing sampling methods in groundwater monitoring wells to obtain representative, real time, discrete interval sample of ALL compounds under natural groundwater flow conditions. The HydraSleeve is effective for sampling slow recharge wells, for monitoring interfaces, and for concentration profiling. Simply lower the empty sampler to the desired interval, let the well return to undisturbed conditions, and pull the sampler through the sample zone.

Bailer Suspension Cord

General purpose Nylon Twine, 1/16" (16 mm) diameter, 800 ft

Lufkin Tapes

EP-GSH-110

HydraSleeve, 1.75" x 30", 650 ml

EP-GSH-220

HydraSleeve, 2.75" x 30", 1.6 L

EP-GSW-305

Weight, Stainless Steel With Eyebolt

EP-GSW-314

Weight, Stainless Steel Top Weight For HydraSleeve, Hollow With 2 Attachments Holes One End

CO-W5440

Polyethylene Rope, 1000 ft Roll

CO-3850

Teflon® Coated Stainless Steel Wire, 50 ft Roll

EP-FSF-105

4" Cable Tie, 100/Pack

EP-FSF-110

8" Cable Tie, 100/Pack

Pro-Series Hi-Viz® Orange Linear Fiberglass Tapes

Heavy duty fiberglass tapes offer twice the stretch resistance of ordinary tapes.

Features

• Tape width: 1/2"

• Tape increments: 1/8"

• 3:1 retrieval ratio enables fast rewinding of tape

MO-TAPE1/2X100FOR1/8

Lufkin Tape, 100' Length, 1/8" Increment

MO-TAPE1/2X300FOR1/8

Lufkin Tape, 300' Length, 1/8" Increment

ER-800NYL Nylon Twine, 1/16" (16 mm) Diameter, 800 ft Roll

Grab a Sample!

Grab Sample Kit

The ERE Grab Sample Kit makes sample collection quick and easy. The fiberglass telescopic pole is durable, strong and safe for long-time on-site use.

Comes complete with:

• Purcy clamp, made from a durable glass filled nylon

• Eight 1000 ml wide mouth sample bottles

• Sturdy carrying case

• Fiberglass telescopic pole in lengths of either 6 - 12 ft, 8 - 16 ft, or 10 - 20 ft

ER-GRBKIT-12

Grab Sample Kit With 6 - 12 ft Telescopic Pole

ER-GRBKIT-16

Grab Sample Kit With 8 - 16 ft Telescopic Pole

ER-GRBKIT-20

Grab Sample Kit With 10 - 20 ft Telescopic Pole

ER-GRBCLAMP

Purcy Clamp

ER-GRBPOLE12 6 - 12 ft Pole

ER-GRBPOLE16 8 - 16 ft Pole

ER-GRBPOLE20 10 - 20 ft Pole

ER-GRBCASE Carrying Case

ER-GRB1000ML

1000 ml Nalgene Bottles

Swing Sampler

If you need to collect a sample from a horizontal flowing stream, such as a sewer, the Swing Sampler is just what you need.

Features

• The end of the sampler swings, allowing collection from different angles, including 90°

• The 6 ft fiberglass pole extends to 12 ft and the 8 ft pole extends to 24 ft providing a long length for any sampling situation

• Unit comes with a 960 ml polyethylene bottle and cover has a vinyl liner for leak-proof protection

• The bottle is held in place with a plastic snapper ring that has an adjustable locking device

NA-B01310WA 12 ft Swing Sampler, 5.50 lbs

NA-B01366WA 24 ft Swing Sampler, 10 lbs

NA-B01244WA 960 ml Bottles, 12/Pack, 1.75 lbs

Sampling Line for Whirl-Pak® Bags

With 25 ft of nylon cord, this unit will go a long way to collect a sample – or you can add more line if necessary.

Features

• The heavy urethane bag holder will submerse the bag below the surface for easy sample collection

• Specially designed to hold any size bag, the holder uses a retainer ring to secure the bag firmly in place

• The unit comes in a convenient carrying case with three sizes of retainer rings to hold the bags

NA-B01368WA Sampling Line For Whirl-Pak® Bags, 3.50 lbs

Sampling Pole for Whirl-Pak® Bags

Specially designed to hold any size bag, the holder uses a retainer ring to secure the bag firmly in place.  The fiberglass pole extends from 6 ft to 12 ft has a swinging end, and comes with three sizes of retainer rings to hold the bags.

NA-B01367WA Sampling Pole For Whirl-Pak® Bags, 5.50 lbs

Reach Locations

Series 6000 Sub Surface Samplers

Features

• The sampling head is manufactured from high quality chemically resistant polypropylene, and the metal parts are fabricated in stainless steel

• Good for hazardous locations

• Accepts a 1000 ml wide mouth jar

• Optional displacement plunger available for sampling norms that require 1" space between the sample and the cap

• Sampler available in 6, 12 and 18 foot lengths

• Sampler supplied with one 1000 ml jar

Series 7000 Sub Surface Samplers

Features

•The sampling head is manufactured from high quality chemically resistant polypropylene, and is connected to a handle assembly manufacturedfrom telescopic aluminum poles

•Accepts a 1000 ml wide mouth jar

•Optional displacement plunger available for sampling norms that require 1"space between the sample and the cap

Liquid Pump Sampler

Allows quick sampling of liquids. The chance of cross contamination is greatly reduced by using new tube and bottles for each sample.

• Low to medium viscosity liquids

• Pharmaceutical, food, chemical and cosmetic industries

• Able to pump water to a height of about 4 m

CO-6000 6' Sub Surface Sampler

CO-6010 12' Sub Surface Sampler (2 Sections Of 6')

CO-6020

18' Sub Surface Sampler (3 Sections Of 6')

CO-6050

Plunger

CO-9025 1000 ml Jar, 12/Case

CO-9025C

1000 ml, Pre-Cleaned Jar, 12/Case

Suitable for High & Low Viscosity Liquids & Suspensions

Liquid Cup Sampler

Suitable for sampling liquids and suspensions. Discrete samples can be taken from known heights within the product.

• Chemical, food, and cosmetics industries

• 316 stainless steel

• Easy to use; just insert the sampler to the required depth, squeeze handle which pushes the pot, after filling remove the sampler

• 100 ml cup volume, 55 mm cup diameter

SS-5030A-600 100 ml Sample Volume, 600 mm Long

SS-5030A-1000 100 ml Sample Volume, 1000 mm Long

SS-5030A-1500 100 ml Sample Volume, 1500 mm Long

Takes Liquid, Sludge & Slurry

Samples from Lakes, Spillways, Rivers, Manholes, & many other Hard to

Ideal for Sampling Milk, Cream, Whey, Fruit Juices, Water & Liquids in General

Liquid Sampler

•Nickel-plated brass cup is chemical and corrosion resistant

•Per each 50 cm (19 1/4") length reaches into most drums, tanks and bottles

•50 ml cup diameter is 32 mm (1 1/4"), narrow enough to fit many carboy

•Finger ring at top end actuates bottom valve on cup to quickly dispense sample

Choose a Length & Beaker to Suit your Application

Long Polyethylene Dippers

High-density Polyethylene Dippers for removing samples from large tanks.  Lightweight but durable.  Available in three sizes 12 ft handle (two pieces) has a wood core.  Has two pour spouts and graduations, PVC grip handle.

Great for Hard to Reach Locations!

Disposable Polyethylene Dippers

•Specifically designed for applications where a disposable product is required

•Applications include sampling of oils, sewage, contaminated water, poisons, etc.

•The pre-cleaned dippers are individuallypre-packaged in a poly bag

CO-5300 600 ml / 18", 10/Case

CO-5301 600 ml / 46", 10/Case

CO-5302 600 ml / 18", Pre-Cleaned, 10/Case

CO-5303 600 ml / 46", Pre-Cleaned, 10/Case

Telescopic Dipper

The dipper is manufactured from aluminum tubing in three lengths to fit most sampling applications, 8', 12' and 24'. The sampler is supplied with one replaceable 600 ml poly-propylene ladle. Use the swivel adapter for allowing dipping ladles to rotate almost 360 degrees.

CO-5308

Telescopic Dipper 4' - 8'

CO-5312

Telescopic Dipper 5' - 12'

CO-5318

Telescopic Dipper 7' - 18'

CO-5324

Telescopic Dipper 7' - 24'

CO-5326

Replacement 600 ml Dipper Ladles, 10/Pack

CO-5325

Swivel Adapter

CO-5328

Replacement 600

Stainless Steel Dipper

Each dipper has a 500 ml capacity stainless steel ladle which incorporates pour spouts on each side of the ladle.

CO-5390-1

1.5' Stainless Steel Dipper

CO-5390-3

3' Stainless Steel Dipper

CO-5390-6

6' Stainless Steel Dipper

CO-5390-8

8' Stainless Steel Dipper

Great for Chemical, Cosmetic & Pharmaceutical Industries

Tank Yanks

The Tank Yank is an accurate, safe and productive device to collect representative samples from any sized container. Tank Yanks were developed through the collaboration of professionals annoyed with the inefficiencies of traditional sampling techniques.  Irrespective of operator aptitude, stature and workplace controls or environmental factors, the sampling process is uniform and consistent. Sampling is simple: Just lower the sampler into the material to be sampled, engage the plunger to secure the core, and finally retrieve the plunger to transfer the material directly into a sample jar.

Glass and Plastic Drum Thief Samplers

Open-ended Drum Thief is the ideal sampler to use to sample drums, transformers and other liquid containers where small volume low cost sampling is required. Each sampler is 42” in length and manufactured from chemical resistant borosilicate glass or HDPE plastic. Both our glass and plastic samplers are easy to use. Just insert the drum thief into the drum or container to be sampled, cover the open end with your thumb, and remove the sample. Other diameters and lengths are available upon request.

Glass Coliwasa Samplers

Glass Coliwasa Samplers are designed to be an economical, safe, and fast method of drum sampling

• Each 43" coliwasa sampler is manufactured by borosilicate glass

ER-2100N-S 250 ml Sampler With Stainless Steel Rod, 43" L x 0.86" I.D., 24/Case

ER-2100N-J 250 ml Sample Jars, 24/Case

ER-2100E Extension Tubes, 42" L, 24/Case

ER-3100N-S 500 ml Sampler With Stainless Steel Rod, 43" L x 1.08" I.D., 12/Case

ER-3100N-J 500 ml Sample Jars, 12/Case

ER-3100N-E Extension Tubes, 42" L, 12/Case

ER-4100N-S 1000 ml Sampler With Stainless Steel Rod, 43" L x 1.58" I.D., 12/Case

ER-4100N-J 1000 ml Sample Jars, 12/Case

ER-4100N-E Extension Tubes, 42" L, 12/Case

CO-2410-25

12 mm (0.450") O.D., 100 ml (3 oz) Capacity Thief, HDPE, 42" Long, 25/Case

CO-2440-25

16 mm (0.625") O.D., 150 ml (5 oz) Capacity Thief, HDPE, 42" Long, 25/Case

CO-5520-25

7.5 mm (0.300”) O.D., 25 ml, (3/4 oz) Capacity Thief, Glass, 42" Long, 25/Case

CO-5530-25

12 mm (0.450") O.D., 100 ml (3 oz) Capacity Thief, Glass, 42" Long, 25/Case

CO-5540-25

18 mm (0.700") O.D., 200 ml (7 oz) Capacity Thief, Glass, 42" Long, 25/Case

CO-5500

200 ml Coliwasa Viton Seal, Glass, 43" Long, 12/Case

CO-5503

200 ml Coliwasa Teflon Seal, Glass, 43" Long, 12/Case

Plastic Coliwasa Samplers

• Made of HDPE, the 7/8" diameter sampler is designed to extract samples from drums, tanks, and rail cars

• Just insert the sampler into the drum or tank to be sampled, pull up on the handle and the sample is locked in place

Teflon® Coliwasa

CO-5660

75 ml Coliwasa, HDPE, 18" Long, 12/Case

CO-5665

250 ml Coliwasa, HDPE, 42" Long, 12/Case

CO-5680

500 ml Coliwasa, HDPE, 84" Long, 12/Case

• Ideal to use when sampling liquids and semi-solid materials

CO-6990

Disposable Liqui and Visco Thief

Two models are available which make sampling liquids, creams and pastes very easy:

• LiquiThief has a 1.5 mm opening, 21 mm outer diameter

• ViscoThief has a 10 mm opening, 21 mm outer diameter

• Both are designed to be very rigid

• Depth at which sample is taken is known

• Also available in pre-sterilised

Liquid & Cream Sampling without Costly Cleaning

Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box

SS-8055P-1000

ViscoThief, 1000 mm Length, 190 ml Volume, 21 mm O.D., Polypropylene, 20/Box

Ideal for Low Viscosity Liquids

Liquid Master

The Liquid Master is perfect for quickly sampling most liquids.

•Can be quickly stripped down for cleaning

•Both single point and cross sectional samples can be taken

•Seal prevents sample from dripping

•25 mm diameter

SS-5035S-600

600 mm Length, 150 ml Volume, 316 Stainless Steel

SS-5035S-1000

1000 mm Length, 270 ml Volume, 316 Stainless Steel

SS-5035S-1500

1500 mm Length, 420 ml Volume, 316 Stainless Steel

SS-5035T-600

600 mm Length, 150 ml Volume, Teflon®

SS-5035T-1000

1000 mm Length, 270 ml Volume, Teflon®

SS-5035T-2000 2000 mm Length, 420 ml Volume, Teflon®

SS-5035P-600 600 mm Length, 150 ml Volume, Polypropylene

SS-5035P-1000

1000 mm Length, 270 ml Volume, Polypropylene

SS-5035P-2000 2000 mm Length, 420 ml Volume, Polypropylene

Bacon Bomb Multi-Layer Sampler

Multi-Layer Samplers function in hundreds of plants, including petroleum oil refineries, varnish sugar, chemical plants and fisheries. The plunger keeps the sampler closed until it strikes the bottom, where the sampler fills.  When the Multi-Layer Sampler is raised, the plunger automatically falls back into position, closes the sampler and prevents any contamination by liquid taken at higher levels. The sampler picks up sediment or water directly off the bottom. Samples can also be taken at any point above the bottom by attaching a cord to the top of the plunger, raising it at will to fill the sampler and lowering it to close the sampler, thereby sealing the sampler and holding the contents

Composite Sampler

When lowered into a tank, liquid flows into the lower end of the sampler only at the rate that air is displaced through the opening at the top. A rugged needle valve in the Composite Sampler permits exact control of flow rate. If the sampler is lowered from the top to the bottom of the liquid at a uniform rate and is not quite full when withdrawn, the liquid trapped in the sampler must be truly an average sample.

JT-1 Water Sampler

A one-liter sampler of clear acrylic furnished with a 20 meter calibrated line and lead collar which assures rapid descent and minimal drift.  A brass messenger triggers a release mechanism to seal the sample chamber with two fitted rubber plungers at the desired sampling depth. The built-in side outlet and flexible tube allows for removal of the water sample.

MLS-4851 32 oz, 3 1/4" Diameter, 16" H, Brass & Bronze

MLS-4850 16 oz, 2 3/4" Diameter, 12" H, Brass & Bronze

MLS-48-302 16 oz, 2 1/2" Diameter, 11" H, Stainless Steel

MLS-4850-S

16 oz, 2 1/4" Diameter, 17" H, Brass & Bronze

MLS-4849

8 oz, 2 1/4" Diameter, 10" H, Brass & Bronze

MLS-4852

4 oz, 1 7/8" Diameter, 9" H, Brass & Bronze

MLS-4852-S

4 oz, 1 1/8" Diameter, 15 1/2" H, Brass & Bronze

MLS-EXTROD12

12" Rod, Brass & Bronze

MLS-EXTRODSET

Set Of 4, 1 Each 1", 2", 3", 6" Brass & Bronze

Secchi Disk

Determine turbidity or degree of visibility in natural waters with this weighted 20 cm diameter disk

• braided line

• marked every half meter and at every meter up to 20 meters

LA-0171-CL

Disk With Black & White Quadrants & Calibrated Line

LA-0171

Black & White Secchi Disk Only

MLS-4854 Composite Sampler, Brass & Bronze 16 oz, 2 3/4" Diameter, 12" H

LA-1077

JT-1 Water Sampler

Waterra Inertial Pumps

Micro Flow System

Specifications

Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 37.5 ft

Depth Limit: 75 ft

Flow: 0.4 - 0.6 gpm

Well Diameter: 0.5" - 1.25"

Applications

• Micro wells

• Sampling damaged wells

• Custom installations

• For use with direct push technology

• Hand operation WA-SS-10

Standard Flow System

Specifications

Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 120 ft

Depth Limit: 175 ft

Flow: 0.9 - 2.5 gpm

Well Diameter: 1.25" - 4.0"

Applications

• Most popular system, best cost/performance ratio

• Hand operation or automatic operation

High Flow System

Specifications

Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 175 ft

Depth Limit: 225 ft

Flow: 1.5 - 3.5 gpm

Well Diameter: 1.5" - 6.0"

Applications

• Deep well sampling

• Large diameter wells

• Well development

• High flow rates

• Sediment laden wells

WA-D-32

Delrin Footvalve 1.25" O.D.

WA-SS-32 Stainless Steel Footvalve 1.25" O.D.

WA-1-HDPE-100

HDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 100 ft

Low Flow System

Specifications

Optimal Performance Depth: 0 - 62.5 ft

Depth Limit: 100 ft

Flow: 0.5 - 0.7 gpm

Well Diameter: 0.75" - 1.25" Applications

• Sampling piezometers

• Sampling damaged wells

• Custom installations

• Hand operation WA-D-13

WA-D-16

Delrin Footvalve 0.625" O.D.

WA-D-25

Delrin Footvalve 1"O.D.

WA-SS-16 Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.625" O.D.

WA-SS-19 Stainless Steel Footvalve 0.75" O.D.

WA-5/8-HDPE-100

HDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft

WA-5/8-HDPE-200

HDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft

WA-5/8-HDPE-500

HDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft

WA-5/8-LDPE-100

LDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft

WA-5/8-LDPE-200

LDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft

WA-5/8-LDPE-500

LDPE Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft

WA-5/8-TEF

Teflon Tubing 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., (min 25 ft)

WA-SBD-25

LDPE Tubing 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

WA-1/2-LDPE-500

LDPE Tubing 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 500 ft

Surge Block Well Development Surge

WA-STD-STD

Nylon Tubing Connectors (10/Pack)

WA-1-HDPE-200

HDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 200 ft

WA-1-HDPE-300

HDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 300 ft

WA-1-LDPE-100

LDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 100 ft

WA-1-LDPE-200

LDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 200 ft

WA-1-LDPE-300

LDPE Tubing 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D. 300 ft

WA-STD-HF

Nylon Tubing Connectors (5/Pack)

D-32

SS-32D-25SS-19D-16SS-16D-13SS-13SS-10

Best Seller!

Waterra Groundwater Filters

High Turbidity WA-FHT-45 Filter

Offers the user the most surface area available in capsule type filters. The unique open pleat geometry and 600 cm2 surface area provide the maximum media exposure while ensuring that even with the most turbid samples, filtration media will not be lost.

Medium Turbidity WA-FMT-45 Filter

Has all the great features of the WA-FHT-45 but with a reduced surface area of 300 cm2. These filters provide an economical alternative for lower turbidity sampling, when the highest possible capacity is not required.

0.2 Micron Inline Filter

Specifications

Polyethersulfone 0.45 or 0.2 micron filter media with a 3/8” threaded nipple and 1/2” hose barb allowing the filter to be attached easily to a variety of pumps and tubing sizes.

Applications

Perfect for meeting US EPA requirements of groundwater samples collected for dissolved and suspended metals.

The new 0.2 micron filter, WA-CAP300X2 features 300 cm2 of the same high quality PES media as the other filters, providing a fast, efficient and economical option for specialized filtering requirements.

WA-FHT45 0.45 Micron Rating, 600 cm2, High Turbidity

WA-FMT45 0.45 Micron Rating, 300 cm2, Medium Turbidity

WA-CAP300X2 0.2 Micron Rating, 300 cm2, Economical

Titan 5 Design High Capacity Disposable Groundwater Filters

•Innovative new design

•Accurate filtration media (5 layers)

•Ultra high capacity, over 790 cm2 filtration capacity

•"Sure Grip"casing design reduces the possibility of slippage during use

•Unique NPT and barb tip combination can accommodate a wide range of tubing and fitting sizes

•Choice between pressure feed model and gravity feed model

•Available in 0.45, 2.0, 5.0 and 10.0 micron size

InfoZone

The WA-FHT-45, WA-FMT-45 and WA-CAP300X2 can be easily used:

Use with the inertial pump

The filter is easily connected to the Waterra Inertial Pump with either the 3/8” threaded nipple or the 1/2” hose barb. Simply press fit this connector into your tubing and operate the pump. The pump’s pressure is more than adequate for moving the sample through the filter. Once the sample has been collected, the filter can be disposed of.

CW-F2000-10 0.45 Micron Rating, Pressure Feed, 10/Case

CW-F2001-10

CW-F4001-10

CW-F5000-10

CW-F5001-10

Use with Disposable Bailer

A filtered sample can be collected from the bailer by cutting a short section of VOC tubing 0.25” O.D. HDPE and press fitting this tube into the inlet on the filter. The other end can then be press fit into the end of the bottom emptying spout which is provided with every Waterra Bailer. The bottom emptying spout should then be inserted onto the valve of the bailer and the sample will be drained by gravity through the filter into the sample container.

VOSS Single Sample® High Capacity, Disposable Groundwater Filter Capsule

The Single Sample® High Capacity, Disposable Groundwater Filter Capsule is designed specifically for field filtering groundwater samples for metal analysis with 1/8" NPT threaded inlet and outlets with stepped hose adapter on the inlet side for in line filtering of pumped samples with up to 3/8" I.D. tubing.

An optional stepped barb can be threaded on each end for use of up to 1/2" tubing.

Features a true membrane element, certification for 67 metals and 2 anions, filtering capacity of 1 liter for most turbid samples and 1/8" NPT treaded ends with stepped hose adapter on inlet side.

VO-GWC.45-600

0.45 Micron Rating

VO-GWC-BARB Barb Filter Fitting

Disposable Transfer Vessel

The Disposable Transfer Vessel system is an easy to use system for transferring samples in only two steps.  First pour unfiltered sample into the transfer vessel then invert and pressurize the vessel with a hand pump.  The pressure forces the sample through the in-line filter and into a collection bottle.

Specifications

Constructed chemically inert poly material (pump, filter and collection bottle not included)

CW-V2844-10

Disposable Transfer Vessel System, 10/Box

ER-HPUMP Hand Pump

VOC Sampling Kit

After purging a well, approximately 7 feet of the VOC tubing is inserted inside the sampling tube leaving about one foot protruding out the end of the riser.  When pumping is stopped the sample tubing will cease to produce water, however the VOC’s tube will continue to flow operating as a siphon, drawing water down the level standing in the tubing.  This siphon action can easily be used to collect small samples for volatile analysis as the flow from the narrow tube is steady, laminar and easily directed into a glass vial.

Lever Pump

The Lever Pump was designed to minimize the tedious task of manually pumping water by maximizing the mechanical advantage. The lever is lightweight, rugged, portable tool that allows quick sampling of wells without the need for external power sources.  It is intended for use in conditions where the wells are 30 - 100 feet when using the Standard System or 60 feet max., when using the High Flow Systems.

WA-VOC-KIT VOC Sampling Kit Contains 10 Pieces Of 8' Long x 1 1/4" Diameter VOC Sampling Tube

WA-WLP-100 Lever Pump

SpecificationsLever Pump

Weight 8 lbs

Dimensions 17" H x 2.5" W x 24" L

Power Source Manual

Hydrolift-2

Every component in the Hydrolift-2 was designed to keep weight to an absolute minimum.  Use of aluminum extrusions, a high performance motor and high ratio gearing have produced an extremely powerful, compact and portable actuator.

WA-WHLP-II Hydrolift-2

PowerPack PP1

The PowerPack PP1 is powerful enough to lift water from over 200' depth using the Standard Flow System, and is so compact that it fits onto a backpack frame. The PowerPack PP1 incorporates clamps for High Flow and Standard Flow tubing sizes (adaptors are available for smaller tubes). This motor can run for approximately 1 hour without refueling.

SpecificationsHydrolift-2

Most Powerful Actuator!

Power Pump 2

The Power Pump 2 is an extremely rugged, powerful unit that has been proven to depths exceeding 250 feet. The unit works efficiently with either the Standard Flow or High Capacity Systems.

WA-WPP-2 Power Pump 2

Making your Job Easy!

Power

Weight 28.6 lbs

22.5" H x 14.5" W x 15.5" L

Power By Honda GX25 (25cc Mini 4-Stroke OHC gasoline engine)

Gearing 19:1

Performance Characteristics Generates a 4" stroke, adjustable 0 - 140 cycles/min

Additional Requirements Regular gasoline, SAE 10W-30 motor oil

WATER SAMPLING www.ereinc.com sales@ereinc.com 63

Footvalve Accessories

Valve Wrench

• Ensures that valves are securely attached to the tubing

• Eliminates lost valves down the well

Tube Cutter

• Faster & safer than a utility knife

•Rotating/rocking motion produces straight, clean cuts

Easy to Use, High Quality Solution for Purging, Sampling & Well Development

Mini, Super and Mega Purger Pumps

WA-WVW-1

Valve Wrench

WA-WTC-1

Tube Cutter

• Fits down a 2"monitoring well

• Pre-assembled sampling and purging kits with heavy gauge cable and alligator clips

• Simply connect high density tubing to the output of the pump and attach the battery connectors to a 12 V battery

• Tough plastic construction with PBT impeller

• Flow rates up to 3.5 gpm

• Pumping depths up to 90 ft

Good for Harsh Environments

Proactive 12 V Stainless Steel Pumps

Features for the Stainless Steel Monsoon and Stainless Steel MegaTyphoon

•High polished stainless steel body and components assures that the pumps will not corrode or rust under normal working conditions

•Can run continuously without the need for a cool down

•Runs off a 12 V DC car battery or mobile battery power packs

•Reliable design is suitabe for continuous sampling or purging of groundwater wells

•Low Flow Sample is as low as 10 ml/min from any depth when using the Low Flow with Power Booster LCD Controller. Easy to read, glow in the dark LCD display on the controller

•1.8"diameter - good for 2"monitoring wells or larger

•3/8"I.D. or 1/2"I.D. Poly tubing can be used

•Mega-Typhoon can run dry for up to one hour without motor damage

•Monsoon can run dry for up to two hours without motor damage

•500 hour motor life

•Sleek outside minimizes well hang ups

•Simple to clean and decontaminate

WA-WSP-SS-120

SS MONSOON

Pumps max. 120 ft

300 Watts Consumption, 38 Amps

7.5" Length x 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 130 ft of heavy duty PVC wire neatly rolled up on a tubular metal reel with pump holder, 2 motor modules, disposable low flow control valve and wrench

WA-WSP-SS-80

SS MEGA-TYPHOON

Pumps max. 80 ft

240 Watts consumption, 20 Amps

6.5" Length x 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty PVC wire neatly rolled up on a tubular metal reel with pump holder, 2 motor modules, disposable low flow control valve and wrench

Low Flow with Power Booster 1 & 2 LCD Control

The Proactive™ Low Flow with Power Booster 1 & 2 LCD Controller is engineered specifically for the Stainless Steel MegaTyphoon and Monsoon Pumps.

Precisely controls the water discharge with the turn of a knob.

Used to monitor and regulate low flow sampling as low as 40 ml/min.

Simplify your Next Sampling Project!

Standard Proactive Pumps

Features for the Cyclone, Mini-Typhoon, Typhoon, Tempest, Mini-Monsoon and the Tornado

•Can operate under harsh conditions and higher turbidity

•Computer engineered domed bottom debris screen will separate debris from water, thus extending motor life

•Constructed of PVC and Stainless Steel

•12 -15 Volts at source recommended

•1.8"diameter

•3/8"I.D. or 1/2"I.D. Poly tubing can be used

•Can run continuously without the need for a cool down

•Can run dry for up to two hours without motor damage

•400 hour motor life

Low Flow Sampling Controller (WA-PA-10800)

WA-WSP-12V-1

Cyclone (Single Stage), Pumps 25 ft Max.

WA-WSP-24V-3M

Tsunami (Three Stage) Pumps 100ft Max.

WA-WSP-12V-2M

Mini-Typhoon (Two Stage), Pumps 40 ft Max.

WA-WSP-12V-2

Typhoon (Two Stage), Pumps 50 ft Max.

WA-WSP-12V-3

Tempest (Three Stage), Pumps 60 ft Max.

WA-WSP-12V-4

Mini-Monsoon (Four Stage), Pumps 70 ft Max.

WA-WSP-12V-5

Tornado (Five Stage), Pumps 85 ft Max.

WA-PA-10800

Low Flow Sampling Controller

WA-1/2-LDPE-100

Low Density Polyethylene, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

Features

•Engineered with reverse polarity and advanced thermal overload protection

•Heavy duty steel weatherproof case

•Constant Voltage Boosting Technology (CVBT) allows the correct voltage to reach the pump motors

•20 Amps "safety" fuse to protect electronics and user

•3 foot wire lead to battery clamps and 5 foot wire leads to pump connector

•Steel handle for comfort and control

WA-WSP-12V-1

CYCLONE (Single Stage)

Pumps max. 25 ft

40 - 50 Watts Consumption, 4 Amps

7" Length x 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 35 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

WA-WSP-12V-2M

MINI-TYPHOON (Two Stage)

Pumps max. 40 ft

105 Watts Consumption, 7 Amps

12" Length x 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 50 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

WA-WSP-12V-2

TYPHOON (Two Stage)

Pumps max. 50 ft

105 Watts Consumption, 8 Amps

12" Length x 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 60 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

WA-WSP-12V-3

TEMPEST (Three Stage)

Pumps max. 60 ft

180 Watts Consumption, 11 Amps

17" Length x 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 70 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

WA-WSP-12V-4

MINI-MONSOON (Four Stage)

Pumps max. 70 ft

105 Watts Consumption, 13 Amps

20" Length x 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 80 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

WA-WSP-12V-5

TORNADO (Five Stage)

Pumps max. 85 ft

200 Watts Consumption, 15 Amps

24" Length x 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty 10 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

High Performance Proactive Pumps

Features for the Mega-Typhoon, Tsunami, Super-Twister, Monsoon, Hurricane and Mega-Monsoon

•Can pass sand, small rocks, and debris without getting clogged or damaging the pumps

•Constructed of PVC and Stainless Steel

•12 - 15 Volts at source recommended

•1.8"diameter

•3/8"I.D. or 1/2"I.D. Poly tubing can be used

• Can run continuously without the need for a cool down

•Mega-Typhoon and Mega-Monsoon can run dry for up to one hour without motor damage

•Tsunami, Monsoon and Hurricane can run dry for up to two hours without motor damage

•400 hour motor life

•Sleek outside minimizes well hang ups

•Reliable and economical

•Comes ready for field use

WA-WSP-19V-2

Mega-Typhoon (Two Stage), Pumps 80 ft Max.

WA-WSP-24V-3

Tsunami (Three Stage), Pumps 100 ft Max.

WA-WSP-12V-3B

Super-Twister (Three Stage), Pumps 85 ft Max.

WA-WSP-24V-4

Monsoon (Four Stage), Pumps 120 ft Max.

WA-WSP-24V-5

Hurricane (Five Stage), Pumps 150 ft Max.

WA-WSP-24V-6

Mega-Monsoon (Six Stage), Pumps 200 ft Max.

WA-PA-10600

12 - 19 V Boost, Adjustable For WA-WSP-19V-2

WA-PA-10650

0 - 19 V Boost, Low Flow Adjustable For WA-WSP-19V-2

WA-PA-10700

12 - 24 V Boost, Adjustable For WA-WSP-24V-3 (4 Or 5 Stage)

WA-PA-10750

0 - 24 V Boost, Low Flow Adjustable For WA-WSP-24V -3 (4 Or 5 Stage)

WA-PA-10850 0 - 24 V, Adjustable, Low Flow, High Amp For WA-WSP-24V-6

WA-1/2-LDPE-100

Low Density Polyethylene, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

WA-WSP-19V-2

MEGA-TYPHOON (Two Stage)

Pumps max. 80 ft

170 Watts Consumption, 18 Amps, 19 V 12" Length, 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire and yellow connector

Compatible with Power Booster 1 (WA-PA-10600), or The Low Flow with Power Booster I Controller (WA-PA-10650).

WA-WSP-24V-3

TSUNAMI (Three Stage)

Pumps max. 100 ft 260 Watts Consumption, 22 Amps, 24 V 17" Length, 1.82" Diameter Supplied with 110 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire and green connector

Compatible with Power Booster II (WA-PA-10700), or The Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller (WA-PA-10750).

WA-WSP-12V-3B

SUPER-TWISTER (Three Stage)

Super-Twister is a revolutionary pump that has a Constant Voltage Booster Technology (CVBT) built in. With the new built-in booster will recognize the low voltage and the pump will start pulsating. The CVBT outputs a constant voltage to the Super-Twister Pump motors which reduces voltage due to battery drainage. Pumps max. 85 ft

18 Amps, 12 V

17" Length, 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 90 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire and battery clamps

WA-WSP-24V-4

MONSOON (Four Stage)

Pumps max. 120 ft

310 Watts Consumption, 30 Amps, 24 V 20" Length, 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 35 ft of heavy duty 12 gauge wire, cigarette plug and battery clamps

Compatible with Power Booster II (WA-PA-10700), or The Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller (WA-PA-10750).

WA-WSP-24V-5

HURRICANE (Five Stage)

Pumps max. 150 ft

360 Watts Consumption, 34 Amps, 24 V 26" Length, 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 160 ft of heavy duty 10 gauge wire, green connector and mounted on a high impact plastic reel

Compatible with Power Booster II (WA-PA-10700), or The Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller (WA-PA-10750).

WA-WSP-24V-6

MEGA-MONSOON (Six Stage)

Pumps max. 200 ft

480 Watts Consumption, 40 Amps, 24 V 26" Length, 1.82" Diameter

Supplied with 210 ft of heavy duty 10 gauge wire, blue connector and mounted on a high impact plastic reel

Compatible with Low Flow with Power Booster III Controller (WA-PA-10850).

Ideal for Removing Samples from Shallow

Wells or Surface Water

Variable Speed Peristaltic Sampling Pump

Features

• Easy interface with speed control for exact sample size with no spilling

• Reversible motor for back flush of sampling hose

• Sample at any speed up to 500 ml per minute rate at 4 foot head

• Maximum lift 22 ft

•Lightweight, rugged and weather resistant enclosure

• 15 ft pickup hose with strainer provided

• The water sampler operates using an external 12 V DC power source

• The 10 ft power cord (supplied) is fitted with alligator clips for easy connection to any 12 V DC battery, such as a car battery or a small 12 V, 5AH gel cell

• Sample Hoses: 15 ft nylon reinforced 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer. Hose may be extended, as required, using standard 1/4" tubing and fittings.

• Expanded UV protected PVC (9" x 7.5" x 4.5"), 4.5 lbs

GW-SP200 Portable Sampling Pump Includes 15 ft Sample Hose & 10 ft Battery Cable (Bottle & Battery Not Included)

GW-00-010 12 V 5 AH Rechargeable Battery

GW-FE0400 Battery Charger (120 V AC to 12 V DC)

GW-00-546 Pickup Hose 1/4"

GW-CA0600 Pickup Strainer

GW-00-744 Peristaltic Pump Tubing

Waterra Spectra Field-Pro

Features

Spectra Field-Pro - a state of the art peristaltic pump that features a heavy-duty, all-inclusive design. This means no external cables, chargers or batteries to worry about.

•Heavy duty construction - constructed with top quality components

•Battery included - will run all day at full strength; outlasts competition

•Built-in VOA stand - allows easily sampling without spillage

•Advanced electronic flow controller - maintains a steady flow rate regardless of battery voltage; will not cut out during low flow sampling

• Built-in storage compartment - for charging cables, field book, tools, well key, etc.

•All cables included - to enable use of alternate (115 V AC) power source

Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) is a soft and flexible polymer with excellent physical properties, making it a good alternative for silicone tubing in peristaltic pumps. Use in the Spectra Field-Pro Peristaltic Pump.

Specifications Waterra Spectra Field-Pro

Dimensions 16.5" x 10.5" x 9"

Weight 23 lbs (10.45 kg)

Compatible

Tubing Sizes Masterflex sizes 15 through 36

Approximate Flow Rate 50 - 1900 ml/min

Battery

Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

WA-SPECTRAFIELD Easy Load ll, Analog Controls, Internal Battery & Cables

WA-L/S-24

Thermoplastic Elastomer, 0.25" I.D., 25 ft Coil

WA-L/S-15 Thermoplastic Elastomer, 0.19" I.D., 25 ft Coil

The Portable Water Sampler

The Portable Water Sampler is designed for the ultimate in portability and versatility.  Run up to 4 hours on the self-contained 12 V DC rechargeable battery, or indefinitely from any AC or 12 V DC power supply.  Internal battery can be charged from an AC power supply, or a DC voltage source of lower voltaic potential than the battery itself.

PureSample™

Portable Bladder Pumps

Features

•Constructed of 316 Stainless Steel – For unsurpassed durability and truly representative samples

•Portable turnkey systems available –Everything you need to quickly and efficiently sample your site

•Single turn release housings – No special tools or training required to service the pump

•Quick-change bladder configuration –Bladders can be easily exchanged without tools by sliding back the Teflon® collars

•Extra bladders are readily available –Available in Teflon® and Polyethylene (1.66" pump only)

•Bonded tubing – In Polyethylene and Teflon® lined Polyethylene by the foot or by the roll

•Compatible with the PureS™ Control PRO™ & PureS™ Controller 2 Logic Units

Features

•Sample rate from 125 - 1100 ml/min

•Suction lift up to 26 ft

•IP54-rated when open or closed

•Features reversible flow and prime/purge function

• Variable speed operation

• 16" H x 11.3" W x 10.5" D, 16.5 lbs

BN-950-1990 Portable Sampler 115 V AC-50/60 Hz

BN-950-1995 Portable Sampler 230 V AC-50/60 Hz

Purge

The Portable Bladder Pumps were designed with input from field technicians who actually do the sampling! Single turn release heads and quick change bladders have been incorporated for quick in-the -field bladder changes and easy decontamination. Custom hose barbs allow the pump to be suspended without the need for tubing clamps.

PureSample™ Dedicated Pump

Features

• True low flow capacity with minimal agitation for more representative samples

• Proprietary long life PTFE bladder

• Constructed of electropolished 316 SS, PVC models available

• Extend bladder life with optional screened intake

& Sample Water in Wells as Small as 0.75"in Diameter

Control High Rate Purging & Gentle Low Flow Sampling

with the PureS™ Controller 2

PureS™ Controller 2

Features

•Microprocessor controlled

•Operates on 115 V AC or 12 V DC

•Rugged water tight case

•High pressure operation to 300 PSI

•Low flow sampling

•Built in pressure regulator and gauge

•High accuracy timers

•Adjustable fill rate control

•Simple to use, can be used with any bladder pump system

•Includes in line water trap

The PureS™ Control PRO Saves you Time, Saves your Back & Saves you Money!

PureS™ Control PRO™

The PureS™ Control PRO™ is the newest addition to long tradition of exceptional quality controls and bladder pumps.The ultra reliable minicompressor inside allows you to sample from depths to 180 feet! No more lugging heavy, dirty, and noisy compressors into the field or those dangerous nitrogen cylinders.

7.5 Amps 90 - 105 Watts usage

.25" OD push/pull fitting 1/8" FPT allows for connection to any fitting option Dimensions 6.28" D x 9.50" L x 9.50" W (15.95 cm D x 24.13 cm L x 24.13 cm W)

Composite / Discrete Water

Sampler

GW-WS700

Meets All Regulations for Sampling Requirements

Comes with a 2.5 gallon polyethylene sample bottle for collecting composite samples, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided is a sample pickup hose and a battery charger.

SpecificationsGW-WS700

Operating Temp 0° to +70°C

Materials

Enclosure Expanded UV protected PVC

Bottle 2.5 gallon Polyethylene

Pickup Hose 15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer

Pump Tubing Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.

Sample Pump

Features

•Ideal for wastewater, industrial and environmental sampling

•Does composite, discrete or both types of sampling

•Output provided for use with optional datalogger

•Rugged construction for harsh environments

• Timed and external flow proportional sampling

•Adjustable and repeatable sample volume

•Peristaltic pump prevents sample contamination

•Automatic backflush clears pickup strainer and hose

•Rechargeable battery or AC powered

Wastewater / Stormwater Sampler

GW-WS750

Specifications GW-WS750

Operating Temperature 0° to +70°C

Materials

Enclosure Expanded UV protected PVC

Bottles Two 1 gallon Polyethylene

Pickup Hose 15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer

Pump Tubing Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.

Sample Pump

Flow Rate 1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head

Type Peristaltic

Maximum Lift ~20 ft

Battery Rechargeable 5 AH Gel Cell

Battery Life

One Pump running ~1 hr

Two Pumps running ~ 1/2 hr

Standby 3 months while still retaining enough power to run the pump to capacity

Start Delay 16 time settings from 0 to 12 hrs

Composite Interval 15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting

Sample Size 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting (approximate sizes at 4 foot head)

Size Of Unit 22" H X 17" W X 9" D, 22 lbs

Comes with two 1 gallon polyethylene sample bottles for collecting composite samples, two peristaltic sampling pumps, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided are two sample pickup hoses and a battery charger. Provides a successful wastewater management or environmental monitoring program.

Flow Rate 1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head

Type Peristaltic

Maximum Lift ~20 ft

Battery Rechargeable 5 AH Gel Cell, with ~1 hr, continuous pumping under load

Composite Interval 15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting

Sample Size 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting

Size Of Unit 22" H X 17" W X 9" D, 20 lbs

GW-WS700

Composite/Discrete Water Sampler

GW-WS750

Wastewater/Stormwater Sampler

GW-FE0400

Battery Charger (120 V AC to 12 V DC)

GW-SMPL-AC AC Option For Powering The Sampler

GW-SP101 Solar Panel (80 mA)

GW-SP102 Solar Panel (300 mA)

GW-00419

2 Gallon Sample Bottle, Plastic For GW-WS700

GW-00418

1 Gallon Sample Bottle, Plastic For GW-WS750

GW-WS700R, Refrigerated Wastewater Sampler

The Refrigerated Wastewater Sampler comes with a 2 gallon polyethylene sample bottle for collecting refrigerated composite samples, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided is a sample pickup hose and a battery charger. Everything you need is provided for a successful wastewater management or environmental monitoring program.

Specifications GW-WS700R

Operating Temperature 0° to +70°C

Materials

Enclosure Expanded UV protected PVC

Bottles 2.5 gallon Polyethylene

Pickup Hose 15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer

Pump Tubing Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.

Sample Pump

Flow Rate 1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head

Type Peristaltic

Maximum Lift ~20 ft

Power Internal 12 V Rechargable Battery with AC 120 V AC adapter/charger

Standby 3 months while still retaining enough power to run the pump to capacity

Start Delay 16 time settings from 0 to 12 hrs

Features

• Ideal for refrigerated wastewater, industrial and environmental sampling

• Simple to operate – no programming required

• Meets federal, state and local wastewater regulations

• Timed and external flow pulsed composite samples

• Adjustable and repeatable sample volume

• Peristaltic pump prevents sample contamination

GW-WQS, Water Quality Sampling System

SpecificationsGW-WQS

Operating Temp. 0° to +70°C

Materials

Enclosure Expanded UV protected PVC

Bottles 2.5 gallon Polyethylene

Pickup Hose 15' reinforced PVC 1/4" I.D. polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainer

Pump Tubing Norprene 1/4" I.D., 7/16" O.D.

Sample Pump

Flow Rate 1000 ml per minute at a 4 foot head

Type Peristaltic

Maximum Lift 20 ft

Battery Rechargeable 5 AH Gel Cell, with ~1 hr, continuous pumping under load

Composite Interval 15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting

Sample Size 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting

Size Of Unit 22" H X 17" W X 9" D, 20 lbs

Sensor Display 5 digit + decimal place, LCD

Accuracy 0.1% of full-scale + .005 mA + Sensor Error

Analog Sensor Input 4 - 20 mA, 0 - 5 V, 0 - 1 V Jumper Selectable

Input Resolution 0.005 mA or 1.2 mV

Sensor Types / Units Water Level (Feet/Meters), Temperature (ºF/ºC), pH (no units), Dissolved Oxygen (%), Turbidity (NTU/ppm), Conductivity (µS), Wind Speed (MPH/KPH), Wind Direction (º), Soil Moisture (%), Sensor Data Range: 0.000 to 60,000 (60,000 in the display with 4 different decimal point positions)

Composite Interval 15 time settings from 5 min to 12 hrs plus an External Trigger mode setting

Sample Size 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters plus a Full Bottle discrete setting (Approximate sizes at 4 foot head)

Size Of Unit 27" H X 20" W X 20" D, 40 lbs

GW-WS700R Refrigerated Wastewater Sampler

Comes with a 2 gallon polyethylene sample bottle for collecting composite samples, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, and a rechargeable gel cell battery. Also provided is a sample pickup hose and a battery charger.

GW-WQS-STD Water Quality Sampling System (Water Quality Sensors Not Included)

GW-WQ101

Temperature Sensor, -50°C to +50°C

GW-WQ201

pH Sensor, 0 - 14 pH

GW-WQ301 Conductivity, 0 - 5,000, 0 - 10,000, 0 - 20,000 Micro Siemens

GW-WQ401

Dissolved Oxygen Sensor, 0 To 100% Saturation

GW-WQ600 ORP/Redox Potential, -500 to +500 mV

Redi-Flo 2 Sampling Pump

The Redi-Flo 2 Pump is ideal for purging and sampling of groundwater from monitoring wells. The portable 115 V solid state converter allows adjustable flow rates from as low as 100 ml/min for sample collection to 9 gpm for purging. Flow rates are controlled with simple turn of the dial. The compact pump (11" L x 1.8" O.D.) is constructed of 316 stainless steel and virgin Teflon for sample compatibility. These chemically inert materials assure sample integrity and simplify decontamination.

The Redi-Flo 2 Pump can be used as a portable sampling pump to reduce the cost of your sampling program or as a dedicated pump, thus reducing the possibility of cross contamination. Teflon coated motor leads are available from 30 to 300 ft. If higher flow rates are required for groundwater depression and pump and treat applications, please contact ERE.

Did you know you can also RENT the Redi-Flo 2? TRY IT before buying it!

GR-1A00028

Rings, & Wear Plates)

Motor Lead Assembly (Includes Ground Motor Screw (4), Motor Lead Kit Screws, (4) Teflon Washers, (2) Brass Washers, (3) Grommet & (3) Crimped Pins)

GR-1A0019

Safety Cable Braket

Both High Flow Rates for Purging & Low Flow Rates for Sampling can be Achieved with the Redi-Flo 2

Swoffer Model 2100 Series & 3000 Series

Open Stream Current Velocity Meters

The Swoffer Current Velocity Meters are an easy means of measuring open stream velocities in the range of 0.1 to 25 ft/sec or 0.03 to 7.5 m/s (selectable). The sensor has a propeller-driven, photo-fiber-optic device with a 2" propeller sweep diameter. Measurements can be read in feet or meters on your choice of two digital readout indicator models, both with better than 1% accuracy.

Model 2100 Indicator

The Model 2100 accommodates all types of open flow streams – three selectable pre-set display update times (90 second maximum). Powered by a 9 V battery, its self-calibration feature allows you to check accuracy of the instrument while in the field. Precision quartz crystal controlled electronics provides accurate, precise data in all flow conditions.

Model 3000 Indicator

Designed for the measurement of open channel velocities and the on-site computation of stream discharges, the Model 3000 replaces the dial-style control of the 2100 with a keypad. The Model 3000 is a datalogging version of the 2100, and records depths, widths, velocities, flow angles along with time and date (stations).  It is also capable of measuring stream discharges. The velocity sampling interval is selectable from 1 to 999 seconds. The memory is capable of holding 1000 stations in up to 100 cross sections for later upload to a PC. Simple, accurate calibration is possible in the field, and calibration ratings for 10 different sensor options are stored. Powered by four "AA" size batteries, the Model 3000 is designed to function with Price type "AA" and Pygmy meters with or without optic sensors.

Sensor

The sensor uses a 2" propeller which rotates a fiber-optic bundle to create a signal from a photodiode to a photosensitive transistor. This signal is produced at a rate of four pulses per revolution and is transferred via flexible electrical cable to the indicator where it is processed to display velocity. The propeller is swivel mounted at the foot of the wand (handle). The wand carries the cable to its upper end from which the cable extends to the indicator. The sensor wands are aluminum alloy with stainless steel fasteners. The propeller is a glass impregnated nylon and all other plastic sensor parts are acetal-resin.

All models consist of the meter (2100 or 3000) and the Wand (-STDX,14, -1514 etc.). All Meter/Wand combinations listed below are “fieldready”, i.e., the following required equipment is included: Two sets of batteries ("AA" or 9 V), two complete propeller rotor assemblies, spare propeller, hands free harness and/or neck strap, sensor and cable assembly, wand, operating instructions (on paper and floppy disk), Model 3000 also includes DB9 style serial connector /cable and software for file transfers to a PC.

SW-2100-STDX Meter & 2.5 ft - 9.5 ft Telescoping Wand

SW-2100-LX Meter & 4.5 ft -19.5 ft Telescoping Rod

SW-2100-12 Meter & 2.7 ft Top Set Wading Rod

SW-2100-TSR-KIT

Meter (Adapts To Your USGS Top-Set Wading Rod)

SW-2100-1514

Meter & 12 ft Combination Wading Rod

SW-2100-1518

Meter & 4 m Combination Wading Rod

SW-2100-C140

Meter & 140 cm Top Set Wading Rod

SW-2100-C80 Meter & 80 cm Top Set Wading Rod

SW-3000-STDX

Meter/Datalogger & 2.5 ft - 9.5 ft Telescoping Wand

SW-3000-LX Meter/Datalogger & 4.5 ft - 19.5 ft Telescoping Rod

SW-3000-12

Meter/Datalogger & 2.7 ft Top Set Wading Rod

SW-3000-TSR-KIT

Meter/Datalogger (Adapts To Your USGS Top-Set Wading Rod)

SW-3000-1514

Meter/Datalogger & 12 ft Combination Wading Rod

SW-3000-1518

Meter/Datalogger & 4 m Combination Wading Rod

SW-3000-C140

Meter/Datalogger & 140 cm Top Set Wading Rod

SW-3000-C80

Meter/Datalogger & 80 cm Top Set Wading Rod

Flow Probe

Digital Water Velocity Meter

The Flow Probe is a highly accurate water velocity instrument for measuring flows in open channels and partially filled pipes. The water velocity probe consists of a protected water turbo prop positive displacement sensor coupled with an expandable probe handle ending in a digital readout display. The water flow meter incorporates true velocity averaging for the most accurate flow measurements. The Flow Probe is ideal for storm water runoff studies, sewer flow measurements, measuring flows in rivers and streams, and monitoring velocity in ditches and canals.

Specifications GW-FP111/FP211/FP311

Range 0.3 - 19.9 fps (0.1 - 6.1 mps)

Accuracy 0.1 fps

Averaging True digital running average, updated once per second

Sensor Type Protected Turbo-Prop propeller with electro-magnetic pickup

Weight 2 lbs (GW-FP111); 3 lbs (GW-FP211); 2.8 lbs (GW-FP311)

Lenght GW-FP111 = 3.7' to 6' ; GW-FP211 = 5.5' to 15' ; GW-FP311 = 2.5' to 5.5'

Materials Probe: PVC and anodized aluminum with stainless steel water bearing Computer: ABS/Polycarbonate housing with polyester overlay

Power Internal lithium battery, approx. 5 year life, non-replaceable Carrying Case The Flow Probe is shipped in a padded carrying case

Staff Gauges

Features

•Time proven basic visual reference of water level measurement

•Easy to see and read

•Available in many standard sizes

•Rugged and durable weather resistant design

•Applications include: bodies of water, wastewater treatment plants, flumes and weirs, visual flow measurements

Style C

The Style C staff gage is 2.5" wide and is available in separate lengths of 0 - 1.06 ft, 0 - 1.56 ft, 0 - 1.56 ft, 0 - 2.06 ft, 0 - 3.06 ft, 0 - 4.06 ft, and 3.06 - 5.06 ft. Style C also comes in standard 3.33 ft sections for a maximum height of 20 ft. Style C has graduations every 100th of a foot with numerical marks every foot and every tenth of a foot.

Style M

The Style M is a metric measurement staff gage that is 65 mm wide and is available in 1 meter sections. The Style M is divided into centimeters with each decimeter numbered. Separate figure plates (see below) can be fastened on a pier, wall or other surface next to the Style M staff gage to number any desired elevation.

Figure Plates

Separate numerical figure plates are available in 2" x 3", 3" x 4", 4" x 6" sizes. Figure plates are commonly used with Style M staff gages and are fastened to a pier or wall to mark custom elevations. Other sizes available.

ST-15424

Figure Plate #0

ST-15425

Figure Plate #1

ST-15426

Figure Plate #2

ST-15427

Figure Plate #3

ST-15428

Figure Plate #4

ST-15429

Figure Plate #5

ST-15430

Figure Plate #6

ST-15431

Figure Plate #7

ST-15432

Figure Plate #8

ST-15430

Figure Plate #9

ST-24187

Minus Figure (-)

ST-15402

Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 1.06 ft

ST-15403

Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 1.56 ft

ST-15404

Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 2.06 ft

ST-15418

Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 3.06 ft

ST-15419

Style C Staff Gauge, 3.06 - 5.06 ft

ST-43082

Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 4.06 ft

ST-15405

Style C Staff Gauge, 0 - 3.33 ft

ST-15406

Style C Staff Gauge, 3.33 - 6.66 ft

ST-15407

Style C Staff Gauge, 6.66 - 10.00 ft

ST-15408

Style C Staff Gauge, 10.00 - 13.33 ft

GW-FP111

Flow Probe (3.7' To 6' Handle) Including Carrying Case

GW-FP111-S

Flow Probe (3.7' To 6' Handle W/Swivel) Including Carrying Case

GW-FP211

Flow Probe (5.5' To 15' Handle) Including Carrying Case

GW-FP311

Flow Probe (2.5' To 5.5' Handle) Including Carrying Case

ST-15409

Style C Staff Gauge, 13.33 - 16.66 ft

ST-15410

Style C Staff Gauge, 16.66 - 20.00 ft

ST-15411

Style C Staff Gauge, 20.0 - 23.33 ft

ST-15412

Style C Staff Gauge, 23.33 - 26.66 ft

ST-15413

Style C Staff Gauge, 26.66 - 30.00 ft

ST-15414

Style C Staff Gauge, 30.0 - 33.33 ft

ST-14509

Style C Staff Gauge, 33.33 - 36.66 ft

ST-14510

Style C Staff Gauge, 36.66 - 40.00 ft

ST-14511

Style C Staff Gauge, 40.00 - 43.33 ft

ST-15423

Style M Staff Gauge, 1 Meter Section

Heron DipperLog Groundwater Data Logger

The Heron DipperLog offers a wide range of sampling intervals with pressure ranges to 400 ft (120 m) water head with temperature. The dipperLog is a low cost data logger for continuously monitoring water levels and temperature in wells, boreholes and open bodies of water. Its small size allows the dipper-log to be used in well diameters as small as 3/4 of an inch (20 mm).The dipperLog is a durable & reliable ground water data logger. It is very easy to launch and even easier to download when used in conjunction with a barLog barometric logger. No need to open separate files, the Heron designed software does it all for you. Because of the unique “grab” of the barometric pressure during set up of the dipperLog there is no requirement for elevation correction. Down in the valley or on top of a mountain it is spot on every time. Also available on a reel or a completely submersible instrument.

Features

•Automatic elevation adjustment with short term static barometric compensation

•Long term automatic barometric compensation with the Heron barLog.

•Real time reading of height of water and temperature

•Rapid real time reading (10 measurements / sec) with text and graphing

•Compatible with the Heron dipperWave wireless remote reading system

•Easy field recalibration

•Comprehensive data management system is incorporated into the program

DipperWave System

The dipperWave system is a state of the art local wireless remote downloading system.

With the dipperWave installed you can download and change the logger parameters from as far away as as 1 km / 1000 yds without even approaching the well.

There is no need to approach the well, remove well caps or connect cables.

The dipperWave works in all weather and in darkness. This system will download a dipperLog with a full set of 32,000 data points in approximately five minutes ... without leaving your truck or office! Each dipperWave wellhead transmitter has a unique three digit address. Just select the address on the hand held base transmitter, wait 15 seconds for contact to be established and download the data directly onto your laptop. Logger parameters may be changed at this point.

HE-DIPPERLOG

DipperLog Water Level & Temperaure - Submersible

HE-PESSW Polyethylene Jacketed SS Suspension Wire - Submersible

HE-DRDHC

Direct Read Down Hole Cable - Well Head Read Out

HE-REEL500

Reel For Up To 500 ft / 150 m Cable - Includes Electronic Panel

HE-REEL1000

Reel For Over 500 ft / 150 m To 1000 ft / 300 m - Includes Electronic Panel

HE-GC

Graduated Cable (ft x 100th ft Only)

HE-2LWC

2" Lockable Well Cap

HE-SW

Software W/ PC Communication Cable

HE-TUFTAB

v7112xT Ultra Small Mobile PC (Software Included)

HE-BARLOG

BarLog For Barometric Compensation

HE-RS232USB RS232/USB Adapter

HE-DIPPERWAVE

The Wireless Remote DipperLog Control System

HE-HHT

Handheld Transceiver To Be Used W/ Laptop/PC - Communicates W/ 250 Loggers At One Site

HE-WHT

Wellhead Transceiver - 1 Per Logger Required

Economical Way to Operate your Data Loggers

Specifications HE-DIPPERLOG

Transducer Piezoresistive Silicone 316LSS

Ranges Min. 35 ft / 10 m, Max. 400 ft / 120 m

Overpressure Not to exceed 2 x full scale range

Accuracy 0.05% net FS, 0.10% net FS

Resolution 0.024% net FS

Operating Temperature -20° to +80°C

Temperature IC Temp. Sensor

Temperature Accuracy ± 0.5%

Variable

Sampling Mode Linear real time rapid data (10 readings sec) 1 sec to 255 hrs

Max. # Of Readings 32,000 sets

Communication USB, RS232

Barometric

Compensation Semi Automatic or barLog

Size 8.7" long x 0.75" diameter (small enough for a 1" well), 246 gr

Materials Stainless Steel, Viton

Heron Dipper-T Water Level Meter

Little Dipper Water Level Meter

Heron Skinny Dipper Water Level Meter

Features

• Unbreakable polycarbonate reels

• Durable polyester powder coated steel frame

• Corrosion resistant stainless steel fittings

• Soft grip vinyl frame handle

• Large ergonomic brake and winding handles

• Water and dust proof encapsulated electronics

• Probe size of 5/8"

• 5 year warranty

• Strong and accurate NTS certified tape with stainless conductors

• Carrying bag included

HE-101-15P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 15 m (50 ft)

HE-101-30P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 30 m (100 ft)

HE-101-60P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 60 m (200 ft)

HE-101-100P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 100 m (300 ft)

HE-101-150P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 150 m (500 ft)

HE-101-200P Dipper-T Water Level Meter, 200 m (750 ft)

HE-TEMP Temperature Option

Waterra Water Level Meter

Features

•5/8"diameter 316 stainless steel probe

•Plastic reel, slim and lightweight

•Polyethylene coated 3/8"stainless steel flat tape is available in both metric (graduated to nearest mm) and imperial graduations (graduated to nearest 1/100 of a foot)

WA-WS-1

Waterra 30 m Water Level Meter

WA-WS-1L50

Waterra 50 m Water Level Meter

WA-WS-1L75

Waterra 75 m Water Level Meter

WA-WS-1L100

Waterra 100 m Water Level Meter

WA-WS-EL200

Waterra 200 m Water Level Meter

WA-WS-EL300

Waterra 300 m Water Level Meter

WA-WS-EL-500

Waterra 500 m Water Level Meter

Small, low cost meter with the same features as the Dipper-T water level meter!

Features

• Light weight and portability

• 75 ft / 22 m tape length

• Slim 3/8" stainless steel and Teflon probe

• 3 year warranty

• Certified intrinsically safe

• Carrying bag included

HE-LD-22P

Little Dipper Water Level Meter 22 m (75 ft)

Measures the depth of narrow water in wells, boreholes and standpipes. This specialized unit is designed for narrow tubes and piezometers.

Features

• Narrow 1/4"(6.25 mm) diameter tape and probe (not suitable for submergence)

• Length options of 100 ft & 300 ft

• 3 year warranty

• Stand alone, sturdy steel frame is coated in Polyurethane for durability

• Vinyl coated carry handle designed for comfort & easier rewinding

• Tape guide and third hand well casing hanger included

• Carry bag included

HE-SKINNYDIPPER/100FT

Skinny Dipper Water Level Meter, 100 ft

HE-SKINNYDIPPER/300FT

Skinny Dipper Water Level Meter, 300 ft

Sonic Water Level Meter

The Sonic Water Level Meter is an innovative approach for measuring water level in seconds without the use of down-hole probes or instrumentation, all while avoiding cross contamination. Imperial and Metric Units.

Specifications GW-WL650

Measurement Range NORMAL, 10 - 500 ft (3 - 152 m) or DEEP 200 - 1200 ft (61 - 366 m)

Sonic Measuring

Duct Diameter 5/8" (16 mm)

Batteries 8 "AA" dry cell

Operating Temperature 30 - 140°F (-1 to 60°C)

Use Sound Waves to Measure Water Level in Wells

GW-WL650

Sonic Water Level Meter

GW-WL610

Case For Sonic Water Level Meter

Ultrasonic Water Level Meter

The Ultrasonic Water Level Meter uses the latest ultrasonic distance measuring technology for accurate non-contact water level monitoring.

Specifications

•Rugged and fully encapsulated

•4 - 20 mA Transmitter

•Easy installation / no programming

•Operating Temperature: -40°F to 140°F

•Specify water level range: 1', 3', 6'

•Includes 10' cable

•-40° to 185°F (-40°C to 85°C) for (1.3 & 6 ft range)

•-40° to 145°F (-48°C to 62.8°C) for (35 ft range only)

The DepthMate Measures the Depth of Any Body of Water!

DepthMate Portable Sounder

Combining accuracy and portability, measure the depth of any body of water with this portable, digital depth sounder. Available in two models, one features a built-in transducer, and the other features an external transducer on a 12' cable, good for small cruising boats with too much freeboard. Waterproof to a depth of 150' (50 m) both sounders measure depths in feet or meters in a range of 1.8' to 260' (0.6 m to 79 m).

Kolor Kut Water Finding Paste "The Gauger’s Friend"

Upon contact with water, this golden brown colored paste turns a brilliant red, providing an accurate water gauge easily visible even under adverse lighting conditions. You can also use it to successfully gauge all petroleums and by-products for water content, plus sulfuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, ammonia, soap solutions, salt and other chloride solutions.

ST-SM5

DepthMate Portable Sounder

ST-SM5A

DepthMate W/ External Transducer

KK-WFP

Kolor Kut Water Finding Paste, 3 oz Tube

Kolor Kut Gasoline Gauging Paste

Kolor Kut Gasoline Gauging Paste turns to a contrast of red upon contact with gasoline, diesel, naptha, kerosene, gas, oil, crude oil, jet fuels, and other hydrocarbons.

KK-GGP

Kolor Kut Gasoline Gauging Paste, 2.25 oz Jar

HERON Oil / Water Interface Probe

The Heron Oil/Water Meter rapidly and accurately measures depths to hydrocarbons and water in monitoring wells and tanks.  It is lightweight, battery operated, and constructed of a durable U.V. resistant engineered plastic with stainless steel fitting, quality designed to withstand years of rugged on-site use in extreme climate conditions. Best of all, it is inexpensive and very simple to use.

Features

• Large handles for easy use with gloved hands

• Available in English or metric units in graduations of 100th ft (1 mm)

• It can detect oil slicks as thin as 1/200' (1.52 mm).

• The probe is very slim 5/8" (15 mm) diameter stainless steel

• One year warranty

HE-100-15KYN Interface Probe, 50' (15 m)

HE-100-30KYN Interface Probe, 100' (30 m)

HE-100-60KYN Interface Probe, 200' (60 m)

HE-100-100KYN Interface Probe, 300' (100 m)

HE-100-150KYN Interface Probe, 500' (150 m)

AD-20 - Foaming Cleaner / Degreaser

AD-20 is a powerful water-based formula that quickly and safely penetrates and removes grease, oil, and carbon build up.  Designed to cling to surfaces, actually unlocking grease and oils so you can easily rinse with water, leaving a residue-free surface.

Biodegradable, Non-Flammable, Non-Combustible, Non-Caustic, Non Toxic (to OSHA and EPA), NonCorrosive

AD-20 Foam Cleaner / Degreaser

ORS Interface Probe

The ORS Interface Probe is a lightweight, battery operated well monitoring system that measures depths to oil and water in monitoring wells and tanks.  Its exceptionally rugged design and construction let it stand up to years of tough treatment.  It is built with a heavy-duty, weatherproof aluminum housing and a chemically resistant probe and tape. It comes with a standard one year warranty.

OR-1068017 Standard 100' (30 m) Interface Probe

OR-86050004 Smaller Diameter 100' (30 m) Interface Probe

Waterra Interface Probe

The Waterra InterfaceProbe uses sophisticated ultrasonic sensors to help define product layer.

Features

• Consists of ultrasonic sensor to detect the presence of hydrocarbons and conductivity sensor to detect water

• 5/8" diameter, 316 stainless steel probe

• Plastic reel, slim and lightweight

• Polyethylene coated 3/8"stainless steel flat tape is available in both metric (graduated to nearest mm) and imperial graduations (graduated to nearest 1/100 of a foot)

• 4 "AA"batteries

WA-HS-1

Waterra 30 m Interface Tape

WA-HS-1L50

Waterra 50 m Interface Tape

WA-HS-1L75

Waterra 75 m Interface Tape

WA-HS-1L100

Waterra 100 m Interface Tape

WA-HS-EL200

Waterra 200 m Interface Tape

WA-HS-EL300

Waterra 300 m Interface Tape

WA-HS-EL500

Waterra 500 m Interface Tape

Powdered Precision Cleaner Critical Cleaning Liquid Detergent

Alconox

Concentrated,anionic detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to give you reliable results without interfering residues. Ideal for cleaning contaminants from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Excellent replacement for corrosive acids and hazardous solvents. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5

AL-1104-1 4 lb Box

AL-1104

Case 9 x 4 lb Boxes

Concentrated, anionic liquid detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to yield reliable results with no interfering residues. Extremely mild and completely soluble in hard and soft water. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 8.5

AL-1201-1

1

Strips Make Checking Water Easier than Ever!

Individual Test Strips

The Insta-Test® Test Strips are a great way to monitor water without having to use reagents or field kits. Test strips come in a pop-up container. Can be used in water testing applications such as drinking, food, beverage and pool.

LA-2997

Alkalinity, 0 - 180 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-2999LR Chlorine Dioxide, 0 - 10 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3002 Chlorine Dioxide, 0 - 500 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-2979 Chlorine, Total, 0 - 5 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-2981 Hardness, Low Range, 0 - 180 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-2974 pH, Wide Range, 4 - 10 pH, 50 Tests

LA-3000 Peracetic Acid, 0 - 160 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-2984LR Peroxide, 0 - 50 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-2998-12 Sodium Chloride,

LeadCheck Aqua

LeadCheck Aqua is a complete system to screen for lead in potable water. This kit contains all of the materials required for an in-home easyto-use, sensitive and specific test for lead at 15 ppb or greater. Although the test is accurate at indicating the presence of lead, it is not intended to replace quantitative testing methods.

LeadCheck Liquids

LeadCheck for liquids is supplied as a complete test system for the detection of lead in antifreeze, industrial wastewater, manufacturing effluents, and groundwater at sensitivities of either 1 - 4 ppm (parts per million), or 0.25 - 0.75 ppm (parts per million). Each kit contains all of the materials required to provide on-site analysis of water samples. There are no hidden steps or additional laboratory fees. The entire test requires only 10 - 15 minutes to perform from start to finish. Based on a well established chemical test, LeadCheck for Liquids binds lead to a carrier that concentrates it onto a test strip. The strip is then tested for the presence of lead using a lead reactive dye.

Arsenic Naturally Occurring, Health Hazard for Humans

Arsenic Check

Arsenic Check is designed to provide a convenient method for the detection of arsenic in water. Arsenic Check for water is not intended to provide quantitative test results, and contamination at 10 ppb and higher can be reliably detected.

Use Arsenic Check for testing

• Ground water or mineral water

• Contamination from mining operations

• Semiconductor manufacturing

• Outdoor wood preservers

• Pesticide applications

Hanna Individual Test Kits

HA-3820

Acidity, 0 - 100 mg/l, 0 - 500 mg/L, Titration, 110 Tests

HA-38014

Total Alkalinity, 0 - 500 gpg, Titration, 100 Tests

HA-38049

Ammonia Nitrogen, Fresh Water, 0.0 - 3.0 mg/L NH3-N, Checker Disc, 100 Tests

HA-38018

Chlorine (As Cl2), Free, 0.00 - 0.70 mg/L Or 0.0 - 3.5 mg/L, Checker Disc, 200 Tests

HA- 3831F

Chlorine (As Cl2), Free, 0.0 - 2.5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests

HA-38017

Chlorine (As Cl2), Free & Total, 0.00 - 0.70 mg/L or 0.0 - 3.5 mg/L, Checker Disc, 200 Tests

HA-3831T

Chlorine (As Cl2), Total, 0.0 - 2.5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests

HA-3812

Hardness (As CaCO3), Total, 0.0 - 30.0 mg/L Or 0 - 300 mg/L, Titration, 100 Tests

HA-38035

Hardness (As CaCO3), Total & Calcium, Total: 0.0 - 20.0 gpg, Ca: 0.0 - 20.0 gpg, Titration, 100 Tests

HS-MTL3AS6 Arsenic Check For Water, 6 Tests/Kit

HA-3834

Total Iron, 0 - 5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests

HA-3874 Nitrate Nitrogen, 0 - 50 mg/L, NO3--N, 100 Tests

HA-38050 Nitrate Nitrogen, Water: 0 - 50 mg/L, Soil: 0 - 60 mg/L, Checker Disc, 100 Tests

HA-3810

Dissolved Oxygen, 0.0 - 10.0 mg/L, Titration, 110 Tests

HA-38054 Ozone, 0.0 - 2.3 mg/L, Checker Disc, 100 Tests

HA-3833 Phosphate, 0 - 5 mg/L, Colorimetric, 50 Tests

HA-38000 Sulfate (As SO4-2), 20 - 100.0 mg/L, Turbidimetric, 100 Tests

HA-38058 pH, 4.0 - 10.0 pH. Checker Disc, 300 Tests

Bacteria Test Kit

The WaterCheck® Bacteria Test Kit is a simple to use screening tool to detect sewage contamination in water. The test determines the presence or absence of coliform and E. Coli bacteria, indicative of fecal pollution. WaterCheck® is sensitive enough to meet national drinking water standards of a single colony forming unit (CFU) per 100 ml of water. Water sample collection, mixing, incubation and observation are all done in the same sterilized plastic bag. Presence of a visible blue-green colour protects from the dangers of waterborne pathogenic micro-organisms.

BB-WATERCHECK

WaterCheck Bacteria Test Kit

ColiPlate® Test Kit

Features

• Reliable quantitative test for Coliforms and E. Coli

• Positive colour reaction (Coliforms) and fluorescence (E. Coli)

• Detects cfu’s ranging from 5 to 5000 per 100 ml without dilution

• ColiPlate has become the test of choice for numerous bacterial assessment, monitoring, education and research programs

BB-COLIPLATE Coliplate Bacteria Test Kit

Bug Check-BF

For counting bacteria & fungi in all types of industrial fluids.

Applications

Bioremediation, metalworking fluids, latex emulsions, e-coating (electrocoat) paint systems, cooling water, industrial waste waters, water, contaminated turbine oils, hydraulic fluids, foundry washes, etc.

BUGCHECK-BF 10 Tests/Kit

Biological Activity Reaction Test (BART)

The environment contains a slew of different bacteria that are all capable of causing problems ranging from slimes, plugging, discoloration, and cloudiness to corrosion and infections. The time taken for a colour change or reaction to occur gives a measure of the population size and level of activity of specific groups of organisms.

BART Kits include 9 BARTS except for the N-BART which contains 7, and reaction caps, test vial, BART ball, and full instructions.

DBI-IRB

Iron Related Bacteria

DBI-SRB

Sulfate Reducing Bacteria

DBI-SLYM

Slime Forming Bacteria

DBI-HAB

Heterotrophic Aerobic Bacteria

DBI-ALGE

Micro-Algae

DBI-FLOR

Fluorescent Pseudomonas

DBI-DN

Denitrifying Bacteria

DBI-N

Nitrifying Bacteria

DBI-APB

Acid Producing Bacteria

DBI-BOD

Biological Oxygen Demand

Hygiena

Most Cost-Effective ATP Hygiene Monitoring System Available

Ultrasnap - ATP Sample Testing Device

Ultrasnap is a user-friendly, all-in-one ATP sampling device used with the Hygiena SystemSURE Plus (HY-ATP200) luminometer. This pen sized sample collection device is easy-to-use, small and environmentally friendly.

Features

• Snap-Valve™ technology - snap & squeeze

• Premoistened swab bud

• Self-contained, liquid-stable reagent

• Write-on swab label

• Unprecedented accuracy and reproducibility

• Tolerant to temperature abuse

• Test wet or dry surfaces and liquid samples

• Results in 15 seconds

• Consistent, reliable results

•Shelf Life: 12 months at refrigerated temperatures (2 to 8°C) or 4 weeks at room temperature (21 to 25°C)

ATP hygiene monitoring provides accurate and traceable verification of the hygienic status of a surface or water, which is a key component of a good hygiene program! In conjunction with the Ultrasnap and Aquasnap testing devices, Hygiena SystemSURE Plus measures adenosine triphosphate (ATP), the universal energy molecule found in all animal, plant, bacteria, yeast and mold cells.

Features

•Optimizes and verifies that cleaning procedures are working

•Ensures product quality and extends product shelf life

• Optimizes chemical/sanitizer usage

•Assists in developing and improving certain HACCP procedures

•Simple to use – three step tests

•Engineered for durability and intensive use

•250 programmable test points per test plan

•20 programmable test plans

•Alphanumeric ID of locations

•Advanced photodiode technology

•Stores 2000 results

•Programmable user ID’s

•Self-calibration at startup

•Detects down to 1 femtomole (1 x 10-16 moles) of ATP

•Includes carrying case and neck strap

•Includes RS-232 interface cable & Software

Specifications

• 7.6 x 17.8 x 3 cm, 0.57 Ib

• "AA"battery powered (lasts up to 3000+ tests)

• PC compatible via RS232 cable or USB

Aquasnap ATP Water Testing Device

HY-ATP-351

Aquasnap is a user-friendly, self-contained ATP water sampling device used with the Hygiena SystemSURE Plus luminometer. This pen-sized sample collection device is easy to use, and collects 100 µl of water in the honeycomb-shaped dipper. Available for free or total ATP.

Applications

CIP Systems, cooling towers, water quality assessment, paper manufacturing & bioburden testing

Features

•Snap-Valve™ technology - snap & squeeze

•Honeycomb-shaped collection tip (100 µl)

•Self-contained, liquid-stable reagent

•Write-on swab label

•Bottle of ATP extractant

•Unprecedented accuracy and reproducibility

•Tolerant to temperature abuse

•Collects 100 µl of sample - no pipetting

•Results in seconds

•Consistent, reliable results

•Shelf Life: 12 month at refrigerated temperatures (2 to 8ºC) or 4 weeks room temperature (21 to 25ºC)

HY-ATP-150 Aquasnap - Total ATP Water Testing Device, 100/Case

HY-ATP-151 Aquasnap – Free ATP Water Testing Device, 100/Case

HY-ATP200

HY-ATP-350

HY-ATP-351

HY-ATP2020 Ultrasnap - ATP Sample Testing Device, 100/Case

Contamination Control Kit

The Contamination Control Kit is a high-precision test for measuring total and free ATP in liquid samples.

Calibration Control Kit

Key Benefits

•Detects microbial and nonmicrobial contamination

•Uses liquid-stable reagents versus lyophilized - 4 bottles versus 20 vials

•Extended shelf life - 12 months

•Offers flexibility when dealing with challenging samples

•Ideal solution for measuring contamination in process water, wastewater, water tanks and cooling towers

•Kit includes all components plus ATP standard

Positive Control Kit

Calibration Control Rod Kits should be used to verify calibration of Hygiena systemSURE Plus luminometers. Each kit is comprised of a Positive rod and a Negative rod. The Positive Rod emits a very low level of low-energy radiation in a plastic scintillation matrix. This matrix is configured to give constant light output, within 10% of its original value, at sufficiently high level for up to five years. The Negative Rod produces lowlight or zero (0) RLU background and is used to check that background light is not entering the instrument or ensure that the light detector is calibrating correctly. Hygiena SystemSURE Plus luminometers are designed to self-calibrate at startup, but it is recommended to verify calibration with the Calibration Control Kit.

Features

• Easy-to-use and quick

• Good for 5 years

The Hygiena Positive Control Kit is intended to be used for validating the efficacy and quality of Ultrasnap (HY-ATP2020). The kit comes with 25 sealed glass vials containing approximately 5 x 10-13 moles of lyophilized Adenosine Triphosphate (ATP) and sugars to provide a predictable result. It is recommended that Positive Controls be used to test devices on a random basis or whenever there is concern about the product's storage temperature or shelf life.

Features & Benefits

•Shelf Life: 12 months at refrigerated temperatures (2 to 8ºC)

•Meets GMP requirements

•Validates results and equipment for audits

The Professional’s Choice for All Types of Water Tracing Projects

Tablets: Dissolve in 5 - 8 Minutes

Bright Dyes™ Fluorescent Dyes

Features

• All colors are bright and vivid. They can be detected visually in clear, deionized water in the range of 100 parts per billion (ppb) of active ingredient, depending on local conditions.

• Choice of color should be based on the contrast to the background of the water body. For instance, red offers greater contrast to heavy concentrations of green algae.

• Red, orange, and yellow-green, because of their fluorescent nature may afford greater apparent contrast than non-fluorescent blue

•Fluorescent dyes also may be detected visually with a simple hand-held laboratory black light (U.V.) at significantly lower levelsin the range of 10 ppb in ideal conditions.

• Blue is frequently used for decorative effects, evaluation of household systems, and generally where blue color may be more acceptable to public view.

• Red, orange and yellow/green are sometimes used jointly in dual tracing studies - both visually and fluorometric analysis.

• Some information on the final chart below (resistance to absorption on suspended matter, sunlight resistance and environmental suitability) is also relevant to visual detection at low dye usage levels.

Hanna, pHep®4 & pHep®5

These testers use the exclusive replaceable pull-out cartridge pH electrode. Its exposed temperature sensor provides fast response time and its proximity to the pH electrode guarantees much more accurate temperature compensated readings.

include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

Hanna ORP Tester

HA-98127 pHep® 4

HA-98128

pHep® 5

HA-7061M Electrode Cleaning Solution, 230 ml Bottle

HA-73127

Spare Electrode For pHep® 4 & pHep® 5

HA-7004/1L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

HA-7006/1L pH 6.86 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

HA-7007/1L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

HA-7009/1L

pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

HA-7010/1L

pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

This new micro-processor based tester provides the most advanced solution in ORP and Temperature measurement. Further, the HA-98121 provides pH measurement.

Features

•Replenishable junction

•Dual level LCD

•Battery life percentage indication

•Stability indicator

•Floating and waterproof body

HA-98120 and HA-98121 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

Hanna Dist® 5 & Dist® 6 EC/Temp/TDS Testers

Unmatched 3-in-1 tester measuring Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.

Features

• Floating waterproof casing

• Dual level LCD displays

• Replaceable graphite probe

0.0 to 2.4%/°C

Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

HA-98120

ORP/Temperature Tester

HA-98121

ORP/pH/Temperature Tester

HA-73120 Spare ORP Electrode For HA-98120

HA-73127 Spare pH Electrode

HA-7020M 200/275 mV Test Solution, 230 ml Bottle

HA-7091M Reducing Solution, 230 ml Bottle

HA-7092M Oxidizing Solution, 230 ml Bottle

HA-7061M Electrode Cleaning Solution, 230 ml Bottle

HA-7004/1L

Dist® 5 and Dist® 6 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

HA-98311

HA-73311

HA-7031L

HA-7032L

HA-70038P

Hanna Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Testers in one Unit!

Unmatched 4-in-1 tester measuring pH, Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.

Features

• Floating waterproof casing

• Dual level LCD displays

• Replaceable graphite probe

HA-98129 and HA-98130 include protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

Dissolved Oxygen Tracer

Features

•Oxygen level displayed as % Saturation from 0 to 200.0% or Concentration from 0 to 20.00 ppm (mg/L)

•Adjustable Altitude Compensation (0 to 20,000 ft in 1,000 ft increments)

•Adjustable Salinity Compensation from 0 to 50 ppt

•Memory stores up to 25 data sets with DO and temperature reading

•Self-calibration on power up; data, hold, auto power off, low battery indicator

•Waterproof to IP67

•Optional 3 ft (1 m) or 16 ft (5 m) extension cable

•Powered by four 1.5 V CR-2032 batteries

HA-98129 Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester

HA-98130 Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester

HA-73127 Spare pH Electrode For Combo

HA-70030P 12.88 mS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70031P 1413 mS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70032P 1382 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70038P

HA-70442P

Solution, 1 L Bottle HA-7007/1L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

HA-7009/1L pH 9.18 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

HA-7010/1L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 1 L Bottle

Total Chlorine Tracer

Features

•Can be used to test pH and ORP with interchangeable flat surface sensors

•Read Total Chlorine from 0.00 - 10 ppm

•Automatic self-calibration

•Memory can store up to 15 readings

•Follows EPA protocol for ISE methods

•Waterproof design

•Automatic shut-off and Low Battery indicator; uses four 3 V CR-2032 batteries

Total Chlorine Tracer includes unit, with 100 reagent tablets.

Total Chlorine Tracer

Chlorine Test Tablets

Stand W/ Five 20 ml Sample Cups

pH Sensor, 0 - 14

ORP Sensor

Total Dissolved Oxygen Tracer complete includes DO electrode, protective sensor cap, spare membrane cap, electrolyte, four 1.5 V CR-2032 batteries, and 48" neckstrap.

LA-1761

Dissolved Oxygen Tracer

LA-1761M

DO Membrane Kit (6 Screw-On Membranes & Solution)

LA-1763

DO Extension Cable, 1 Meter

LA-1764

DO Extension Cable, 5 Meters

Extended Range pH Meters!

Hanna Instruments

HA-991001, HA-991002 & HA-991003

These lightweight and compact units offer IP 67 waterproof protection in a compact casing. The electrode has a built-in temperature sensor and amplifier, to safe guard your measurements to noise and electrical interference. The HA-991001 reads pH and temperature, and the HA991002measures ORP in the ± 1999 mV range as well. HA-991003 is the first pH meter that can measure pH, pH-mV (to check the electrode status), ORP and temperature with only one probe.

HA-991001, HA-991002, and HA-991003 include HA-1296D pH electrode (HA-991001) or HA-1297D (HA-991002, and HA-991003), and internal temperature sensor, pH 4 and pH 7 buffer sachets, HA-700661 electrode cleaning solution (2 x 20 ml), 3 x 1.5 V "AA" batteries, rugged carrying case and instructions.

Waterproof Multi-Range EC & TDS Meters with Temperature Compensation for Field Applications

HA-9033 & HA-9034

HA-9033 and HA-9034 have been proven time and again to hold up under extended use in wet, humid, dusty and muddy conditions. HA-9033utilizes a single probe to perform all conductivity readings in four ranges.  This allows the user to measure samples from deionized water to brine without having to switch or recalibrate the probe. HA-9034 measures total dissolved solids (TDS) in three ranges to offer the highest accuracy when performing measurements in diverse applications such as HVAC, waste water treatment and reverse osmosis.

HA-9033 and HA-9034 include HA-76302W probe with internal temperature sensor and 3.3' (1 m) cable calibration screwdriver, 1 x 9 V battery, rugged carrying case and instructions.

4-in-1: pH, EC, TDS & Temperature in a Waterproof Casing

HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7061L Electrode Cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-991300 & HA-991301

Both instruments provide full-scale pH readings and allow the user to select the temperature readout in Centigrade or Fahrenheit. Other features include automatic calibration, automatic temperature compensation, selectable EC/TDS conversion factor, adjustable conductivity temperature coefficient, dual level LCD, stability indicator, Battery Error Prevention System and battery percentage gauge indicating battery strength.

HA-991300 and HA-991301 include HA-1288 pH/EC/TDS/°C probe with 1 m cable, 4 x 1.5 V "AAA" batteries, instruction manual and hard carrying case.

HA-9124 & HA-9125

HA-9124 measures pH and °C and HA-9125 measures ion concentration and ORP in the mV range. Both meters are housed in rugged, waterproof, ABS casings that are built to last.

HA-9124 and HA-9125 include HA-1230B combination double junction, gel-filled pH electrode, HA-7662 stainless steel temperature probe with 1 m (3.3”) cable, 4 x 1.2 V "AAA" batteries, pH 4.01 & 7.01 buffer solutions (20 ml sachets), 100 ml plastic beaker, HA-710044 inductive recharger with power adapter, instruction manual and rugged carrying case.

Model 1200 – Single Test Colorimeter Labs

The 1200 Series of Single Test direct reading colorimeters incorporates design advances that enhance reliability, improve accuracy and simplify the calibration process, all in a portable, hand-held package. Each Single Test Colorimeter Lab comes complete with six sample vials with screw caps, instruction manual, and sturdy carrying case. Please see ordering information for details on number of tests.

LA-3680-01

Ammonia Nitrogen, 0 - 5.0 ppm

LA-3672-01

Bromine, 0 - 7.0 ppm

LA-3670-01

Chlorine (Free & Total), 0 - 4.0 ppm

LA-3670-01-LI

Chlorine (Free & Total), 0 - 4.0 ppm

LA-3671-01

Chlorine Dioxide, 0 - 7.0 ppm

LA-3673-01

Copper, 0 - 6.0 ppm

LA-3674-01

Fluoride, 0 - 2.0 ppm

LA-3681-01

Iron (Total), 0 - 4.0 ppm

LA-3682-01

Manganese, 0 - 0.7 ppm / 0.01 ppm Mn

LA-3676-01

Molybdenum,

SMART2 and COD Plus Colorimeters

Ideal for Complete On-Site Water Analysis

Features

•Simple menu-driven operation - with an 80+ test capacity; with 70+ preprogrammed tests in library and 10 user-entered tests

•Alphabetical test selection, and self diagnostics with error/warning messages

Call for a List of Other Reagents Available!

SMART2 Colorimeter includes 4 sample tubes, AC adapter and manual.

COD PLUS includes COD adapter, 4 sample tubes, AC adapter and manual.

LA-1919 SMART2

LA-1922

COD PLUS

LA-1754

AC Power Adaptor (Variable 100 - 240 V AC)

LA-1912-CD

SMARTLink2 Program & Interface Cable

LA-1919-GCS440

Large Carrying Case

LA-0075-SC

COD LR 0 - 150 W/ Mercury, 0 - 150 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-0072-SC

COD LR 0 - 150 W/O Mercury, 0 - 150 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-0076-SC

COD LR 0 - 1,500 W/ Mercury, 0 - 1500 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-0077-SC

COD HR 0 - 15,000 W/ Mercury, 0 - 15000 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-0074-SC

COD HR 0 - 15,000 W/O Mercury, 0 - 15000 ppm, 25 Tests

LA-3700-SC

pH SMART2 Reagent System, pH 6.6 - 8.4 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-3642-SC

Ammonia Nitrogen, 0 - 4.0 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3640-SC

Copper, 0 to 3.5 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3646-SC

Copper, 0 - 6.0 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-3699-02-SC

Molybdenum, 0 - 15 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-4031

Lead, 0 - 5.0 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3668-SC

Iron, 0 - 5 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3687-SC

Silica, 0 - 50 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3664-SC

Silica, 0 - 2.5 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-3655-SC

Phosphate, 0 - 70 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3653-SC

Phosphate, 0 - 3.0 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3688-SC

Dissolved Oxygen, 0 - 12 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-3647-01-SC

Fluoride, 0 - 2 ppm, 50 tests

LA-3662-SC

Hydrogen Peroxide, 0 - 1.5 ppm, 100 Tests

SMART SPECTRO Spectrophotometer

Call for a List of Other Reagents Available!

Features

• Over 80 pre-programmed tests and up to 25 calibrations for additional tests can be entered into the memory

• Extremely high resolution and a wider wavelength range

SMART SPECTRO Spectrophotometer includes 6 sample cells (25 mm round), 2 sample cell holders (25 mm round and COD, 10 mm cuvettes), power supply, battery charger, and diagrammed manual.

LA-2000 SMART SPECTRO

LA-1922 COD PLUS

LA-2000-BP

Battery Pack W/ Holder (Rechargeable)

LA-1912

SMARTLink2 Program & Interface Cable (Specify CD Or Diskette)

LA-2000-CS

Carrying Case

LA-3700-SC

pH SMART2 Reagent System, pH 5 - 9.5 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-3642-SC

Ammonia Nitrogen, 0 - 4.0 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3640-SC

Copper, 0 - 3.5 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3646-SC

Copper, 0 - 6.0 ppm, 100 Tests

LA-3699-02-SC

Molybdenum, 0 - 15 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-4031

Lead, 0 - 5.0 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3668-SC

Iron, 0 - 5 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3687-SC Silica, 0 - 50 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3664-SC Silica, 0 - 2.5 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3655-SC Phosphate, 0 - 70 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3653-SC Phosphate, 0 - 3.0 ppm, 50 Tests

LA-3688-SC

Dissolved Oxygen, 0 - 12ppm 100 Tests

LA-3647-01-SC

Fluoride, 0 - 2 ppm, 50 tests

LA-3662-SC

Hydrogen Peroxide, 0 - 1.5 ppm, 100 Tests

Digestion Tubes for Total Nitrogen and Total Phosphorous

Low and high Total Phosphorous and a Total Nitrogen test that are reacted in a heater block and are then tested using a colorimeter or spectrophotometer. This ships as Small Quantity Hazardous Materials.

LA-4024

Low Total Phosphorus, 0 - 3.5 mg/L, 25/Tests

LA-4025

High Total Phosphorus, 0 - 100 mg/L, 25/Tests

LA-4026

Total Nitrogen, 0 - 25 mg/L, 25/Tests

COD Heater Block

Perfect for COD, Total Phosphorus, and Total Nitrogen, testing plus other tests requiring digestion.

Features

• A digital microprocessor control

• Programmable time (0 - 999 minutes)

• Programmable temperature settings (30 - 200°C)

• Vial capacity of 12 (16 mm) tubes

Multi-Range COD Reagent Systems

Chemical Oxygen Demand reagent systems used with the COD PLUS Colorimeter, SMART2 Colorimeter, or SMART Spectro Spectrophotometer are an easy and precise way to measure COD levels. Low, medium or high levels of COD can be selected using your choice of mercury (USEPA approved method) or non-mercury reagent systems. Each package contains 25 ready to use vials. This ships as Small Quantity Hazardous Materials.

LA-5-0102

COD Heater Block, 120 V

LA-5-0102-EX2

COD Heater Block, 230 V

TC-3000 Tri-Meters

Features

•Ideal for testing low-level drinking water applications as well as monitoring high turbidity in the field

•Supports six languages: English, French, Spanish, Japanese, Portuguese and Italian

•Datalogging up to 4000 points with a date and time stamp - stored tests can be viewed on the meter or downloaded to a PC

•Easy menu-driven operation, less than 5 seconds response time

•Available in either USEPA 180.1 Standard or ISO 7027 compliant versions

TC-3000 includes 0, 1 and 10 NTU standards, sample bottle, 4 sample tubes, DPD tablets and an extra battery.

SpecificationsTC-3000

Color Range 0 to 500 cu Power 9 V battery

LA-0075-SC 0 - 150 ppm EPA Approved - Mercury Based

LA-0076-SC 0 - 1500 ppm EPA Approved - Mercury Based

LA-0077-SC 0 - 15,000 ppm EPA Approved - Mercury Based

LA-0072-SC 1 - 150 ppm, Mercury-Free

LA-0073-SC 0 - 1500 ppm, Mecury-Free

LA-0074-SC 0 - 15,000 ppm, Mercury-Free

LA-1964-EPA TC-3000 Kit, EPA Version

LA-1964-ISO TC-3000 Kit, ISO Version

LA-1754 AC Power Adaptor (Variable 100 - 240 V AC)

LA-1912-CD SMARTLink2 Program & Interface Cable (Specify CD Or Diskette)

LA-0641

Vial Ring, 2/Pack

LA-1480

0 NTU Standard (EPA & ISO), 60 ml

LA-1484 (1)

1 NTU Standard, 60 ml EPA (ISO)

LA-1485 (2)

10 NTU Standard, 60 ml EPA (ISO)

LA-1486 (3)

100 NTU Standard, 60 ml EPA (ISO)

LA-6195-H Formazin Standard Solution, 4000 NTU, 60 ml

LA-4140

DPD Chlorine Secondary Standards Kit

LA-3176-01

FAS-DPD Titration Kit For Chlorine Titration

LA-6973-H Standard Chlorine Solution, 250 ppm, 60 ml

LA-3858-H

Permanganate Solution, 1000 ppm, 60 ml

LA-6903A-J

Chlorine DPD #1 Instrument Grade Tablets (100/Box)

LA-6197A-J

Chlorine DPD #3 Instrument Grade Tablets, (100/Box)

HA-96711C

Free & Total Chlorine

Specifications HA-96711C

Free Chlorine Range 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L

Total Chlorine Range 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L

Precision ± 0.02 mg/L to 1.00 mg/L

Light Source Tungsten lamp with narrow band interference filter 525 nm

Light Detection Silicon Photocell

Dimensions 8.5" X 3.3" X 2.5", 0.9 lb

Total chlorine is equal to the sum of free chlorine plus combined chlorine: free chlorine combines with nitrogen to form chloroamine. Chloroamine harms aquatic life and water treatment plants. Chloroamine concentration is dependent on pH, temperature, the initial ratio of chlorine versus amine, chlorine demand and time of reaction.

HA-96711C includes 2 sample cuvets with caps, 3 Cal Check cuvets, 20 reagent powder packets, cuvet cleaning cloth, 9V battery, scissors and instruction manual in a hard carrying case.

Chlorine & Turbidity in One Meter

Useful for Potable Water & Municipalities

Hanna, HA-93414

The new HA-93414 meets the requirements of USEPA and Standard Methods for Turbidity and Colorimetric Chlorine Measurements. The instrument features the all new Tag Identification System which allows users to record time and place at unlimited specific measurement locations. Logged data can be downloaded through USB or RS 232. Includes exclusive Cal Check system and ready-made NIST traceable standards.

HA-93414 includes portable chlorine and turbidity meter, supplied complete with five sample cuvets and caps, three calibration cuvets for turbidimeter, two calibration cuvets for colorimeter, reagent powder packets for free and total chlorine, silicone oil, five tag holders with tags, scissors, batteries (4), AC adapter, rugged carrying case, instruction manual, quick reference guide and instrument quality certificate.

Specifications HA-93414

Free Chlorine Range 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L, ± 0.02 mg/L @ 1.00 mg/L accuracy

Total Chlorine Range 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L, ± 0.02 mg/L @ 1.00 mg/L accuracy

HA-93414

HA-93701-01

Powder

HA-93711-01

Powder Reagents For 100 Tests (Total Chlorine)

Turbidity / Resolution Range 0.00 to 9.99 (0.01); 10.0 to 99.9 (0.1) and 100 to 1000 (1) NTU, ± 2% of reading plus 0.02 NTU accuracy

Calibration One-point calibration for Chlorine. Two, three or four-point calibration for Turbidity

Light Detector Silicon Photocell

Dimensions 8.8" x 3.4" x 3.0", 18 oz

Portable Turbidity Meter Capable of Delivering Lab-Grade Accuracy

HANNA, HA-98703 EPA Compliant Turbidity Meter

The new HA-98703 uses EPA compliant tungsten light source and state-of-the art optical system that allow consistently reliable and accurate measurements of turbidity. The instrument features the all new Tag Identification System which allows users to record time and place at unlimited specific measurement locations. Logged data can be downloaded through USB or RS 232. Includes exclusive Cal Check system and ready-made NIST traceable standards.

HA-98701-01 (115 V) includes (5) sample cuvets and caps, HA-98703-11 calibration cuvets, HA-93703-58 silicone oil, cuvet wiping tissue, (4) batteries, AC adapter, instruction manual and rugged carrying case.

2020e Portable Turbidity Meter

The 2020e sets a new standard for laboratory accuracy in an extremely compact, portable instrument for turbidity measurement.

Features

•Six user selected languages

•4000 point data log - results can be downloaded to a PC

•MSP430 Microcontroller - most advanced controller on the market for hand held applications

2020e Turbidity Meter Kit includes AC adaptor, four optically selected sample vials with screw caps, standardization package consisting of 1.0 NTU and 10.0 NTU standards, an extra battery, instruction manual and sturdy carrying case. (AC Power adapter is optional)

Meter Kit with Calibrator includes all of the above with BNC calibration cable.

LA-1979-EPA

Portable Turbidity Meter, Meets USEPA Design Criteria

LA-1480

0 NTU Standard, 60 ml

LA-1484

1 NTU Standard, 60 ml

LA-1485

10 NTU Standard, 60 ml

LA-1486

100 NTU Standard, 60 ml

LA-1754

AC Power Adapter

LA-1772

RS-232 Cable

Hanna, HA-9146-04 & HA-9146-10

Water resistant, micro-processor based dissolved oxygen meter with automatic calibration and temperature compensation. DO measurements can be displayed in ppm or in % saturation.

HA-9146-04 and HA-9146-10 include HA-76407/4F probe with 4 m (13') cable for HA-9146-04 and HA-76407/10F 10 m (33') for HA-9146-10, protective cap, 2 spare membranes, HA-7041S electrolyte solution (30 ml), 4 x 1.5 V batteries, hard carrying case and instructions.

Specifications HA-9146-04 HA-9146-10

O2 Range 0.00 to 45.00 mg/L, ± 1.5% F.S. accuracy

% Saturation O2 Range 0.0 to 300.0% ± 1.5% F.S. accuracy

Temperature Range 0.0 to 50.0°C ± 0.5°C accuracy

Calibration automatic, in air, at 100%

Probe with 4 m (13’) cable with 10 m (33’) cable

Dimensions 7.7" x 3.1" x 2.4", 1.1 lbs

HA-9146-04

Portable Dissolved Oxygen Meter, 4 m Cable

HA-9146-10

Portable Dissolved Oxygen Meter, 10 m Cable

HA-7041S

Electrolyte Solution For DO Probe, 30 ml

HA-710005

115 V AC / 12 V DC Power Adaptor

HA-710006

230 V AC / 12 V DC Power Adaptor

HA-76407A/P

Spare Membrane (5 Pieces)

Turbidity Sensor (GW-WQ720) & Turbidity Meter (GW-WQ770-B)

The Turbidity Sensor is an accurate submersible sensor for in-situ environmental or process monitoring.  Applications include, rivers, streams, reservoirs, groundwater, water treatment, wastewater treatment, effluent, and industrial control.  The Turbidity Meter combines the sensor with an LED light display, 4-button control, and internal battery.

SpecificationsGW-WQ720 & GW-WQ770-B

Range 0 to 50 NTU & 0 to 1000 NTU

Accuracy ± 1% of full scale

Pressure 0 to 30 psi

Size Body = 1.1" D x 8.5" L / Sensor Shield = 1.5" x 2" Overall Length = 9"

Power Required 10 to 36 V DC @ 40 MS (Sensor); Internal 9 V DC Battery (Meter)

Outputs 4 - 20 mA (Sensor, both ranges), LED screen (Meter)

Warm-Up Time 5 seconds

Dimensions 1.5" x 8.5", 2 lbs

Portable DO Meter for Field Applications

GW-WQ720 Turbidity Sensor, 25' Cable Length

GW-WQ770-b Turbidity Meter, Includes Sensor On 25' Cable Length

Choose your electrode:

Ammonia, Bromide, Cadmium, Calcium, Carbon Dioxide, Chloride, Cupric, Fluoride, Iodide, Lead, Nitrate, Potassium, Silver, Sulfate and Sulfide

HA-98185 Portable pH, ORP and ISE

Ease of use and high-end features come together in this new family of instruments. For use in the field, these instruments can be easily operated with one hand and are housed in a rugged waterproof casing. The meter also includes direct ion concentration determination with ISE’s.

The HA-98185 allows a choice of measurement units (ppm, ppt, g/L, mg/L, ppb, ug/L mg/mL, M, mol/L, mmol/L % w/v, user) and electrode selection type. Up to 5 point calibration with 6 standard solutions. Users are guided through the calibration procedure with step-by-step on-screen instructions.

The LCD of the instrument also displays electrode type used, current temperature, remaining battery life and time.

HA-98185 includes combined pH/Temperature electrode, pH 4.01 and pH 7.01 buffer solutions, (4) 1.2 V "AA", 1300 mAh rechargeable batteries, inductive battery charger with power adapter, rugged carrying case with instructions.

x 10-4M, 440 To 4.4 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable

HA-4107

Chloride ISE Electrode, 1M To 5 x 10-5M, 35000 To 1.8 ppm, 0 to 80°C, 1 m Cable

HA-4108

Cupric ISE Electrode, 0.1M To 1 x 10-6M, 6354 To 0.06 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable

HA-4109

Cyanide ISE Electrode, 10-2 M To 1 x 10-6M, 260 To 0.02 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable

HA-4110

Fluoride ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M, Sat To 0.02 ppm, 0 to 80°C, 1 m Cable

HA-4111

Iodide ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-7M, 127000 To 0.01 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable

HA-4112

Lead/Sulfate ISE Electrode, 0.1M To 1 x 10-6M, 20700 To 0.21 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable

HA-4113

Nitrate ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-5M, 6200 To 0.62 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable

HA-4114

Potassium ISE Electrode, 1M To 1 x 10-6M , 39100 To 0.039 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable

HA-4115

Silver/Sulfide ISE Electrode, Silver: 1.0M To 1 x 10-6M, 107900 To 0.11 ppm, 0 To 40°C, 1 m Cable

Sulfide: 1.0M To 1 x 10-7M, 32100 To 0.003 ppm, 0 To 80°C, 1 m Cable

Specifications HA-98185

pH / Resolution

to 20.0 (0.1); -2.00 to 20.00 (0.01);

to 20.000 (0.001) pH, ± 0.01; ± 0.002 pH accuracy mV / Resolution Range ± 2000 mV (0.1 mV), ± 0.2 mV accuracy ISE Range From 1.00 x 10-7 to 9.99 x 1010 concentration (choice of units)

to 120.0 °C

Monitors up to 14 Different Water Quality Parameters! GPS also available

•

pH/mV

% Saturation

mg/L

Atmospheric Pressure

Salinity

HA-9828-25

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter

Features

•Displays up to 12 parameters

•Graphic LCD with backlight

•Meter features IP67 and probe features IP68 waterproof protection

•Tag identification system simplifies test logging

•Quick calibration feature calibrates all sensors with one solution

•Log-on demand and automatic logging (up to 60,000 samples)

•Can display logged data as graphs

•USB for PC connectivity

•Rugged probe with stainless steel tip has a diameter under 2” for wells and pipes

HA-9828-01 includes HA-769828 DO/EC/Temp probe, HA-9828 quick calibration standard solution (500 ml), probe maintenance kit, 4 rechargeable c size, Ni-MH batteries, power adaptor and cable, car 12 V adaptor;

HA -7698281 USB interface cable; HA-920000

Windows compatible software and instruction manual in a rugged carrying case.

HA-9828/4-01

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 4 m Cable

HA-9828/10-01

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 10 m Cable

HA-9828/20-01

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 20 m Cable

HA-9828/30-01

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 30 m Cable

HA-9828/50-01

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 50 m Cable

HA-9828/70-01

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 70 m Cable

HA-9828/100

Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 100 m Cable

HA-982804-1

GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 4 m Cable

HA-9828010-1

GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 10 m Cable

HA-9828020-1

GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 20 m Cable

HA-9828030-1

GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 30 m Cable

HA-9828050-1

GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 50 m Cable

HA-9828070-1

GPS Multiparameter Water Quality Meter, 70 m Cable

HA-9828090-1

500

Test Solution @ 240 mV, 500 ml Bottle HA-7022L

HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7033L 84 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7034L 80000 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7035L 111800 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7039L 5000 µS/cm Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7032L 1382 ppm (mg/L) Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7036L 12.41 ppt (g/L) Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7061L Electrode cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-76409A/P DO Membrane (5 Pieces)

With

GPS

Calibration & Maintenance Solutions

pH Solutions (Cont.)

Turbidity Solutions

HA-93102-0 AMCO-AEPA At 0 NTU, 30 ml Bottle

HA-93102-20 AMCO-AEPA At 20 NTU, 30 ml Bottle

HA-93703-0 AMCO-AEPA At 0 FTU, 30 ml Bottle

HA-93703-05 AMCO-AEPA At 500 FTU, 30 ml Bottle

HA-93703-10 AMCO-AEPA At 10 FTU, 30 ml Bottle

ORP Solutions

pH Solutions

Conductivity Solutions

HA-6033 84 µS/cm Certified, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7033L 84 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-6031 1413 µS/cm Certified, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7039L 5000 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7034L 80000 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7035L 111800 µS/cm Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7031/1G 1413 µS/cm Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-7030/1G 12880 µS/cm Standard, 1 Gallon Bottle

HA-70033C 84 µS/cm Certified, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70033P 84 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70031C 1413 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70031P 1413 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70039P 5000 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70030P 12880 µS/cm Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Solutions

Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7036L 12.41 ppt (g/L) Standard, 500 ml Bottle

HA-70032C 1382 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70032P 1382 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-70442P 1500 ppm (mg/L) Standard, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Pack

HA-7020L 200/275 mV, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7021L 240 mV, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7022L 470 mV, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7091L Reducing Pretreatment, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7092L Oxidizing Pretreatment, 500 ml Bottle

Dissolved Oxygen Solutions

HA-7040L Zero Oxygen, 500 ml Bottle

Electrode Storage Solutions

HA-70300L Electrode Storage, 500 ml Bottle

Electrode Cleaning Solutions for General Use

HA-7061L General Purpose, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7073L Proteins, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7074L Inorganic Substances, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7077L Oil & Fats, 500 ml Bottle

Sample Preparation Solutions

HA-7051L Soil Sample Preparation, 500 ml Bottle

Fixed Water InstrumentationQuality

Microtol OnLine Turbidimeter Specifications

The Microtol OnLine Turbidimeter is specifically designed for measuring turbidity continuously in filtered water, raw water, waste water final effluent and industrial applications.

The Optional HF OnLine software allows graphical trending, alarms and filter analysis for multiple networked turbidimeters.

The optional Auto Clean Ultrasonic cleaning system automatically cleans the optical chamber for Finished or Raw water applications.

Features

•One-piece design eliminates the need to mount more than one module per turbidimeter

•Fast response time and inexpensive calibration due to low (30 ml) sample volume

•Modular design reduces overall costs

•Removeable sample cuvettes allow for easy cleaning and calibrating

•Optics are not in contact with the sample which reduces the chance of false low readings

•Convenient reusable primary calibration standards

Light Source

White light is recommended for use in turbidimeters reporting results under US EPA (US standard) jurisdiction. Infrared light is recommended for use in turbidimeters reporting results under ISO 7027 (European standard) jurisdiction. Infrared light is also recommended for waste water final effluent and industrial applications where color is present in the sample stream.

(90 degrees) 5% of reading above 40 NTU

Accuracy 2% of reading or ± 0.02 below 40 NTU

Resolution 0.0001 Selectable

Response Time Adjustable (5 to 500 seconds) (0 - 1000 NTU)

Input Pressure 1 - 200 psi (built in regulator set at 15 psi)

Standard Outputs 4 - 20 ma Galvanic Isolated or RS-485

RS-485 Protocols Modbus, HF Simplebus, HF Online Interface

Light Source White Light - 7 year life, Infrared Light (850 nm LED) - 10 year life

User Alarms 2 High / Low Alarms

Alarm Contacts FORMC 250 V AC 2A

Display Multiline Custom Backlight LCD

Security Code Prevents unauthorized access

Built in Diagnostics Yes

Storage Temperature -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C)

Operating Temperature 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)

Wetted Surfaces Nylon, Borosilicate Glass, Silicon, Polypropylene, Stainless Steel

Enclosure Designed to meet NEMA 4X, IP66

Outdoor Installation 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)

Certifications USEPA, ISO 7027, CE Approved, ETL Listed to UL 3111-1 & ETL Certified to CSA 22.2 No. 1010-1-92

Dimensions 14" x 12" x 12" (35 x 30 x 30 cm)

Shipping Weight 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)

HF-20053

Model: #2 White Light, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, USEPA Method 180.1

HF-20054 Model: #2 Infrared, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, ISO 7027

HF-20055

Model: #3 White Light, Range In NTU: 0 - 100, Ultrasonic Autoclean, USEPA Method 180.1

HF-20056

Model: #3 Infrared, Range In NTU: 0 - 100, Ultrasonic Autoclean, ISO 7027

HF-20063 Model: #4 White Light, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, Ultrasonic Autoclean, USEPA Method 180.1

HF-20064

Model: #4 Infrared, Range In NTU: 0 - 1000, Ultrasonic Autoclean, ISO 7027

Accessories

HF-19783 OnLine Windows Software For Data Collection & Reporting

HF-19609

Remote Display For An Additional Digital Readout

HF-29953

Primary Calibration Kit, .02 & 10 & 100 NTU

HF-29957

Primary Calibration Kit, Full Range, .02, 10 & 1000 NTU

HF-21555R Desiccant Refill

HF-20779S

Power Cord - 120 V AC / 240 V AC

HA-504 Advanced pH / ORP Controller

A simple-to-operate 34-level program menu offers standard features such as password protection, control relay enabling/disabling, high/low set point and adjustable hysteresis for custom control. The pH 500 series controllers have a 4 - 20 mA output with a zoom function to allow better resolution on any two points between 0 and 14 pH. The fullyprogrammable microprocessor comes complete with a 3 month back-up power supply to maintain all set points and parameters during power interruptions. Easy 1 or 2 point calibration using pH buffers 4.01, 7.01 or 10.01 ensure accuracy or reliability. An additional standard feature of the HA-504 is a differential circuit which eliminates ground loops from the process being monitored and significantly extends the life of the electrode.

Each model is supplied complete with mounting brackets and instructions.

-2.00 to 16.00 pH; -2000 to 2000 mV; -30 to 130.0°C

0.01 pH; 1 mV; 0.1°C (above -10 °C); 1°C (below -10°C) ±0.02 pH; ±2 mV; ±0.5°C (-9.9 to 130.0°C); ±1°C (-30 to -10°C)

1012 Ohm

isolated output; contact closed upon Hold mode

1 or 2 independent outputs (configuring as 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA)

electromechanical relay SPDT contact output; 5A - 250 Vac, 5A - 30 Vdc (resistive load) fuse protected: 5A, 250V “Quick Blow” fuse automatic or manual, -30 to 130°C Pt100/Pt1000 sensor (with automatic recognition and damage test)

24 Vdc/ac, 115 Vac ±10%, 230 Vac ±10%, 100 Vac ±10%; 50/60 Hz

0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 85% non-condensing IP54 (front panel)

panel cutout:140 x 140 mm, instrument: 144 x 144 x 170 mm / 1.6 kg (3.5 lb.)

ERE offers a wide range of Calibration Solutions

Choose the RIGHT ONE for YOU!

HA-710 Advanced Conductivity & TDS Controller

The HA-710 conductivity and TDS controller offers state-of-the-art technology for your process control. The HA-710 can be configured for ON/OFF, Proportional, PI or PID control. Thanks to Hanna’s exclusive technology, they can be customized to best fit your application. A menudriven display aids the user throughout the operations with running messages and clear prompts. All relevant parameters can be simply adjusted and will remain memorized until overwritten. Bright LED lights show the current status even from a distance. With self-diagnostic features and extractable terminals, installation and maintenance are rapid and simple. Password protection guarantees that the calibration and predetermined parameters cannot be altered unnecessarily. The controllers can operate with 4-ring probe or 4 - 20 mA signal. They accept probes with or without a built-in Pt100 temperature sensor. HA-710 monitors and controls both conductivity and TDS. If you only need conductivity or TDS, then order HA-700 or HA-705, respectively.

Hanna pHep®4 & pHep®5

These testers use the exclusive replaceable pull-out cartridge pH electrode. Its exposed temperature sensor provides fast response time and its proximity to the pH electrode guarantees much more accurate temperature compensated readings.

pHep®4, pHep®5 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

Hanna ORP Tester

This new micro-processor based tester provides the most advanced solution in ORP and Temperature measurement. Further, the HA-98121 provides pH measurement.

Features

• Replenishable junction

• Dual level LCD

• Battery life percentage indication

• Stability indicator

• Floating and waterproof body

HA-98120 & HA-98121 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

SpecificationspHep®4

Range -2.0 to 16.0 pH-2.00 to 16.00 pH

Accuracy ± 0.1 pH± 0.05 pH

Calibration Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffer values

Temp Compensation Automatic Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

Hanna Dist® 5 & Dist® 6 EC/Temp/TDS Testers

Unmatched 3-in-1 tester measuring Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.

Features

• Floating waterproof casing

• Dual level LCD displays

• Replaceable graphite probe

Dist® 5 & Dist® 6 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

HA-98127 pHep® 4

HA-98128

pHep® 5

HA-98120

ORP/Temperature Tester

HA-98121 ORP/pH/Temperature Tester

HA-98311

Dist® 5

HA-98312

Dist® 6

HA-98129

Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester

HA-98130

Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Tester

HA-7061L

Electrode Cleaning Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-70300L

Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml Bottle

6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

Hanna Combo pH/EC/Temp/TDS Testers in One Unit!

Unmatched 4-in-1 tester measuring pH, Electrical Conductivity, Temperature and Total Dissolved Solids in one small compact unit.

• Floating waterproof casing

• Dual level LCD displays

• Replaceable pH probe

HA-98129 & HA-98130 includes protective cap, electrode removal tool, 4 x 1.5 V batteries and instructions.

1 point Calibration (pH) Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers

EC/TDS: automatic, with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C

Dimensions 6.4" x 1.6" x 1.0", 3.5 oz

HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7007L pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7010L pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7031L 1413 µS/cm Conductivity Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7032L 1382 ppm TDS Calibration Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7021L 240 mV Test Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7091L Reducing Solution, 500 ml Bottle

HA-7092L Oxidizing Solution, 500 ml Bottle

Specifications

HA-4522

Research Grade Combination Meters

Features

•240 x 320 Dot Matrix Color Display

•Logging and graphing capabilities

•USB and RS232 for computer compatibility

•Auto recognition of probe type (2 or 4 ring, and nominal cell con stant)

•Stages 1, 2 and 3 USP mode

•3 salinity scales: Practical Salinity, Natural Sea Water, Percent

•Linear and natural water temperature compensation

•Exclusive HANNA Calibration Check™

HA-4522-01 & HA-4521-01

Are Supplied W/ 4-Ring EC Probe, Glass Body pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, Power Adapter, pH 4 & pH 7 Buffer Solutions, Electrode Refilling Solution, Electrode Holder & Instructions (115 V)

HA-4222-01 & HA-4221-01

Are Supplied W/ Glass Body pH Electrode, Temperature Probe, Power Adapter, pH 4 & pH 7 Buffer Solutions, Electrode Refilling Solution, Electrode Holder & Instructions (115 V) (230 V Also Available)

HA-4222

Laboratory pH Meters with Backlit, Graphic LCD

HA-3220

•

HA-3221

•

HA-3222

Features

•Single (HA-3220 & HA-3221) or dual (HA-3222) input channels

•Backlit, graphic LCD

•Exclusive Calibration Check™, electrode diagnostics

•Prompts and messages on the graphic LCD

•Stability, interval and log-on-demand logging

•5 point calibration with 7 standard and 5 custom buffers

•Relative mV measurements

HA-3222

Specifications

Range

pH

HA-3220

HA-3221

-2.0 to 20.0; -2.00 to 20.00; -2.000 to 20.000 pH

mV ± 2000 mV

ISE N/A From 1.00 x 10-3 to 1.00 x 105 ppmFrom 1.00 x 10-7 to 9.99 x 1010 concentration (choice of units)

Temperature -20.0 to 120.0°C (-4.0 to 248.0°F)

Resolution pH 0.1; 0.01; 0.001 pH

mV 0.1 mV

ISE N/A 3 digits 0.01; 0.1; 1; 10 concentration

Temperature 0.1°C (0.1°F)

Accuracy

pH ± 0.01; ± 0.002 pH

mV ± 0.2 mV

ISE N/A± 0.5% of reading (monovalent ions), ± 1% of reading (divalent ions)

Temperature ± 0.2°C (± 0.4°F) (excluding probe error)

Calibration

pH Up to 5 point calibration, 7 standard buffers available (1.68, 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01, 12.45) + 5 Custom Buffers

ISE N/A Up to 2 point calibration,Up to 5 point calibration, 6 Standard 6 standard solutions solutions (in units selected) (0.1, 1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000 ppm)

Slope From 80 to 110%

Temperature Compensation (pH)Manual or automatic from -20.0 to 120.0°C (-4.0 to 248.0°F)

Probes HA-1131B pH with BNC connector and HA-7662-T stainless steel temperature probe (included)

300 samplesLog-on-demand 400 samples

pH Meters with Large LCD HA-2210 • HA-2211

Features

• New benchtop design

• Extra wide LCD (6.25" x 1.5")

• Automatic calibration

HA-2210-01 & HA-2211-01

Are Supplied W/ HA-1131B Glass-Body Combination pH Electrode W/ 1 m (3.3') Cable, HA-7662 Temperature Probe, Electrode Holder, pH 4.01 & 7.01 Buffer Solutions (20 mL Each.), HA-7071 Electrolyte Solution, 12 V DC Power Adapter & Instruction Manual (115 V) (230 V Also Available)

HA-5004

pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml

HA-5007

pH 7.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml

HA-5010

pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml

HA-54710

pH 4.01, pH 7.01 & pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 500 ml Each

HA-70300L

Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml

HA-50XX

Buffers Are Technical Buffers W/ ± .01 Accuracy & Are Provided With Certificate

HA-931001

pH/mV Electrode Simulator W/ Display

• 5 standard buffers

• Simultaneous display of pH and Temperature

• Automatic Temperature Compensation

• Extended mV range (HA-2211)

Specifications

HA-2210

•Up to 400 samples memory capacity

•Auto HOLD to freeze readings on the display

•GLP to view last calibration data for pH, Rel mV or ISE

•User selectable “Outside Calibration Range” warning

•User-selectable “Calibration Timeout” to remind when a new calibration is necesary

•PC compatible via USB

HA-3220-01, HA-3221-01 & HA-3222-01

Are All Supplied W/ HA-1131B pH Electrode W/ BNC Connector & 1 m Cable, HA-7662-T Stainless Steel Temperature Probe, pH 4 & 7 Buffer Solutions, Cleaning Solution, Electrolyte Solution, Electrode Holder, 12 V DC Power Adapter & Instructions (115 V) (230 V Also Available)

HA-740157

Plastic Refilling Pipette (20)

HA-92000CD4

Windows® Compatible Software

HA-73114 USB Cable For PC Connection

All Electrodes Part Numbers Ending In "B" Are Supplied W/ A BNC Connector & 1 m (3.3') Cable, As Shown Below

HA-1043B

Use: Strong Acid / Alkalis; Glassbody, Double Junction, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode

HA-1053B

Use: Emulsions; Glass-Body, Triple Ceramic, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode

HA-1083B

Use: Biotechnology; Glass-Body, Open Junction, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode

HA-1131B

Use: General Purpose; Glass-Body, Single Junction, Refillable, Combination pH Electrode

HA-3230B

Use: General Purpose; Plastic-Body, Gel-Filled, Combination Platinum ORP Electrode

HA-7662-T Stainless Steel Temperature Probe

HA-2210

± 0.5°C (0.0 to 100.0°C); ± 1°C (outside) (excluding probe error)

pH Calibration Automatic, 1 or 2 points with 5 automatically recognized buffers (pH 4.01, 6.86, 7.01, 9.18, 10.01)

Temperature CompensationAutomatic (with HA-7669/2W probe) or manual from -9.9 to 120°C

pH Electrode HA-1131B, glass-body, single junction, refillable, BNC connector, 1 m cable (included)

Temperature Probe HA-7662 with 1 m (3.3') cable (included)

Input Impedance 1012 Ohm Power Supply 12 V DC adapter (included)

0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 95%

Dissolved Oxygen & BOD Meter with Graphic, Color LCD Display

BOD gives an indication of the biodegradable organic material present in a sample of water. The dissolved oxygen concentration is measured before and after an incubation period of 5 days and the BOD is calculated in mg per liter from the difference.

OUR and SOUR are used to determine the oxygen consumption or respiration rate. OUR is measured in mg of oxygen consumed per liter per hour, and SOUR is measured in mg of oxygen consumed per gram of volatile suspended solids per hour.

Specifications HA-4421

Range

Dissolved Oxygen 0.00 to 90.00 ppm; 0.0 to 600.0% saturation

Barometric Pressure450 to 850 mmHg; 560 to 1133 mBar

Salinity Compensation0 to 45 ppt (g/L)

Temperature -20.0 to 120.0°C; -4.0 to 248°F; 253.1 to 393.1K

Features

•Extended range up to 90 ppm and 600% saturation

•True barometric atmospheric pressure compensation

•Automatic or user calibration

•Auto-hold to freeze LCD readings

•AutoEnd mode for DO

•Flexible logging with 3 modes

•BOD (biochemical oxygen demand), OUR (oxygen uptake rate) and SOUR (specific oxygen uptake rate)

•GLP

•Two selectable alarm limits

•Up to 100 logging lots, 200 OUR and SOUR reports and up to 200 BOD method entries

Supplied W/ HA-76408 DO Probe, HA-7041S Electrolyte Solution (30 ml), HA-76407A/P Membrane Caps (2), HA-76404N Electrode Holder, Power Adapter & Instruction Manual (115 V)

HA-76408

DO Probe For Laboratory Use, W/ 1 m (3.3') Cable

HA-7040L

Zero Oxygen Solution, 500 ml

HA-7041S Electrolyte Solution, 30 ml

HA-76407A/P Replacement Membrane (5 Pieces)

HA-92000CD4

Windows® Compatible Software

HA-920010 Serial Cable For PC Connection

HA-73114

USB Cable For PC Connection

Precision

Resolution

Dissolved Oxygen 0.01 ppm; 0.1% saturation

Barometric Pressure1 mm Hg

Temperature 0.1°C/°F/K

Accuracy

Dissolved Oxygen ± 1.5% of reading ± 1 digit

Barometric Pressure± 3 mm Hg + 1 least significant digit

Temperature ± 0.2°C/K/°F

Measurement ModesDirect DO; BOD (biochemical oxygen demand); OUR (oxygen uptake rate); SOUR (specific oxygen uptake rate)

Calibration

Dissolved Oxygen Automatic/user standard, 1 or 2 points

Barometric PressureSingle point

Temperature Compensation0.0 to 50.0°C; 32.0 to 122.0°F; 237.1 to 323.1 K

Probe (Included) Polarographic with built-in temperature sensor

Logging

Record Samples Up to 100 lots; 10000 samples/lot for automatic logging; 5000 samples/lot for manual logging

Logging Interval from 1 second and up

GLP Last calibration data, calibration info

Alarm (DO, BOD, OUR, SOUR) Inside and outside limits

PC Connection Opto-isolated USB and RS232

Display 240 x 320 dot-matrix color LCD with on-screen help, graphing, language selection and custom configuration

Power Supply 12 V DC adapter (included)

& Free/Total Chlorine

HA-88703

0.1, 1 EBC

Range Selection Automatic Accuracy ± 2% of reading plus 0.02 NTU (0.15 Nephelos; 0.01 EBC) ± 5% of reading above 1000 NTU (6700 Nephelos; 245 EBC)

Features

•HA-83414 features 4 measuring ranges: Ratio Turbidity; Non-Ratio Turbidity; Free Chlorine; Total Chlorine

•HA-88703 features 2 measuring ranges: Ratio Turbidity; Non-Ratio Turbidity

•Meets USEPA requirements

•Exclusive chlorine CAL CHECK™ calibration validation for HA-83414

•Good laboratory practice capabilities

•2, 3, 4 or 5 point turbidity calibration

•USB PC connectivity

•Backlit LCD

•On-screen tutorial modes

•Log and recall up to 200 measurements

•Contextual help menus

Repeatability ± 1% of reading or 0.02 NTU (0.15 Nephelos; 0.01 EBC) whichever is greater

Stray Light < 0.02 NTU (0.15 Nephelos; 0.01 EBC)

Light Detector Silicon Photocell Method Nephelometric method (90°) or Ratio Nephelometric Method (90° & 180°), Adaptation of the USEPA Method 108.1 and Standard Method 2130 B. Measuring Mode Normal, Average, Continuous

Turbidity Standards <0.1, 15, 100, 750 and 2000 NTU

Calibration Two, three, four or five-point calibration

Free & Total Chlorine

Range Free: Cl2: 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L / Total: Cl2: 0.00 to 5.00 mg/L

Resolution 0.01 mg/L from 0.00 to 3.50 mg/L; 0.10 above 3.50 mg/L

Accuracy ± 0.02 mg/L @ 1.00 mg/L

Detector Silicon photocell with 525 nm narrow band interference filters

Method Adaptation of the USEPA Method 330.5 and Standard Method 4500-Cl G.

Standards 1 mg/L free chlorine, 1 mg/L total chlorine

Calibration One-point calibration

HA-88703-01 supplied with (5) sample cuvets and caps, calibration cuvets, silicone oil (HA-93703-58), tissue for wiping cuvets, power cord and instruction manual.

HA-83414-01 supplied with (5) sample cuvets and caps, calibration cuvets for turbidimeter and colorimeter (HA-83414-11), silicone oil (HA-93703-58), tissue for wiping cuvets, scissors, power cord and instruction manual

HA-4421-01

HA-83200, 2008 Series

Easy Lab Analysis

2008 Series is a multiparameter bench colorimeter dedicated for laboratory analysis. It can measure up to 45 methods using specific liquid or powder reagents. The amount of reagent is precisely dosed to ensure maximum repeatability.

Features

• Log and recall data at a push of a button

• Light blocking cuvet holder

• Backlit LCD

• Battery Error Prevention System (BEPS)

• PC compatible via USB

• On-screen tutorial and context sensitive help screens

• Powered by rechargeable batteries or 12 VDC

HA-83200-01

2008 Series Supplied W/ A Rugged Carrying Case, Cuvettes (4), Bottle For DO Tests, Scissors, Cuvette Cleaning Cloths (4), 12 V DC Adapter, & An Instruction Manual (115 V) (Test, Range & Method)

HA-93712-01

Aluminum, 0.00 To 1.00 mg/L, Aluminon

HA-93755-01

Alkalinity, 0 To 500 mg/L, Colorimetric

HA-93715-01

Ammonia, MR 0.00 To 10.00 mg/L, Nessler

HA-93700-01

Ammonia, LR 0.00 To 3.00 mg/L, Nessler

HA-93716-01

Bromine, 0.00 To 8.00 mg/L, DPD

HA-937521-01**

Calcium, 0 To 400 mg/L, Oxalate

HA-93738-01

Chlorine Dioxide, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, Chlorophenol Red

HA-93701-01

Chlorine*, Free 0.00 To 2.50 mg/L DPD

HA-93711-01

Chlorine*, Total 0.00 To 3.50 mg/L, DPD

HA-93723-01

Chromium, VI HR 0 To 1000 μg/L, Diphenylcarbohydrazide

HA-93749-01

Chromium, VI LR 0 To 300 μg/L, Diphenylcarbohydrazide

N/A

Color, 0 To 500 PCU, Colorimetric Platinum Cobalt

HA-93702-01

Copper, HR 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L, Bicinchoninate

HA-95747-01

Copper, LR 0 To 1000 μg/L, Bicinchoninate

HA-93714-01

Cyanide, 0.000 To 0.200 mg/L, Pyridine-Pyrazalone

HA-93722-01

Cyanuric Acid, 0 To 80 mg/L, Turbidimetric

HA-93729-01

Fluoride, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, SPADNS

HA-93720-01

Hardness (Calcium), 0.00 To 2.70 mg/L, Colorimetric

HA-93719-01

Hardness (Magnesium), 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, Colorimetric

HA-93704-01

Hydrazine, 0 To 400 μg/L, p-Dimethylaminobenzaldehyde

HA-93718-01

Iodine, 0.0 To 12.5 mg/L, DPD

HA-93721-01

Iron HR, 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L, Phenantroline

HA-93746-01**

Iron LR, 0 To 400 μg/L, TPTZ

HA-937520-01**

Magnesium, 0 To 150 mg/L, Calmagite

HA-93709-01

Manganese, HR 0.0 To 20.0 mg/L, Periodate Oxidation

HA-93748-01**

Manganese LR, 0 To 300 μg/L, PAN

HA-93730-01

Molybdenum, 0.0 To 40.0 mg/L, Mercaptoacetic Acid

HA-93726-01

Nickel HR, 0.00 To 7.00 g/L, Photometric

HA-93740-01**

Nickel LR, 0.000 mg/L To 1.000 mg/L, PAN

HA-93728-01

Nitrate, 0.0 To 30.0 mg/L, Cadmium Reduction

HA-93708-01

Nitrite HR, 0 To 150 mg/L, Ferrous Sulfate

HA-93707-01

Nitrite LR, 0.00 To 0.35 mg/L, Diazotization

HA-93732-01

Oxygen, Dissolved (DO), 0.0 To 10.0 mg/L, Winkler

HA-93757-01

Ozone, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, DPD

HA-93710-01

pH, 6.5 To 8.5 pH, Phenol Red

HA-93717-01

Phosphate HR, 0.0 To 30.0 mg/L, Amino Acid

HA-93713-01

Phosphate LR, 0.00 To 2.50 mg/L, Ascorbic Acid

HA-93706-01

Phosphorus, 0.0 To 15.0 mg/L, Amino Acid

HA-93750-01

Potassium HR, 20 To 200 mg/L, Turbidimetric Tetraphenylborate

HA-93750-01

Potassium MR, 10 To 100 mg/L, Turbidimetric Tetraphenylborate

HA-93750-01

Potassium LR, 0.0 To 20.0 mg/L, Turbidimetric Tetraphenylborate

HA-93705-01

Silica, 0.00 To 2.00 mg/L, Heteropoly Blue

HA-93737-01**

Silver, 0.000 To 1.000 mg/L, PAN

HA-93751-01

Sulfate, 0 To 150 mg/L, Turbidimetric

HA-93731-01

Zinc, 0.00 To 3.00 mg/L, Zincon

All reagents with -01 final code are for 100 tests unless noted otherwise.

* For chlorine, liquid reagents are available

** Reagents for 50 tests

HA-83224 Multiparameter Photometer

With Bar Code Recognition of Sample Vials

Features

• Measures Ammonia, Chlorine, COD, Nitrate, Nitrogen and Phosphorus

• Bar code reader detects the method and range automatically

• Three operation modes: Automatic, Semi-Automatic and Manual

• Bar coded pre-dosed reagent vials

• On-screen step-by-step tutorial

• Logs up to 200 samples

• Context sensitive help screen at a touch of a button

• Selection of languages

• USB connection

• Graphic LCD

Specifications HA-83224

Light Source Tungsten lamps with narrow-band interference filters

Light Detector Silicon photocells

Data Logging Up to 200 samples

Power Supply 230 V AC or 115 V AC power adapter

Dimensions / Weight 235 x 212 x 143 mm (9.2" x 8.34" x 5.62"), 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs)

COD Test Tube Heater

Features

• The HA-839800 thermo-reactor is constructed of durable materials with a vial capacity to perform up to 25 digestions simultaneously.

• The reactor is equipped with a user-selectable temperature setting to allow COD and total phosphorus reactions at 150°C and also 105°C for total nitrogen analysis.

• To ensure the highest accuracy of digestion, a timer up to 120 minutes is incorporated.

• An audible alarm indicates when the incubating period is completed. HA-839800

A Complete Lab for Wastewater Analysis

HA-83224-01 Supplied W/ Sample Vials (10), Vial Cleaning Cloths (4), Scissors & Instruction Manual. (115 V)

HA-94764A-25 Ammonia LR Range: 0.00 To 3.00 mg/L Method: Nessler, 25 Tests

HA-94764B-25 Ammonia HR Range: 0 To 100 mg/L Method: Nessler, 25 Tests

HA-93701-01 Chlorine, Free Range: 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L Method: DPD, 100 Tests

HA-93711-01 Chlorine, Total Range: 0.00 To 5.00 mg/L Method: DPD, 100 Tests

HA-94754A-25 Chemical Oxygen Demand LR Range: 0 To 150 mg/L (As COD) Method: Dichromate, Mercuric Sulfate, 25 Tests

HA-94754B-25 Chemical Oxygen Demand MR Range: 0 To 1500 mg/L (As COD) Method: Dichromate, Mercuric Sulfate, 25 Tests

HA-94754C-25 Chemical Oxygen Demand HR Range: 0 To 15000 mg/L (As COD) Method: Dichromate, Mercuric Sulfate, 25 Tests

HA-94766-50 Nitrate Range: 0.0 To 30.0 mg/L (As NO3-N) Method: Chromotropic Acid, 50 Tests

HA-94767A-50 Nitrogen, Total LR Range: 0.0 To 25.0 mg/L (As N) Method: Chromotropic Acid, 50 Tests

HA-94767B-50 Nitrogen, Total HR Range: 10 To 150 mg/L (As N) Method: Chromotropic Acid, 50 Tests

HA-94758B-50 Phosphorus, Acid Hydrolyzable Range: 0.00 To 1.60 mg/L (As P) Method: Ascorbic Acid, 50 Tests

HA-94758A-50 Phosphorus, Reactive Range: 0.00 To 1.60 mg/L (As P) Method: Ascorbic Acid, 50 Tests

HA-94763A-50 Phosphorus, Reactive HR Range: 0.0 To

Accuracy & Safety!

For Reactor (°C)

HA-151-01 Electronic Thermometer For Reactor (°F)

Klett™ Colorimeters

Use for colorimetric and turbidimetric determinations including: color, concentration, haze and density measurements and microbiology growth curves.

These photometric colorimeters use specific light filters to give readings on a unique KlettTM scale. The readings are directly proportional to the concentration or optical density of a solution, in accordance with Beers Law. Two matched photocells and a suspension galvanometer give the instrument a broad range of measurement making it light and ambient temperature independent. A fully compensated and carefully balanced electrical circuit provides accuracy and consistency in readings while using simple and rugged equipment. The precision galvanometer has an illuminated logarithmic scale, graduated from 1 to 1000 KlettTM and the scale is graduated in units proportional to the optical density. Repeatability is ± .33% of the full scale. Two units are available. The Industrial Model accepts rectangular solution cells, which can be used in either of two directions. Measurements can then be taken at depths of 10 mm, 20 mm, or 40 mm. A reduction plate is available to minimize solution depth to 2.5 mm. An adapter is available which permits the use of test tubes. The Clinical Model uses standard 14.25 x 125 mm test tubes. Calibrated or uncalibrated tubes are available. In addition, micro test tubes can be used for samples as small as 2.5 ml. Both models are supplied with the two most commonly used filters, blue for 400-450 nm and green for 520-580 nm. Additional filters are available to permit measurements over the complete visual range. Each unit has detailed instructions, standards and guides for a wide range of tests. BEL-T37012-0000

Durable Construction for Long Service Life

Filters For Both Clinical & Industrial Models

BEL-T37014-0040

KS-40 Color Filter, Range: 380-430

BEL-T37014-0042

KS-42 Color Filter, Blue Range: 400-450

BEL-T37014-0044

KS-44 Color Filter, Range: 410-480

BEL-T37013-0001

Model 900-3, 220 V AC Industrial Model

For Klett™ Colorimeter, Clinical Model BEL-T37012-0000

BEL-T37012-0010

KlettTM 801 Test Tubes, Uncalibrated 12/Pack

BEL-T37012-0020

KlettTM 802 Test Tubes, Calibrated 12/Pack

BEL-T37012-1020

KlettTM Test Kit, Calibrated, Each Includes Three Test Tubes # 0,1, & 2, Test

Filter & Instructions

For Klett™ Colorimeter, Industrial Model BEL-T37013-0000

BEL-T37013-0010

KlettTM 901 Solution Cell, 20/40 mm

BEL-T37013-0015

KlettTM Fused Solution Cell, 20/40 mm

BEL-T37013-0020

KlettTM 902 Solution Cell, 10 mm

BEL-T37013-0030

KlettTM 903 Reduction Plate

BEL-T37013-0041

KlettTM 904M Special Test Tube Adaptor

BEL-T37013-1015

KlettTM Test Kit, Industrial, Each Includes Three Test Tubes # 0,1, & 2, Test Filter, Test Tube Adapter & Instructions

BEL-T37014-0047

KS-47 Color Filter, Range: 445-505 *

BEL-T37014-0050

KS-50 Color Filter, Range: 470-530 *

BEL-T37014-0052

KS-52 Color Filter, Range: 485-550 *

BEL-T37014-0054

KS-54 Color Filter, Green Range: 520-580

BEL-T37014-0055

KS-55 Color Filter, Range: 520-600 *

BEL-T37014-0056

KS-56 Color Filter, Range: 540-590

BEL-T37014-0059

KS-59 Color Filter, Range: 565-630

BEL-T37014-0060

KS-60 Color Filter, Range: 580-640 *

BEL-T37014-0062

KS-62 Color Filter, Range: 590-660 *

BEL-T37014-0064

KS-64 Color Filter, Range: 620-680 *

BEL-T37014-0066

KS-66 Color Filter, Red Range: 640-700

BEL-T37014-0069

KS-69 Color Filter, Range: 660-740

BEL-T37014-0070

KS-6225T Color Filter, Range: 590-660 *

*Special Order

pH & ORP Electrodes Designed & Manufactured by HANNA

Includes electrode with 1 m (3.3') coaxial cable with BNC connection (some models are available with a screw cap or BNC + PIN connection)

HA-1043BHA-1053BHA-1131BHA-1144BHA-1230BHA-3131BHA-FC200HA-FC210HA-1332BHA-3230B

Ion Selective Electrodes

HANNA’s Ion Selective Electrodes can be grouped into three general categories based upon construction:

• Solid state electrodes

• Liquid membrane electrodes

• Gas sensors

Includes BNC Connection, 12 mm O.D., 120 mm length & 1 m coxial cable

pH Technical Calibration Solutions

Features

•(± 0.01 pH) for each point of the pH scale

•pH Value @ 25°C

•Available in sachets, liters and gallons upon request

pH Millesimal Calibration Solutions with ± 0.002 pH Accuracy

Features

•HA-60XX has been prepared to meet the increasing need for assured accuracy in pH measurements. Each bottle of the series HA-60XX is provided with a certificate of analysis, prepared by comparison with NIST standards.

ISE Standards

ISE Standards are required for direct and incremental measurement techniques and are available with a Certificate of Analysis.

500 ml

HA-4010-01 0.1 M Fluoride Std., 500 ml

HA-4010-02

100 ppm Fluoride Std., 500 ml

HA-4010-03

1000 ppm Fluoride Std., 500 ml

HA-4010-10

10 ppm Fluoride Std. Premixed W/ TISAB II, 500 ml

HA-4010-11

1 ppm Fluoride Std. Premixed W/ TISAB II, 500 ml

HA-4010-12

2 ppm Fluoride Std. Premixed W/ TISAB II, 500 ml

HA-4010-30

(4) 1, (4) 10 ppm Fluoride Std. W/ (4) TISAB II, 500 ml

Other ISE solutions available upon request.

•pH Value @ 25°C

•Also available in 1 Liter bottles add -01 to the end of the part number

HA-6007 7.010 pH, 500 ml

HA-6074 7.413 pH, 500 ml

HA-008 8.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6009 9.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6091

9.177 pH, 500 ml

HA-6010

4.010 pH, 500 ml

HA-6046 4.630 pH, 500 ml

HA-6005 5.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6006 6.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6068 6.862 pH, 500 ml

10.010 pH, 500 ml

HA-6011

11.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6012

12.000 pH, 500 ml

HA-6124

12.450 pH, 500 ml

HA-6013

13.000 pH, 500 ml

pH, Conductivity, TDS, ORP, Turbidity, Storage, Cleaning & Sample Preperation Solutions

Features

• Excellent quality

• Complete range of solutions and sizes

• Certificates of analysis available upon request

• FDA approved bottles available upon request

• Temperature reference chart on each solution

Numerous Solutions to Choose From ... Which One is Best for You?

pH 4.01 Buffer Solutions

HA-70004P 4.01, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-7004L 4.01, 500 ml

HA-7004/1L 4.01, 1 Liter

HA-7004/1G 4.01, 1 US Gallon

pH 7.01 Buffer Solutions

HA-70007P 7.01, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-7007L 7.01, 500 ml

HA-7007/1L

7.01, 1 Liter

HA-7007/1G 7.01, 1 US Gallon

pH 10.01 Buffer Solutions

HA-70010P 10.01, 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-7010L 10.01, 500 ml

HA-7010/1L 10.01, 1 Liter

HA-7010/1G 10.01, 1 US Gallon

ORP Test & Pretreatment Solutions

HA-7020L

ORP Test Solution At 200/275 mV (@ 20°C), 500 ml

HA-7021L

ORP Test Solution At 240 mV (@ 20°C), 500 ml

HA-7022L

ORP Test Solution At 470 mV (@ 20°C), 500 ml

HA-7091L

Reducing Pretreatment Solution, 500 ml

HA-7092L

Oxidizing Pretreatment Solution, 500 ml

Conductivity Standards

HA-70033P

84 S/cm (µmho/cm), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-7033L

84 S/cm (µmho/cm), 460 ml

HA-70031P

1413 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

Continuation Of Conductivity Standards

HA-7031L

1413 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 460 ml

HA-70030P

12880 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 20 ml Sachet 25/Box

HA-7030L 12880 µS/cm (µmho/cm), 460 ml

TDS Standards

HA-70080P 800 ppm (mg/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-70032P 1382 ppm (mg/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-7032L 1382 ppm (mg/L), 460 ml

HA-70442P 1500 ppm (mg/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

HA-70442L 1500 ppm (mg/L), 460 ml

HA-70038P 6.44 ppt (g/L), 20 ml Sachet, 25/Box

Turbidity Standard Solutions

HA-93102-0

AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 0 NTU, 30 ml

HA-93102-20

AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 20 NTU, 30 ml

HA-93703-0

AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 0 FTU, 30 ml

HA-93703-05

AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 500 FTU, 30 ml

HA-93703-10 AMCO-AEPA-1 Calibration Solution At 10 FTU, 30 ml

Electrode Storage Solutions

HA-70300L Electrode Storage Solution, 500 ml

HA-80300L Electrode Storage Solution, FDA, 500 ml

Sample Preparation Solutions

HA-7051M

Soil Sample Preparation Solution, 250 ml

HA-7051L

Soil Sample Preparation Solution, 500 ml

HA-70960 Preparation Solution for Solid Or Semi Solid Samples, 30 ml

Cleaning Solutions For General Use

HA-7061L General Purpose, 500 ml

HA-7073L Proteins, 500 ml

HA-7074L Inorganic Substances, 500 ml

HA-7077L Oil & Fats, 500 ml

HA-8061L General Purpose, FDA, 500 ml

HA-8073L Proteins, FDA, 500 ml

HA-8077L Oil & Fats, FDA, 500 ml

Specific Application Cleaning Solutions

HA-70620L Cleaning & Disinfection Solution For Skin Residuals (Cosmetic Industry), 500 ml

HA-70621L Cleaning Solution For Skin Grease & Sebum (Cosmetic Industry), 500 ml

HA-70630L Acid Cleaning Solution For Meat Grease & Fats (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-70631L Alkaline Cleaning Solution For Meat Grease & Fats (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-70640L Cleaning Solution For Milk Deposits (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-70641L Cleaning & Disinfection Solution For Dairy Products (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-70642L Cleaning Solution For Cheese Deposits (Food Industry), 500 ml

HA-70663L Cleaning Solution For Soil Deposits (Agriculture), 500 ml

HA-70664L Cleaning Solution For Humus Deposits (Agriculture), 500 ml

HA-70670L Cleaning Solution For Salt Deposits (Industrial Processes), 500 ml

HA-70671L Cleaning & Disinfection Solution For Algae, Fungi & Bacteria (Industrial Processes), 500 ml

HA-70680L Cleaning Solution For Cellulose Deposits, 500 ml

HA-70681L Cleaning Solution For Ink Stains, 500 ml

Specifications

HA-180

Maximum Stirring Capacity 1 Liter

Speed Range Min. 100 rpm

Speed Range Max. 1000 rpm

Power Supply 110/115 V AC or 230/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Cover Material ABS plastic

Environment 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) RH max 95%

Dimensions 137 mm (Dia.) x 51 mm (H)

Weight 640 g (1.4 lbs)

Magnetic Mini-Stirrers

HA-190M-1 and HA-190M-0 come supplied with an ABS cover that will resist the harmful effects of chemicals that are accidentally spilled.

HA-200M is supplied with an AISI 316 stainless steel cover. This model is ideal for applications that create exothermic reactions.

Specifications

HA-190M-1

HA-190M-0

Max. Stirring Capacity 1 Liter (0.26 Gal)

Speed Range Min. 100 rpm

Speed Range Max. 1000 rpm

Distinctive, Compact Magnetic Mini-Stirrers

HA-180

The HA-180 series is compact, lightweight, low-cost and designed in a special round shape without any sharp corners. Lack of laboratory bench space is no longer a concern. These stirrers incorporate electronic controls that allow the user to regulate the speed with greater precision. In addition to speed control, a Speedsafe mechanism will assure that the maximum speed will never be exceeded. Often, in the lab, a sample is removed from the stirrer before reducing the speed. This would cause the motor to accelerate until it is destroyed. Available in nine colors, light yellow, light sea-green, light blue, yellow, green, dark blue, red, grey and ivory, several HA-180 stirrers can be placed on a laboratory bench with their colors helping to identify the different samples.

HA-180A-1 Light Yellow Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC

HA-180B-1 Light Sea-Green Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC

HA-180C-1 Light Blue Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC

HA-180D-1 Yellow Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC

HA-180E-1 Green Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC

HA-180F-1 Blue Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC

HA-180G-1 Red Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC

HA-180H-1 Grey Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC

HA-180I-1 Ivory Mini-Stirrer, 110/115 V AC

HA-731319 Micro Stir Bar (10 Pieces)

Add -2

HA-200

Power Supply 110/115 V AC12 V DC110/115 V AC

Installation Category II

Cover Material ABS plasticABS plasticAISI 316 Stainless Steel

Environment 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 95%

Dimensions 120 x 120 x 45 mm (4.8" x 4.8" x 1.8")

Weight 640 g (1.4 lbs) 610 g (1.3 lbs) 710 g (1.6 lbs)

HA-190M-1, HA-190M-0 & HA-200M

Are Supplied Complete W/ Micro Stir Bar & Instructions

HA-190M-1

Mini-Stirrer W/ ABS Cover, 110/115 V AC (Add -2 Instead Of -1 For The 230/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Version)

HA-190M-0

Mini-Stirrer W/ ABS Cover, 12 V DC

HA-200M-1

Stainless Steel Cover, 100/115 V AC (Add -2 Instead Of -1 For The 230/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz Version)

Auto-Reverse Magnetic Stirrers with Tachometer

When stirring a solution, to work with a constant speed (Revolutions Per Minute) is an important factor in ensuring that the best repeatability in tests and processes is achieved. Without a tachometer, there is no way of knowing the RPM’s. HA-304N is a heavy-duty stirrer with a built-in tachometer. It is often desirable to stir in two directions in order to achieve maximum homogeneity. An advanced circuit allows HA-304N to reverse the direction of the stir at a user selected interval. The interval can be adjusted from 30 seconds up to 3 minutes. In addition to precision speed control, a limiter will also assure that the maximum speed will never be exceeded (Speedsafe).

Specifications HA-304N

HA-304N-1 (100/115 V AC)

HA-304N-2 (220/240 V AC) Magnetic Stirrer, Stainless Steel Cover, Micro Stir Bar & Instructions

Air-Operated Turbine Magnetic Stirrer

Low pressure air supply drives the magnetic stirrer. Eliminates sparking hazard from electrical sources. Ideal for use where potentially explosive solvent vapors are present. This compact, small-footprint stirrer only uses 3 to 8 psi (21-55kPa) air pressure and is ideal for stirring vessels up to 1 liter. Tubing is supplied to connect to an air supply. All parts are made from high impact polystyrene to ensure long life and easy clean up in case of spills.

Dimensions: 102 mm (4") diameter x 19 mm (3/4") high.

BEL-F37002-0000

Air-Operated Turbine Magnetic Stirrer

Why use a Magnetic Stirrer versus a Motorized Stirrer?

1. They are quieter

2. More efficient

3. No moving external parts that can break

4. A stirring bar is easy to clean

5. No lubricants are required

Pick up your Magnetic Stirrer & Bars

Octagon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars

Teflon® PTFE with Molded-On Pivot Ring. Sold Individually.

BEL-F37110-1218E*

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8")

BEL-F37110-1238E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 12.7 x 9.5 mm (1/2" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-5838E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 15.9 x 9.5 mm (5/8" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0078E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 22.2 x 8 mm (7/8" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-7838E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 22.2 x 9.5 mm (7/8" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0001E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 25.4 x 8 mm (1" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0138E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 25.4 x 9.5 mm (1" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0118E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 28.6 x 8 mm (1 1/8" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0112E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 38.1 x 8 mm (1 1/2" x 5/16")

Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars Teflon® PTFE

Sold Individually.

Octagon Shaped Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars

Color-Coded Teflon® PTFE

BEL-F37110-1128E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 38.1 x 9.5 mm (1 1/2" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-1122E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 38.1 x 12.7 mm (1 1/2" x 1/2")

BEL-F37110-0158E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 41.3 x 8 mm (1 5/8" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0178E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 47.6 x 9.5 mm (1 7/8" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0002E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 50.8 x 8 mm (2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-0238E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 50.8 x 9.5 mm (2" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0212E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 63.5 x 8 mm (2 1/2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37110-2128E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, 63.5 x 9.5 mm (2 1/2" x 3/8")

BEL-F37110-0003E Magnetic Stirring Bar, 76.2 x 12.7 mm (3" x 1/2")

*No pivot ring on this size.

All PTFE coded Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars are available in red, yellow or blue. Sold Individually.

BEL-F37120-0012E

Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37120-0112E

Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 38.1 x 9.5 mm (1 1/2" x 3/8")

BEL-F37120-0030E

Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 30 x 8 mm (1 3/16" x 5/16")

BEL-F37120-0050E

Polygon Spinbar® Magnetic Stirring Bars, 50 x 8 mm (2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37109-0034E* Magnetic Stirring Bar, Red, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8")

BEL-F37109-0035E* Magnetic Stirring Bar, Yellow, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8")

BEL-F37109-0036E*

Magnetic Stirring Bar, Blue, 12.7 x 3.2 mm (1/2" x 1/8")

BEL-F37109-0001E Magnetic Stirring Bar, Red, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37109-0002E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, Yellow, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37109-0003E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, Blue, 12.7 x 8 mm (1/2" x 5/16")

BEL-F37109-0004E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, Red, 15.9 x 8 mm (5/8" x 5/16")

BEL-F37109-0005E Magnetic Stirring Bar, Yellow, 15.9 x 8 mm (5/8" x 5/16")

BEL-F37109-0006E

Magnetic Stirring Bar, Blue, 15.9 x 8 mm (5/8" x 5/16")

*No pivot ring on this size.

Sugar Refractometers Analyze: fruits, energy drinks, puddings, soy milk, juices, jam, marmalade honey, soups, jelly, tofu, condiments.

Sugar Refractometers meet the requirements of the food industry. The HA-96801 Sucrose, HA-96802 Fructose, HA-96803 Glucose and HA96804 Invert Sugar Digital Refractometers are rugged, portable and water resistant for measurements in the lab or field. Each instrument offers a specific analysis to determine accurate sugar concentration. The actual measurement of refractive index is simple and quick and provides the operator a standard accepted method for sugar content analysis. Samples are measured after a simple user calibration with deionized or distilled water. Within seconds these instruments measure the refractive index of the sample and convert it to % by weight concentration units (or % Brix for HA-96801). These digital refractometers eliminate the uncertainity associated with mechanical refractometers and are easily portable for measurements in the field.

HA-96801, HA-96802, HA-96803 & HA-96804 Are Supplied W/ Battery & Instruction Manual

Sodium Chloride Refractometer

Analyze: salad dressings, cheeses, pickles, canned foods, jarred foods, condiments, energy drinks, milk, juices, soups, brines, whey.

HA-96821 Digital Sodium Chloride Refractometer meets the requirements of the food industry. This optical instrument employs the measurement of the refractive index to determine sodium chloride concentration in aqueous solutions used in food preparation. It is not intended for sea water salinity measurements. The measurement of refractive index is simple and quick and provides the user an accepted method for NaCl analysis. Samples are measured after a simple user calibration with deionized or distilled water. Within seconds the instrument measures the refractive index of the solution. The digital refractometer eliminates the uncertainty associated with mechanical refractometers and is easily portable for measurements where you need them.

Specifications HA-96821

Range

g/100 g & g/100 mL 0 to 28 & 0 to 34

Specific Gravity 1.000 to 1.216

°Baumé 0 to 26

Temperature 0 to 80°C (32 to 176°F)

Resolution g/100 g & g/100 mL 0.1 & 0.1

Specific Gravity 0.001

°Baumé 0.1

Temperature ± 0.1°C (0.1°F)

Accuracy (@ 20°C)

g/100 g & g/100 mL ± 0.2 & ± 0.2

Specific Gravity ± 0.002

°Baumé ± 0.2

Temperature ± 0.3°C (0.5°F)

Temperature CompensationAutomatic between 10 and 40°C (50 to 104°F)

Measurement Time Approximately 1.5 seconds

Minimum Sample Volume100 μL (to cover prism totally)

Light Source Yellow LED

Sample Cell Stainless Steel ring and flint glass prism

Enclosure Rating IP 65

Battery Type / Battery Life9 V / Approx. 5000 readings

Dimensions / Weight192 x 102 x 67 mm (7.6" x 4" x 2.6"), 420 g

HA-96821 Supplied W/ Battery & Instruction Manual

Seawater Refractometer

HA-96822 Digital Seawater Refractometer is a rugged portable, water resistant device that utilizes the measurement of the refractive index to determine the salinity of natural and artificial seawater, ocean water or brackish intermediates. Within seconds, the refractive index and temperature are measured and converted into one of 3 popular measurement units: Practical Salinity Units (PSU), Salinity In Parts Per Thousand (ppt), or Specific Gravity (S.G. (20/20)). All conversion algorithms are based upon respected scientific publications using the physical properties of seawater (not sodium chloride).

Specifications HA-96822

Range PSU 0 to 50

ppt 0 to 150

Specific Gravity (20/20)1.000 to 1.114

Temperature 0 to 80°C (32 to 176°F)

Resolution PSU 1 ppt 1

Specific Gravity (20/20)0.001

Temperature ± 0.1°C (0.1°F)

Accuracy (@ 20°C)

PSU ± 2 ppt ± 2

Specific Gravity (20/20) ± 0.002

Temperature ± 0.3°C (0.5°F)

Temperature Compensation Automatic between 10 and 40°C (50 to 104°F)

Measurement TimeApproximately 1.5 seconds

Minimum Sample Volume 100 μL (to cover prism totally)

Light Source Yellow LED

Sample Cell Stainless Steel ring and flint glass prism

Auto-Off After 3 minutes of non-use

Enclosure Rating

HA-96822

Supplied W/ Battery & Instruction Manual

Portable Refractometers

Measure the concentration of sugar, salt, lubricants, antifreeze, cutting fluids & more. Available with or without Automatic Temperature Compensation.

Features

•Easy to operate, provides accurate and repeatable measurements on easy to read scales

•Requires only 2 or 3 drops of solution

•The prism and lens with a simple focus adjustment provides repeatable results

•Complete with case, calibration screwdriver, and calibration solution

Laboratory Water Purification System

Features

•Exceeds Type I water standards

•Uses large media cartridges for low operating costs

•Need for storage eliminated

•Ideal for universities, hospitals, and research

The unit takes feed water supply through three disposable cartridges and a 0.2 micron final filter to supply high purity water meeting or exceeding Type I water requirements. A quiet recirculation pump ensures consistent water purity. A built-in timer cycles the unit on and off to prevent extra wear on components and eliminates heat build up. Resistivity is temperature compensated and monitored on a digital display. Adjustable set point for notification of cartridge change out is provided. Disposable VP Series cartridges are spring loaded into position without the use of tools. Unit can be free standing or wall mounted. Direct Feed option will have a secondary port to feed auxiliary lab equipment for on-demand Type I water. Includes: a built in pressure regulator & 0.2 micron final filter. For pyrogen free water, use a 0.05 micron ultrafilter. Media cartridges not included. When feeding from a central DI, RO, or distilled water source, (3) mixed bed cartridges are recommended.

Recommended feed water influent: DI, RO or Distilled.

Specifications ARIES-1102

Max. Flow Rate 2.0 lpm (0.5 gpm)

Max. Inlet Pressure 60 psi

Min. Inlet Pressure 20 psi

Max. Inlet Temperature 100°F

Inlet Connection 3/8" Tube

Outlet Connection 1/4" FNPT

Bacteria Filter 0.2 micron capsule

Weight 32 lbs (dry) / 38 lbs (operating)

Dimensions 25" H x 23" W x 8.5" D

Gemini Water System Ultrapure Water Purification

The Gemini Ultra High Purity System provides up to 3.7 lpm of 18.2 megohm, 0.2 micron filtered water. The multi-pass ultraviolet system irradiates the water at three separate passes in the recirculation loop. The dispensing port is continuously exposed to UV for complete sterility at the outlet.

System meets and exceeds ASTM & NCCLS

Type I water and ASTM Biomedical grade specifications.

Volumetric dispensing is controlled by a soft touch key pad and the unit can be programmed to dispense four different set points. An integral drain basin accommodates filling large containers and controls drips and spills.

Standard unit includes (2) Low TOC high purity and (1) 0.2 micron cartridges.

Options available are UV TOC destruct, ultrafiltration, RO pretreatment, recirculating dispensing gun, and basinless Gemini-MB version.

Recommended feed water influent: DI, RO or Distilled.

ARIES-1102

Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter

ARIES-1102D

Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter / Direct Feed

ARIES-1105

Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron UF Filter

ARIES-1105D

Aries High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron Filter / Direct Feed

System Accessories

HPA-002

UV Combination For Bacteria & TOC

HPA-001

Dispensing Gun & Tubing Kit

VPK-3805

Cartridge Kit (3 Included Per Kit)

VP Series Tap Feed Kit - (1) Pretreatment & (2) High Purity

VPK-4010

VP Series RO/DI Feed Kit - (3) High Purity

Filter Replacements

PF-00-6402

0.2 Micron Capsule Filter (1/4" MNPT x Hose Barb)

PF-00-6505

0.05 Micron Capsule Ultrafilter (1/4" MNPT x Hose Barb)

Features

•Exceeds Type I water standards

•Highest flow rate of 3.7 lpm

•Multi-pass UV with sterile dispensing port

•Programmable up to four separate volumes

•Ideal for reagent preparation, carboy filling, life science, and analytical systems

GEMINI-1102

Gemini High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter. Counter Top Unit

GEMINI-110U

Gemini High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron Ultrafilter. Counter Top Unit

GMB-100

Specifications GEMINI-1102

Max. Flow Rate 3.7 lpm (1.0 gpm)

Max. Inlet Pressure 90 psi

Min. Inlet Pressure 20 psi

Max. Inlet Temperature 100°F

Inlet Connection 3/8" Tube

Outlet Connection 0.2" FNPT

Bacteria Filter 0.2 micron capsule

Weight 50 lbs (dry) / 55 lbs (operating)

Dimensions 24" H x 28" W x 19" D

Gemini-MB High Purity Water System W/ 0.2 Micron Filter.

Wall Mounted Unit

GMB-100UF

Gemini-MB High Purity Water System W/ 0.05 Micron Ultrafilter

System Accessories. Wall Mounted Unit

HPA-002

UV Combination For Bacteria & TOC

HPA-001

Dispensing Gun & Tubing Kit

AFK-006

GEMINI-1102 Or GMB-100 Replacement Kit

(2) Low TOC High Purity & (1) 0.2 Micron Cartridges

AFK-007

GEMINI-110U Or GMB-100UF Replacement Kit

(3) Low TOC High Purity & (1) 0.05 Micron Ultrafilter

Made in Japan

EMZ-5 BINOCULAR ZOOM STEREO BODY

Features

•Binocular zoom body with crisp, high resolution, precision optics provide an excellent, erect, unreversed stereoscopic image

•Rugged all metal body designed to last a lifetime

•Zoom Range: 0.7X to 4.5X

•Zoom Ratio: 6.5:1

•Ergonomically positioned bilateral zoom controls

•Binocular eyetubes inclined at 45° for fatigue free viewing

•Total magnification range available with auxiliary lenses and eyepieces: 2.1X to 270X

•Dual dioptric adjustments (± 5 diopters) allows the specimen to remain in focus throughout the entire zoom magnification range

•Interpupillary distance adjustment from 54 mm to 75 mm

•Binocular body can be rotated a full 360° and locked in any position

•Standard working distance: 93 mm

•Working distance with optional auxiliary lenses: 34 mm to 251 mm

EMZ-8TR TRINOCULAR ZOOM STEREO BODY

Features

•Trinocular zoom body for use in photographic and video applications. When the beamsplitter is engaged, 100% of the light from the left optical path is directed to the phototube. The image can still be viewed through the right eyetube.

•Crisp, high resolution, precision optics provide an excellent, erect, unreversed stereoscopic image

•Rugged all metal body designed to last a lifetime

•Zoom Range: 0.7X to 4.5X

•Zoom Ratio: 6.5:1

•Ergonomically positioned bilateral zoom controls

•Binocular eyetubes inclined at 45° for fatigue free viewing

•Total magnification range available with auxiliary lenses and eyepieces: 2.45X to 202.5X

•Dual dioptric adjustments (± 5 diopters) allows the specimen to remain in focus throughout the entire zoom magnification range

•Interpupillary distance adjustment from 54mm to 75 mm

MT-EMZ-5

Binocular Zoom Stereo Body, 0.7X to 4.5X, W.D. 93 mm

MT-MA502

10X Super Wide Field Eyepiece

MT-P-STAND

Basic Pole Stand W/ "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On A Plain Base

MT-PK-STAND

An Extended Working Distance Ergonomic Pole Stand W/ 250 mm Pole & "F"

Focusing Holder Mounted On An Ergo Base

MT-PKL2-STAND

An Ergonomic Pole Type Stand W/ Dual LED Illumination System

MT-PBH-STAND

Pole Type Stand W/ Focusing Holder & W/ Dual Halogen Illumination System

P Stand

Basic pole stand with "F" focusing holder mounted on a plain base. Supplied with one 94.5 mm diameter reversible black and white stage plate and two stage clips. (8.35" / 212 mm pillar)

PK Stand

An extended working distance ergonomic pole stand with 250 mm pole and "F" focusing holder mounted on a ergo base. Supplied with one 94.5 mm diameter reversible black and white stage plate and two stage clips. The PK can be accessorized with an optional 20 watt halogen incident illuminator with stand alone power supply.

Base Dimensions: 330 mm (12.99") wide x 280 mm (11") deep.

PKL-2 Stand

An ergonomic pole type stand with transmitted and incident LED illumination system, coarse focusing holder, 5 watt LED incident llumination, dual variable intensity control, removable glass stage plate, two stage clips, and power cord. Transmitted light base features an extremely bright multiple LED array with milk white diffusion plate and clear glass stage plate. Automatic voltage(100 V to 240 V) sensing power supply. Optional accessories include analyzer/polarizer for transmitted light pol work, white/black stage plate, 4" pole extension, and mechanical stages.

Base Dimensions: 330 mm (12.99") wide x 280 mm (11") deep

PBH Stand

Illuminated pole stand with "F" focusing holder. Provides both transmitted and incident halogen illumination with variable intensity control. Supplied with 94.5 mm diameter clear glass stage plate, reversible black and white stage plate and two stage clips. Illuminators may be operated independently or simultaneously. Total Height: 280 mm (11.02"). Pillar Height: 212 mm (8.35").

Base Dimensions: 160 mm (6.30") wide by 240 mm (9.44") deep.

•Binocular body can be rotated a full 360° and locked in any position

•Standard working distance: 104 mm

•Working distance with optional auxiliary lenses: 57 mm to 250 mm

MT-EMZ-8TR

Trinocular Zoom Stereo Body, 0.7X to 4.5X, W.D. 104 mm

MT-EMZ-13TR

Trinocular Zoom Stereo Body, 1X to 7X, W.D. 90 mm

MT-MA502

10X Super Wide Field Eyepiece

MT-P-STAND

Basic Pole Stand W/ "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On A Plain Base

MT-PK-STAND

An Extended Working Distance Ergonomic Pole Stand W/ 250 mm

Pole & "F" Focusing Holder Mounted On An Ergo Base

MT-PKL2-STAND

An Ergonomic Pole Type Stand W/ Dual Led Illumination System

MT-PBH-STAND

Pole Type Stand W/ Focusing Holder & W/ Dual Halogen Illumination System

RZ SERIES

RZ Series CMO Stereo Microscopes are advanced, high-performance, modular, stereo microscopes specifically designed with today's demanding microscopy applications in mind. Engineered around a common main objective and parallel optical paths, the RZ Series offers crisp, distortion-free, high-resolution images at magnifications ranging from 3.75X to 300X. Browse the optical components, photo/video accessories, and stands to configure a system to meet your needs.

The RZ features a 10:1 zoom ratio with built-in variable dual-iris diaphragms and 12 positive click stops through the zoom range. Two perpendicular columns of eight zoom lenses in four groups move in smooth motion controlled by ergonomically sized and positioned zoom knobs. A magnification indicator is conveniently located on the zoom control.

Exterior components are painted with special anti-static finish which is especially useful when working in sensitive environments. Two types of viewing heads are available.

The body is the heart of the modular zoom stereo microscope design. It contains the objectives and prisms that capture the image of the specimen, magnify it, and direct it to the eyetubes. The body by itself cannot be used to view an object; it also needs eyepieces that further magnify the image and allow the viewer to see, and it must be mounted on a stand that has a focus mechanism for raising and lowering the body.

MT-RZ-B

Zoom Body & Focus Block, 1:10 Zoom Ratio W/ Built-In Iris Diaphragm & Click Stops *

MT-748

Binocular Head, 45° Incline

MT-749

Ergonomic Binocular Head, Inclination Adjustable Vertically From 10° To 150° *

MT-730

UWF 10X Eyepiece, High Eyepoint, Focusable, Fn 24 (Each), Receives 25 mm O.D. (Reticule) *

MT-742

Plan Objective, 1.0X For The MT-RZ-B, W.D. 76 mm *

MT-RZP-STAND

Plain Stand W/ Black Plastic Stage Plate, 12.79" (325 mm) Tall Pillar

MT-RZT-STAND

Transmitted Light Stand For Brightfield Illumination, 12.79" (325 mm) Tall Pillar *

MT-MA-964

LED Ring Illuminator W/ Transformer, 115 V - Mounts Directly To RZ Series Objective W/O Adapter

MT-MA-751

Photo / Video Attachment

* As shown on picture.

Zoom stereo microscope bodies are the most flexible because they offer a wider range of magnification than turret (EMT) or fixed (EMF) bodies. Much like the zoom lens on a camera, zoom objectives increase and decrease magnification progressively, causing the specimen to grow or shrink smoothly in the eyes of the viewer.

Compound Biological Microscope

MT4000

The Meiji MT4000Series Biological Laboratory Microscopes include the advanced Infinity Corrected Optical System. The MT4000 series includes:

Objective Lenses: DIN Infinity Corrected Optical System (ICOS) Plan brightfield 4X, 10X, s40X and s100X oil mounted in smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quintuple nosepiece.

Viewing Heads: Siedentopf-type binocular head or trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the eyetubes inclined at 30° with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. (100% to eyetubes or 80% to phototube & 20% to the eyetube.)

Eyepieces: 10X Widefield High Eyepoint eyepieces F.N.20 are standard with a 19 mm reticle mount. 15X and 20X eyepieces are available as an option. Also avilable - Widefield High Eyepoint 10X focusable eyepiece that accept 25 mm reticles.

Total Magnification: 40X, 100X, 400X and 1000X

Specimen Stage: Ceramic coated right-handed (left-handed avilable upon request), flat top stage measures 171 mm x 115 mm and travels 78 mm(X) x 52 mm(Y). Ergonomically positioned coaxial drop down controls.

Illumination: Powerful white LED or 30 watt halogen illumination provides enhanced image quality and brightness for the observation of specimens and photomicroscopy.

Light Focusing: Abbe 1.25 NA Condenser in quick change dovetail mount.

Size & Weight:

Binocular - 390 mm (15.4") D x 410 mm (16.1") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 8 kg (17.6 lbs)

Trinocular - 390 mm (15.4") D x 465 mm (18.3") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 8.7 kg (19.2 lbs)

Meiji Techno offers EM Series zoom stereo microscope bodies with a wide range of magnifications and working distances. All EM bodies come with dust covers and rubber eyeshields. Eyepieces are sold separately and we have a wide selection to offer.

MT-4200L

Binocular Compound Biological Microscope W/ LED Illuminator

MT-4200H

Binocular Compound Biological Microscope W/ 30 W Halogen

MT-4300L

Trinocular Compound Biological Microscope W/ LED Illuminator

MT-4300H

Trinocular Compound Biological Microscope W/ 30 W Halogen

Metallurgical MT7000

The MT7000Metallurgical Reflected Light Microscope includes: Objective Lenses: DIN Infinity Corrected Optical System (ICOS) Plan Epi 5X, 10X, 20X and 50X mounted in smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quintuple nosepiece.

Viewing Heads: Siedentopf-type binocular head or trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the eyetubes inclined at 30° with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. (100% to eyetubes or 80% to phototube & 20% to the eyetube.) 30 mm I.D. eyetube.

Eyepieces: SWH10X Widefield High Eyepoint eyepieces F.N.22 are standard with a 25 mm reticle mount. 15X and 20X eyepieces are available as an option.

Also avilable - Widefield High Eyepoint 10X focusable eyepiece that accept 25 mm reticles.

Total Magnification: 50X, 100X, 200X and 500X

Specimen Stage: Ceramic-coated flat-top stage 191 mm x 126 mm, with 100 mm x 100 mm of travel. Equipped with precision ball bearing guides and low position drop down coaxial controls for X-Y movement.

Illumination: Vertical illuminator with full Koehler design equipped with high intensity 6 V, 30 Watt halogen light source, field iris, aperture iris and filter slots. Capable of brightfield or simple reflected light polarization techniques. Includes blue clear, green clear, polarizing and neutral density (ND 50) filters in mounts. Automatic voltage (100 V~240 V) sensing power supply and variable rheostat control are built into the microscope base.

Focusing: Ergonomically low positioned coaxial focusing controls allow the operator to work with their forearms relaxed on the working surface. Range of travel is 23 mm. Rotation of fine focus is 0.2 mm per revolution.

Size & Weight:

Binocular - MT7000 424.5 mm (16.7") D x 471 mm (18.5") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 8.5 kg (18.7 lbs)

Trinocular - MT7100 424.5 mm (16.7") D x 526 mm (20.7") H x 210 mm (8.3") W, 9.2 kg (20.3 lbs)

Asbestos Combo PLM - PCM Microscopes

The MT6800 Series Combo PLM - PCM (Polarized Light and Phase Contrast) Microscopes for Asbestos fiber identification applications are manufactured pursuant to NIOSH 9002 Reference methods and NIOSH 7400 and OSHA ID 160 Reference methods. Each model comes with Strain free Plan DIN brightfield POL objectives, rotatable stage with 360 degree graduations, POL / PHASE / Dispersion Staining Abbe condenser and builtin Koehler illuminator as standard equipment.

Viewing Heads: Model MA952 is the Siedentopf-type binocular head and Model MA953 is the trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the 23.2 mm eyetubes inclined at 30 degrees with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. Each head has the new integrated reticle angle compensation system. When the IP distance or number is changed, the crossline reticle remains perpendicular in the FOV.

Eyepieces: 10X Widefield High Eyepoint eyepiece F.N.20, 10X Widefield High Eyepoint

Made in Japan

focusable eyepiece that has a 21 mm crossline reticule and guide pin, and 10X Widefield High Eyepoint Compensating Focusing eyepiece, F.N.20 with Walton & Beckett reticle are standard.

Objective Changer: The smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quadruple nosepiece provides effortless objective changes.

Objectives: Assortment of U. Planachromat Phase and S. Planachromat Polarizing Infinity Corrected objectives are available.

Stage: Ceramic coated 360 degree rotatable fully indexed stage with vernier and stage clips.

Condenser: Strain free Abbe condenser, N.A. 1.25 with centerable annuli for 10X, 20X, 40X phase or 10X, 20X, 40X dispersion staining objectives in sliding mount, with iris diaphragm and dovetail mount.

Illumination: Powerful 30 watt transmitted light Koehler halogen illumination provides enhanced image quality and brightness for the observation of specimens.

Accessories: All MT6800 series models come with a first order red compensating plate (also called gypsum or sensitive tint plate), an analyzer in sliding mount, bertrand lens, blue clear and green interference filters, centering telescope, and stage micrometer.

MT-6820

Binocular PLM-PCM Microscope

MT-6830

Trinocular PLM-PCM Microscope

MT-7000 Binocular Metallurgical Microscope

MT-7100 Trinocular Metallurgical Microscope

MT-9900

The MT9900 series incident and transmitted light polarizing microscopes include the following:

Objective Lenses: DIN Infinity Corrected Optical System (ICOS) Strain Free Plan 4X, 10X and s40X mounted in smooth-operating, ball bearing mounted, quintuple nosepiece.

Viewing Heads: Siedentopf-type binocular head or trinocular head for camera integration. Each head has the eyetubes inclined at 30° with the left eyetube having graduated diopter settings. The interpupillary distance is adjustable between 53 mm - 75 mm. An 80/20 beamsplitter for the trinocular tube can be engaged for photo work. (100% to eyetubes or 80% to phototube & 20% to the eyetube.)

Eyepieces: One KHW10X Focusing eyepiece with guide pin and crossline reticle and one widefield compensating eyepiece F.N.20 are standard with a 21 mm reticle mount. Tube O.D. 23.2 mm.

Total Magnification: 40X, 100X, 400X

Specimen Stage: Ceramic-coated 360 degree rotatable fully indexed stage with vernier and stage clips. Stage is 175 mm in diameter.

Illumination: Transmitted Koehler 6V, 30W halogen illumination and reflected 6 V, 30 W Koehler halogen illumination.

Condenser: Strain Free Abbe N.A. 1.25 condenser with iris in dovetail mount with swing-out top lens for lower power objectives

Focusing: Ergonomically low positioned coaxial focusing controls allow the operator to work with their forearms relaxed on the working surface. Range of travel is 23 mm. Rotation of fine focus is 0.2 mm per revolution.

Included: MT-9900 series incident and transmitted brightfield models with focusable bertrand lens, rotatable analyzer, and 3-position slider with 1st order red, 1/4 wave plate, brightfield position.

Plain Microscope Slides

Note: C-mount adapter and digital camera are optional items and are not included in the price below.

MT-9920

Binocular Polarizing Microscope W/ Incident & Transmitted Illumination

MT-9930 Trinocular Polarizing Microscope W/ Incident & Transmitted Illumination

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides

Slides have a raised printed writing surface that eliminates the need for tedious relabeling of slides. The unique opaque coating provides a bright background for excellent contrast and smooth surface makes it easier to write on. The durable, opaque tab is inert to common laboratory, chemicals and reagents.

Features

•Autoclavable

•Durable, opaque tab

•Available in an array of tab colors

Made from the highest purity, corrosion-resistant glass. Slides are packed in airtight wrapper to keep out dust and moisture that can cause sticking.

TF-2950

Plain Microscope Slides, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-2954

Plain Microscope Slides, 25 x 75 mm, 1.2 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-4951

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, White, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm

TF-5951

Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Blue, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-6951

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Green, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-7951

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Pink, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-8951

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Yellow, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-9951A

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Aqua, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-9951L

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Lilac, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-9951T

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Tan, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

TF-9951BO

Superfrost / Colorfrost Microscope Slides, Orange, 25 x 75 mm, 1 mm Thick, 1 Gross (144 Slides)

MT-9920

MT-9930

Coverglass

Made of the finest optical borosilicate glass. The coverglass is corrosion resistant, and ready for use. Manufactured of glass which is stickresistant. It is available in squares, circles and rectangles. Packed in 1 oz plastic boxes with custom-molded bases for easy one-at-a-time dispensing. Available in all standard and non-standard sizes.

Superslip Cover Glass

Superslip® Cover Glass is uniquely manufactured to eliminate sticking and reduce waste. Our processing techniques result in superior quality. This product combines specialized production methods and moisture resistant packaging to prevent sticking. Superslip Cover Glass is the product you need to make your coverslipper run smoothly.

TF-22X22-1

Coverglass, 22 x 22 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X40-1

Coverglass, 24 x 40 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X50-1

Coverglass, 24 x 50 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X60-1

Coverglass, 24 x 60 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-12CIR-1

Coverglass, 12 mm, Circular, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

Spectrafuge™ Mini Centrifuges and Slide Spinner

Compact in design and personal sized, the Spectrafuge™ Mini is ideal for microfiltration and quick spin downs from the walls and caps of microcentrifuge tubes while the Slide Spinner is designed for drying microarray slides before scanning.

The Spectrafuge™ Mini is supplied with rotors and adapters to accommodate 1.5 ml, 0.5 ml and 0.4 ml tubes as well as 0.2 ml strips and individual tubes. The rotors are easily interchanged.

The Slide Spinner dries two slides in as little as 10 seconds for quality imaging and screening results. The slides are placed into cassettes that catch all liquid without splashing. Cassettes are reuseable. Both centrifgues feature a translucent lid that pivots on a durable stainless steel hinge pin. A switch on the side of the centrifuge starts and stops operation. Alternatively, with the switch in the "on" position, the centrifuge can be started and stopped by closing and opening the lid. The Spectrafuge™ Mini is available in five different lid colors: gray, blue, teal, purple and red.

TF-24X40-1WYO 24 x 40 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X50-1WYO 24 x 50 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X60-1WYO 24 x 60 mm, No. 1 Thickness, 1 oz

TF-24X50-1.5WYO 24 x 50 mm, No. 1.5 Thickness, 1 oz

For Microtubes & Strip Tubes or Slides

SpecificationsSpectrafuge™

LAB-C1301-120V

Spectrafuge™ Mini Complete W/ 1.5 / 2.0 ml Rotor, Strip Tube Rotor, 0.5 ml & 0.4 ml Adapters, Smoke Gray Lid, 120 V

LAB-C1300-RT

Replacement Rotor For 6 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml Tubes

LAB-C1300-RTS

Replacement Rotor For 0.2 ml Strip Tubes Or Individual 0.2 ml Tubes

LAB-C1205

Individual Adapters For 0.5 / 0.6 ml Tubes, 6/Pack

LAB-C1206

Individual Adapters For 0.4 / 0.25 ml Tubes, 6/Pack

LAB-C1222

Individual Adapters For 0.2 ml Thermal Cycling Tubes, 6/Pack

LAB-C1303-T-120V Slide Spinner W/ Two Slide Drying Cassettes, 120 V

LAB-C1303-SC

Extra Cassettes For Slide Spinner Centrifuge, 2/Pack 230 V also available upon reques. Color preference add letter to the end of the part number. (B = Blue, T = Teal, P = Purple, R = Red)

Spectrafuge™ 24D

The Spectrafuge™ 24D combines innovations such as a unique, easy access rotor, exclusive multi-flow air cooling system and high performance drive with a digital microprocessor that precisely regulates operation.

Parameters are selected with two "smart" knobs and values are shown on large, easy to read, LED displays. Speed can be set and displayed in rpm or g-force while runs may be timed, continuous or momentary. The unique design of the 24-place rotor allows easy access to the tops of the tubes. An optional StripSpin™ adapter fits onto the rotor for spinning 0.2 ml tubes and strips. A powerful, brushless motor quickly accelerates the rotor to set speed.

Air enters the centrifuge through vents on the back of the housing and is circulated in multiple directions to maximize cooling. The result is a cool running microcentrifuge that keeps samples close to ambient temperature, even during extended runs at maximum speed. For samples that require below ambient temperatures, the Spectrafuge™ 24D may be used in a cold room.

LAB-C2400-120V

Spectrafuge™ 24D Digital Microcentrifuge, Standard Gray, 120 V

LAB-C2400-SS

StripSpin™ Adapter For 0.2 ml Tubes & Strips, Fits Onto Standard Rotor

LAB-C1205

Individual Adapters For 0.5 / 0.6 ml Tubes, 6/Pack

LAB-C1206

Individual Adapters For 0.4 / 0.25 ml Tubes, 6/Pack

LAB-C1222

Individual Adapters For 0.2 ml Thermal Cycling Tubes, 6/Pack 230 V also available upon request. Color preference add letter to the end of the part number. (B = Blue, T = Teal, P = Purple, R = Red)

Specifications Spectrafuge™ 24D

Speed Range 500 rpm to 13,300 rpm

Maximum RCF 16,300 x g

Maximum Capacity 24 x 1.5 / 2.0 ml

Timer 1 to 30 minutes or continuous "Quick" button for momentary operation

Ambient Operating Range 4° to 35°C

Dimensions (W x D x H) 9.25" x 11.5" x 8.5" (23.5 x 29.3 x 21.6 cm)

Weight 18 lbs (8.1 kg)

Electrical 230 V-, 50 Hz or 120 V-, 60 Hz

Spectrafuge™ 6C

The Spectrafuge™ 6C has been designed for quick production of PPP (platelet poor plasma) and PRP (platelet rich plasma) as well as other applications in the clinical or research laboratory.

The included 6 place rotor is capable of running round or conical bottom 15 ml or 10 ml tubes. Adapters for smaller tube sizes are available separately.

The control panel of the centrifuge features easy turn knobs and large digital displays for time and speed. Time can be set as low as 30 seconds and to the "On" position for a continuous run.

The Spectrafuge™ 6C is the smallest centrifuge in its class. The 8" x 9" footprint makes it ideal for almost any laboratory and it can easily be transported from lab to lab.

Specifications Spectrafuge™ 6C

Maximum Speed 6,500 rpm

Maximum RCF 4,000 x g

Maximum Capacity 6 x 15 ml

Timer 30 seconds to 30 minutes with continuous and hold features Accel. /Decel. 14 / 27 seconds

Dimensions ( W x D x H) 8.25" x 9.5" x 7" (21 x 24 x 18 cm)

LAB-C0060-120V

Spectrafuge™ 6C Centrifuge W/ 6 x 15 ml Angle Rotor, 120 V

LAB-C0200-17A Adapters for 5 ml (12 x 75 mm) & 7 ml (13 x 100 mm) Tubes, 6/Pack 230 V also available upon request.

Rotor Angle 30°

Electrical 120 V or 230 V, 50-60 Hz

Timer 1 to 60 minutes or continuous "Quick" button for momentary operation

Temperaure Range (Z 300 K) -10° to +40°C

Weight Z 300 88 lbs (40 kg)Z 300 K 167.2 lbs (76 kg)

Electrical* 120 V~, -60 Hz

*Other voltages available upon request.

Tubes Can Be Used with Spectrafuge™

Z 300 and Refrigerated Z 300 K, Medium Capacity Centrifuges

Universal Laboratory Centrifuges

The Z 300 and Z 300 K are the most economical of the universal microprocessor controlled units in the Hermle line. These centrifuges accommodate microplates and tubes up to 100 ml in swing-out and fixed angle rotors. A broad speed range and high g-force make them ideal for applications from clinical to molecular biology.

A digital microprocessor controls all operating parameters including speed and time. Overspeed conditions are eliminated by the rotor recognition program which automatically identifies each rotor and limits it to the maximum rated speed. Improperly loaded rotors trigger the safety imbalance detection system which stops operation of the centrifuge. The powerful, induction drive in the Z 300 centrifuges quickly accelerates rotors to the preset speed. Two acceleration and deceleration rates can be chosen to protect fragile samples. Operation of the centrifuge may be timed, continuous or momentary Ambient air circulates throughout the chamber of the Z 300 preventing significant rises in sample temperature. The refrigeration system in the Z 300 K maintains all rotors at the set temperature regardless of rotor speed.

LAB-C0300

1.5 ml Non-Sterile, SelfStanding Polypropylene (PP) Microtube

0.5 ml Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube with

Features

•Maximum rpm: 26,000

• Autoclavable at 130°C

• Suitable for Spectrafuge™ 24D

GS-111558-C Natural, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag

GS-111558-B Blue, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag

GS-111558-P Pink, 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tubes, 1000/Bag

Note: Order caps separately.

Features

1.5 ml Graduated Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Snap Cap GS-111722 1.5 ml Microtube, 1000/Case

•Suitable for Spectrafuge™ 24D

GS-111642 1.5 ml Microcentrifuge Tube, 1000/Bag

0.5 ml Non-Graduated Polyethylene (PE) Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Plug Cap

Features

•Beckman Type

•Not autoclavable

•Dimensions: 6 x 47 mm

Tubes Can Be Used with Spectrafuge™

6C & Z 300 & Z 300 K

15 ml

Clinical

Grade

Tubes Can Be Used with Z 300 & Z 300 K

24D

2 ml Graduated Polypropylene (PP) Microcentrifuge Tube with Attached Snap Cap Features

Polypropylene

(PP) Centrifuge Tube

Features

•Blue screwcap

•Black printed graduations

•White printed writing space

•Spin rate: 8,500 rpm

•Autoclavable (without cap)

50 ml Clinical Grade Polypropylene (PP) Centrifuge Tube

Features

•Blue Screwcap

•Black printed graduations

•White printed writing space

•Spin rate: 8,500 rpm

•Autoclavable (without cap)

•Temperature range: -40°C to +80°C

•Cap: High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)

15 ml Centrifuge Tube Acrylic (AC) with Red Screwcap (HDPE) & Printed Graduations

Acrylic is a stronger, scratch resistant material that offers equivalent chemical resistance to polystyrene, while providing exceptional clarity. Acrylic offers a greater spin rate which is 5,000 rpm (6,160 x g) compared to polystyrene, which has a limited spin rate of 1,700 rpm (3,000 x g).

Features

•Spin rate: 5,000 rpm (6,160 x g)

•Tubes are Rnase/Dnase free, non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic

•White graduation marks and writing area

•Temperature range:

Tube: -40°C to +70°C

Cap: -50°C to +100°C

GS-6287

50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case

GS-6288

50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case

50 ml Polypropylene (PP) Centrifuge Tube with Red Screwcap (HDPE) & Printed Graduations

Features

•Autoclavable (without screwcap)

•Tubes are Rnase/Dnase free, non-pyrogenic and non-cytotoxic

•Spin rate: 10,000 rpm (12,320 x g)

•White graduation marks and writing area

•Temperature range:

Tube: -196°C to +121°C

Cap: -50°C to +100°C

GS-6244

50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case

GS-6240

50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case

GS-6241

50 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case

GS-6267

15 ml Centrifuge Tube, Non-Sterile, Bulk, 500/Case

GS-6270

15 ml Centrifuge Tube, Sterile, 25/Bag, 500/Case

Mini Incubator

The Mini Incubator is compact and economically priced, yet offers features not typically found in a basic incubator. The housing is all metal, as is the door frame. A plexi-glass window in the door offers full visibility to the interior. One shelf is included, and can be adjusted to three different levels - additional shelves can be purchased to increase storage capacity. The heating elements in the Mini Incubator are incorporated into the bottom and sides of the housing. This provides better temperature stability and uniformity than other incubators in it's class. A grommet hole in the top of the unit can hold a thermometer for accurate temperature setting. In addition, the Mini Incubator has a port in the rear of the chamber which allows for an electrical cord to be routed out the back. The Mini LabRoller is a perfect fit and can be used in the Incubator with any of the available rotisseries. A combo package is available which includes the Mini Incubator and Labroller, along with the accessory rotisseries.

SpecificationsMini Incubator

Ext. Dimensions 11.2" x 11" x 13.2" (28.5 x 28 x 33.5 cm)

(W x D x H)

Int. Dimensions 9" x 7.9" x 7.9" (23 x 20 x 20 cm)

Weight 18.4 lbs (8.3 kg)

Capacity 0.375 cu ft (9.2 L)

Temperature

Range Ambient +5° to 60°C

Controls analog

Stability ± 0.6°C at 37°C (N.I.S.T. traceable thermometer)

Uniformity 0.65°C at 37°C

Electrical 120 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.6 A; 230 V, 50/60 Hz, 0.3 A

211DS Shaking Incubator

A small footprint, compact, stackable design and expanded temperature range make the 211DS Incubators ideal for molecular biology and general use. Its integral orbital shaker makes it highly versatile. The exclusive SmartChek temperature control system guarantees precise temperature control. Mechanical convection maintains a stable temperature environment and provides quick recovery after opening the door. A safety thermostat is located on the back of the unit. The insulated door has a large, double glass observation panel and opens nearly 180° for easy access.

Two full and one half shelf are supplied with each incubator. A flat platform and predrilled flask platform (clamps sold separately) are available for the 211DS.

Internal electrical outlet allows using small equipment such as GyroMini or Mini LabRoller Rotator inside the chamber of the 211DS.

Specifications 211DS Shaking Incubator

Chamber Volume 1.7 cu ft

Temperature Range/Display Ambient + 5° to 80°C in 0.1° increments/digital

Temp. Uniformity/Accuracy ± 0.25°C / ± 0.1°C

Shaker Speed/Orbit (DS) Variable, 20 to 400 rpm/19 mm

Flask Capacity (DS) 4 x 1 L, 5 x 500 ml, 9 x 250 ml, 16 x 125 ml

Construction interior - mirrored stainless, exterior - cold rolled steel

Chamber (W x D x H) 13.5" x 14.75" x 15" (34.3 x 37.5 x 38.1 cm)

Exterior (W x D x H) 16.75" x 21.75" x 23" (42.5 x 55 x 58 cm)

Weight D - 73 lbs (32.2 kg), DH - 83 lbs (37.7 kg), DHS - 85 lbs (38.2 kg)

Electrical 120 V~, 60 Hz

LAB-I-5110 Mini Incubator, Compact General Purpose, 120 V

LAB-I-5110-SHELF Additional Shelf, 22 x 18 cm

LAB-W0020-110C

Non-Toxic, Teflon Coated Thermometer For -20° To 110°C, W/ 1°C Resolution, 305 mm Long, 76 mm Immersion

LAB-I-5110-MLR Mini Incubator W/ Mini Labroller (H5500) Combo 230 V also available upon request.

LAB-I-5211-DS Digital Incubator / Shaker, Model 211DS

LAB-I-5211-SA

Stacking Adapter, Required When Stacking Incubators

LAB-I-5230

Flask Clamp Platform, Predrilled, Fits 211DS, 211DHS

LAB-I-5231

Flat Platform W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat, Fits 211DS, 211DHS

LAB-I-5231-D

Double Flat Platform W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat, Fits 211DS, 211DHS

LAB-S2040-85

Flask Clamp, 125 ml (Max. 15)

LAB-S2040-99

Flask Clamp, 250 ml (Max. 9)

LAB-S2040-09

Flask Clamp, 500 ml (Max. 5)

LAB-S2040-01

Flask Clamp, 1000 ml (Max. 4)

Digital Performance at Analog Prices!

Digital Dry Baths

A broad temperature range, to 150ºC, makes Digital Dry Baths useful for a variety of applications in molecular biology, histology, clinical, environmental and industrial laboratories. Although the price of these baths is comparable to analog models, they feature microprocessor control and digital setting/display of temperature. Digital performance at analog prices.

Microprocessor control. A microprocessor regulates the high wattage heaters in the baths to provide precise, accurate control. The exact desired temperature is easily set using the arrow keys on the sloped control panel while values are shown on the large digital display. No checking of a thermometer and readjusting temperature is necessary. The user calibration feature allows for easy calibration to in house standards when required. Additionally, there an RS232 port for recording block temperature activity. An available data-logging software package is used to link the unit to a computer. Stainless steel block chamber. The block chamber of the Digital Dry Baths is constructed of stainless steel, which acts as a heat sink and provides a uniform transfer of heat from the heating elements to the interchangeable blocks. The resulting block uniformity is excellent, ensuring that all samples receive the same temperature treatment, regardless of their position in the block.

Single and dual block models Two Digital Dry Bath models are available. The single block unit will accept all of the standard blocks. For increased capacity, the dual block unit accepts two standard blocks or one specially designed dual block. Each Dry Bath is supplied with a block lifter. Blocks sold separately.

SpecificationsDigital Dry Baths

Temperature Range Ambient + 5º to 150ºC

Temp. Resolution 0.1ºC

Temp. Uniformity ± 0.2ºC

Temp. Accuracy ± 0.3ºC

Block Chamber Stainless Steel

Block Capacity

Single Block Unit One standard block

Dual Block Unit Two standard blocks or one dual block

Dimensions 7.9" x 10.4" x 3.3" (20 x 26.5 x 8.3 cm)

Weight 5.5 lbs (2.2 kg)

Electrical 120 V~, 50/60 Hz (also available in 230 V)

Dry Bath Blocks

Construction High grade, nonporous aluminum with anodized surface

Thermometer WellYes (not in plate or slide blocks), required only for calibration purposes

Orbit™ 300 Multipurpose Vortexer

Three interchangeable platforms (available separately) accommodate a variety of sample containers to make the Orbit™ 300 a truly multipurpose shaker. The flat platform, covered with a nonslip rubber mat, holds plates, dishes, boxes, etc. The microplate platform will accommodate up to four microplates. The remaining platform has spring loaded retaining bars that adjust to hold flasks, bottles, racks and other containers in place Time and speed are set and displayed digitally. Values are shown on the large, three digit LED. The broad speed range allows the Orbit™ 300 to be used for gentle mixing as well as vigorous agitation.

The shaker housing is constructed of heavy gauge, coated steel to reduce motor noise and lend stability to the unit. This compact shaker can be used in temperature controlled environments making it ideal for cold room or incubator use.

LAB-S2030-300

Orbit™ 300 Digital Multipurpose Shaker, Base Only

LAB-S2030-10

Platform For Four Microplates

LAB-S2030-12

Flat Platform (30 x 30 cm) W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat

LAB-S2030-13

Spring Loaded Platform For Flasks, Bottles, Etc.

LAB-D1100 Digital Dry Bath, Single Block Capacity

LAB-D1200 Digital Dry Bath, Dual Block Capacity

LAB-D1101

Solid Block For Machining (No Holes)

LAB-D1102

Block, 48 x 0.2 ml PCR Tubes Or 6 x 0.2 ml

LAB-D1102A

Block, 20 x 2.0 ml Tubes

LAB-D1105

Block, 24 x 0.5 ml Tubes

LAB-D1105A

Block, 24 x 1.5 ml Tubes

LAB-D1106

Block, 35 x 6 mm Tubes

LAB-D1110

Block, 20 x 10 mm Tubes

LAB-D1112

Block, 20 x 12 mm Tubes

LAB-D1113

Block, 20 x 13 mm Tubes

LAB-D1115-TALL

Block, 12 x 15 ml Conical Tubes

LAB-D1116

Block, 12 x 15 or 16 mm Tubes

LAB-D1125

Block, 6 x 25 mm Tubes

LAB-D1150-TALL

Block, 5 x 50 ml Conical Tubes

LAB-D1196-PCR

Single Block, 96 Well PCR Plate, Skirted Or Nonskirted (For Single Block Unit Only

LAB-D1296

Dual Block, 96 Well Micro Plate Or 4 Slides (For Dual Block Unit Only)

LAB-D1296-PCR

Dual Block, 96 Well Pcr Plate, Skirted Or Nonskirted (For Dual Block Unit Only)

LAB-D12384

Block, 384 Well PCR Plate. Block Fits LAB-D1200 Only & Holds One Plate

LAB-D1100-RS232

Software & Cable Package For PC Connection

LAB-D1100-PS

Pop-Stopper For LAB-D1102, LAB-D1102-A, LAB-D1105, LAB-D1105-A Blocks

LAB-D1105A-RACK

AccuRack Tube Rack For 20 x 1.5 ml Tubes.

Compatible W/ The LAB-D1105A Block, 3/Pack

Features

•Three versatile platform options

•Shaking, mixing, agitating or vortexing

•Heavy-duty construction

•Safe for cold room or incubator use

Specifications Orbit™ 300 Multipurpose Vortexer

Speed Range 100 - 1200 rpm

Timer 0 to 99 minutes or continuous

Motion/Orbit Size Horizontally circular, 3 mm

Maximum Load 12.3 lbs (5.6 kg)

Ambient Operating Range + 4° to 65°C

Dimensions (W x D x H) 10.1" x 12.5" x 5" (25.6 x 31.7 x 12.7 cm)

Weight 16 lbs (7.3 kg)

Electrical* 120 V~, 60 Hz

*Other voltages available upon request.

Orbit™ LS Low Speed Shaker

The Orbit™LSLow Speed Shaker is a high quality, general purpose shaker with economical analog control. Styled after the other models in the line, the Orbit™ LS features a streamlined, compact design with easy-access control panel. Electronic controls are utilized for setting speed and time. The knobs used for selecting parameters turn easily and are clearly marked with corresponding values.

A large orbit and low speed make the Orbit™ LS useful for staining and destaining gels, washing blots and general mixing. The shaker is supplied with a 30 x 30 cm stainles steel flat platform and non-slip rubber mat to keep plates, dishes and other sample containers in place.

Specifications Orbit™ LS Low Speed Shaker

Speed Range 3 - 60 rpm

Timer 20 - 120 min (10 min inc.) or continuous

Motion Circular, 19 mm

Maximum Load 11 lbs (5 kg)

Ambient Operating Range +4° to 70°C

Dimensions (W x D x H) 10" x 12.6" x 6.3" (25.5 x 32 x 16 cm)

Weight 14.5 lbs (6.6 kg)

Electrical 120 V~, 60 Hz or 230 V~, 50 Hz

GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3-D Shaker

The three dimensional shaking motion of the GyroTwister™ GX-1000 is extremely efficient, yet gentle, making this shaker ideal for general mixing as well as staining gels, hybridization and other applications. Shaking speed is continuously adjustable across a broad range. A nonslip rubber mat and elastic tie-downs hold samples in place during operation. A dimpled mat is included for holding tubes in place. Larger platforms and a stacked standard platform configuration are available to increase shaker capacity.

Permanently lubricated ball bearings on moving parts provide quiet, maintenance-free operation. The sturdy base lends stability to the unit. The GyroTwister™ is safe for use in temperature controlled environments, up to 65°C. Standard 30 x 30 cm platform and tube mat are supplied with the shaker.

LAB-S2030-LS Orbit™ LS Low Speed Orbital Shaker W/ Flat Platform

LAB-S2031-12D Stacked Double Flat Platform W/ Rubber Mat

LAB-S1000 GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3D Shaker W/ 30 x 30 cm Nonslip Platform & Dimpled Tube Mat

LAB-S1000-30

Stacking Platform, 30 x 30 cm, W/ Hardware

LAB-S1000-40

Large Platform 40 x 40 cm, W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat

LAB-S1000-50

Extra Large Platform, 50 x 50 cm, W/ Nonslip Rubber Mat

LAB-S1000-M

Dimpled Mat, 30 x 30 cm, For Holding Tubes

LAB-S1000-A

GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3D Shaker W/ 30 x 30 cm Nonslip Platform & Dimpled Tube Mat, Adjustable Tilt Angle

Specifications GyroTwister™ GX-1000 3-D Shaker

Speed Range 6 - 60 rpm

Timer 0 to 180 minutes or continuous

Motion Three dimensional, fixed ± 7° pitch

Maximum Load 11 lbs (5 kg)

Ambient Operating Range +4° to 65°C

Dimensions (W x D x H) 13" x 13.9" x 8.3" (33 x 35 x 21 cm)

Weight 14.3 lbs (6.6 kg)

Electrical* 120 V~, 60 Hz

*Other voltages available upon request.

PW Analytical Balances

Ideal for Pharmaceutical & Laboratory Work

Features

•16+ weighing units (including one custom unit)

• Selectable digital filtering for animal / dynamic weighing

• Adjustable filters

• Simple user-friendly operation

• Full range tare

• Zero tracking

• Date and time

• Multilingual display

• Large backlit display with dual text prompts

• Capacity tracker

• Large stainless steel pan

• Force restoration mechanism

• Solid metal housing

• Non-slip adjustable leveling feet

• Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock and cable

• Dual tare keys

• Color coded, sealed keypad

• Splashproof to protect from accidental spills

• RS-232 bi-directional interface

• GLP print outs

3 Year Warranty!

PGW Precision Balances

3 Year Warranty!

Applications

The PW Analytical Balances are ideal for weighing, net/total, check weighing, percentage weighing, weight accumulation, parts counting, animal / dynamic weighing, density determination and below pan weighing.

Features

•18+ weighing units (including one custom unit)

•Selectable digital filtering for animal / dynamic weighing

•Adjustable filters

•User friendly

•Full range tare

•Zero tracking

•Date and time

•Multilingual display

•Large backlit display with dual text prompts

•Capacity tracker

•Large stainless steel pan

•Modern low profile design

•Force restoration mechanism

•Solid metal housing

•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet

•Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock

• Internal calibration

• External calibration

• AC adapter

•Color coded, sealed keypad

•Dual tare keys

•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills

•Windshield supplied as standard with models with 0.001g readability

•RS-232 bi-directional interface

•GLP print outs

•External calibration

•Internal calibration optional

•AC adapter

AD-8036

Anti-Vibration Table

AD-7995

Below Balance Hanger

AD-9028 RS-232 Cable

AD-9061

AdamDU - Data Collection Program

AD-9066 USB To RS-232 Interface Cable

PGL Precision Balances

Great for material testing applications and laboratory. Ideal for field applications with a battery!

3 Year Warranty!

Features

•9 weighing units

•Date and time

•Full range tare

•Zero tracking

•Multilingual display

•Large backlit display with dual text prompts

•Capacity tracker

•Large stainless steel pan

•Solid metal housing

•Overload protection

•Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock and cable

•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet

•Color coded, sealed keypad

•Dual tare keys

•Windshield supplied as standard with models with 0.001 g readability

•Modern low profile design

•RS-232 bi-directional interface

•GLP print outs

•External calibration

•Rechargeable battery

•AC adapter

•Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life

Applications

PGL Precision Balances are ideal for weighing, parts counting, percentage weighing, check weighing, density determination and below pan weigh.

Highland™ Portable Precision Balances

Ideal for quick readings in the laboratory, university and field work!

2 Year Warranty!

Features

•15 weighing units

•Zero tracking

•Backlit LCD display

•Capacity tracker

•ShockProtect™ overload three - point protection

•Can be stacked for storage (120 mm pan size only)

•Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock

•Removable anti-static draft shield (120 mm pan size only)

•Stainless steel pan

Applications

•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet

•Below balance weighing with hanger

•Easy access to the rechargeable battery

•Color coded, sealed keypad

•Dual tare keys

•RS-232 and USB interface

•Handical™ manual internal calibration with built-in mass

•External calibration

•Auto power off

•Full range tare

•Low battery indication

•AC adapter

Highland™ Portable Precision Balances are ideal for weighing, percentage weighing, parts counting, below pan weighing and weight accumulation.

LBK Weighing Scales

Applications LBK Weighing Scales are ideal for weighing, parts counting and percentage weighing.

Features

•5 weigh ing units (kg, g, lb, oz, lbs:oz)

•Full range tare

•Zero tracking

•Simple user-friendly operation

•Large backlit LCD display

•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet

•Overload protection

•Color coded, sealed keypad

•Large stainless steel pan

•Modern low profile design

•Precision load cell technology

•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills

•External calibration

•Rechargeable battery up to 150 hours operation

CPWplus Bench Scales

Ideal for shipping / receiving, materials and sample testing in the field!

1 Year Warranty!

•Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life

•Low battery indication

•AC adapter

1 Year Warranty!

Applications

CPWplus Bench Scales are ideal for weighing and animal / dynamic weighing.

CBCa Bench Counting Scales

Features

•Internal counting resolution 1:400,000

•Preset tare function

•Full range tare

•Zero tracking

•Memory accumulation

•Adjustable filters

•Pre-set counting with alarm

•Date and time

•Large backlit LCD display

•Simple user-friendly operation

•Precision load cell technology

•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills

•Full color coded keypad with numeric entry

•Large stainless steel pan

•Non-slip adjustable feet

•Overload protection

•Easy access to the rechargeable battery

•RS-232 bi-directional interface

•External calibration

•Rechargeable battery up to 90 hours operation

•Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life

Features

• 4 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz)

• Simple 4 button operation

• Hold function

• Full range tare

• Zero tracking

• Large backlit LCD display

• Wall mount bracket

• Large stainless steel pan

• Modern low profile design

• Splashproof to protect from accidental spills

• Precision load cell technology

• Color coded, sealed keypad

• RS-232 bi-directional interface

• Low battery indication

• Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life

• Battery power (6 x "AA"batteries)

• AC adapter

•Low battery indication

•AC adapter

2 Year Warranty!

CBCa Bench Counting Scales are ideal for weighing, weight accumulation, parts counting check counting and for count accumulation. AD-CBC8A

AD-CBC100A

Accessories

AD-5006 In-Use Cover

AD-5006-10 In-Use Cover, 10/Pack

CBK Bench Scales

2 Year Warranty!

Features

•5 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz, lbs:oz)

•Adjustable filters

•Memory accumulation

•Date and time

•Full range tare

•Pre-set weighing with alarm

•Check-weighing with low and high limits

•Check weighing LED bar graph

•Large backlit LCD display

•Capacity tracker

•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet

•Overload protection

•Large stainless steel pan

•Color coded, sealed keypad

CPWplus P Bench Scales

•Full color coded keypad with numeric entry

•Simple user-friendly operation

•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills

•Precision load cell technology

•Internal counting resolution 1:400,000

•Easy access to the rechargeable battery

•RS-232 bi-directional interface

•External calibration

•Rechargeable battery up to 90 hours operation

•Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life

•Low battery indication

•AC adapter

Ideal for Shipping / Receiving, Materials & Sample Testing in the Field!

Features

• Large backlit LCD display

• Simple 4 button operation

• Hold function

• Full range tare

• Zero tracking

• Wall mount bracket

• Large stainless steel platform

• Modern low profile design

• Splashproof to protect from accidental spills

• Precision load cell technology

• Color coded, sealed keypad

• Pillar display standard on P versions

• RS-232 bi-directional interface

• External calibration

• Low battery indication

• Battery power (6 x AA batteries)

• Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life

• AC adapter

1 Year Warranty!

AD-CPWPLUS75P

AD-CPWPLUS150P

CPWplus W Weighing Scales

Features

• 4 weighing units (kg, g, lb, oz)

• Hold function

• Full range tare

• Zero tracking

• Simple 4 button operation

• External calibration

• Large backlit LCD display

• Large stainless steel platform

• Handlebar frame and wheeled base for mobility

• Splashproof to protect from accidental spills

• Non-slip adjustable leveling feet

• Four load cell construction

• Color coded keys

• Modern low profile design

• RS-232 bi-directional interface

• Rechargeable battery

• Auto sleep / power down function to save battery life

• Low battery indication

PMB Moisture Analyzers

Features

•Built-in memories for storing products and settings

•3 settings for heating samples

•Automatic test start setting for when the lid is closed

•Date and time

•Full range tare

•Zero tracking

•Quick and easy to configure through the keypad

•Multilingual display

•Large backlit display with dual text prompts

•Capacity tracker

•Non-slip adjustable leveling feet

•Color coded, sealed keypad

•Large stainless steel pan

•Lock down mounting slot for Kensington™ type lock and cable

•Overload protection

•Precision load cell technology

•Splashproof to protect from accidental spills

•Spirit level

•Single halogen lamp 400 W

•RS-232 and USB interface

•GLP print outs

•Calibration facilities for temperature and weight

• Power Cord

• Pan lifter to easily remove samples

Ideal for Shipping / Receiving, Materials & Sample Testing in the Field!

1 Year Warranty!

AD-CPWPLUS35W CPWplus W Weighing Scale, Capacity: 75 lbs / 35 kg, Readability: 0.02 lbs / 10 g, Pan Size: 19.7" x 19.7" / 500 mm x 500 mm AD-CPWPLUS75W CPWplus W Weighing Scale, Capacity: 165 lbs / 75 kg, Readability: 0.05 lbs / 20 g, Pan Size: 19.7" x 19.7" / 500 mm x 500 mm AD-CPWPLUS150W CPWplus W Weighing Scale, Capacity: 330 lbs / 150 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g, Pan Size: 19.7" x 19.7" / 500 mm x 500 mm AD-CPWPLUS200W CPWplus W Weighing Scale, Capacity: 440 lbs / 200 kg, Readability: 0.1 lbs / 50 g, Pan Size: 19.7" x 19.7" / 500 mm x 500 mm

Application PMB Moisture Analyzers are ideal for moisture determination.

AD-PMB53

Accessories

AD-9028

RS-232 Cable

AD-9304

USB Cable

AD-8023

Adam Printer

AD-7996

Digital Moisture Balance

The Digital Moisture Balance is specifically designed to be used in a production environment by non-technical personnel. Can be successfully used in the laboratory and in the production area where test results are needed on the spot. With its RS-232 interface capability, the custom printer will print a hard copy of the test data with a time and date stamp, confirmation of the test parameters used, and a message of ‘operator interrupt’ should a test be stopped prematurely. All accomplished automatically; load a sample, press a button and walk away. Rapid, no hassle results in just minutes.

Features

•Flexibility

Simplifies sample preparation and loading, no limitations on sample size (0-100 g), measures moisture or solids from 0.0% to 100.0%

•Versatile

Allows fine tuning to individual testing needs with multiple testing modes, wide selection of heat settings and readout in either solids or moisture

•Accuracy

Increases precision and is adaptable to critical moisture and solids testing. Readable to 0.1% moisture and solids

•Durability

Withstands the hard knocks of day-to-day use with rugged cast aluminum construction and enclosed sample chamber

Applications

The Digital Moisture Balance is ideal for use of snack foods, dairy products, cereals, grains and baked goods, sand, cement, ceramics, gypsum, fiberboard, adhesives, pharmaceuticals,chemicals, sludge and slurries.

Cenco Mechanical Moisture Balance

The Cenco Mechanical Moisture Balance has become world renowned for fast and accurate readings of the percent moisture content in a variety of substances. The wide selection of heat ranges allows optimum drying of diverse materials without sample damage. The Mechanical Moisture Balance eliminates error while providing direct readings of moisture content. There is no calculation or special training needed to use this dependable equipment.

The Mechanical Moisture Balance is the best cost performance moisture measurement method for most materials. Its portability makes it convenient to be used in the lab, on the production line or even in the field. The Mechanical Moisture Balance rapidly determines the percentage moisture of materials ranging from food products to chemicals, plastics, and ceramics!

Features

• Direct % Reading

No calculation needed

No special training needed

• Efficient

Simultaneous weighing & drying - saves time

• Flexibility

Wide selection of heat ranges allows optimum drying of diverse materials without sample damage

• Versatility

Allows fine tuning to individual testing needs. Multiple testing modes and temperature settings

• Accuracy

Increases precision and is adaptable to critical moisture and solids testing. Readable to 0.1% moisture and solids

CS-26900EMB Digital Moisture Balance (110 V)

CS-26900EMB Digital Moisture Balance (110 V)

Recommended for Quality Assurance!

Bostwick Consistometer

The Bostwick Consistometer is the preferred choice for measuring consistency, flow rate and viscosity in a variety of products. You can use the Bostwick on any viscous material like sauces, salad dressings, paints, chemicals or cosmetics where you want to measure the distance a material flows in a given time interval. The Bostwick complies to Mill Spec R81294D and ASTM F1080-93 and is made of stainless steel construction.

Features

• Durable

Stainless Steel Construction, resists corrosion, suitable for laboratory and plant use

• Convenient Size

Uses little bench space, requires only 75 mL of sample 14"L x 3 1/2"W x 5 1/2"H

• Spring Loading Gate

Instantaneous gate release, prevents premature flowing of sample

Precision & Interfacial DuNouy Tensiometer

• Reproductivity

2 leveling screws and spirit levels, precise positioning of flow angle

• Precision

Engraved graduations of 0.5 cm divisions, assures accurate results, wear & smear resistant

Uses

• Food Processing

Tomato sauces + others, preserves, fillings, soups, baby foods, salad dressings & suggested by USDA

• Manufacturing

Epoxy removers, polyurethane paint, adhesives, coatings & mil spec

R-81294B

• Cosmetics Formulations

Lotions, shampoos & flow base creams

• Chemical Production

Selected solvents, viscous liquids, slurries & emulsions

CS-24925000

Bostwick Consistometer

Features

• Rapid Measurement

Ring method allows readings to be made in 15-30 seconds (Ideal for colloidal suspensions which exhibit rapid changes in surface tension)

• Direct Reading

Circular scale is graduated in dynes/cm eliminating the need for mathematical calculations

• Reproducible Results

Improved technique allows accurate readings to be reproduced within ±0.05 dyne/cm

• Portability

Compact unit comes with carrying case for easy transport

• Stability

Unit is mounted on a cast tripod support with convenient leveling screws

Measure surface tension and interfacial tension quickly and accurately in oils, detergents, serums, colloidal suspensions, chromium solutions, etc. to better control your process and your product quality. The DuNouy Tensiometer is easy-to-use, accurate, portable and gives surface tension results reproducible to within ± 0.05 dyne/cm.

• Precision DuNouy Tensiometer (upward direction)

This model tensiometer provides precise readings of upward interfacial and surface tensions by the ring method to values reproducible within +/0.05 dyne/cm. This instrument is specified for determining interfacial tension of oil against water by the ring method in ASTM Method D971 and solutions of surface-active agents in ASTM Method D1331. It is also specified for testing synthetic rubber lattices in ASTM D1417 and determining the surface tension of industrial water and industrial wastewater in ASTM Method D1590.

• Interfacial DuNouy Tensiometer (dual direction)

Where the Precision Tesiometer measures only the upward pull on the ring, the Interfacial Tensiometer is designed to measure both upward and downward forces on the ring. Graduated dial reads in both directions from

CS-70535000

Precision DuNouy Tensiometer

CS-70545000

Interfacial DuNouy Tensiometer

zero and a double vernier is provided. The two scales and corresponding verniers have graduations and figures of different colors to indicate whether the measured force is upward or downward.

• Both instruments can be quickly adjusted and calibrated. They are supplied completely assembled and are furnished with three extra torsion wires, a 6 cm platinum-iridium ring and carrying case.

Quality surface tension testing and the DuNouy Tensiometer has become an indispensable asset to a variety of industries including paints, coatings and inks; chrome, nickel, and brass plating; soap; surfactants; emulsions; crude and transformer oils and many more. The CSC DuNouy Tensiometer is also being used in many universities and technical centers as an important instrument for scientific studies.

The DuNouy Tensiometer is available in two models

Sieves

Mesh Certified Test Sieves (MCTS) 3", 8" Brass Frame & Stainless Steel Mesh

The Mesh Certified Test Sieves include a serial number that ties down the traceability to each sieve. One of the special benefits of the sieve construction is a fillet. The fillet covers the solder connection between the mesh to the frame. This keeps particles from being caught in the crevices and makes cleaning easier.

Supplied with Certificate of Compliance.

Inspection Certificate states the average aperture values.

Full traceability is achieved with an individual serial number on each sieve. They meet ASTM - E11, BS, and ISO Standards.

Also Available In:

12", 18", 100 mm, 200 mm, 300 mm & 450 mm Diameter Frame

Stainless Steel Frames

Both Certified & Mid-Point Seives Are Also Available In Half-Height Frame Depth Other Mesh Sizes Are Available, Along With Receiving Pans & Lids

Opening

Many Different Options to Choose From

Also available:

Mid-Point Sieves

A Mid-Point Sieve has had the mesh inspected. The sieve is then selected as a mid-point if the results give tolerances that are in the middle of the ASTM Standard. One of the special benefits of the sieve construction is a fillet. The fillet covers the solder connection between the the mesh to the frame. This keeps particles from being caught in the crevices and makes cleaning easier.

Used for everyday testing of supercritical processes. When a process requires a high level of repeatability, Mid-Point Sieves can be used on all sieve tests. However, the predominant application for the Mid-Point Sieves is master stacks. A master stack is used to check and recalibrate sieves used in everyday testing.

Working Sieves

Working Sieves do not require special inspection but need to conform to the basic standards of ASTM E-11. The Working Sieves are available in brass frames with brass or stainless steel mesh. We also supply stainless steel frames with stainless steel mesh. Working Sieves are available with 8" and 12" diameter frames. The frames are full height and one half height depths. These sieves are constructed using ASTM standard wire cloth (mesh) and are supplied with a Certificate of Conformance. The mesh has not been individually inspected. Each sieve has a serial number which is related to a lot number.

Working Sieves are used in a diverse range of industries that include construction, mining, food, soil testing and pharmaceuticals. They can be checked against master stacks, master samples or calibration spheres (beads) to test for wear or mesh damage.

Calibration Samples Also Available

EFL 2000/2 Sieve Shaker

The EFL 2000/2 is a rugged no nonsense shaker ideal for on-site and heavy-duty applications. It is equipped with a dynamic power source to ensure the sieves and sample are provided the right vibration for fast, accurate, and reproducible tests, time after time. Vertical movement is fixed to ensure samples spend a maximum amount of time seeking apertures, instead of being suspended mid-air.

Applications

The EFL 2000/2 is perfect for use in the field or in the production area.

Features

•Rugged

Designed specifically for large, cumbersome samples like concrete, rock, sand and asphalt

Meinzer II Sieve Shaker

The Meinzer II Sieve Shaker separates different size components in ground, granular or particulate mixtures by rapid machine sieving. The newly developed clamping system is very easy to use. The Meinzer II accepts up to 10 full-height 8" sieves or 21 half-height sieves, plus a lid and receiver.

Applications

The Meinzer II is ideal for use on aggregates, cements, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, grains, seeds, coal, soils, tobacco blends, or any dry material requiring size analysis.

Features

•Quiet Operation

Acceptable noise level for the plant or lab

•Compact Size

Only 10" diameter footprint

•Two Way Sieving Action

Simultaneous vertical and horizontal motion

•Easy to Use

60 minute timer and unique clamping system allows user to set up sieve tests in seconds

•Maintenance-Free

Non-corrodible, non-metallic springs, and a durable motor offers maintenance free testing

•Flexibility

Low noise level makes shaker ideal for onsite, production, and laboratory testing

•Capacity

8" Sieves - 12 full height or 24 half height

12" Sieves - 6 full height or 12 half height

Powermatic Sieve Shaker

The Powermatic Sieve Shaker is rugged nononsense shaker, ideal for heavy-duty applications. It is equipped with two maintenance free sealed motors to transmit the exact vibrations and movement to the sample for optimum performance. The low voltage removable control unit allows the unit to be controlled from a bench wall, or other convenient locations.

Applications

The Powermatic is perfect for use in the field or production area.

Features

•Quiet

Virtually silent in operation, ideal for on-site, production, or lab testing

•Built-In Timer

Adjustable 60 minute timer with automatic shutoff

•Portable

Light-weight, 36 lbs

•Maintenance-Free

No internal moving parts

CS-18480100

Meinzer II Sieve Shaker (110 V)

•Maintenance-Free

Two sealed motors offset at strategic angles transmitting the exact vibration frequency and movement for optimum performance

•Easy to Use

60-minute timer and uniquely designed clamping system allows user to change sieve stacks in seconds

•Flexibility

Detachable control unit for convenient use Now available: Screening sieves for continuous small scale screening operations

•Capacity

18"Sieves - 5 full height sieves

CS-18490012 EFL 2000/2 Sieve Shaker

CS-18490018 Powermatic Sieve Shaker

Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker

The Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker provides precise particle size analysis, all within safe and acceptable sound limits. Digital controls –time, vibration, and amplitude - allow you to duplicate test results from your current shaker with ease, from 3" to 20 um. The unit is powered by an electromagnetic drive that has no rotating parts, eliminating maintenance and virtually all noise. The rapid vertical and side to side motion created prevents apertures from blinding and offers accurate, repeatable results test after test.

Applications

The Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker provides precise particle size analysis for laboratory or on-site use.

Features

•Whisper-Quiet

Ideal noise level for use in the plant, lab, or even at your desk

5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner

• Maintenance-Free

Powered by electromagnets, offering no moving parts to replace

•Easy to Use

Digital controller allows user to control time, amplitude and continuous or intermittent vibrations

•Flexibility

Uniquely designed clamping system allows user to change sieve stacks in seconds

•Capacity

3"Sieves - 12 full height or 24 half height

8"Sieves - 8 full height or 18 half height

•Accurate

Exacting horizontal and vertical sieving motion created offers paicles maximum time seeking apertures

CS-18490000 Octagon 2000 Sieve Shaker

Cleaning your sieves using the 5510 Ultrasonic is a faster, more thorough, and safer method than any other. Tiny, microscopic bubbles are created by ultrasonic sound waves that move through a specially formulated cleaning solution, removing the most stubborn dirt and contaminates. A builtin heater and degas feature help the whole process work even better. The 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner makes a scrubbing action powerful enough to eliminate blinding and thoroughly clean your sieves.

Features

•Fast

Cleans sieves in less than 5 minutes

•Affordable

Save money by extending the lifetime of your sieves

•Safe

Removes the toughest grime without damaging expensive sieves

•Capacity

1 - full height 8" sieve

2 - half height sieves

An Item Worth Having!

Sieve Cleaning Brushes

Sieve cleaning brushes are ideal to keep your sieves working optimally. They are simple to use and are shaped to make cleaning fast and spotless.

CS-1810000NB

Nylon Sieve Brush

CS-1810000BB

Brass Sieve Brush

CS-1810000B

Nylon Sieve Brush Double Ended

CS-18510000 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner

Accessories

CS-18510001

Tray For 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner

CS-1851000260

Cleaning Solution For 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner

CS-18510003

Cover For 5510 Ultrasonic Cleaner

Scienceware® "SPACE SAVER" Vacuum Desiccators

LARGE INTERIOR VOLUME

The space saving design of the desiccator dome provides maximum interior clearances. They offer an average of 13% greater interior volume than standard hemispherical domes.

EXTRA HEAVY WALLS

Clear polycarbonate top and choice of white polypropylene or polycarbonate bottom. This strong, shatterproof desiccator will hold a full vacuum (29.9" Hg 759 mm) at room temperature for 24 hours and will remain airtight even if not under vacuum. Use at room temperature only.

Features

•A polypropylene stopcock with a Teflon® TFE plug which turns, allowing a slow, gentle entrance of air, preventing unnecessary

Secador® Auto-Desiccator Cabinets

Protecting valuable humidity sensitive items such as reagents or electronics is easy and totally automatic with Secador® Auto-Desiccator Cabinets. A patented electronic dehumidification system is designed to reduce the relative humidity inside the cabinet from 75 to 25% and circulate dry air automatically, freeing users from monitoring or changing chemical desiccant. All contents are easily viewed through a large clear door that seals with positive latches and can be secured closed with tamper evident seals or padlock. A dial hygrometer in the door allows for easy monitoring of relative humidity.

Secador® 3.0 AutoDesiccator Cabinets

The built-in Auto-Desiccator module regenerates desiccant and circulates dry air to assure safe storage of moisture sensitive products.

The Secador® 3.0 Auto-Desiccator Cabinet has 1.58 cu. ft internal volume with overall dimensions of 41.7 H x 34. 1 W x 41.4 cm D (16.4" H x 13.4" W x 16.3" D). Three perforated shelves can be removed for different contents. The door opening is 31.2 H x 22.5 cm W (12.3" H x 8.9" W) and includes 2 latches and loops for lock or tamper evident seal. Includes three shelves.

Shipping weight 10 kg (22 lbs).

turbulence and crucible damage. The stopcock handle is a highly visible red and has a port which accepts 6.4 mm (1/4") I.D. tubing.

•A large ribbed knob at the top center for easy lifting.

•A neoprene O-ring seal which does not require grease, but is not harmed if grease is used.

•A polypropylene plate 3.2 mm (1/8") thick with 3.2 mm (1/8") diameter perforations for air transfer. The plate rests on the retaining ledge of the bottom section and has a center hole for easy removal.

•Choice of bottom section: Polypropylene provides excellent chemical resistance and permits the use of incandescent crucibles with standard size porcelain plates. All-clear polycarbonate bottoms are available in the same sizes.

Dry-Keeper™

Desiccator vertical cabinet

Non-vacuum with dial hygrometer in door

Made of methyl-methacrylate, this desiccator cabinet provides a clear view of contents. Shelf cleats permit 15 height adjustments. Includes three shelves with vent holes and three sets of shelf rails. The gasketed door has two metal hinges, two door latches and a metal handle. A desiccant tray is also included. The door opening is 25 x 45 cm (10" x 17 7/8").

Secador® 4.0

Includes three shelves

The built-in Auto-Desiccator module regenerates desiccant and circulates dry air to assure safe storage of moisture sensitive products. The Secador® 4.0 Auto-Desiccator Cabinet has 1.9 cu. ft internal volume with overall dimensions of 51.8 H x 34.1 W x 41.4 cm D (20.4" H x 13.4" W x 16.3" D). Three perforated shelves can be removed for different contents. The door opening is 41.7 H x 22.5 cm W (16.4" H x 8.9" W)and includes 2 latches and loops for lock or tamper evident seal. Shipping weight 10.9 kg (23.9 lbs).

Colony Counter System

BEL-F42074-1115

Secador® 4.0 Clear, 120 V AC

BEL-F42074-1116

Secador® 4.0 Clear / Blue End Caps, 120 V AC (Not Shown)

BEL-F42074-1117

Secador® 4.0 Blue / Clear Door, 120 V AC (Not Shown)

BEL-F42074-1220

Secador® 4.0 Clear, 230 V AC

BEL-F42074-1226

Secador® 4.0 Clear / Blue End Caps, 230 V AC (Not Shown)

BEL-F42074-1227

Secador® 4.0 Blue / Clear Door, 230 V AC (Not Shown)

Hand Held Electronic Colony Counter

Smallest, Most Economical Unit Available!

This system combines the pen-style colony counter (BEL-F37862-0000), the minimagnifier (BEL-F37865-0000), the mini light box II (BEL-F37864-2000) with an AC line current adapter (BEL-H37864-0301) and a counting grid (BEL-F37864-0100). Available as a system or each item may be purchased separately.

BEL-F37863-2000

In a single motion this colony counter marks, counts and confirms with a beep. The lightweight 42.5 gm (1.2 oz) pen-style colony counter features a four-digit LED display that shows cumulative count. A selector switch allows for counting up or down to correct errors, or to check the count by counting backwards. Powered by a 3 V battery. The long life felt-tip marker works on plastic or glass and is oil and water resistant, but ink is removable with ethyl alcohol. Comes with red and black markers. Dimensions: 152.4 x 19 x 19 mm (6" x 3/4" x 3/4").

BEL-F37862-0000

Colony Counter

BEL-H37862-0100

Replacement Black Tip

BEL-H37862-0150

Replacement Red Tip

BEL-F37862-0200

Replacement 3 V Battery

Features

•High accuracy and precision guaranteed

•Autoclavable tip cone and lower section assembly

•Streamlined tip ejector designed for access to narrow-necked tubes and containers

•Ergonomic, lightweight and soft plunger movement provides added comfort and minimizes fatigue

•Two step plunger operation allows you to use both forward and reverse pipetting techniques depending on the nature of the liquid

•Color coded for easy identification

Diamond Pro

Diamond Pipettors

Diamond Pipettors are a cost-effective alternative to high priced name-brand pipettors. Manufactured for high accuracy and precision, the Diamond pipettors come with a certificate of calibration, a recalibration tool kit and a full one year warranty. They are calibrated in an ISO 17025 facility.

Adjustable Volume with Tip Ejector

GS-3301-10

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 0.5 - 10 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3301-20

Diamond Pipettor,

Volume: 2 - 20 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3301-50

Diamond Pipettor,

Volume: 5 - 50 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3301-100

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 10 - 100 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3301-200

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 20 - 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3301-1000

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 100 - 1000 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3301-5000

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 1000 - 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

Fixed Volume with Tip Ejector

GS-3302-5

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 5 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-10

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 10 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-15

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 15 µl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-20

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 20 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

The Diamond Pro research pipettor includes all of the features of the Diamond pipettor with the addition of a super-soft elastomer grip that minimizes fatigue of hands and fingers. The unique padding not only reduces thumb stress, but also minimizes the transfer of body heat to the pipette, resulting in consistent accuracy.

All Diamond pipettors come with a certificate of calibration, a recalibration tool kit and full one year warranty. They are calibrated in an ISO 17025 facility.

Adjustable Volume with Tip Ejector

GS-3311-10

Diamond Pro Pipettor,

Volume: 0.5 - 10 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3311-20

Diamond Pro Pipettor,

Volume: 2 - 20 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3311-50

Diamond Pro Pipettor,

Volume: 5 - 50 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3311-100

Diamond Pro Pipettor,

Volume: 10 - 100 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3311-200

Diamond Pro Pipettor,

Volume: 20 - 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3311-1000

Diamond Pro Pipettor,

Volume: 100 - 1000 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3311-5000

Diamond Pro Pipettor,

Volume: 1000 - 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

Fixed Volume with Tip Ejector

GS-3312-5

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 5 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-10

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 10 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-15

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 15 µl, Color: Red, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-20

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 20 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-25

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 25 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-50

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 50 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-100

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 100 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-200

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3312-250

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 250 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3302-25

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 25 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-30

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 30 µl, Color: Yellow, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-40

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 40 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-50

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 50 µl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-100

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 100 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-200

Diamond Pipettor,

Volume: 200 µl, Color: Lavender, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3302-250

Diamond Pipettor,

Volume: 250 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3302-500

Diamond Pipettor,

Volume: 500 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3302-1000

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 1000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3302-2000

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 2000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

GS-3302-3000

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 3000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

GS-3302-5000

Diamond Pipettor, Volume: 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

GS-3312-500

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 500 µl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3312-1000

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 1000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3307

GS-3312-2000

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 2000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

GS-3312-5000

Diamond Pro Pipettor, Volume: 5000 µl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3308B

Multi-Channel with Tip Ejector

Globe’s 8-channel Diamond PRO pipettors feature a 360° rotating manifold which provides universal right or left hand use. Utilizing our super-soft elastomer grips, fatigue of the hands and fingers is minimized. The unique padding not only reduces thumb stress, but also minimizes the transfer of body heat to the pipette, resulting in consistant accuracy. All Diamond pipettors come with a certificate of calibration, a recalibration tool kit and a full one year warranty.

GS-3303-10

8 Place Multi-Channel Pipettor, Volume: 0.5 - 10 μl, Color: Red

GS-3303-50

8 Place Multi-Channel Pipettor, Volume: 5 - 50 μl, Color: Yellow

GS-3303-300

8 Place Multi-Channel Pipettor, Volume: 30 - 300 μl, Color: Orange

Pipette Tips

Diamond Pipette Tips are molded using premium grade plastic and offer consistent accuracy when used with Diamond pipettors.

Diamond Jr. Pipettors

These fixed volume pipettors are accurate, economical and half the size of a standard pipettor. They are fully autoclavable and are perfect for kits, schools and single use applications where precision pipetting is required.

GS-3322-5

Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 5 μl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3322-10

Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 10 μl, Color: Pink, Pipette Tip No.: 3305

GS-3322-20

Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 20 μl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3322-25

Diamond Jr. Pipettor,

Volume: 25 μl, Color: Green, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3322-35

Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 35 μl, Color: Blue, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3322-50

Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 50 μl, Color: Purple, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

GS-3322-100

Diamond Jr. Pipettor, Volume: 100 μl, Color: Orange, Pipette Tip No.: 3306

RV-Pette™ Repeat Volume Pipettor

The RV-Pette™ Pipette provides accurate and reproducible repetitive pipetting from the single filling of a disposable tip. Use of the RV-Pette™ saves time and reduces the fatigue associated with repetitive pipetting using a standard pipettor. Twenty-nine different volumes between 1 μl and 5000 μl may be dispensed with this pipette. As many as forty-eight pipetting steps may be carried out without refilling the reservoir tip. Samples can be dispensed at intervals as fast as 1 second without compromising accuracy or reproducibility. The slender body of the RVPette™ fits comfortably in the natural contour of your hand. The plunger is located on the top of the unit, like that of a standard pipette, for easy access and reduction of hand strain. The RV-Pette™ performs best when used with Globe’s dispenser syringe tips.

Racks

The Diamond Acrylic Pipettor Stand offers safe and convenient storage for pipettors.

GS-3305

0.1 - 20 μl, Natural, 1000/Pack

GS-3305R

0.1 - 20 μl, Natural, 96/Rack, 10 Racks/Case

GS-3306

1 - 200 μl, Yellow, 1000/Pack

GS-3306R

1 - 200 μl, Yellow, 1000/Rack

GS-3307

100 - 1000 μl, Blue, 1000/Pack

GS-3307R

100 - 1000 μl, Blue, 1000/Rack

GS-3308B

1000 - 5000 μl, Natural, 250/Pack

Features

•Convenient tip selection chart located on the body of the pipette

•Maintenance free

•Use with Globe dispenser syringe tips

•Comes with a certificate of calibration and one year warranty

GS-3250

RV-Pette™ Repeat Volume Pipettor

GS-3310-4

Holds 4 Pipettors

GS-3310-6

Holds 6 Pipettors

Vaccu-Pette/96™ Pipetting Device

The Vaccu-Pette/96™ pipetting device is a 96-channel pipetting device that can aspirate or dispense 96 wells in less than 10 seconds. It speeds up repetitive washing, dispensing or aspirating all wells simultaneously. Simply connect a disposable plastic syringe to the Vaccu Pette/96™ pipetting device and withdraw the plunger to transfer liquid. Use the Vaccu Pette/96™ pipetting device to remove spent medium from cultures in preparation for feeding. Molded of transparent plastics materials, it is 127 x 86 x 37 mm high (5" x 3 3⁄8" x 1 7⁄16") and has a vacuum outlet at one end. A short length of 3.2 mm I.D. (1⁄8") tubing is supplied for syringe connection. Requires a 30 ml or larger disposable sterile syringe (not included).

Individually packed, sterile and disposable.

Disposable Gloves

RONCO SILKTEX

Latex Examination Gloves

5 mil thickness

Features Rapid Release Valve for One-Handed Operation

Designed for fast and efficient single -handed operation with glass or plastic pipettes. Pipettes are easily inserted into a unique collar with stabilizing fingers to hold pipette securely. Rotating the knurled thumb wheel draws liquid to the desired volume. To empty rapidly, apply light pressure to the fast release lever. For gradual dispensing, rotate the thumb wheel. Easily disassembled for cleaning. Sizes are color coded. Sold Individually.

Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettor, 2 ml, Blue Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettor, 10 ml, Green Fast Release Pipette Pump™ II Pipettor, 25 ml, Red

A. Transpette™ 8

Channel Transfer Pipettor

Economical and Disposable

Now you can perform plate washing, feeding and supernatant collection with one of the most unique pipetting devices available. The Transpette™ pipettor is an inexpensive, disposable, 8-channel transfer pipettor which can deliver and remove liquids from your microwell plates without the use of pipettors and pipette tips. To avoid radiation contamination of your expensive liquid handling devices, discard the Transpette™ transfer pipettor after "hot" radioactive uses. Molded of translucent plastic, the Transpette™ pipetting device holds 600 μl per channel. Available sterile or non-sterilized. Cannot be autoclaved.

B. Disposable Pipetting Reservoir

The pipetting reservoir has a 100 ml capacity for extended multi-channel pipetting into microwell plates, Mini-Tubes, Scienceware® Cube 2ube® Tubes and deep well blocks. This design allows ample clearance for all types of pipettors.

BEL-F37873-0000

Transpette™ Pipettor, Non-Sterile, 25/Bag

BEL-F37876-0000E

Sterile, Disposable Vaccu-Pette/96™ Pipetting Device, Each BEL-37876-0001E

Autoclavable, Reusable Vaccu-Pette/96™ Pipetting Device, Each

BEL-F37877-0000

Disposable Pipetting Reservoir Bulk Packed, Non-Sterile, 50/Box

BEL-F37877-0001

Individually Packed, Radiation Sterilized, 50/Box

Powder Free

RO-819

SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-829

SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-839 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-849

SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-859

SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Lightly Powdered

RO-519

SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-529

SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-539

SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-549

SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-559

SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Bel-Bulb™ Pipettor

The Bel-Bulb™ Pipettor is a simple suction device with a soft tapered chuck to fit pipettes from 6 to 8 mm in diameter. The flexible vinyl bulb is 5 cm diameter x 7 cm long (2" x 2 3/4"). After filling your pipette, remove the bulb and quickly cover the top of the pipette with a finger to hold fluid or release it as needed.

Transfer Pipettes

General Purpose

These Transfer Pipettes are offered in a variety of sizes and styles. Choose from our standard graduated and non-graduated transfer pipettes, fine tip transfer pipettes, mini transfer pipettes and extra large 12" transfer pipettes. We have the right pipette for your requirements. Produced from flexible polyethylene (PE), these pipettes are perfect for all liquid transfer applications.

Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes

Ideal for dispensing small volumes, loading hemocytometers and transferring liquid to and from multi-well plates.

Standard Pipettes-Graduated

GS-137035-500

3 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 1 ml, Length: 140 mm, 21 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-137030-500

5 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 1 ml, Length: 145 mm, 24 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-135030-500

7 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 3 ml, Length: 155 mm, 23 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box Also

Fine Tip Pipettes, Non-Graduated

GS-134010-500

1.3 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated,

Length: 51 mm, 45 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-134020-400

1.5 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated,

Length: 104 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box

GS-134070-250

3.3 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated,

Length: 153 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 250/Dispenser Box

GS-134050-500

5.8 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated,

Length: 147 mm, 55 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-134050-S20

5.8 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated,

Length: 147 mm, 60 Drops/ml, Sterile, 20/Bag, 20 Bags/Case, 400/Case

GS-134060-500

5.8 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated,

Length: 157 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-134090-400

8.7 ml Fine Tip Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated,

Length: 147 mm, 45 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box Also available in larger quantities.

Standard Pipettes, Non-Graduated

GS-138060-500

4 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Blood Bank Style, Length: 130 mm, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-136030-500

4.5 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Narrow Stem, Length: 155 mm, 25 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-139020-500

6.5 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Narrow Stem, Length: 155 mm, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-138080-500

7 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 155 mm, 23 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-138030-400

8 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Large Bulb, Length: 157 mm, 20 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box

GS-139040-250

15 ml Standard Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Large Bulb, Length: 155 mm, Non-Sterile, 250/Dispenser Box Also available in larger quantities.

BEL-F37887-0000B

Bel-Bulb™ Pipettor, 2/Bag

GS-137035-500

GS-137030-500

GS-135030-500

GS-138060-500

GS-136030-500

GS-139020-500

GS-138080-500

GS-138030-400

GS-139040-250

GS-134010-500

GS-134020-400

GS-134070-250

GS-134050-500

GS-134050-S20

GS-134090-400

Mini Pipettes, Graduated & Non-Graduated

GS-138040-500

1.2 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated,

Length: 65 mm, 26 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-134010-500

1.3 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Fine Tip,

Length: 51 mm, 45 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-134020-400

1.5 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Fine Tip,

Length: 104 mm, 50 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 400/Dispenser Box

GS-136036-500

1.5 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Graduated To 0.3 ml,

Length: 115 mm, 21 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-138020-500

1.7 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated,

Length: 87 mm, 27 Drops/ml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-136020-500

4 ml Mini Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Narrow Stem, Length :85 mml, Non-Sterile, 500/Dispenser Box

Also available in larger quantities.

Extra Long Transfer Pipettes

Available in 9" and 12" lengths, these pipettes are ideal for reaching into large bottles, 24 hour urine containers, cylinders and jars.

Mini Transfer Pipettes

Ideal for use in diagnostic test kits and where small volume samples are required.

Extra Long Pipettes, Non-Graduated

GS-139030-500*

6 ml Extra Long Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 225 mm, 28 Drops/ml, 500/Dispenser Box

GS-139050

23 ml Extra Long Transfer Pipettes, Non-Graduated, Length: 300 mm, 100/Dispenser Box

Also available in larger quantities.

Bellows Transfer Pipettes

The accordian-shaped, high capacity bulb of the Bellows Pipette acts as a reservoir for filling and expelling liquids. The bulb provides strong suction for use with viscous liquids.

Paddle Transfer Pipettes

These dual-purpose pipettes are used for small volume transfers and feature an integrated rigid paddle used for mixing, spreading and smearing.

Bellows Pipettes

GS-138002

7 ml Bellows Pipettes, Graduated To 1.5 ml, Excellent For Food And Cosmetic Applications, 100/Bag, 20 Bags/Case, 2000/Case, SPECIAL ORDER ITEM

GS-138005

15 ml Bellows Pipettes, Graduated To 5 ml, Excellent For Food And Cosmetic Applications, 100/Bag, 12 Bags/Case, 1200/Case, SPECIAL ORDER ITEM

Also available in larger quantities.

Transfer Pipettes with Paddle, Non-Graduated

GS-136080-500

0.8 ml Transfer Pipettes W/ Paddle, Non-Graduated, Length: 124 mm, 50 uL Drop Size, 500/Dispenser Box, Features A Paddle At One End To Facilitate The Spreading Of Substances

GS-136070-500

1 ml Transfer Pipettes W/ Paddle, Non-Graduated, Narrow Tip, Length: 130 mm, 30 uL Drop Size, 500/Dispenser Box, Features A Paddle At One End To Facilitate The Spreading Of Substances Also available in larger quantities.

GS-138040-500 GS-134010-500

GS-134020-400 GS-136036-500

GS-138020-500 GS-136020-500

GS-139030-500* GS-139050

GS-136080-500 GS-136070-500

Monoject 60 cc Syringes Monoject 140 cc Piston Syringes

Specimen Containers - Leak Resistant

Features

•Bold dual graduations 60 cc in 5 cc increments and 2 oz in 1/4" oz increments

•Autoclavable in rigid pack

•Oriented, compact package

•Sterile

Part Number Syringe Tip

TY-8881560224 Regular Luer 100

TY-8881560182 Eccentric Luer 100

TY-8881560141 Catheter (Irrigation)100

TY-8881560125 Luer Lock 100

TY-8881560265 Toomey Type (Irrigation)100

Features

•Bold dual graduations 140 cc in 5 cc increments and 5 oz in 1/4 oz increments

•Autoclavable

Part Number Syringe Tip

Non-Sterile

TY-8881114014 Regular Luer 20

TY-8881114030 Luer Lock 20

TY-8881114055 Catheter (Irrigation)20

Sterile

TY-8881114063 Luer Lock 20

Automatic Burettes

Self Zeroing Glass Burettes

These burettes have easy to read blue graduations against a white background. The delivery end is fitted into a plastic push button stopcock which permits drop by drop delivery. A small screw clamp adjusts drop speed as needed for titration. A polyethylene filling tube extends from the top of the burette into the bottle reservoir. Bottle, screw cap, and round base are polyethylene. Graduation accuracy is Class B. Sold Individually

BEL-H37918-0109E

BEL-H37918-0110E Automatic

BEL-H37918-0111E

BEL-H37918-0112E

These Tite-Rite™ containers are the ultimate in leak-tight storage and transport of liquids. An expanded inner liner in the screwcap is designed to compress against the uppermost walls and top rim of the container thereby providing an air-tight seal.

Technical information

• Container = Polypropylene (PP)

Cap = Polyethylene (PE)

• Molded graduation marks

• Ideal for hospital pneumatic tube systems

GS-6518

Tite-Rite™ Containers W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 20 ml (0.66 oz),

Container Dimensions: Diameter: 1 1/2" (35 mm), Height: 1 3/4", 1000/Case

GS-6520

Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 40 ml (1.33 oz),

Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2" (48 mm), Height: 1 5/8", 600/Case

GS-6522

Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 60 ml (2 oz),

Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2" (48 mm), Height: 2 3/8", 500/Case

GS-6524

Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 90 ml (3 oz),

Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2" (48 mm), Height: 3", 400/Case

GS-6525

Tite-Rite™ Wide Mouth Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 90 ml (3 oz),

Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2 1/4" (53 mm), Height: 2 1/2", 300/Case

GS-6527

Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate White Screwcap, Clarified Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 120 ml (4 oz),

Container Dimensions: Diameter: 2 1/4" (53 mm), Height: 3 1/8", 300/Case

GS-6540

Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate Yellow Screwcap, Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 250 ml (8 oz),

Container Dimensions: Diameter: 3 1/2", Height: 2 1/4", 100/Case

GS-6542

Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate Yellow Screwcap, Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 500 ml (16 oz),

Container Dimensions: Diameter: 3 1/2", Height: 4 3/8", 100/Case

GS-6545

Tite-Rite™ Container W/ Separate Yellow Screwcap, Polypropylene, Graduated, Capacity: 1000 ml (33 oz),

Container Dimensions: 4 3/8", Height: 5 3/8", 100/Case

4 oz (120 ml) Specimen Containers with Screw Cap

Our unique 4 oz Specimen Container features the EZ-Turn 1/4 turning screw cap which is designed to assist in the prevention of carpal tunnel syndrome. The lid opens and closes with one smooth movement, which minimizes the usage of the operator’s hand and lower arm area, and reduces the stress placed on the wrist.

GS-5912

4 oz Specimen Container W/ Label, Individually Wrapped, Sterile, 100/Box

GS-5910

4 oz Specimen Container W/ Label, Individually Wrapped, Sterile, 200/Box

GS-5915

4 oz Specimen Container, Non-Sterile, 500/Box

GS-5914

4 oz Specimen Container, Non-Sterile, 100/Box

GS-5916

4 oz Specimen Container W/ Affixed Thermometer & Screw Cap, Non-Sterile, 500/Box

Sample Tubes

These Sample Tubes have been designed for the storage and transport of biological material. They are manufactured of non-toxic polypropylene (PP) and offer a high degree of strength and clarity. The tubes come with external threads resulting in a smooth, uniform inner surface thereby reducing the risk of contamination.

Non-Sterile Containers: Graduated to 100 ml & frosted writing area

Sterile Containers: Graduated to 100 ml, individually wrapped & trilingual patient ID label (English, Spanish & French)

Container = Polypropylene (PP) Cap = Polyethylene (PE)

The screw caps for the sample tubes are made of polypropylene (PP) and are available either with or without an O-Ring.

Features

•Tubes withstand a temperature range of -196°C to +121°C

•Round bottom tubes can be centrifuged up to 17,000 x g

•Autoclavable (121°C) in an upright position with caps loosened

Sample tubes are available in the following two types:

Non-Graduated

GS-6030

1.2 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6031

2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6032

2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6033

3.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6034

4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6035

4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6038

5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6039

5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

Screw Cap with O-Ring

GS-6137C

Screw Cap, Natural, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6137B

Screw Cap, Blue, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6137G

Screw Cap, Green, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6137P

Screw Cap, Pink, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6137R

Screw Cap, Red, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6137W

Screw Cap, White, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

GS-6137Y

Screw Cap, Yellow, W/ O-Ring, 1000/Box

Graduated with White Writing Area

GS-6050

1.2 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6051

2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6052

2.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6053

3.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6054

4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6055

4.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

GS-6058

5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Round Bottom, 1000/Box

GS-6059

5.0 ml, Polypropylene (PP), Self-Standing, 1000/Box

Screw Cap without O-Ring

GS-6136C

Screw Cap, Natural, 1000/Box

GS-6136B

Scre Cap, Blue, 1000/Box

GS-6136G

Screw Cap, Green, 1000/Box

GS-6136P

Screw Cap, Pink, 1000/Box

GS-6136R

Screw Cap, Red, 1000/Box

GS-6136W

Screw Cap, White, 1000/Box

GS-6136Y

Screw Cap, Yellow, 1000/Box

Glass Facts

Features

•Maximum visibility

•Impervious to permeation of gases

•Shapes and volumes do not change under vacuum pressure or when handled

•Recyclable

•Amber glass provides UV light protection

•Chemically inert

•Autoclavable

Cap Styles Also Available Upon Request: Black Phenolic Pulp/Vinyl, Black Phenolic Polyseal™, Black Phenolic Rubber & Bottle Only Bulk packages also available

Ready To Clean Glass Containers

Ready to Clean Bottles are designed for users who prefer to use their own cleaning process. Ready to Clean bottles are fully assembled with polypropylene caps and a friction fit .015" Teflon® disc. Both cap and liner can be washed, heated or autoclaved depending upon your application. The Teflon® disc is chemically inert, and will not interfere with your test results.

Clear Straight Sided Rounds Ready to Clean Black PP Cap & Teflon® Disc Cap Style

Precleaned by Vacuum & Ionization

Contaminants such as loose dirt, carton lint, aerosols, and fine glass particles are removed by the Vacuum and Ionization process.

Borosilicate Sample Vials

Clear Sample Vials are packed in Blue Plastic Corrugate to reduce carton dust.

Amber & Clear Round Dropper Bottles

With black polypropylene hole cap with glass dropper assembly.

Natural Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle

The dropper pulls out leaving the polypropylene stopper to protect the neck of the glass bottle. All parts disassemble to clean.

Features

•Soft vinyl bulb

•Ground standard taper neck in bottle

•"Bumper" opening protects the tip of the glass dropper

BEL-F11604-0030

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 30 ml, Each

BEL-F11604-0060

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 50 ml, Each

BEL-F11604-0125

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 125 ml, Each

White Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style

Clear Polystyrene Jars with White PP SturdeeSeal® PE Foam Cap Style

Clear Polystyrene Snap Cap Vials

HDPE Hedpaks®

Wide Mouth Natural HDPE Lab Style Bottles

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles

Eliminates Dangerous Drips

A unique, patented, 2-piece valve prevents pressure build-up of solvents within the wash bottle. The volatiles are vented eliminating solvent drips. Patented value allows dispensing with bottle upright or inverted. Wash bottles are labeled with six of the most commonly used solvent names. Bottles are low-density polyethylene, closures and venting assembly are polypropylene. Note: Use only with solvents compatible with LDPE.

Write-On™ Bottles

Simplify Labeling!

Large dedicated labeling areas help to standardize the way bottle contents are identified. A separate area is provided for name and a larger area allows for detail of contents or safety information and includes a defined space for date information. Bottles are molded of rugged HDPE in 500 and 1000 ml (16 & 32 oz) sizes and are available as narrow or wide mouth with leak proof polypropylene cap. Ideal for storing and transporting liquids or dry material.

FEP Wash Bottles

Fluoropolymer Wash Bottles, FEP Bottles; Tefzel ETFE closure/stem and draw tube. The most chemical-resistant wash bottle. Onepiece stem and closure for leak proof service. Provides contamination-free dispensinguseful for trace element work. Packaged Individually.

BEL-F11642-0622B

Acetone, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0637B

Ethanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0612B

Ethyl Acetate, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0624B

Isopropanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0638B

LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0623B

Methanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0611B

Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0222B

Acetone, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0237B

Ethanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0224B

Isopropanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0238B

LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0223B

Methanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

Fluoropolymer Bottles with Rounded Bottoms

Sold Individually.

JIP-BTP5009-0030N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 30 ml

JIP-BTP5009-0060N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 60 ml

JIP-BTP5009-0125N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 125 ml

JIP-BTP5009-0250N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 250 ml

JIP-BTP5009-0500N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 500 ml

JIP-BTP5009-1000N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 1000 ml

JIP-BTF5009-0030N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 30 ml

JIP-BTF5009-0060N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 60 ml

JIP-BTF5009-0125N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml

JIP-BTF5009-0125W

Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml

JIP-BTF5009-0250N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml

JIP-BTF5009-0250W

Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml

BEL-F10660-0500B

Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz), Narrow Mouth, 12/Bag

BEL-F10660-1000B

Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz), Narrow Mouth, 6/Bag

BEL-F10662-0500B

Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Wide Mouth, 12/bag

BEL-F10662-1000B

Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Wide Mouth, 6/Bag

JIP-WBT5008-125F

FEP Wash Bottle, 125 ml, Each

JIP-WBT5008-250F

FEP Wash Bottles, 250 ml, Each

JIP-WBT5008-500F

FEP Wash Bottles, 500 ml, Each

JIP-WBT5008-1000F

FEP Wash Bottles,1000 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0500N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml

JIP-BTF5009-0500W

Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml

JIP-BTF5009-1000N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml

JIP-GBF5009-1000W

Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml

JIP-BTF5009-2000N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 2000 ml

Fluoropolymer Vials

PFA Vials with threaded closures designed primarily for storage of samples. Available with flat, conical and rounded inner style configurations. Some vials are molded with solid outside bottoms for use on hot plates.

All vials also available in packs of 10 with tray. For vials with tray, add the letter "T" to the end of each catalog number for this configuration.

All Plain Closure (Non-Septum) PFA vials available with PTFE liner inside closure. Add the letter "L" to the end of each catalog number for this configuration.

PTFE Vials

Features

•Storage/shipping of valuable or aggressive materials

•For small reactions at lowpressure

•Thick wall construction

•Tapered inner walls for easy contents removal

JIP-014-125

Clavies® Autoclavable Bags

Safe, Convenient Biohazard Disposal

For maximum protection and convenience when disposing of biohazardous wastes, Clavies® transparent, autoclave bags are made of .05 mm (.002") thick polypropylene. Fill the bag with used Petri dishes, membrane filters, culture plates, pipettes, etc., then autoclave and discard. The three largest sizes hold 65, 200 and 240 standard Petri dishes respectively. Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). 100/Box, 10 Boxes/Case

JIP-VIA5007-3VR

3 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 23 mm,

Plain Threaded Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-5VSN

5 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Standard, Inner Style: Flat, 24 mm, Snap-On Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-6VRHD

6 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 23 mm,

Plain Threaded, Heavy Duty Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-7VR

7 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 24 mm,

Plain Threaded Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-15VR

15 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-15VC

15 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Conical, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-22VF

22 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Standard, Inner Style: Flat, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-30VR

30 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-30VC

30 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Conical, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-60VF

60 ml, PFA Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Flat, 33 mm, Plain Threaded Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-5SVC

5 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Fin-Type, Inner Style: Conical, 24 mm, Threaded Septum Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-7SVR

7 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style: Rounded, 24 mm, Threaded Septum Closure, Each

JIP-VIA5007-30SVF

30 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Standard, Inner Style: Flat, 33 mm, Threaded Septum Closure Each

JIP-VIA5007-60SVF

60 ml, PFA Septum Vials, Bottom Style: Flat, Inner Style:Flat, 33 mm, Threaded Septum Closure, Each

BEL-H13182-0810C

Clavies® Autoclavable Bags, 20 x 25 cm (8" x 10"), 1000/Case

BEL-H13182-0812C

Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 20 x 30 cm (8" x 12"), 1000/Case

BEL-H13182-0815C

Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 20 x 38 cm (8" x 15"), 1000/Case

BEL-H13182-1010C

Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 25 x 25 cm (10" x 10"), 1000/Case

BEL-H13182-1012C

Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 25 x 30 cm (10" x 12"), 1000/Case

BEL-H13182-1015C

Clavies® Autoclavable Bags 25 x 38 cm (10" x 15"), 1000/Case

Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags

Use these Sterile LDPE Bags to safely hold your solids and liquids. Easy-to-use, simply flip bag around wire/tape and bend wire to seal.

Sampling Bags without White Labeling Area

Features

•Puncture-proof tabs ensure wire will not poke through even after extensive use

•Sampling bags are available without or with a white labeling area

•Guaranteed sterile

•Reduced storage space

•Easy identification

•Leakproof closure

"Speci-Sponge" Bags are designed to sample work surfaces and equipment Listeria, Salmonella, and other food-borne pathogens: contain a 38 x 76 mm (1.5" x 3") sponge that is free of bactericides and non-inhibitory; with write labeling area. The Whirl Pak® Stand-Up Bag gives you the freedom to perform important laboratory functions with both hands, because it will stand up completely by itself.

The Whirl Pak® Retention Bag is used for long-term storage up to two years. Filter Bags contain a third layer of finely perforated polyethylene, which filters out the solids in the sample when used in a homogenizer blender.

Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Tray for Shaking Incubation

NA-B01432WA

Holds Rack NA-B00677WA, Small Bags

NA-B01433WA

Holds Rack NA-B00751WA, Medium Bags

NA-B01434WA

Holds Rack NA-B01048WA, Large Bags

Sampling Bag Accessories Carrying Racks

NA-B00677WA

Double Grid 21 Compartment

NA-B00678WA

Double Grid 15 Compartment

NA-B00750WA

Double Grid 30 Compartment

NA-B00751WA

Double Grid 12 Compartment

NA-B01048WA

Double Grid 6 Compartment (Also For Incubator Use)

NA-B01023WA

Single Grid 18 Compartment

Sampling Bag Accessories

Playmate® Cooler

NA-B00772WA

Double Grid 18 Compartment Fits Regular Size Playmate® Cooler

NA-B01109WA

Double Grid 15 Compartment Fits Little Playmate® Cooler

Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Handle

NA-B01309WA Rack Handle

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders

Roll-Proof and Easy to Read

These Single Scale Graduated Cylinders have a single scale with raised numerals for easy reading. Flared top rims and large spouts facilitate pouring, and octagon-shaped bases provide stability. The "nonwetting" polypropylene surface eliminates concave meniscus and makes reading easier and more accurate. Chemically resistant and autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Sold Individually.

"No-Drip" Spout for Easy Pouring

Graduated Beakers

Griffin Low Form Polypropylene Beakers are translucent, chemical resistant and will stack without sticking together. Raised numeric graduations show approximate volume (± 5%). All sizes are steam autoclavable at 121ºC (250ºF).

BEL-F28452-0000E

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 10 ml, Subdivision: 0.2 ml, Each

BEL-F28453-0000E

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 25 ml, Subdivision: 0.5 ml, Each

BEL-F28454-0000E

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 50 ml, Subdivision: 1.0 ml, Each

BEL-F28455-0000E

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 100 ml, Subdivision: 1.0 ml, Each

BEL-F28456-0000E

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 250 ml, Subdivision: 2.0 ml, Each

BEL-F28457-0000E

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 500 ml, Subdivision: 5.0 ml, Each

BEL-F28458-0000E

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 1000 ml, Subdivision: 10.0 ml, Each

BEL-F28459-0000E

Single Scale Graduated Cylinders, Vol.: 2000 ml, Subdivision: 20.0 ml, Each

Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinders

Grip Handle for Steady Pouring

The handle on a Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinder provides a secure, solid grip for superior control. The result is safer, more convenient pouring. The one-piece polypropylene cylinder will not create a meniscus. The "Total Contained, Total Delivered" double scale is accurate and easy to read, and the hexagonal base prevents tipping and rolling. The hand opening is 89 x 29 mm (3" x 1 1/8"). Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F).

BEL-F28461-1000E

Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinders, 1000 ml, Each

BEL-F28461-2000E

Holdfast™ Graduated Cylinders, 2000 ml, Each

BEL-F26210-0000B

Graduated Beakers, 50 ml, 12/Bag

BEL-F26211-0000B

Graduated Beakers, 100 ml, 12/Bag

BEL-F26212-0000B

Graduated Beakers, 150 ml 12/Bag

BEL-F26213-0000B

Graduated Beakers, 250 ml, 6/Bag

BEL-F26214-0000B

Graduated Beakers, 400 ml, 6/Bag

Large Volume Beakers

5 & 10 Liter Capacity

Ideal for Pilot Plant Work

BEL-F26215-0000B

Graduated Beakers, 600 ml, 4/Bag

BEL-F26216-0000B

Graduated Beakers, 1000 ml, 3/Bag

BEL-F26217-0000B

Graduated Beakers, 2000 ml, 1/Bag

BEL-F26219-0000B

Graduated Beakers, 4000 ml, 1/Bag

These non-graduated beakers feature flared rims as well as spouts for quick, easy pouring when large volumes are handled. Made of polypropylene, they offer good chemical resistance and are steam autoclavable at 121ºC (250ºF).

BEL-F26219-0005E

Large Volume Beaker, 5 Liter, Bottom O.D.: 16.5 cm (6 1/2"), Top O.D.: 21 cm (8 1/4"), Height: 26 cm (10 1⁄4"), Each

BEL-F26219-0010E

Large Volume Beaker, 10 Liter, Bottom O.D.: 22.2 cm (8 3/4"), Top O.D.: 26.6 cm (10 1/4"), Height: 31.1 cm (12 1/4"), Each

Sterilizing Trays

Lightweight and Corrosion Proof Molded polypropylene trays have rounded corners and smooth, tapered sides for nesting. Ideal for sterilizing instruments and cleaning glassware. Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Sold Individually.

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers

Features

• Isostatically molded in pure, FDA approved, PTFE

• Machined base for good heat transfer

• Molded-in pouring spout

• Totally chemically resistant and inert

JIP-BEA5001-1

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 1 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-5

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 5 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-10

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 10 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-25

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 25 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-50

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 50 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-100

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 100 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-150

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 150 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-250

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 250 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-400

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 400 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-500

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 500 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-600

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 600 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-1000

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 1000 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-2000

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 2000 ml, Each

JIP-BEA5001-5000

PTFE Thick Wall Beakers, 5000 ml, Each

BEL-H16260-0000E

Sterilizing Tray, 30 x 20 x 13 mm (12" x 7 3/4" x 5 1/8"), Each

BEL-H16262-0000E

Sterilizing Tray, 48 x 27 x 13 mm (19" x 10 1/2" x 5 1/8"), Each

BEL-H16264-0000E

Sterilizing Tray, 51 x 39 x 13 mm (20 1/4" x 15 1/2" x 5 1/8"), Each

Small Pails

These 7.6 Liter (8 qt) pails have an airtight lid, removable plated steel support ring and bail handle. The height is 25 cm (10") and the top I.D. is 20 cm (8"). The Scienceware®

BEL-F16775-0000 pail and cover are steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Packed Per Each.

Stainless Steel Storage Containers / Beakers

Features

•Highly non-corrosive stainless steel can be safely heated

•Smooth finish provides for easy cleaning

BEL-F16771-0000E (Non-Autoclavable) White Polyethylene, Each BEL-F16775-0000E (Autoclavable) Natural Polypropylene, Each

Stainless Steel Funnels

Features

• With Hanging Hook & Vented Stem

Stainless Steel Graduated Measures

•Graduated in ounces and cc's, measures have easy grip handles and large, smooth pouring spouts

Stainless Steel Griffin Style Beakers

Features

•Seamless construction allows for safe transfer to liquids

•Capacity full mark near top of beaker assures accurate measuring

Dimensions (Dia.xH)Unit / Case

• Attached hang rings allow for convenient storage

• Liquid flows smoothly through vented stem

PW-3000B

PW-4000B

PW-2W* 2000 ml Beaker With Closed Handle5 1/16" x 6 5/8"4

PW-3W* 3000 ml Beaker With Closed Handle6 1/16" x 7"4

PW-4W* 4000 ml Beaker With Closed Handle6 7/8" x 8 7/8"4

*No capacity mark

Stainless Steel Lab / Utility Scoops

• Heavy duty scoop has seamless body and strong, tubular handle for easy handling and cleaning

Stainless Steel Solution Pails

Features

• Pails are tapered for easy pouring. "Ears" for handles are an integral part of pail, resisting breakoff and allowing for easy cleaning

Stainless Steel Iodine / Oil Cups

Features

• Easily held during procedures

No-Wire™ Autoclavable Test Tube Racks

A great alternative to wire racks, with price and space saving advantages over other plastic racks currently available. These submersible racks are molded of a special blend of autoclavable polypropylene. They will sink in a water bath and maintain their stability even in agitated water. No-Wire™ racks are also perfect for use outside the water bath, and meet the exacting needs of daily usage in the lab. Supplied in numerous hole sizes, the racks are available in three colors for safety and identification in the lab. Each rack features end plates for labeling as well as numbered and lettered rows for tube identification. Interlocking feet allow stacking of racks for storage. The grid form base has holes 2.16 mm (.085") square. Assembly takes only seconds with fold up sides and end bars that lock into rack tops. Outside dimensions are all the same at 246 x 104 x 64 mm high (9.7" x 4.1" x 2.5"). Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Sold Individually.

Vibrasorb® Vibration Damping Mounts

Vibrasorb® Damping Mounts isolate sensitive analytical balances and other instruments from vibrations caused by nearby equipment such as pumps, stirrers, and blenders. Molded of dense black & white terrazzo, these 64 mm (2 1/2") thick platforms are supported on four VibroAbsorber™ cushions and neoprene feet and support up to 16 kg (35 lbs). The larger size Damping Mount will absorb vibrations down to 13 Hz. The smaller size Damping Mount will absorb vibrations down to 16 Hz with a 16 kg (35 lbs) load. With lighter loads, the minimum frequency of damping will increase to a value between 16 Hz and 25 Hz. A polished surface resists scratches and chemical attack. Overall height is 76 mm (3"). Available in two sizes.

Poxygrid® Labware Drain Stand

Three rows of hairpin-loop supports (14 in all) hold labware with 18 mm I.D. necks or larger. The top row has 12 straight pins 102 mm (4") long to accommodate smaller items. A polystyrene tray at the bottom catches water as labware drains. The legs of the stand have rubber tipped feet for non-skid use on a tabletop, or the stand may be wall mounted using wire loops on the back. 43 x 17 x 48 cm H (16 3/4" x 6 1/2" x 19" H). Shipping weight 2 kg (4 1/2 lbs).

Stopcocks

2-Way and 3-Way Connections

With a removable leak-proof plug made of chemical-resistant, non-stick Teflon® PTFE, these Polypropylene Stopcocks have serrated tubulations that accept 6.4 mm to 9.5 mm (1/4" to 3/8") I.D. tubing. 3-way models allow connection of any two or all three arms. Pressure rating is 240 KPa (35 psi). Sold Individually.

x 22"), 39 kg (87 lbs)

BEL-H18386-0001

Vibrasorb® Vibration, 35 x 35 cm (13 3/4" x 13 3/4"), 19 kg (42 lbs)

Cleanware™ Aqua-Clear™

Water Conditioner

BEL-H18805-0000

Poxygrid®

BEL-F30890-0000E

Stopcock, 2-Way, Bore Size: 2 mm, Each

BEL-F30891-0000E

Stopcock, 2-Way, Bore Size: 4 mm, Each

BEL-F30894-0000E

Stopcock, 3-Way, Bore Size: 2 mm, Each

BEL-F30895-0000E

Stopcock, 3-Way, Bore Size: 4 mm, Each

Aqua-Clear™ Water Conditioner stabilizes water in water baths and other water systems. Just 2 ml per liter of water provides long lasting protection against the growth of algae, bacteria and molds which often contaminate standing water. It also protects pumps and thermostats and helps prevent tubing from clogging. In addition, it may be added to water used in developer for color or X-ray films. It will not harm the film and permits longer use of the same solution. Aqua-Clear™ Water Conditioner adds a blue tint to the water which will fade after about 3 months reminding you to change the water and add new conditioner. 100 ml polyethylene bottle with cap.

BEL-F17093-0000E

Cleanware™ Aqua-Clear™, Each

Labware Drain Stand

Cleanware™ Laboratory Waste Bags

Disposable waste bags with an adhesive strip across the top free bench or hood space when hung from walls, cabinets or virtually anywhere. Simply peel off the backing and hang close to your work area. The back panel is longer than the front for easy opening. White bags are made of High Molecular Weight High Density (HMHD) polyethylene which is steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F). Maximum weight of contents should not exceed 1.36 kg (3 lbs).

Biohazard Disposal Bags

For an economical solution to biohazard waste disposal, use Scienceware® Biohazard Disposal Bags. Made of High Molecular Weight, High-Density (HMHD) polyethylene, these translucent bags can be used for the safe disposal of used pipettes, Petri dishes, culture plates, membrane filters and more. Biohazard Disposal Bags can be autoclaved at a maximum of 121°C (250°F) and discarded. The bags are .03 mm (.0012") thick and are made from material which meets or exceeds the dartimpact test requirement of 165 grams per ASTM D1709-98.

With Biohazard Warning Label; Look for the Sterilization Indicator Patch.

Biohazard Disposal Bags are available with a printed sterilization patch that darkens when subjected to steam sterilization. The bags are printed with the standard biohazard warning symbol and precautionary procedures in four languages: English, French, German, and Spanish.

Printed with Sterilization Indicator Patch

BEL-F13160-0009 Biohazard

BEL-F13162-0009

Biohazard Disposal Bags W/ Label, Size: 61 x 91 cm (24" x 36"), 15 to 20 Gallons, 100/Box

Biohazard Disposal Bags - Orange-Red

Orange-Red Biohazard Bags feature a printed sterilization patch that darkens when subjected to steam sterilization. A large black biohazard symbol and precautionary procedures printed in four languages are clearly visible for added safety. Made of High Molecular Weight, High-Density (HMHD) polyethylene and steam autoclavable to 121°C (250°F).

BEL-F13164-1419

Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0317 mm, Size: 36 x 48 cm (14" x 19"), 2 to 4 Gallons, 200/Box

BEL-F13164-1923

Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0317 mm, Size: 48 x 58 cm (19" x 23"), 6 to 9 Gallons, 200/Box

BEL-F13164-2535

Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0317 mm, Size: 64 x 89 cm (25" x 35"), 10 to 12 Gallons, 200/Box

BEL-F13164-3138

Biohazard Disposal Bags, Thickness: .0381 mm, Size: 79 x 97 cm (31" x 38"), 20 to 30 Gallons, 200/Box

Super Strength Biohazard Disposal Bags

Extra Strength, High Impact, High Temperature Bags Reduce Autoclave Time

Protect against dangerous tears and leaks with extra strong, high impact biohazard disposal bags. The orange-red bags are printed with the standard biohazard warning symbol and precautionary procedures in four languages: English, French, German and Spanish. Extra heavyduty bags are .05 mm (.002") thick blended polymer, autoclavable to 138°C (280°F) and feature a sterilization indicator patch that darkens when exposed to steam sterilization. Extra large sizes available, ask for a quotation.

BEL-F13165-1419

BEL-F13174-1008

Cleanware™ Laboratory Waste Bags, Size: 203 x 254 mm (8" x 10"), 50/Bag

BEL-F13174-1012

Cleanware™ Laboratory Waste Bags, Size: 305 x 406 mm (12" x 16"), 50/Bag

Bags, Size: 79 x 96 cm, (31" x 38"), 20 to 30 Gallons, 200/Box

Write-On™ Label Tapes

Color Code with 6 Vivid Colors

Easy as 1-2-3! Write on It!

Write-On™ Label Tape adheres to any clean surface, including Teflon® fluoropolymer resin coated materials, and peels off without leaving a sticky residue. Pencil, ball-point pen or solvent ink marker remain legible under the most demanding laboratory conditions. The tape consists of colored Kraft paper with rubber resin adhesive that resists moisture and most solvents. The tape will withstand a maximum temperature of 257°C (492°F) for 30 minutes or 80°C (176°F) for 24 hours and can be used down to -73°C (-68°F). All rolls fit on standard 76 mm (3") cores.

Excellent for use with Scienceware® Write-On™ Label Tape Dispensers.

Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes

This Tape Stays Put!

Go ahead, freeze it, autoclave it, even spill acids, alkalies and organic solvents on it. This tape stays put! It is resistant to chemicals and moisture.

Broken Glass Disposal Boxes

Maintain a safe lab with this sturdy corrugated cardboard receptacle. The box is supplied with a 2 mil thick polyethylene bag to contain broken glass fragments and spilled liquids. When the box is full, the safety cap is pulled into place and the entire unit is ready for disposal. The Broken Glass Disposal Box is printed with eye-catching graphics in four languages (English, German, French, Spanish). It is packaged flat to save space and shipping costs and is quickly assembled. Available in two sizes. The floor model holds 18 kg (40 lbs) of waste. The benchtop model holds 5.5 kg (12 lbs). Does not qualify as a DOT container.

Virgin TFE Lab Tape

Features

•Made from 100% Virgin Teflon PTFE

•Use where non-contamination standards are high, including environmental, water, oil, chemical, medical and food processing applications

•No pigments or additives

•Excellent thread seal tape

•Density = .4

Sold Individually & 24 Rolls/Case

Add the letter "E" for Each & the letter "C" for Case at the end of the part number.

BEL-F13463-0175

Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 60, Color: White

BEL-F13463-0110

Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 60, Color: White

BEL-F13463-1075

Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Red

BEL-F13463-1010

Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Red

BEL-F13463-2075

Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Yellow

BEL-F13463-2010

Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Yellow

BEL-F13463-3075

Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Green

BEL-F13463-3010

Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Green

BEL-F13463-4075

Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Blue

BEL-F13463-4010

Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Blue

BEL-F13463-5075

Width: 19.0 mm (3/4"), Yards: 40, Color: Orange

BEL-F13463-5010

Width: 25.4 mm (1"), Yards: 40, Color: Orange

Provides great versatility for heavy-duty lab use. Test results prove that it remains securely affixed with no discoloration after being autoclaved for 40 minutes at 125°C (258°F), as well as after one week in liquid nitrogen at196°C (-384°F). Clear polyester tapes are 1 mil (.001"), (.025 mm) thick with 1mil of acrylic adhesive. Rolls are 32.9 meters (36 yards) long.

•3 mil thick

• Temperature range of - 450°F to + 550°F

• Meets or exceeds Mil Spec. T-27730A

• Conveniently packaged 3 rolls/bag

BEL-F13453-0010C

Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes, 25 mm (1") Wide, (2 Rolls Required For 1000, 38 mm (1 1/2") Long Labels), 36/Case

BEL-F13453-0015C

Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes, 38 mm (1 1/2") Wide, (3 Rolls Required For 1000, 76 mm (3") Long Labels), 24/Case

BEL-F13453-0020C

Clear Protective Lab Labeling Tapes, 51 mm (2") Wide, (3 Rolls Required For 1000, 76 mm (3") Long Labels), 24/Case

JIP-TAP5075-25-5203

Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 1/4" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack

JIP-TAP5075-05-5203

Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 1/2" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack

JIP-TAP5075-75-5203

Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 3/4" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack

JIPTAP5075-1-5203

Virgin PTFE Lab Tape, 1" W x 520" L, 3 Rolls/Pack

A. Screw Clamp

This tubing clamp offers on/off and fine control so accurate that it replaces stopcocks in many applications. It may be put in place without disconnecting tubing or interrupting your operation. Molded of Delrin® plastic, the clamp is autoclavable and resistant to acids, alkalies and organic solvents. Accepts flexible tubing up to 14 mm (1/2") O.D.

B. Spring Tubing Clamps

Perfect for all flexible tubing, this positiveaction, self-closing clamp opens by squeezing the handles together. Made of chemical and stain-resistant Delrin® plastic and stainless steel.

C. Tubing Clamp

Strong acetal plastic clamp with serrated jaws provides secure closure on tubing with a wall of .82 mm (1/32") or thinner. The open clamp slides over tubing for easy installation at any point and may be left clipped in an open position for convenient storage without constricting flow. It locks when closed and springs open when the locking tab is released. Jaws are 27 mm (1 1/16") long; total length is 59 mm (2 5/16") long.

Clamp Your Tube In Place!

BEL-F18212-0000B

A. Screw Clamp, 3/Bag

BEL-H18213-0000B

B. Spring Tubing Clamps Fits Tubing O.D. Up To 8 mm (5/16"), 3/Bag

BEL-H18214-0000B

B.

BEL-F18218-0000B

C. Tubing Clamp, 12/Bag

Disposable Gloves

RONCO SILKTEX

Portable Glove Box System

Economical Containment Barrier Unit Ideal for Isolating Material to be Processed.

The operator and the ambient environment are protected with this lightweight, self-contained portable isolation cabinet. A large acrylic window with glove ports permits safe viewing of operations, and the 8" diameter side port allows easy insertion of material and equipment. Included large size neoprene gloves provide good protection against gas, liquid or solid penetration and are secured to the glove box with clamping rings. Body molded from LDPE with round corners throughout for easy cleaning. Overall dimensions 68.5 W x 33 D x 55 cm H (27" W x 13" D x 22" H).Shipping weight 38 lbs.

BEL-H50028-2000

Glove Box System Fully Assembled W/ 1 Pair Of Gloves & 2 Clamping Rings, Ready To Use

BEL-H50028-0000

Glove Box Only

BEL-H50029-0000

Neoprene Gloves Replacement (Size Large), For BEL-H50028 Only

BEL-H50029-0200

Clamping Rings Replacement For BEL-H50028 Only

Latex Examination Gloves 5 mil thickness

Powder Free

RO-819

SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-829 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-839 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-849

SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-859

SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Lightly Powdered

RO-519

SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-529

SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-539

SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-549

SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-559

SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Polyurethane Sleeves

Features

100% Polyurethane, length: 19.5", colour: white, blue or yellow, thickness: 5.5 mil, heavy duty strength, easy to clean, resistant to wide of variety of chemicals, acids, oils, fuels, solvents, detergents, and alcohols

FEP Bench/Surface Protector

Features

• Corrosion resistant

• Self-adhesive

• Easy to apply

• Easy to clean

• Impact absorbing

• Attractive

JIP-PROT18-2515

Labmat™ Liner & Sheets

White or Biohazard Safety Orange

Disposable Labmat™ Bench Liner speeds clean-up and safeguards work surfaces from stains, spills and wear. The highly absorbent upper surface traps water, dyes, corrosive chemicals and radioactive solutions. The flexible polyethylene film backing is non-skid and prevents soak-through of most solutions. The entire sheet can be rolled up and discarded after contamination.

Labmat™ Liner is 50.8 cm (20") wide and is packed in 15.2 m (50 ft) rolls, each in a handy dispenser carton. Required footage is easily cut off with scissors while the roll is retained in the dispenser.

6 Rolls (In Dispenser Cartons)/Case Cut sheets package 100/Box

BEL-F24675-0000C

White, 50 ft Roll, 6 Rolls/Case

BEL-F24675-1000C

Safety Orange For Biohazard Designated Use, 50 ft Roll, 6 Rolls/Case

BEL-F24675-0020C

Cut Sheets, White Only, 50.8 x 61 cm (20" x 24"), 100/Box

Shoe Covers

Features

• 100% polypropylene

• Colour: blue

• Anti-slip strips

• Durable

RO-39-368W

White Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case

RO-39-368B

Blue Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case

RO-39-368Y

Yellow Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Cova-Cap Pleated Bouffant

Features

100% non-woven polypropylene, pleated, latex free, diameter: 21" or 24", colour: blue, green, pink, white or yellow, soft elastic headband for maximum protection and hair retention, fluid resistant, lightweight and breathable, ideal for department colour coding

RO-1991S Shoe Covers, Small, 1000/Case

RO-1991 Shoe Covers, Regular, 1000/Case

RO-1991XL

Shoe Covers, X-Large, 1000/Case

21"

RO-771 White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-773 Yellow Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-775 Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-777

Pink Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-779

Green Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

24"

RO-781

White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-785

Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

Biodegradable, Concentrated & Residue Free!

ALCONOX

Powdered Precision Cleaner

Concentrated, anionic detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to give you reliable resultswithout interfering residues. Ideal for cleaning contaminants from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Excellent replacement for corrosive acids and hazardous solvents. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5.

AL-1104-1

TERGAZYME

Enzyme Active Powdered Detergent

Concentrated, anionic detergent with protease enzyme for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Excellent for removal of proteinaceous soils, tissue, blood, and body fluids from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass with no interfering residues. Ideal as a cleaning agent in Reverse Osmosis and UltraFiltration Systems. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5.

AL-1304-1

4 Pound Box

CITRAJET

Low Foaming Liquid Acid Cleaner

Low foaming, phosphate-free, concentrated, liquid cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems and manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibit-ed and free rinsing leaving no interfering residues. Ideal for acid washing and rinsing. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5.

AL-2001-1

1 Gallon

ALCOJET

Low Foaming Powdered Detergent

Nonionic, low foaming cleaner for use in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:200. pH 12.

AL-1404-1

4 Pound Box

DETOJET

Low Foaming Critical Detergent

Low foaming, heavy-duty alkaline detergent for use in labware washers, parts washers, powerspray systems, and ultrasonic cleaning systems. Concentrated, highly emulsifying and penetrating formula is free rinsing, and leaves no interfering residues. Protects interior working parts of washers. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 13.

AL-1632-1

1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)

AL-1601-1

1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

TERGAJET

Low Foaming Phosphate Free Powdered Detergent

Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free powdered cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 11.5.

AL-2204-1 4 Pound Box

LIQUINOX

Critical Cleaning Liquid Detergent

Concentrated, anionic liquid detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to yield reliable results with no interfering residues. Extremely mild and completely soluble in hard and soft water. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 8.5.

AL-1232-1

1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)

AL-1201-1

1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

CITRANOX

Liquid Acid Cleaner and Detergent

Phosphate free, concentrated cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited and free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Ideal for trace metal analysis. USDA authorized. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5.

AL-1801-1 1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

SOLUJET

Low Foaming Phosphate Free Detergent

Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free liquid cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass.Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 12.4.

AL-2101-1

1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

4 Pound Box AL-1112-1 Dispenser Box, (50 x 1/2 oz)

Detergent Selection Guide

Application

Key Concerns

Healthcare/Veterinary

Effective preparation for sterilization, longer instrument life. Reduce waste.

Pharmaceutical/Medical

Device/Biotechnology

Passing cleaning validation for FDA good manufacturing practices. For stainless steel, glass, plastic, elastomer cleaning.

Laboratory/Environmental

Reproducible results, no interfering residues, extending equipment life. Keep laboratory accreditation. Laboratory safety.

Surgical, anaesthetic, and examining instruments and equipment. Catheters and tubes. Blood, body fluids, tissue on instruments.

Titanium dioxide, petrolatum, oils, emulsions, ointments, carbopols, lacquers, zinc oxides, proteins, steroids, alcohols, sugars, and Eudragit* (L/S/L30/D55/NE30D) polymers.

Inorganic residues, salts, metallics, pigments. Eudragit* (E/RL/RS/E100) polymers, amphoterics, coatings, amines, ethers, starches, alkaloids.

Protein/ferment residues. R/O, U/F membranes.

Glass, metal, plastic labware, ceramics, tissue culture, porcelain, clean rooms, animal cages, bioreactors, tubing, benches, safety equipment.

Tubes, reusable pipets.

Microbiology, water lab, and environmental sampling. Phosphate-sensitive labware. EPA procedures. (Acid for water rinse cycle.)

Radioactive equipment/contaminants. Stopcock grease.

Trace metals, metal oxides, scale, salts, starches, amines.

Proteinaceous soils, bio-wastes, tissue, blood and other body fluids, fermentation residues.

Metalworking, Precision Manufacturing, and Optics

Clean parts, avoid volatile solvents, strong acids, and other hazardous chemicals.

Glass, ceramic, porcelain, stainless steel, plastic, rubber. Oils, chemicals, particulates.

Aluminum, brass, copper, and other soft metal parts. Oils, chemicals, particulates (acid for oxides, salts, buffing compound).

Inorganics, metallic complexes, trace metals and oxides, scale, salts, metal brightening.

Silicone oils, mold-release agents, buffing compounds.

Delicate substrates/neutral for waste.

Electronics

Avoid conductive residues, avoid CFCs, pass cleaning criteria.

Food and Dairy

Avoid interfering residues on food-contact equipment.

Cosmetics

Avoid crosscontamination.

Nuclear

Avoid waste interference

p-free=phosphate-free

Circuit boards, assemblies, screens, parts, conductive residues, resins, rosins, fluxes, particulates, salts.

Ceramic insulators and components.

Stainless steel, food-contact equipment. Oxides, scale, trace metals, salts, milkstone.

Filter membranes. Proteins/biofouling.

Product contact surfaces (acids for pigments and salts).

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, sani-sterilizer Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power wash, CIP

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power wash, CIP

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine, power spray, labware washer, washer-sterilizer, cage-washers

Siphon-type washer-rinsers

Field, Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, labware washer

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, warewasher

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, warewasher

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Glassware washer

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power wash

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

Parts washer, power wash

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Parts washer, power wash

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Parts washer, pressure spray

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine wash, pressure spray

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine washer, power spray board and screen washers

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

Parts washers

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine wash, pressure wash, CIP Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak Machine wash, pressure wash, CIP Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

Manual, Ultrasonic, Soak

Parts washers, power spray

(p-free)

LIQUINOX (p-free) DETOJET

LIQUINOX (p-free) SOLUJET (p-free)

CITRANOX CITRAJET

SOLUJET (p-free)

(p-free)

(p-free)

LIQUINOX (p-free) DETOJET SOLUJET (p-free)

LIQUINOX (p-free) SOLUJET-base CITRAJET-acid

Reactor cavities, pipes, tools, protective equip

Manual, Soak, Spray

(p-free) ALCONOX TERGAJET (p-free) ALCOJET TERGAJET (p-free)

LIQUINOX SOLUJET CITRANOX CITRAJET SOLUJET LIQUINOX (p-free) DETOJET SOLUJET (p-free) LIQUI-NOX-base CITRANOX-acid SOLUJET-base CITRAJET-acid CITRANOX CITRAJET CITRANOX SOLUJET (p-free)

LUMINOX (Neutral pH) DETERGENT 8

LIQUINOX (p-base) SOLUJET LIQUINOX DETOJET CITRANOX CITRAJET

LIQUI-NOX-base CITRANOX-acid

We Love Oil!

HydroPhobe Passive SkimmerTM

Oilwick Skimmer

Oilwick® Skimmer recovers spilled oil and denser (less than bunker) mixed hydrocarbon cocktails from groundwater.

Subsurface spill clean-up requires spilled gasoline recovery, spilled diesel recovery, spilled oil recovery from groundwater, and mixed hydrocarbon spill remediation.

Features

•10' lifting chain

•pvc / polypropylene collection cartridge

•100 mm vertical capillary collection element pulls hydrocarbon into reservoir •can be rejuvenated on site •stainless steel base with brass drain valve.

ER-OILWICK-2

0.3 Liters Capacity, 25" L x 1.7" D

ER-OILWICK-4 2 Liters Capacity, 30" L x 3.5" D

The Hydrophobe Passive SkimmerTM is manufactured with our latest technology membrane removing hydrocarbons from water. The skimmers are designed to float on the interface, allowing fluids to enter without water. Just insert the skimmer into the well and allow it to skim water-free products - withdraw when ready.

Specifications

Fabricated in PVC. Consists of a stainless steel bottom-emptying device. Three sizes are available.

ER-0717S

0.7 Liters Capacity, 55" L x 1.7" D

ER-2124S

2.25 Liters Capacity, 68" L x 2.4" D

ER-4536S

4.75 Liters Capacity, 68" L x 3.6" D

CarboBailerTM

The CarboBailerTM is a single, economical way of collecting and/or sampling hydrocarbons from wells, drums, or tanks. It works by just slowly inserting the bailer into the well and just slowly, removing it. As it will be raised from the well, the water will drain out of the bailer while the hydrocarbons will be trapped.

Oil Eaters

Designed for the removal of the top layer of petroleum before sampling without absorbing water. Petroleum absorbing capacity of 0.5 liters per unit. Each unit is individually cleaned and ready to use.

CW-EZ-A6015-12 Oil Eater, Polypro, 1.3" O.D. x 20" L, 12/Case

Fluid Transfer Pump

The hydrocarbons can be removed by either pouring out from the top or using a bottomemptying device.

Specifications

Manufactured in PVC, individually wrapped. Comes with a bottom-emptying device. The 1.5" model comes in a PVC carrying case.

ER-CAR-P163 PVC, 1.6" Dia. x 3' L

The Fluid Transfer Pump provides a clean, quick, no-hassle method of transferring or evacuating virtually any non-volatile fluid including engine oil, coolants, transmission fluid, brake fluid, or power steering fluid. Use it to drain engine oil or transmission fluid directly through the dipstick tube. The pump is small and lightweight, so it fits easily in a toolbox or the trunk of a car, making it convenient to store where you use it the most. It includes accessories required for fluid transfer/evacuation or inflation.

Use it on cars, boats, motorcycles, ATVs, lawn & garden equipment, etc. It works great around the house too! Use it to inflate toys, water or air mattresses, sports balls, or bicycle tires.

MY-07241

Fluid Transfer Pump

Portable Skimming Product

Spill Buddy

Features

•Portable pump with water interface detector for product only recovery

•For use in 2-inch and larger wells - standard unit goes 50 feet deep

•Operated by self contained rechargeable battery for easy portability

•Pumpable fluids includes water and most hydrocarbons, LNPALs and DNAPLs, viscosities from 0 - 10 cp

•12 V (DC), 5 amps-hrs sealed lead acid battery provides 1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge

•Wall transformer included

•Pumps 1 foot of product in a 2" well in 14 seconds at a 50 foot depth

•Pumps 1 foot of product in a 4" well in 54 seconds at a 50 foot depth

• 0.7 gpm pumping rate

•1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge

•Operating temperature range 0°F - 130°F (-18°C - 55°C)

SB-50

Spill

Pads, Rolls & Booms

Pure melt blown fibers are the most costeffective absorption technology today. Fastwicking fibers absorb 25 times their weight in hydrocarbon.

Oil Only Sorbents

Skimming Socks

These sump skimmers remove oil from water.  Simply tie a rope to the skimmer and lower it into your sump, pit, tank, well or bilge. They help prevent odor by eliminating a breeding area for bacteria.

Specifications

Three sizes available. The 1.5" sock lifts surface oil from monitoring wells. The 3" diameter Sump Skimmer is great for small sumps and bilges, and the 8" diameter is perfect for large tanks and pits.

CANSORB Granular

Cansorb is a fast acting 100% Organic Oil Absorbent. Picks-up 8 - 12 times its weight in hydrocar-bons on land and water. An approved sorbent for leaks and spills in chemical, automotive, and steel facilities, as well as pulp & paper and food processors. Used by professional responders for over 30 years.

SPEEDIKLEEN Granulars

SpeediKleen Premium Oil Absorbent is an all-purpose absorbent designed for the quick cleanup of water, oil and grease. Made from diatomaceous earth, a naturally occurring mineral with superior absorption ability, this high quality product delivers 50% more absorbency per pound than clay alternatives. SpeediKleen premium Oil Absorbent is available in a leak-resistant, moisture-proof polybag.

SPK-P100

Pads, 15" x 18", Heavy, 100/Case

SPK-P200

Pads, 15" x 18", Light, 200/Case

SPK-EP100

Pads, 15" x 18", Medium, 100/Case

SPK-R144

Rolls, 30" x 150', Heavy, 1/Case

SPK-SR144S

Rolls, 15" x 150', Heavy, 1/Case

SPK-B510

Booms, 5" x 10', 4/Case

SPK-B810

Booms, 8" x 10', 4/Case

SPK-MOPO3048

Socks, 3" x 48", 30/Case

SPK-MOPO10120

Socks, 3" x 120", 10/Case

SPK-SP818-20

Pillow, 8" x 18", 20/Case

SPK-SP1818-10

Pillow, 18" x 18", 10/Case

SPK-SAKPIL10

Pillow, 4" x 20", 10/Case

SPK-CB20 20 lbs/Bag

SPK-LFB5 5 lbs/Bag

SPK-HD2205 20 lbs/Bag

Buddy System Includes Portable Unit With Water Interface Detectors, Product Pump/Probe With 50 ft Of Tubing, 10 ft Of Discharge Tubing With Clamp, Rechargeable Battery, Wall Mount Battery Charger, 18.5" x 14.25" x 8.25”, 19 lbs, 0.7 gpm

Hanby TPH Water & Soil Test Kit

The Hanby method provides accurate and fast qualitative and quantitative results while in the field. Hanby products enable our customers to quickly detect petroleum contaminanted zones or monitor locations to ensure continued compliance within approved guidelines. The Hanby system is a field portable method that provides rapid analyses down to parts-perbillion for aromatic compounds, including gasoline, diesel, PCB's and many others. The procedure extracts the aromatic compounds from the sample and provides immediate colorimetric identification of the concentration and type of contaminants present. The color of the reacted extract solution indicates the type of compound, and the intensity of the color indicates the concentration. The results of the test compare consistently from sample to sample over a wide range of concentrations in soil, fresh water and salt water.

Water Test Kit Includes

15Ampoules Extraction Reagent

15Vials Of Color Development Reagent

15Screw Top Test Tubes W/ Scribed Measurement

6Screw Top Test Tubes

1Wooden Test Tube Rack

1Photo Chart Depicting Various Petroleum Concentrations

1500 ml Separatory Funnel W/ Ring Stand

1Waste Bottle

1Graduated Cylinder

3Pairs Of Safety Gloves

1Pair Of Safety Glasses

1Safety Manual

1Procedure Manual

1Instructional Video

1Case W/ Foam Inserts

Water Instructions

1. Measure 500 ml of liquid sample to be analyzed

2. Pour sample into separatory funnel

3. Add solvent to sample

4. Shake sample and solvent to form an extract

5. Drain extract into test tube

6. Add catalyst to test tube

7. Shake test tube

8. Compare test tube to color ID chart

Soil Test Kit Includes

15Ampoules Extraction Reagent

15Vials Of Color Development Reagent

15Screw Top Test Tubes W/ Scribed Measurement

6Screw Top Test Tubes

1Wooden Test Tube Rack

10Photo ID Cards Depicting Various Petroleum Concentrations

6Beakers

1Electronic Balance

1Waste Bottle

1Graduated Cylinder

3Pairs Of Safety Gloves

1Pair Of Safety Glasses

1Safety Manual

1Procedure Manual

1Instructional Video

1Case W/ Foam Inserts

Soil Instructions

1. Weigh 5 grams of soil sample to be analyzed

2. Place sample into beaker

3. Add solvent to sample in beaker

4. Stir or mix sample and solvent to form an extract

5. Pour extract into test tube

6. Add catalyst to test tube

7. Shake test tube

8. Compare test tube to color ID card

First, Fast & Accurate Non-Instrument Testing Device for Detecting TPH in Water

Sludge Judge®

This sampling device enables you to take accurate readings of settled solids in a variety of liquids, to any depth.  The Sludge Judge® is ideal for sewage treatment plants, chemical plants, food processing facilities - anywhere that accurate sample levels of settled solids in noncaustic materials are needed.  The unit holds approximately 3 oz per foot. The Sludge Judge® comes in 5 ft sections of 3⁄4" plastic pipe with screw-type fittings. The top section includes a nylon line for raising and lowering the sampler. A convenient cotton canvas carrying case that holds four sections, a cleaning brush, cleaning rod and cotton strips are available. Individual sections can be combined as required.

NA-C09247WA

15 ft Sludge Judge®, 3.13 lbs

NA-C09249WA

Case For Sampler, 0.50 lbs

NA-B01291WA

6 ft Spiral Cleaning Brush, 0.75 lbs

NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod, 0.94 lbs

NA-B01413WA

Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.44 lbs

NA-C09252WA

5 ft Top Section With Rope, 1.25 lbs

NA-C14516WA

2.5 ft Top Section With Rope, 0.50 lbs

NA-C09251WA

5 ft Extension Section, 1.38 lbs

NA-C09250WA

5 ft Bottom Section With Valve, 1.38 lbs

The Sludge Judge® Ultra

For maximum strength and rigidity - use the Sludge Judge® Ultra! Constructed of extremely strong polycarbonate and treated with an ultraviolet stabilizer to help reduce deterioration from the sun’s harmful rays. Durable in cold temperatures; can withstand heat up to 280°F.  The 3⁄4" dia. sampler is marked with blue tape to designate 1 ft measurements on the tubing. The unit is made up of three 5 ft sections.

The Sludge Judge® II

The Sludge Judge® II is made from a 1 1⁄4" outside dia. plastic tubing resulting in double the capacity and a very rigid unit when assembled. It holds 6 oz/ft and can be assembled according to the requirements of the job. Add or subtract sections as needed, and the 1 ft markers on the tubing will help identify the amount of sludge in the tank.

NA-B01355WA Sludge Judge® II, 3.38 lbs

NA-C09249WA Case For Sampler, 0.50 lbs

NA-B01361WA 6 ft Cleaning Brush

NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod, 0.94 lbs

NA-B01414WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.56 lbs

NA-B01386WA

15 ft Sludge Judge® Ultra, 3.13 lbs

NA-C09249WA Case For Sampler, 0.50 lbs

NA-B01291WA

6 ft Spiral Cleaning Brush, 0.75 lbs

NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod 0.94 lbs

NA-B01413WA

Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.44 lbs

NA-B01387WA

5 ft Top Section, 1.25 lbs

NA-B01388WA

5 ft Extension Section, 1.38 lbs

NA-B01389WA 5 ft Bottom Section, 1.38 lbs

NA-B01358WA 5 ft Top Section, 1.38 lbs

NA-B01357WA 5 ft Extension Section, 1.25 lbs

NA-B01356WA 5 ft Bottom Section, 1.25 lbs

Choose the Sludge Judge that’s RIGHT for YOU!

Sludge Nabber

The Sludge Nabber makes sample collection of liquid material fast and easy. The Sludge Nabber is an adjustable extension unit that allows easy access to the source or the sampling point.  The aluminum pole extends from 4 ft to 6 1⁄2 ft. Bottles of various sizes are held in position by a plastic snapper ring. Unit comes with a 500 ml polyethylene bottle.

Grease Trap Sampler

For measuring the grease level in a holding tank, the Grease Trap Sampler is designed for sampling liquid grease and oils. It will not work with solid or semi-hardened materials. The inside diameter measures 1 3/8" (3.5 cm) allowing small food particles to easily pass through the valve opening during sample collection. The clear tubing is easy to see through and the 1 ft (0.31 m) red markers show the amount of grease accumulated in the tank. To use, slowly lower the sampler to the bottom of the tank – the valve opens and the liquid fills the tube. Lift the sampler up which closes the valve, holding the sample inside, showing the grease level. To empty, touch the plastic tip on a hard surface, and the liquid will flow out. The unit is made of two 4 ft (1.22 m) sections that screw together.

NA-B01229WA Sludge Nabber, 2.88 lbs

NA-B01219WA

Small Snapper Holds 500 ml Bottles, 0.06 lbs

NA-B01220WA

Large Snapper Holds 960 ml Bottles, 0.13 lbs

NA-B01243WA 500 ml Bottles, 12/Pack, 1.06 lbs

NA-B01244WA 960 ml Bottles, 12/Pack, 1.63 lbs

NA-B01322WA Grease Trap Sampler, 3 lbs

NA-B01479WA Top Section Only, 1.5 lbs

NA-B01349WA 4 ft Extension Section, 1.5 lbs

NA-B01480WA Bottom Section Only, 1.5 lbs

NA-B01346WA 4 1/2 ft Cleaning Brush, 0.63 lbs

NA-B01412WA Cleaning Rod, 0.94 lbs

NA-B01415WA Cotton Cleaning Strips (50/Bag), 0.94 lbs

Sludge Sampler

Specifically designed to retain non-cohesive sludge samples. Similar in design to the soil core sampler, this sampler comes with core and auger tips that have been fitted with valves for the retention of high quality soil core samplers in non-cohesive, saturated materials. Versatile and easy to use for collection of either cored or augered samples of noncohesive saturated materials in a liner, the sampler is made from stainless steel in two diameters, 2 1/4" or 3 1/4" and lengths up to 12". One-way valves are installed in the sampler tips.

Includes solid cap, valved core tip, valved auger tip, universal slip wrench, plastic end caps, sludge cylinder body and plastic liner.

AM-428.11

2 1⁄4" x 8" Sludge Sampler, 5.93 lbs

AM-428.12 2 1⁄4" x 10" Sludge Sampler, 6.29 lbs

AM-428.13 3 1⁄4" x 10" Sludge Sampler, 9.19 lbs

AM-428.01

3 1⁄4" x 12" Sludge Sampler, 9.82 lbs

Accessories

AM-406.04

5/8" Threaded Rubber Coated 18" Cross Handle, 1.25 lbs

AM-408.02

5/8" Threaded 3' Extension, 1.63 lbs

AM-408.03

5/8" Threaded 4' Extension, 2.29 lbs

AM-400.99

5/8" Threaded Slide Hammer, 10.22 lbs

Easily Collect Sediment or Sludge with a Technically Enhanced Core Tip & Cap

Sand Sludge Sediment Probe

The Soil Probe is equipped with a 1"core catcher which ensures full sample recovery in the proper soil conditions. Probe includes 1"x 24" probe body, 10"comfortably gripped cross handle, replaceable tip, 1"core catcher, 1"x 24"plastic liner, and two 1"plastic end caps and a spanner wrench.

Multi-Stage Sludge Sampler

The "valved core tip" meets the challenge of adequately filling a sampler without losing the sample upon retrieval. The sampler uses a disposable plastic soil catcher that fits on the end of a 2" x 12" plastic liner. The core tip has been technically enhanced to allow the plastic soil core catcher and a liner to fit snuggly over the machined lip of the core tip. Once the soil core catcher and liner are placed on the core tip they are loaded into a standard multi-stage base section and screwed together. The last piece of the sampler is the flap check cap. During deployment, the flap cap opens and allows excess air and water to escape through the top of the sampler. The sediment enters and fills the liner because the venting action eliminates pressure buildup. When the sampler is lifted, the rubber flap cap closes and creates suction to assist the soil core catcher in retaining the sample. Up to 4 optional 12" sections can be added.

Includes multi-stage flap check cap, multi-stage sludge core tip, 12" multistage SCS base, 2" x 12" plastic liner, plastic end caps, 2" soil core catcher and universal slip wrench.

AM-424.37

Replaceable Tip Sand Sludge Sediment Probe

AM-401.26 10" Cross Handle W/Grips

AM-403.31

Mutli-Stage Sludge Sampler, 9.65 lbs

AM-404.90

2" Soil Core Catcher, 0.02 lbs

AM-405.10

2" x 12" Plastic Liner, 0.21 lbs

AM-418.10

2" Plastic End Cap-2 Colors, 0.02 lbs

AM-403.23 12" MS Section, 3.90 lbs

Multi-Stage Sludge / Sediment Sampler Kit

Includes multi-stage sludge sampler, multi-stage sludge core tip, 12" multi-stage SCS base, three 12" multi-stage SCS sections, three 4' extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, 2" soil core catcher, universal slip wrench, two crescent wrenches, SST cross handle, slide hammer and the AMS deluxe carrying case.

AM-209.41

Multi-Stage Sediment Sludge Sampler Kit, 60.00 lbs

Dredge Applications

A bottom sampling dredge consists of two halves of a relatively small box. The dredge is placed onto the bottom sediment, then closed and pulled up to retrieve a sample. A two-way mechanism prevents accidental closure while the dredge is dropping. The impact of the dredge on the bottom surface triggers the spring-loaded release mechanism without using a messenger. After mechanism closure, the dredge is pulled up to retrieve the sample.

Careful release of the sample distributes the sample approximately as it appeared on the bottom, making sediment profile description possible. The sample is not suitable for most geotechnical analysis and does not provide samples suitable for high-quality chemical analysis for volatile contaminants.

Easily Sample Most Types of Bottom Surfaces

Sand / Silt Dredge

The Sand / Silt Dredge is made entirely from 300 series stainless steel. It features a hinged scissor jaw design with a trigger mechanism that olds the sampler open until it contacts the surface to be sampled. Raising the dredge closes the scissor jaws to collect the sample. Comprised of all stainless steel, it weighs just 5 lbs and has 6" x 7 1/2" jaw opening.

15 lbs & 25 lbs Bottom Dredge

The 15 lbs Bottom Dredge features all stainless components except for the closing arms and integral weights which are made from powder coated carbon steel. The top of the sampling chamber is screened to allow water flow during deployment and reduce the frontal shock wave that may displace sediment and allow sample loss on contact with the surface to be sampled. A two-way spring loaded mechanism activates the dredge on contact with the bottom, no messenger is needed. Sampling area is 36 square inches with a 6" x 6" jaw opening.

The 25 lbs Bottom Dredge is constructed from stainless steel and powder coated carbon steel for corrosion resistance. The upper screens allow water flow during deployment and avoid displacement and shock wave effects that may cause sample loss.

One of the jaws is fitted with an under lip to displace stones or gravel during closure. A two way spring loaded mechanism activates on contact with the bottom, no messenger is required. The 6" x 6" jaw opening provides a 36 square inch sampling area.

AM-445.60 25 lbs SST Dredge

Ekman Dredge Spring-Loaded

All stainless steel Ekman Dredge is springloaded with a messenger that travels down the rope and trips the dredge to close.

Includes Ekman Dredge, messenger, 100 ft nylon rope and carrying case.

Sludge Gun

The portable Sludge Gun® is designed to quickly locate the sludge bed in clarifier and settling tanks.  A probe is lowered into the liquid and high intensity bursts of infrared light travel from an LED across the probe gap to a photo transistor. A solid-state circuit then differentiates between liquid and sludge in the gap. The circuit is designed to ignore solids suspended in the liquid and to continue down – looking for the real sludge bed.

A loud variable pitch horn on the butt of the gun howls as the probe nears the sludge, and the pitch and volume of the sound increases as the probe passes through the “cloud” above the sludge and into the sludge bed.  By carefully listening to the note, the operator can ignore the solids floating above the sludge and can determine the location of the true sludge level.

Features

•Simple one-hand operation – even when wearing gloves

•Self-storing cable spool prevents tangles

•Useable at night – no dials to read

•Weatherproof case – useable in the rain

•Spring-loaded trigger turns off gun – users cannot leave it on and drain the battery

•No bulbs to change – 100% solid state

•Over one year battery life in normal service

•Thumb-adjustable sensitivity control that is easy to set

•Uses standard Pencell batteries

•Single plug-in style printed circuit board

•Weight 2 kg (4 1/4 lbs)

Settleometer Kit

This kit is used in water and wastewater treatment to evaluate sludge quality and settling. It also indicates solid/liquid separation characteristics of sludge samples. The kit includes an acrylic settleometer, wide mixing paddle, snap-on lid, and instructions. It is calibrated in percent and settled sludge volume (SSV). Bright, white markings contrast vividly with dark sludges, allowing easy-toread interface. This yields information which closely approximates settling in secondary clarifiers and aerobic digesters. The beaker holds 47.3 oz (1.41 L), measures 4 1/2" (11.4 cm) in diameter, and is 8 1/2" (21.6 cm) tall.

AM-445.11

Ekman Dredge, 6.70 lbs

AM-445.12

Ekman Messenger, 0.68 lbs

AM-445.13

Ekman Dredge Cable Kit, 0.15 lbs

AM-53864

Ekman Optional 5' Handle, 2.70 lbs

MSE-10SG Model 10 Sludge Gun® W/ Batteries, Probe & 10 m Of Cable, W/ Depth Markers (1 to 30) Included, 4.25 lbs

lbs

Disposable Powder Thief

The Disposable Powder Thief is ideal for taking representative samples from known locations within the bulk powder. These devices are available in two convenient lengths and four sample volumes.

Features

•Suitable for powders & granules

•Single point sample

•Range of sample volumes available

•Fully welded construction (no adhesives or screws are used)

•Assembled in a medical clean room

•Individually wrapped

•Made from HDPE, FDA acceptable grade

•ATEX Rated for zones 0,1 & 2

•Available pre-sterilized

Powder Thief

Material:

316 stainless steel, PTFE used for clutch mechanism

A. Ergonomic "T"bar handle for positive control

B. Clutch system to provide smooth operation

C. 316 stainless steel construction

D. Bright polish

E. Detachable tip

• No cleaning required

• No cleaning validation

• No risk of cross contamination

• Save time & money

500 mm (19.7") Length

21 mm (0.8") Diameter, 20/Box

SS-8060H-501

Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip

SS-8060H-505

Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip

SS-8060H-510

Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip

SS-8060H-520

Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip

SS-8060H-501S

Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized

SS-8060H-505S

Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized

SS-8060H-510S

Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized

SS-8060H-520S

Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized

1000 mm (39.4") Length

21 mm (0.8") Diameter, 20/Box

SS-8060H-1001

Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip

SS-8060H-1005

Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip

SS-8060H-1010

Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip

SS-8060H-1020

Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip

SS-8060H-1001S

Powder Thief, 1 ml (0.03 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized

SS-8060H-1005S

Powder Thief, 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized

SS-8060H-1010S

Powder Thief, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized

SS-8060H-1020S Powder Thief, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip, Pre-Sterilized

A B C D E

Sampler Bodies

12.5 mm (0.5") Body Diameter

SS-1030A-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length

SS-1030A-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length

SS-1030A-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length

19 mm (0.7") Body Diameter

SS-1030B-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length

SS-1030B-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length

SS-1030B-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length

25 mm (1") Body Diameter

SS-1030C-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length

SS-1030C-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length

SS-1030C-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length

32 mm (1.3") Body Diameter

SS-1030D-600 Powder Thief, 600 mm (23.6") Length

SS-1030D-1000 Powder Thief, 1000 mm (39.4") Length

SS-1030D-1500 Powder Thief, 1500 mm (59.1") Length

Various tips sizes can be attached to the same body to allow different volumes to be sampled

Sampling Tips

A range of standard tip sizes are available for each body diameter. Special sizes are available upon request.

Tip To Suit Body

12.5 mm (0.5") Diameter

SS-1030AT-025 0.25 ml (0.01 oz) Tip

SS-1030AT-050 0.5 ml (0.017 oz) Tip

SS-1030AT-075 0.75 ml (0.025 oz) Tip

SS-1030AT-100 1.0 ml (0.03 oz) Tip

Tip To Suit Body

19 mm (0.8") Diameter

SS-1030BT-2 2 ml (0.07 oz) Tip

SS-1030BT-3 3 ml (0.10 oz) Tip

SS-1030BT-5 5 ml (0.17 oz) Tip

SS-1030BT-8

8 ml (0.27 oz) Tip

SS-1030BT-10 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip

Tip To Suit Body 25mm (1") Diameter

SS-1030CT-10 10 ml (0.3 oz) Tip

SS-1030CT-20 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip

SS-1030CT-25 25 ml (0.8 oz) Tip

Tip To Suit Body 32mm (1.3") Diameter

SS-1030DT-20 20 ml (0.7 oz) Tip

SS-1030DT-25 25 ml (0.8 oz) Tip

SS-1030DT-50 50 ml (1.7 oz) Tip

How to Use

1. Insert the sampler into the product. Ensure that the tip is inside the sampler body.

2. At the required depth pull up the body to expose the tip. The sample will fall in around the tip.

3. Push down body of the sampler to trap the sample.

4. Withdraw sampler.

5. Pull up body to empty sample.

Features

Disposable Multilevel Slot Sampler

The Disposable Multilevel Slot Sampler is a powder sampler that has been specifically designed for use in hygienic manufacturing areas. The Disposable Slot Sampler lets you take a single composite sample from a range of heights within your container.

•Made of HDPE (FDA acceptable grade)

•Suitable for sampling free-flowing powders and granules

•Available in two convenient lengths 620 mm & 950 mm

•Assembled in a medical cleanroom

•ATEX rated for zones 0,1 & 2

•Individually bagged

•Available non sterile or pre-sterilized

Slot Sampler

The Slot Sampler is ideal for taking a large volume, cross sectional sample from a container. The sampler has a robust all stainless steel construction and is suitable for sampling free flowing powders, granules and even slightly cohesive powders.

Large Volume Slot Sampler

Jumbo Slot Sampler

Designed for large volume sampling of several points. To keep the weight down this sampler is constructed from aluminum.

Type: Multilevel (composite samples)

Material: Either aluminum construction or 316 stainless steel Aluminium is not recomended for GMP applications

Standard Slot Sampler (without Bottle Holder)

Type: Cross sectional (composite sample)

Material: 316 stainless steel, bright finish

General: Suitable for taking large volume samples

Bottle Holder

The Slot Sampler is available with a bottle holder. This enables the sample to be emptied directly into a bottle.

Features

•Improved containment

•Save time

•Can be used with either a 250 ml (8.5 oz) or 500 ml (17 oz) bottle

600 mm (23.6") Length, 3 Slots, 110 ml (3.7 oz) Maximum Sample Volume

SS-1210A-600 Slot Sampler

Operation:

1.Insert the sampler into the product.

2.At the required depth rotate handle to expose the collecting pockets, the product will fall into the collecting pockets.

3.Rotate handle to close pockets and remove sampler.

50 mm (2") Diameter, Aluminium

SS-1210J-900

Jumbo Slot Sampler, 900 mm (35.4") Length, 3 Slots, 880 ml (29.8 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1210J-1500

Jumbo Slot Sampler, 1500 mm (59.1") Length, 5 Slots, 1700 ml (57.5 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1210J-2500

Jumbo Slot Sampler, 2500 mm (98.4") Length, 7 Slots, 2900 ml (98.1 oz) Sample Volume

40 mm (1.6") Diameter, 316 Stainless Steel

SS-1210K-900

Jumbo Slot Sampler, 900 mm (35.4") Length, 3 Slots, 750 ml (25.4 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1210K-1500

Jumbo Slot Sampler, 1500 mm (59.1") Length, 4 Slots, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1210K-2000

Jumbo Slot Sampler, 2000 mm (78.7") Length, 5 Slots, 1300 ml (44 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1210B-600 Slot Sampler W/ Bottle Holder *

1000 mm (39.4") Length, 4 Slots, 190 ml (6.4 oz) Maximum Sample Volume

SS-1210A-1000 Slot Sampler

SS-1210B-1000 Slot Sampler W/ Bottle Holder *

1500 mm (59.1") Length, 5 Slots, 300 ml (10 oz) Maximum Sample Volume

SS-1210A-1500 Slot Sampler

SS-1210B-1500 Slot Sampler W/ Bottle Holder *

SS-8165A-250 Sample Collecting Bottle, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, HDPE

SS-8165A-500 Sample Collecting Bottle, 500 ml (17 oz) Capacity, HDPE

SS-TIP2 Round Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip) Rounded Tips Are Ideal When Not Trying To Pierce A Bag Or Cloth

A Slot Sampler taking a sample from a drum of powdered metal

Ideal for Powders, Granules & Grains Discrete Multilevel Sampler

Powder Trier

The Powder Trier is ideal for taking a large volume and cross sectional samples from a container.

Type: Cross sectional (composite sample)

Material: 316 stainless steel

Operation:

1. Insert sampler into product.

2. Turn the handle to open the slot - the product can now be collected in the central tube.

3. Turn the handle to close the slot

4. Remove sampler.

5. Invert the sampler to discharge the sample.

SS-1216A-600

Powder Trier, 600 mm (23.6") Length, 3 Slots, 110 ml (3.7 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1216A-1000

Powder Trier, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 4 Slots, 190 ml (6.4 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1216A-1500

Powder Trier, 1500 mm (59.1") Length, 5 Slots, 300 ml (10.1 oz) Sample Volume

SS-TIP2

Round Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip)

Use Rounded Tips When Sampling From A Bag

Multi Port Aluminum Powder Sampler

Features

•For sampling powders, pellets & friable materials

•Has a sharp stainless steel tip

•The T-handle is turned to close the ports & the point is inserted through the bag or directly into the bulk material far enough to cover all ports

•The handle is turned half way, opening the cells to collect the sample, then turned back to close, & the sampler is then removed

• NA-B01152WA port is 7.62 cm (3") long, 95 cm (3/8") wide, 20 ml (0.68 oz) volume

• NA-B01430WA port is 9.53 cm (3 3/4") long, 0.95 cm (3/8") wide, 25 ml (0.85 oz) volume

• NA-B01431WA port is 10.16 cm (4") long, 0.95 cm (3/8") wide, 33 ml (1.12 oz) volume

Pocket Sampler

The highly popular Pocket Sampler is suitable for taking discrete samples from free flowing powders and granules. The sampler is available in a range of sizes and designs.

Type: Multilevel (discrete / zone samples)

Material: 316 stainless steel outer with a PTFE core or all 316 stainless steel construction

Operation:

1.Insert the sampler into the product.

2.At the required depth rotate handle to expose the collecting pockets, the product will flow into the collecting pockets.

3.Rotate handle to close pockets and remove sampler.

A.Removable tip - allows thorough cleaning

B.Sampling pockets

C.Handle

D.Cleaning brush

E.Outer tube

F.Inner rod

Outer Tube = 316 SS, Inner Rod = PTFE, Outer Diameter = 25 mm (1")

SS-1220A-600

Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 15 ml (0.5 oz) Volume of Pockets, 600 mm (23.6") Length

SS-1220A-900

Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35.4") Length

SS-1220A-1500

Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59.1") Length

Outer Tube = 316 SS, Inner Rod = 316 SS, Outer Diameter = 25 mm (1")

SS-1220B-600

Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 15 ml (0.5 oz) Volume of Pockets, 600 mm (23.6") Length

SS-1220B-900

Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35.4") Length

SS-1220B-1500

Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 20 ml (0.7 oz) Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59.1") Length

Outer Tube = 316 SS, Inner Rod = 316 SS, Outer Diameter = 40 mm (1.6")

SS-1220J-900

Pocket Sampler, 3 Pockets, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume of Pockets, 900 mm (35.4") Length

SS-1220J-1500

Pocket Sampler, 4 Pockets, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume of Pockets, 1500 mm (59.1") Length

SS-1220J-2000

Pocket Sampler, 5 Pockets, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume of Pockets, 2000 mm (78.7") Length

SS-8005A-01

Sealing Sleeve Set

NA-B01152WA

Three Ports 56 cm (22")

NA-B01430WA

Three Ports 86 cm (34")

NA-B01431WA

Five Ports 156 cm (61")

Covers Pockets, Set Of 3 Sleeves, 25 mm (1") Diameter

SS-LUG-1

Earthing Lug

SS-TIP2

Round Tip (Sampler Supplied W/ Pointed Tip)

Use Rounded Tips When Sampling From A Bag

Cohesive Pocket Sampler

The Cohesive Pocket Sampler has been specially adapted from the Pocket Sampler to enable the taking of samples from damp and cohesive powders. Scrapers have been added to push the sticky powder into the sample pockets. Scrapers are fully welded to give a hygienic, GMP correct sampler.

Type: Multilevel (discrete samples)

Material: 316 stainless steel construction

Operation:

1.Insert the sampler into the product.

2.At the required depth rotate handle to expose the collecting pockets.

3.Rotate the sampler through 360° so the product is pushed into the collecting pockets.

Simple to Use Ultra Low Volume Powder Thief

MicroThief

The MicroThief is suitable for taking very small volume samples of free flowing powders and granules. The MicroThief is easily adjusted so that the operator can vary the size of the sample being taken.

Material: High quality 316 stainless steel

Operation:

1. Insert the sampler into the product, ensure that the tip is inside the sampler body.

2. At the required depth pull up the body to expose the tip. Powder will flow in around the tip.

3. Push down body of the sampler to trap the sample.

4. Withdraw sampler.

SS-1074A-350

MicroThief Variable Between 0.01 & 0.1 ml, 350 mm (13.8") Length, 5 mm (0.20") Diameter

SS-1074A-500

MicroThief Variable Between 0.01 & 0.1 ml, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 5 mm (0.20") Diameter

SS-2220B-600

SS-2220B-900

Earthing Connections To The Sampler

Simple to Use Low Volume Powder Sampler

MicroMate

The MicroMate is designed for low volume sampling of free flowing powders and granules. The MicroMate can be easily adjusted so that it can take a range of sample sizes.

Material: 316 stainless steel

Operation:

1. Insert the sampler into the product, ensure that the inner rod extends beyond the outer tube.

2. At the required depth pull up the inner rod to draw the product into the sampler.

3. Withdraw sampler.

4. Push down handle to release sample.

SS-1070A-350

MicroMate Up To 0.1 ml, 350 mm (13.8") Length, 5 mm (0.20") Diameter

SS-1070A-500

MicroMate Up To 0.1 ml, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 5 mm(0.20") Diameter

Mipaw Powder Sampler

Features

•Complies with IDF (International Dairy Federation) specifications for sampling powdered milk

•Also ideal for sampling flour, sand, cement & similar products

•Chromium plated brass with light alloy handle

Needle Point Sampler

Features

•Single samples from polyethylene or paper bags, the needle point sampler punctures the bag with minimum damage

•Enters a maximum of 28 cm (11")

•Made of stainless steel with an anodized aluminum handle

NA-B01334WA 45.7 cm (18") Overall Length

Disposable Sack Sampler

The Disposable Sack Master is a hygienic, single use device that has been specially designed to take samples through the side of a sack. All Disposable Sack Masters are individually bagged & for special applications the device is available pre-sterilized.

Features

•Suitability powders & granules

•Single point sample

•Individually wrapped

•Made from tough HDPE, FDA acceptable grade

Sack Master

The Sack Master has been specially designed to take samples through the side of a sack. A range of sample collection methods are available.

Type: Single point Material: 316 stainless steel

NA-B01153WA 40.6 cm (16") Overall Length 19 mm (7/8") Diameter

SS-8085A-100

Disposable Sack Sampler, 400 mm (15.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 100/Box

SS-8085A-100S

Disposable Sack Sampler, 400 mm (15.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8080A-450 Sample Collecting Bag, 450 ml (15.2 oz), For Hygienic Use, Sterile, 1000 Bags

SS-8080A-900

Sample Collecting Bag, 900 ml (30.4 oz), For Hygienic Use, Sterile, 1000 Bags

SS-1320A-01

Sack Master P, Sampler End Fitting: Plain

SS-1320B-01

Sack Master EC, Sampler End Fitting: End Cap

SS-1320C-01

Sack Master BA, Sampler End Fitting: Bottle Adapter*

* Sampler Supplied W/ One 250 ml (8 oz) Sample Bottle (Part No. SS-8165A-250)

Accessories

SS-8165A-250

Sampling Bottle, 250 ml (8 oz) Volume, HDPE For Use W/ Bottle Adapter

SS-8165A-500

Sampling Bottle, 500 ml (17 oz) Volume, HDPE For Use W/ Bottle Adapter

SS-8001A-500

Cleaning Brush, 500 mm (19.7") Length

Operation:

1. Insert the sampler through the side of the sack.

2. Angle sampler downwards to allow the product to flow into the sample collecting container.

3. Seal the hole using an Ultra Adhesive Label.

Unwrap Sampler Insert the sampler through the side of the sack. Angle sampler downwards to allow the product to flow into the sample collecting bag.

Large Volume Sleeve Sampler

Powder Max

Designed for use with free flowing powders, granules and grains. The Powder Max enables large samples to be quickly and easily taken.

Operation:

1.Insert sampler into the product.

2.This action forces the sleeve upwards covering the sample hole and stopping powder from entering.

3.On pulling the sampler upwards, the sleeve moves down and the product can now enter the sampler.

4.Invert sampler to discharge the sample.

Ideal for Sampling Large Volumes at Great Depths!

Sleeve Sampler

Various sized chambers can be attached to the same handle to allow different sample volumes to be taken. The heavy duty handle and extension rods have been designed to be extremely strong and robust to allow samples to be taken from great depths. We only recommend Heavy Duty handles with the Sleeve Sampler.

Type: Single point

Material: 316 stainless steel, bright finish

Options: Special lengths, chamber sizes and extension handles

Operation:

1. Select the correct chamber for the volume to be sampled and screw it onto the handle. Insert the sampler into the product.

2. At the required depth pull up the sampler slightly. This will force the sleeve down so that product can fall into the sample chamber.

3. Remove sampler.

4. To empty sampler either pour sample out of filling port or unscrew the tip.

Handles & Extension Rods

SS-1035A-1000

Sleeve Sampler, Heavy Duty Handle, 1000 mm (39.4") Length

SS-1035A-1500

Sleeve Sampler, Heavy Duty Handle, 1500 mm (59.1") Length

SS-1035E-1000

Sleeve Sampler, Heavy Duty Extension Rod, 1000 mm (39.4") Length Sample Chambers

SS-1035T-100

Sample Chamber, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1035T-150

Sample Chamber, 150 ml (5.1 oz) Sample Volume

SS-1035T-200

Sample Chamber, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Sample Volume

A.Tip (screws into chamber)

B.Sleeve

C.Entrance port for powder

D.Chamber screwed to handle to allow different volumes to be attached

SS-1213A-01 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 150 ml (5 oz) Max. Sample Volume

UD Cohesive Sampler

A popular sampler in the pharmaceutical industry for taking low volume (unit dose) cohesive powder samples. Allows accurate samples to be taken.

Type: Single point unit dose

Material: 316 stainless steel

A. "T" bar handle

B. Special lengths available on request

C. Polished finish

D. Sample collecting cell - different sized cells can be easily interchanged

Unit Dose Sampler for Cohesive Powders

Operation:

1.Insert the sampler into the product.

2.At the required depth push down the handle & rotate it through 180°.

3.Pull up sampler several millimetres (to fill the cell), then rotate handle 180° (to lock cell in closed position).

4.Remove sampler.

Cohesive Sampler

The Cohesive Sampler is able to take a sample from a known point within the product.

Type: Single point

Material: 316 stainless steel

Operation:

1. Insert sampler into product ensuring that the sample collecting chamber is in the closed position.

2. At the correct sampling depth, turn the inner tube to expose the sample collecting chamber.

3. Rotate the entire sampler through 360º. The scraper collects product and guides it into the sample collecting chamber.

4. Turn the inner tube to close the sample collecting chamber.

5. Remove sampler.

6. Pull out the inner tube and discharge the sample.

"T"

Cross Sectional Sampler

No Cleaning Required!

Disposable Powder Lance

The Disposable Powder Lance is ideal for taking a cross sectional sample from within a bulk powder.

Features

•Cross sectional sample

•Max sample volume: 170 ml (5.8 oz) (approx.)

•Individually wrapped

•Assembled in a medical clean room

•Made from HDPE, FDA acceptable grade

Operation:

1. Push the Disposable Powder Lance into the product & then withdraw.

2. Deposit the sample into a suitable container.

3. Place the used sampler into its plastic bag.

End Tips

The Powder Lance is available with an open tip or within an End Tip (which is fixed in place using ultrasonic welding). Without End Tip - ideal for use with sticky, cohesive powders With an End Tip - use when sampling free flowing powders

Cross Sectional Sampler for Cohesive Powders

Stainless Steel Powder Lance

The Powder Lance can be used to take large volume samples of cohesive powders. The sampler can be used horizontally through a sack or else it can be used vertically.

Type: Cross sectional sampler

Material: 316 stainless steel

Operation:

1.Insert the sampler into the product.

2.Rotate the sampler through 360°. The Scraper forces the powder in to the sampler along the length of the slot.

3.Remove the sampler.

4.Unscrew the tip of the sampler.

5.Push the Sample Ejection Rod into the Powder Lance to push out the sample.

Without End Tip

300 mm (11.8") Blade Length, 420 mm (16.5") Overall Length, 22 mm (0.9") Diameter, 20/Box

SS-8063H-300

Disposable Powder Lance, 75 ml (2.5 oz) Sample Volume

SS-8063H-300S Disposable Powder Lance, 75 ml (2.5 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized

500 mm (19.7") Blade Length, 620 mm (24.4") Overall Length, 22 mm (0.9") Diameter, 20/Box

SS-8063H-500

Disposable Powder Lance, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume

SS-8063H-500S

Disposable Powder Lance, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized

830 mm (32.7") Blade Length, 950 mm (37.4") Overall Length, 22 mm (0.9") Diameter, 20/Box

SS-8063H-1000

Disposable Powder Lance, 170 ml (5.7 oz) Sample Volume

SS-8063H-1000S

Disposable Powder Lance, 170 ml (5.7 oz) Sample Volume, Pre-Sterilized

With End Tip

SS-8064H-500

Disposable Powder Probe, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 20/Box

SS-8064H-500S

Disposable Powder Probe, 500 mm (19.7") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, Pre-Sterilized, 20/Box

SS-8064H-1000

Disposable Powder Probe, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 20/Box

SS-8064H-1000S

Disposable Powder Probe, 1000 mm (39.4") Length, 25 mm (1") Diameter, Pre-Sterilized, 20/Box

Sampler Ejection Rod

SS-2250A-600 Powder Lance, 600mm (23.6") Overall Sampler Length, 500 mm (19.7") Length of Sampling Slot, 110 ml (3.7 oz) Max. Sample Volume

SS-2250A-1000 Powder Lance, 1000 mm (39.4") Overall Sampler Length, 900 mm (35.4") Length of Sampling Slot, 190 ml (6.4 oz) Max. Sample Volume

SS-2250A-2000 Powder Lance, 2000 mm (78.7") Overall Sampler Length, 1600 mm (63") Length of Sampling Slot, 360 ml (12.2 oz) Max. Sample Volume

SS-8570A-700

Sample Ejection Rod, 316 Stainless Steel, 700 mm (27.6") Length

SS-8570A-1100 Sample Ejection Rod, 316 Stainless Steel, 1100 mm (43.3") Length

SS-8001A-1100

Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43.3") Length

SS-8505A-01 Standard Sampler Case

Sampling Slot Removable Tip

Scraper

Disposable Powder Spatulas

Sterileware® Sampling Spatula

Features

•V-shaped spatula ideal for caked granules or powders

•Convenient & helps prevent contamination

•Polystyrene spatula

•Individually sterile wrapped

Powder Spatulas

Features

•Made from white Polystyrene (FDA grade - conforms to CFR 177.1640)

•Tough, efficient "U" shaped blade

•Individually wrapped

•Manufactured & packed in a medical cleanroom (Class 100,000) to ensure cleanliness

•Range of sizes

•Available pre-sterilized & non sterile

•Smooth ergonomic round handle

•ATEX Rated for Zones 0, 1, & 2

BEL-H36930-0000

152 mm (6") Blade Length, 229 mm (9") Long, 100/Box

High Impact Polystyrene Scoops

Scienceware® SamplitTM Scoop & Container System

Features

•Scoop that threads into a 190ml (6.5oz) leak proof container

•Ensures safe & efficient isolation of material

•High impact polystyrene strong enough for coring semi solid such as cheese, ice cream & even soil or granular materials

•Vials are crystal clear styrene for easy viewing of contents

•Supplied with identification labels

47 mm I.D. x 110 mm High (1.85" x 4.36"), 25/Box

BEL-H36915-1000

Samplit™ Scoop & Container System

BEL-H37835-0000

Samplit™ Scoop Only

150 mm (6") Blade Length, 230 mm (9") Overall Length, 100/Box

SS-8095A-150

Powder Spatulas

SS-8095A-150S

Powder Spatulas, Pre-Sterilized

250 mm (9.8") Blade Length, 330 mm (13") Overall Length, 100/Box

SS-8095A-250

Powder Spatulas

SS-8095A-250S

Powder Spatulas, Pre-Sterilized

Disposable Sampling Spoons

Sterileware® Sampling Spoons

Features

•For smaller sampling requirements

•Polystyrene spoon

•Long handles minimizes the potential of personal contact with sampled material

•Individually sterile wrapped

Sterileware® Large Sampling Spoon

Features

•Ideal for sampling semi-solids, viscous liquids & bulk materials

•High impact polystyrene

•Individually sterile wrapped

Sterile Sample Handling

Sterileware® Economy Sampling Spoons

Features

•Small quantities of dry or liquid measures

•Flat bottom shape & light weight allows use as weighing boat

•High impact polystyrene

•Individually sterile wrapped BEL-F36740-0001

BEL-F36740-0005

Sterileware® Red Sampling Scoops

Features

•Bright red color reduces the chance of them being accidentally left behind in a sample

•Color can serve as a code to avoid cross contamination & provides a contrasting background to better visualize light colored material

•Durable polystyrene material

•Individually sterile wrapped

178 mm (7") Overall Length, 200/Box

BEL-H36940-0000

1.23 ml (1/4" Teaspoon) Capacity

BEL-H36942-0000

2.46 ml (1/2" Teaspoon) Capacity

BEL-H36944-0000

4.93 ml (1 Teaspoon) Capacity

BEL-H36946-0000

14.79 ml (3 Teaspoons) Capacity

Sterileware® Economy Sampling Scoops

Features

•Sterile samples of accurate quantities of dry or liquid measures

•Flat bottom shape & light weight allows use as weighing boat

•White high impact polystyrene

•Individually sterile wrapped

Disposable PharmaScoops

Features

•Made of polystyrene (FDA acceptable polymer)

•Manufactued & packed in a medical cleanroom

•Available in white or red, non-sterile or presterilized

Assorted Polypropylene Scoops

Features

•Rigid, strong & smooth polypropylene

•Flat bottom shape & light weight allows use as weighing boat

•Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)

Disposable Pallet Knife

Features

•Made from tough white HDPE, FDA acceptable grade •Individually wrapped •Available pre-sterilized

SS-8045A-30 PharmaScoop, 30 ml (1 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box

SS-8045A-30S

PharmaScoop, 30 ml (1 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8045A-60

PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box

SS-8045A-60S

PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8045A-125

PharmaScoop, 125 ml (4.2 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box

SS-8045A-125S

PharmaScoop, 125 ml (4.2 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8045A-250

PharmaScoop, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box

SS-8045A-250S

PharmaScoop, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8045A-500

PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box

SS-8045A-500S

PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8045A-1000 PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box

SS-8045A-1000S

PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8045A-2500

PharmaScoop, 2500 ml (84.5 oz) Capacity, White, 100/Box

SS-8045A-2500S

PharmaScoop, 2500 ml (84.5 oz) Capacity, White, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8045R-60

PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, Red, 100/Box

SS-8045R-60S

PharmaScoop, 60 ml (2 oz) Capacity, Red, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8045R-500

PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, Red, 100/Box

SS-8045R-500S

PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, Red, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

SS-8045R-1000

1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, Red, 100/Box

SS-8045R-1000S

1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, Red, Pre-Sterilized, 100/Box

Disposable Scraper

Features

•Made from tough white HDPE, FDA acceptable grade

•Individually wrapped

•Available pre-sterilized

Double-Ended Stainless Steel Spoons

Features

• Dual bowl sizes on a sturdy handle

• Available in stainless steel or with ends coated with Fluo-Kem® Teflon® • 2/pack

2 in 1 Lab Spoon

Features

•Extra strength for sampling from large bottles

•Stainless steel spoon end and flat spatula on the other end

•Also available in Teflon® coating with an anti-stick surface

•FDA approved

Reusable Spoons

Ellipso-Spoon® Sampler

Features

•Curved shape permits contact with all corners of bottles & containers

•Used for crystals, powders, granulated & sold substances & even thick liquids

•Ellipso-Spoon® has a spoon end & a spatula end

•Made of polished stainless steel

•1/pack

BEL-H36806-0015

15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 15 cm (5.9") Length

BEL-H36806-0018

15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 18 cm (7.1") Length

BEL-H36807-0021

15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 21 cm (8.3") Length

BEL-H36807-0025

15 x 35 mm (0.6" x 1.4"), 5 mm (0.2") Diameter, 25 cm (9.8") Length

BEL-H36808-0030

28 x 65 mm (1.1" x 2.6"), 8 mm (0.3") Diameter, 30 cm (11.8") Length

BEL-H36809-0040

28 x 65 mm (1.1" x 2.6"), 8 mm (0.3") Diameter, 40 cm (15.7") Length

BEL-H36809-0050 28 x 65 mm (1.1" x 2.6"), 8 mm (0.3") Diameter, 50 cm (19.7") Length

BEL-F36711-0012

Stainless Steel, 305 mm (12") Overall Length, Each

BEL-H36711-0000

Fluo-Kem® Teflon®, 229 mm (9") Overall Length, Each

PharmaScoops

Features

•Heavy duty construction

•316 stainless steel

•Crevice free

•Satin finish

•Radiused corners for easy cleaning

•Huge range of sizes

SS-A316-10 PharmaScoop, 10 ml (0.3 oz) Capacity, 25 mm (1") Diameter, 45 mm (1.8") Length

SS-A316-50 PharmaScoop, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Capacity, 38 mm (1.5") Diameter, 70 mm (2.8") Length

SS-A316-100 PharmaScoop, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Capacity, 50 mm (2") Diameter, 100 mm (4") Length

SS-A316-500 PharmaScoop, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, 95 mm (3.7") Diameter, 140 mm (5.5") Length

SS-A316-750 PharmaScoop, 750 ml (25.4 oz) Capacity, 95 mm (3.7") Diameter, 210 mm (8.3") Length

SS-A316-1000 PharmaScoop, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, 110 mm (4.3") Diameter, 235 mm (9.3") Length

SS-A316-1250

SS-A316-1700 PharmaScoop, 1700 ml (57.5 oz) Capacity, 135 mm (5.3") Diameter, 230 mm (9.1") Length

SS-A316-2500

Reusable Scoops

Features

•Stainless steel scoops

•Perfect for sampling powder, soil, gravel & other materials

Fluo-Kem® Teflon® FEP Coated Aluminum Scoop

Features

•FDA compliant for food contact

•Anti-stick, corrosion resistant

•Handle is not coated for a non-slip grip

Square Scoop

Features

•Heavy

•316

•Crevice

•Radiused

Earthing Lug

Features

•Extra cost option for any stainless steel sampler or item of dispensing ware

•Provides a convenient connection point for earthing (grounding) wires

•Ideal when working with flammable solvents or in ATEX rated environments

•Earthing lugs can only be welded to almost any stainless steel device

Ladles

Features

•All stainless steel construction

•Crevice free

•Satin finish

•316 stainless steel for 50 ml (1.7 oz) and 150 ml (5 oz) size

304 Stainless Steel

SS-A324-50 Ladle, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Volume

SS-A324-120 Ladle, 120 ml (4 oz) Volume

SS-A324-150 Ladle, 150 ml (5 oz) Volume

SS-A324-200 Ladle, 200 ml (6.8 oz) Volume

316 Stainless Steel

SS-A326-50 Ladle, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Volume

SS-A326-150 Ladle, 150 ml (5 oz) Volume

Powder Funnels

Features

•Specially designed for transferring powders

•Polypropylene funnel with 60° angle

•Steam

Tapered Stem Powder Funnel

Features

•Specially designed for transferring powders

•Polypropylene funnel with standard taper stems

•Steam autoclavable 121°C (250°F)

Disposable Jugs

Features

•Individually wrapped & inspected in a cleanroom

•Pouring spout

•Non graduated

•Non cleanroom manufacture due to size

Large Powder Funnel

Features

•Heavyweight high density polyethylene for transferring powders

•Available pre-sterilized

•Made from HDPE, FDA acceptable grade

•Sturdy "non tip" base

ml (67.6 oz) Volume, 50/Box SS-8049A-2000S

Hold your Solids & Liquids

Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags

Use these Sterile LDPE Bags to safely hold your solids and liquids. Easy-to-use, simply flip bag around wire/tape and bend wire to seal.

Features

•Puncture-proof tabs ensure wire will not poke through even after extensive use

•Sampling bags are available without or with a white labeling area.

•Guaranteed Sterile

•Reduced storage space

•Easy identification

•Leakproof closure

"Speci-Sponge" Bags are designed to sample work surfaces and equipment Listeria, Salmonella, and other food-borne pathogens: contain a 38 x 76 mm (1.5" x 3") sponge that is free of bactericides and noninhibitory; with write labeling area. The Whirl Pak® Stand-Up Bag gives you the freedom to perform important laboratory functions with both hands, because it will stand up completely by itself.

The Whirl Pak® Retention Bag is used for long-term storage up to two years. Filter Bags contain a third layer of finely perforated polyethylene, which filters out the solids in the sample when used in a homogenizer blender.

Long-Term Retention Sampling Bags, Qty. 500

NA-B01300WA

Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

Filter Bags (Contains Filter Layer), Qty. 250

NA-B01385WA

Capacity: 207 ml (7 oz), Size: 3.75" W x 7" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01348WA

Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B01318WA

Capacity: 1627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B01416WA

Capacity: 2041 ml (69 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 15" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

Sampling Bag Accessories

Carrying Racks

NA-B00677WA

Double Grid 21 Compartment

NA-B00678WA

Double Grid 15 Compartment

NA-B00750WA

Double Grid 30 Compartment

NA-B00751WA

Double Grid 12 Compartment

NA-B01048WA

Double Grid 6 Compartment (Also For Incubator Use)

NA-B01023WA

Single Grid 18 Compartment

Sampling Bag Accessories

Playmate® Cooler

Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01196WA

Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B01195WA

Capacity: 1627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

"Speci-Sponge" Bags For Environmental

Surface Sampling, Qty. 100

NA-B01245WA

Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01299WA

Capacity: 1627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

Stand-Up Sampling Bags, Qty. 500

NA-B01364WA

Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01365WA

Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B00772WA Double Grid 18 Compartment Fits Regular Size Playmate® Cooler

NA-B01109WA

Double Grid 15 Compartment Fits Little Playmate® Cooler

Sampling Bag Accessories

Rack Handle

NA-B01309WA Rack Handle

Sampling Bag Accessories

Rack Tray For Shaking Incubation

NA-B01432WA

Holds Rack NA-B00677WA, Small Bags

NA-B01433WA

Holds Rack NA-B00751WA, Medium Bags

NA-B01434WA

Holds Rack NA-B01048WA, Large Bags

Trays

Features

•Polypropylene is autoclavable & offers resistance to temperatures up to 135°C (274°F)

Multi Purpose Trays

Features

•Rugged Polypropylene

•8.5 L (9 quart volume)

•Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)

BEL-F16300-1015

PP, 254 L x 381 W x 76 mm H (10" L x 15" W x 3" H)

BEL-F16300-1216

PP, 305 L x 406 W x 203 mm H (12" L x 16" W x 8" H)

BEL-F16300-1520

PP, 381 L x 508 W x 76 mm H (15" L x 20" W x 3" H)

BEL-F16300-1818

PP, 457 L x 457 W x 102 mm H (18" L x 18" W x 4" H)

BEL-F16300-2020

PP, 508 L x 508 W x 152 mm H (20" L x 20" W x 6" H)

BEL-F16300-2226

PP, 559 L x 660 W x 102 mm H (22" L x 26" W x 4" H)

Sterilizing Trays

Features

•Lightweight & corrosion proof

•Molded polypropylene trays with smooth rounded corners

•Ideal for sterilizing instruments & cleaning glassware

•Steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)

•Polypropylene covers are 3.2 mm (1/8") thick with a 25.4 mm (1") skirt

Heavy-Duty Pails

Features

•Graduated in liters

•Hand Grip on Bottom

•Polyethylene pails have wide rims that hold their shape under heavy loads

BEL-H16260-0000

30 x 20 x 13 cm (11.8" x 7.9" x 5.1"), 6/Case

BEL-H16259-0000

Polypropylene Tray Cover For BEL-H16260-0000

BEL-H16262-0000

48 x 27 x 13 cm (18.9" x 10.6" x 5.1"), 6/Case

BEL-H16261-0000

Polypropylene Tray Cover For BEL-H16262-0000

BEL-H16264-0000

51 x 39 x 13 cm (20.1" x 15.4" x 5.1"), 6/Case

BEL-H16263-0000

Polypropylene Tray Cover For BEL-H16264-0000

Large Pails

Features

•With an airtight cover & a plated steel bail

•PP pail & cover are steam autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)

•13.2 L (14 Quarts), 32 cm (12.6") high, 27 cm (10.6") I.D. at top

Cleaning Brushes

It is essential to ensure that your sampler is properly cleaned. Wide range of brushes that are ideal for cleaning both stainless steel and plastic samplers. Use the appropriate diameter and length for your sampler.

Features

•Hygienic nylon bristles

•Stainless steel handle

•Available in a range of lengths and diameters

BEL-H16776-0000 (Autoclavable) Natural Polypropylene, 6/Case

Mini-Pots

Features

•Multi purpose small volume containers

•316 stainless steel

•Crevice free interior

•Screw on lid

•Satin finish

•Water tight - no extra seal required

SS-A426-7 Mini-pot, 7 ml (0.2 oz) Capacity, 16 mm (0.6") Overall Diameter, 41 mm (1.6") Height

SS-A426-25 Mini-pot, 25 ml (0.9 oz) Capacity, 38 mm (1.5") Overall Diameter, 45 mm (1.8") Height

SS-A426-50 Mini-pot, 50 ml (1.7 oz) Capacity, 50 mm (2.0") Overall Diameter, 45 mm (1,8") Height

SS-A426-100 Mini-pot, 100 ml (3.4 oz) Capacity, 50 mm (2.0") Overall Diameter, 71 mm (2.8") Height

SS-A426-250 Mini-pot, 250 ml (8.5 oz) Capacity, 75 mm (3.0") Overall Diameter, 75 mm (3") Height

SS-A426-500

Mini-pot, 500 ml (16.9 oz) Capacity, 100 mm (3.9") Overall Diameter, 75 mm (3") Height

SS-A426-750

Mini-pot, 750 ml (25.4 oz)Capacity,100 mm (3.9") Overall Diameter, 115 mm (4 1/2") Height

SS-A426-1000 Mini-pot, 1000 ml (33.8 oz) Capacity, 100 mm (3.9") Overall Diameter, 155 mm (6.1") Height

35 mm (1.4") Max. Tube Diameter, 15 mm (0.6") Min. Tube Diameter

SS-8001A-500

Cleaning Brush, 500 mm (20") Length

SS-8001A-1100

Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43") Length

SS-8001A-1600

Cleaning Brush, 1600 mm (63") Length

SS-8001A-2100

Cleaning Brush, 2100 mm (83") Length

14 mm (0.6") Max. Tube Diameter, 7 mm (0.3") Min. Tube Diameter

SS-8001N-500

Narrow Cleaning Brush, 500 mm (20") Length

SS-8001N-1100

Narrow Cleaning Brush, 1100 mm (43") Length

SS-8001N- 1600

Narrow Cleaning Brush, 1600 mm (63") Length

50 mm (2") Max. Tube Diameter

SS-8001J-1000

Jumbo Cleaning Brush, 1000 mm (39.4") Length

SS-8001J-2000

Jumbo Cleaning Brush, 2000 mm (78.7") Length

SS-8001N- 1600

Narrow Cleaning Brush, 1600 mm (63") Length

Sack Clip

Sealing sacks after sampling or dispensing is often tricky and difficult. Our new Sack Clip is a quick, simple and effective way of closing sacks. Simply close sack between the jaws of the Sack Clip.

Features

•Quick and easy to apply

•Quick and easy to remove

•Ratchet mechanism and secondary positive lock for double security

•Robust - designed to be re-used

SS-8010A-1

Sack Clip, 10/Box

For Safe Storage & Transportation

Sampler Cases

These cases are ideal for the safe storage and transportation of samplers. They are also ideal for ensuring that your clean samplers remain clean while they are being stored or carried around the factory. All cases are supplied with foam liners to protect the samplers.

Mini Case

Features

•Ideal for storing small samplers

•Simple clasps keep the case closed

•Economic SS-8505A-12

Jumbo Case

Features

•Rugged plastic construction

•Extends up to 2400 mm (94")

Standard Sampler Case

Features

•Rugged plastic construction

•Four sliding clasps keep the case shut

Superior Sampler Case

Features

•Lockable (2 keys supplied)

•High impact resistant outer

•Metal hinges for a long life

•Very high quality finish SS-8500A-01

Ultra Adhesive Labels

UA Label

UA Labels are special high quality labels with an ultra-adhesive backing. They are ideal for labeling sacks, drums, kegs, boxes, bags etc.

UA-Labels are available in two standard sizes and with a range of different printed fronts.

Please see the Pharma-Labels if you require labels with an FDA approved adhesive.

Customize your Label with a White Label

Features

•Label size 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7") or 150 x 150 mm (6" x 6")

•Very high tack - will even stick on very dusty surfaces

•Variety of colors

•Large writing area

•Discounts available for bulk orders

•Huge range of designs

Standard Labels, 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7"), 500 Labels/Roll

SS-8220A-01

Standard Label,

Color: Red, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-02

Standard Label, Color: Green, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-03

Standard Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-04

Standard Label, Color: Blue, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-05

Standard Label, Color: Black, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-06

Standard Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank)

SS-8220A-30

Standard Label, Color: Green, Text: Released

SS-8220A-31

Standard Label, Color: Blue, Text: Sampled

SS-8220A-32

Standard Label, Color: Orange, Text: Quarantine

SS-8220A-33

Standard Label, Color: Black, Text: Rejected

SS-8220A-34

Standard Label, Color: Yellow, Text: In-Process

SS-8220A-35

Standard Label, Color: Red, Text: Dispensed

SS-8220A-07

Label Dispenser For Standard 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7") Labels

Large QC Labels, 150 x 150 mm (6" x 6"), 250 Labels/Roll

SS-8220A-001

Large QC Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-002

Large QC Label, Color: Green, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-003

Large QC Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-004

Large QC Label, Color: Blue, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-005

Large QC Label, Color: Black, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220A-006

Large QC Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank)

SS-8220A-17

Label Dispenser For Large 150 x 150 mm (6" x 6") Labels

Dust Proof UA-Labels are ideal for sealing sacks after sampling. UA-Labels will stick to virtually any surface; they will even stick to dusty sacks. The label will not only record the fact that the sack has been sampled but it will prevent the sack from leaking powder as it is handled.

Weather Proof

Even after being submerged in water for 48 hours the label was intact, it was securely attached to the bag and could be written on using a ball point pen.

Labels with an FDA Acceptable Adhesive

Pharma-Labels

Pharma-Labels are a range of paper labels with a special FDA acceptable adhesive. They are ideal for applications where the adhesive might come into contact with the product.

Features

•Write on labels

•Medium strength adhesion

•FDA acceptable adhesive

•Range of colors

•500 labels per roll

95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7")

•250 labels per roll 150 x 150 mm (5.9" x 5.9")

Pharma-Labels, 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7"), 500 Labels/Roll

SS-8220P-01

Pharma-Label,

Color: Red, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220P-02

Pharma-Label, Color: Green, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220P-03

Pharma-Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220P-04

Pharma-Label, Color: Blue, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220P-05

Pharma-Label, Color: Black, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220P-06 Pharma-Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank)

Pharma-Labels, 150 x 150 mm (5.9" x 5.9"), 250 Labels/Roll

SS-8220P-001

Pharma-Label, Color: Red, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220P-003

Pharma-Label, Color: Yellow, Text: Quality Control

SS-8220P-006

Pharma-Label, Color: White, Text: N/A (Blank)

SS-8220A-07 Label Dispenser For 95 x 95 mm (3.7" x 3.7")

SS-8220A-17 Label Dispenser For 150 x 150 mm (5.9" x 5.9")

The Signature Series

The Signature Series with the new rounded bail design is much easier to use and with the modifications to the cylinder it will hold 10% more soil than the standard line. The new cross handle has been designed to take less effort to turn in the most difficult soils. The new weld design offers less friction for easier augering and cleaning. The new coupling makes it three times faster to connect and disassemble. The extensions are rust resistant because they are plated with a yellow zinc coating. All augers are made of high carbon steel bits with tunsten carbide hard surfaced edges, stainless steel cylinder and a carbon steel bail. The list of improvements are endless.

Signature Series Regular Augers

The Signature Series Regular Auger is used for ordinary soil sampling.

Signature Series Mud Augers

The Signature Series Mud Auger features a laser cut open cylinder design for easy removal of heavy, wet, or clay soils.

AM-350.20

Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.59 lbs

AM-350.19

Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.88 lbs

AM-350.18

Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.59 lbs

AM-350.17

Thread Type: M-HEO-SIG, Size: 101.6 mm (4"), 3.21 lbs

Signature Series Sand Augers

The Signature Series Sand Auger is designed for use in extremely dry, sandy soils. The bits are specially formed to retain loose sand samples.

AM-350.42

Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-350.41

Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs

AM-350.40

Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs

AM-350.39

Thread Type: S-HEO-SIG, Size: 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs

Signature Series Dutch Augers

The Signature Series Dutch Auger design makes it an excellent tool for collection of disturbed samples in heavily rooted areas.

AM-350.59

Thread Type: DUTCH-SIG, Size: 76.2 mm (3"), 1.29 lbs

AM-350.61

Thread Type: DUTCH-SIG, Size: 50.8 mm (2"), 0.95 lbs

Signature Series Cross Handles

The Signature Series Cross Handles are made of chrome molybdenum steel. All Signature Series cross handles are 457.2 mm (18") long.

AM-351.54 Cross

Handle-Rubber Coated-Sig, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.04 lbs

AM-351.56 Ratchet Cross Handle-Sig, 457.2 mm (18"), 2.40 lbs

Signature Series Extensions

The Signature Series Extensions are available in 5 lengths. They are manufactured of 4130 chrome molybdenum steel and plated with a yellow zinc coating for added rust resistance.

AM-351.00

Extension-Sig, 304.8 mm (1'), 0.75 lbs

AM-351.01 Extension-Sig, 609.6 mm (2'), 1.16 lbs

AM-351.02

Extension-Sig, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.63 lbs

AM-351.03

Extension-Sig, 1219.2 mm (4'), 1.66 lbs

AM-351.04 Extension-Sig, 1524 mm (5'), 2.40 lbs

Signature Series Slide Hammers

The inline Signature Series Slide Hammer is one of the easiest and safest to use. The outer sleeve has a molded on thick rubber cover to reduce operator fatigue and to improve operator safety. The Signature Series Slide Hammer is available in three different weights.

AM-350.99 Slide Hammer-Sig, 10.22 lbs

AM-350.93 Heavy Duty Slide Hammer-Sig, 18.90 lbs

AM-350.96 Compact Slide Hammer-Sig, 6.00 lbs

Signature Series Mini Soil Auger Kits

The Soil Sampling Mini Kit is designed just for auger sampling, the mini kit includes a regular and a mud auger, four (4) extensions 914.4 mm or 1219.2 mm (3' or 4') and a cross handle, packed in a flexible poly-canvas case for easy carrying, transport and storage.

AM-352.73

Complete Kit, 82.55 mm (3 1/4"), 914.4 mm (3') Ext., 14.00 lbs

AM-352.74 Complete Kit, 82.55 mm (3 1/4"), 1219.2 mm (4') Ext., 14.00 lbs

Complete Kit Includes (AM-351.02 For 914.4 mm (3') Ext., AM-351.03 For 1219.2 mm (4') Ext.)

AM-350.06

R-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.70 lbs

AM-350.18

M-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.59 lbs

AM-351.03

CM-4'-EXT-SIG, 1219.2 mm (4'), 1.66 lbs

AM-351.02

CM-3'-EXT-SIG, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.63 lbs

AM-351.54

CM-CR-SIG-Rubber, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.04 lbs

AM-430.31 SIG, 914.4 mm (3') Poly-Canvas Case, 2.00 lbs

AM-430.32

SIG, 1219.2 mm (4') Poly-Canvas Case, 2.00 lbs

Versatile & Complete!

AM-352.51

Complete Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 60.00 lbs

AM-352.53

Complete Kit, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 56.00 lbs

Complete Kits Include

AM-350.06

R-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.70 lbs

AM-350.18

M-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4",) 2.59 lbs

AM-350.40

S-HEO-SIG, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs

AM-350.08

R-HEO-SIG, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-350.20

M-HEO-SIG, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.59 lbs

AM-350.42

S-HEO-SIG, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-354.26 Core Sampler / Hammer-SIG, 50.8 mm x 152.4 mm ( 2" x 6"), 13.08 lbs

AM-351.03

Extensions-SIG, 1219.20 mm (4'), 1.66 lbs

AM-351.54 Rubber Coated Cross Handle-SIG, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.04 lbs

Signature Series Basic Soil Sampling Kits

This kit gives you the ability to auger in most materials up to 12' and then collect a soil core sample.

Includes regular, sand and mud auger, rubber coated cross handle, soil core sampler, slide hammer, three 1219.2 mm (4') extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, wrenches, and cleaning brushes in a rugged, foam-padded hard-sidded deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels.

AM-421.10 Crescent Wrench, 304.8 mm (12"), 1.70 lbs

AM-421.29 Universal Slip Wrench, 1.24 lbs

AM-430.07

Nylon Brush, 50.8 mm x 304.8 mm (2"x12"), 0.20 lbs

AM-430.01

Delux Carrying Case 1750, 28.91 lbs

Excellent for Soil Profiling of Chemical Analysis

Signature Series Soil Core Samplers

The Signature Soil Core Sampler (SCS) collects a relatively undisturbed soil core sample in a liner that may be packaged for transfer to a laboratory for soil profiling of chemical analysis. The liner may also be extruded in the field for examination of the soil core sample.

Includes slide hammer, core cup and cap, 2 plastic end caps, and plastic liner. Also available with cup and cap only.

AM-354.26

SCS-SIG W/ Hammer, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 13.08 lbs

AM-354.25 SCS-SIG W/ Hammer, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 12.29 lbs

AM-354.16 SCS-SIG/Cup & Cap, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 2.87 lbs

AM-354.15 SCS-SIG/Cup & Cap, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 2.08 lbs

(514) 326 8961

Standard Soil Augers

Standard Soil Augers have heat-treated, high carbon steel bits with tungsten carbide hard-surfaced edges. The bits are welded to a stainless steel cylinder, topped with a carbon steel bail.

The Regular Augers

The Regular Auger is used for ordinary soil sampling and for accessing the sampling point when undisturbed samples will be taken with a core sampler.

Sand Augers

The Sand Auger is designed for use in extremely dry, sandy soil.

AM-400.05

R-HEO-TH, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs

AM-417.07

R-HEO-TH-SST, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.49 lbs

AM-400.06

R-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs

AM-417.06

R-HEO-TH-SST, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.52 lbs

AM-400.07

R-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs

AM-417.05

R-HEO-TH-SST, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.07 lbs

AM-400.08

R-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-417.04

R-HEO-TH-SST, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.70 lbs

AM-400.09

R-HEO-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.42 lbs

AM-417.03

R-HEO-TH-SST, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.42 lbs

Mud Augers

When you encounter heavy, wet, or clay soil the Mud Auger is the right tool for the job.

AM-400.39 S-HEO-TH, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.45 lbs

AM-420.07 S-HEO-TH-SST, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.54 lbs

AM-400.40 S-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.56 lbs

AM-420.06 S-HEO-TH-SST, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.57 lbs

AM-400-41 S-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.06 lbs

AM-420.05 S-HEO-TH-SST, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 2.12 lbs

AM-400.42 S-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-420.04 S-HEO-TH-SST, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.75 lbs

AM-400.43 S-HEO-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.42 lbs

AM-420.03 S-HEO-TH-SST 50.8 mm (2"), 1.47 lbs

Planer Augers

This unique auger is designed to be used with the Core Sampler. It cleans and flattens the bottom of pre-drilled holes by removing the loose soil.

AM-400.17

M-HEO-TH, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.21 lbs

AM-418.07

M-HEO-TH-SST, 101.6 mm (4"), 3.37 lbs

AM-400.18

M-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.26 lbs

AM-418.06

M-HEO-TH-SST, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 2.30 lbs

AM-400.19

M-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.88 lbs

AM-418.05

M-HEO-TH-SST, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.92 lbs

AM-400.20

M-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 2.26 lbs

AM-418.04

M-HEO-TH-SST, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.64 lbs

AM-400.21

M-HEO-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.44 lbs

AM-418.03

M-HEO-TH-SST, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.46 lbs

AM-400.51

PL-HEO-TH, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 1.99 lbs

AM-400.52

PL-HEO-TH, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 1.58 lbs

AM-400.53

PL-HEO-TH, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 1.27 lbs

Dutch Augers

Easily collect disturbed samples in heavily rooted areas. Hand forged from high-carbon steel and honed to a fine cutting edge, this auger will cut through highly fibrous and heavy rooted soil. Excellent for use in fibrous areas such as vineyards and orchards. The unique open design allows for easier mud shedding capabilities.

Makes Soil Sampling

Easier & Faster!

Slide Hammers

The Slide Hammer is one of the easiest and safest to use. The outer sleeve has a molded-on, thick rubber cover. This makes it easy to hold onto and use as the cover significantly absorbs the impact shock.

AM-400.61

DUTCH-TH, 50.8 mm (2"), 0.95 lbs

AM-400.59

DUTCH-TH, 76.2 mm (3"), 1.29 lbs

Flighted Screw Augers

For taking small distrurbed soil samples from dense, hard or compacted soils, the Flighted Screw Auger can't be beat.

AM-400.99 15.8 mm (5/8"), NC Regular Slide Hammer, 10.22 lbs

AM-400.96 15.8 mm (5/8"), Compact Slide Hammer, 7.68 lbs

AM-400.93 19.1 mm (3/4"), Heavy Duty Slide Hammer, 18.90 lbs

Cross Handles

AM-405.05

FL-HEO-TH, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 2.13 lbs

AM-405.03

FL-HEO-TH, 44.4 x 304.8 mm (1 3/4" x 12"), 1.79 lbs

AM-405.02

FL-HEO-TH, 38.1 x 304.8 mm (1 1/2" x 12"), 1.45 lbs

Rock Breaker

Used to split or chip rocks and stones found in an augered hole. The rock breaker is an alloy steel sharp edged chisel designed for use with the slide hammer. Used to break up obstructions in augered holes and to penetrate hard pan lenses.

Durable Cross Handles ranging from 10" to 22". Carbon steel and chrome molybdenum designs are highly durable. The ratcheting version is for reduced effort in tight field situations. Hammer head option lets you pound your soil sampling device into the ground with an impact-absorbing hammer. 15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded.

AM-424.00

Rock Breaker-TH, 2.85 lbs

AM-401.27

Hammer Head Cross Handle, 304.8 mm (12"), 2.10 lbs

AM-401.26

Cross Handle W/ Grips, 254 mm (10"), 0.56 lbs

AM-406.04

Rubber Coated, 457.2 mm (18"), 1.25 lbs

AM-406.80

Ratchet Rubber, 457.2 mm (18"), 2.02 lbs

Extensions

The welded fittings by craftsmen on all Extensions offer maximum strength and torque resistance. Threaded Extensions in either chrome molybdenum or stainless steel.

Soil Recovery Augers, Dual Purpose

Soil Recovery Auger (SRA) features protective soil retaining cylinders, fast cutting bits, and effortless operation. By using the hollow cap, the SRA is used as a standard bucket auger. By using the solid cap, a sample can be retrieved in a liner.

AM-408.00 15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 304.8 mm (1'), 0.75 lbs

AM-409.06 15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 304.8 mm (1'), 0.77 lbs

AM-408.01 15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 609.6 mm (2'), 1.16 lbs AM-409.07 15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 609.6 mm (2'), 1.22 lbs

AM-408.02 15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel Thread, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.63 lbs

AM-409.08 15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 914.4 mm (3'), 1.66 lbs

AM-408.03

15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 1219.2 mm (4'), 2.29 lbs

AM-409.09

15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 1219.2 mm (4'), 2.11 lbs

AM-408.04 15.8 mm (5/8"), Steel TH, 152 cm (5'), 2.40 lbs

AM-409.10 15.8 mm (5/8"), Stainless, 152 cm (5'), 2.56 lbs

Also available in 19.1 mm (3/4") threaded & quick connect connections, call for more information

Telescoping Auger for Hard-toReach Areas

AM-421.01 Standard-TH, 82.5 x 254 mm (3 1/4" x 10"), 9.20 lbs

AM-421.03

Stainless-TH, 82.5 x 254 mm (3 1/4" x 10"), 9.25 lbs

AM-421.02

82.5 x

Telescoping Augers

The Telescoping Auger(TSA) is used for auger sampling to depths of six to eight feet. Comprised of a dual tube telescoping extension, cross handle, locking pins and a single auger head. The TSA is designed for sampling soils for perc tests, septic leakage, site assessment and agricultural science uses.

AM-301.68

TSA-Regular, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 6.88 lbs

AM-301.67

TSA-Regular, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 7.16 lbs

AM-301.66

TSA-Regular, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 7.69 lbs

AM-301.65

TSA-Regular, 101.6 mm (4"), 8.56 lbs

AM-301.80

TSA-Mud, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 5.68 lbs

AM-301.79

TSA-Mud, 69.8 mm (2 3/4"), 5.94 lbs

AM-301.78

TSA-Mud, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 7.34 lbs

AM-301.90

TSA-Sand, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 7.90 lbs

NEW! Gouge Augers Designed for Sampling Wet Clay & Peat

Designed for undisturbed samples from very soft and preferably very wet soils with minimal disturbance of soft cohesive layers such as wet clay or peat. Constructed from a long, tapered stainless steel, semi-cylindrical chamber, which is pushed into the soil, twisted and recovered to display a full and virtually undisturbed profile of peaty soil. Sharp cutting edges ensure easy penetration without twisting or turning which could agitate the sample.

Requires attachment to cross handles or slide hammer for use.

Soil Core Samplers

The Soil Core Soil Sampler (SCS) collects a relatively undisturbed soil core sample in a liner that may be packaged for transfer to a laboratory for soil profiling or chemical analysis. The liner may also be extruded in the field for examination of the soil core sample or packaged for subsequent chemical analysis in a laboratory.

Includes slide hammer, core cup and cap, two plastic end caps, and plastic liner. Liners are SCS with purchase of a SCS soil core sampler.

NEW! One-Piece Augers

Powder-coated (black) for rust resistance and equipped with a 16" rubber-gripped cross handle for a total length of 53". This lightweight (between 4 to 5 lbs), one-piece auger is an inexpensive alternative. Available in 2 sizes & 2 designs, with a 2 3/4" or 4" regular or mud auger. Auger bits are sharpened, heat-treated & made of carbon steel.

69.8 mm (2 3/4"), Mud Auger, 4.10 lbs

AM-404.39

Standard, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 12.29 lbs

AM-404.64

Stainless, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6"), 12.69 lbs

AM-404.02 Standard, 50.8 x 50.8 mm (2" x 2"), 12.12 lbs

AM-404.60 Stainless, 50.8 x 50.8 mm (2" x 2"), 12.35 lbs

AM-404.03 Standard, 50.8 x 76.2 mm (2" x 3"), 12.42 lbs

AM-404.61 Stainless, 50.8 x 76.2 mm (2" x 3"), 12.65 lbs

AM-404.04 Standard, 50.8 x 101.6 mm (2" x 4"), 12.53 lbs

AM-404.62 Stainless, 50.8 x 101.6 mm (2" x 4"), 12.99 lbs

AM-404.05 Standard, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 13.08 lbs

NEW! 3 1/4" Soil Auger Field Kit Save Money & No Fuss!

This kit is ideal because of its simplicity.  Available in the 5/8" threaded connection only, the kit comes complete with (1) regular auger, (1) 4' extension & a 16" rubber-coated cross handle.  You can’t get much simpler than that.

AM-400.47 One-Piece, 101.6 mm (4"), Mud Auger, 5.50 lbs AM-400.14

AM-404.63 Stainless, 50.8 x 152.4 mm (2" x 6"), 13.64 lbs

AM-404.50 Standard, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 14.40 lbs

AM-404.67

Stainless, 50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" x 12"), 15.49 lbs

AM-404.44 Standard, 63.5 x 152.4 mm (2 1/2" x 6"),14.09 lbs

AM-404.65 Stainless, 63.5 x 152.4 mm (2 1/2" x 6"), 14.63 lbs

AM-404.45 Standard, 76.2 x 152.4 mm (3" x 6"), 15.09 lbs

AM-404.66

Stainless, 76.2 x 152.4 mm (3" x 6"), 15.98 lbs

Sold Separately

AM-404.90 Plastic Core Catcher, 50.8 mm (2") Only, 0.02 lbs

AM-421.29 Universal Slip Wrench, 1.24 lbs

Split Soil Core Sampler

When your job calls to separate or simply to view your sample immediately, the Split Core Sampler is the tool for you. You can inspect moisture content, soil consistency, and use a PID or FID right on the spot.

Includes split SCS cup set, split SCS cap, plastic liner, 2 plastic end caps and universal slip wrench. Each set can be bought with a core tip, an auger tip, or with both tips.

Multi-Stage Soil Core Sampler

This Stainless Steel Sampler collects 50.8 mm (2") soil cores up to 1219.2 mm (48") deep when the optional 304.8 mm (12") multi-stage SCS sections are attached.

Includes multi-stage SCS base, solid cap, soil core tip, auger tip, 50.8 mm x 304.8 mm (2" x 12") plastic liner, 2 plastic end caps and universal slip wrench.

Order the optional 304.8 mm (12") multi-stage SCS sections separately.

Collect Soil Core Sample of Various Lengths

lbs

AM-403.602

Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 34.9 mm (1 3/8"), 0.25 lbs

AM-403.73

Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 50.8 mm ( 2"), 0.30 lbs

AM-403.72

Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 0.40 lbs

AM-403.758

Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.00 lb

AM-403.752

Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.30 lbs

AM-403.754

Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.70 lbs

AM-403.756

Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.70 lbs

AM-403.74

Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.00 lb

AM-403.75

Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.20 lbs

AM-403.27

MS-SCS-Complete, 9.20 lbs

Accessories

AM-404.90

Plastic Core Catcher, 50.8 mm (2"), 0.02 lbs

AM-403.602

Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 34.9 mm (1 3/8"), 0.25 lbs

AM-403.73

Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 50.8 mm (2"), 0.30 lbs

AM-403.72

Split SCS Cylinder Coupling, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 0.40 lbs

AM-403.758

Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.00 lb

AM-403.752

Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.30 lbs

AM-403.754

Split SCS Valved Auger Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.70 lbs

AM-403.756

Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 34.8 mm (1 3/8"), 1.70 lbs

AM-403.74

Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 50.8 mm (2"), 1.00 lb

AM-403.75

Split SCS Valved Core Tip, 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), 1.20 lbs

Soil Probes

Soil Probes are used by farmers, agricultural consultants, fertilizer technicians and other professionals whose job it is to retrieve samples to analyze soil for nutrient, moisture content and consistency.

Soil Recovery Probes & Dual Purpose Soil Recovery Probes

The Soil Recovery Probes without a slot or a Dual Purpose Recovery Probe with a slot in the side of the probe body. Allows for extraction of the sample either with or without a retaining cylinder. Both probes feature the unique "Reach and Grab" System allows for easy removal of retaining cylinder to protrude beyond the probe body accommodating easy removal without handling or distributing the sample.

Open End Probes

13.47 lbs

The Open End Probe collects a 25.4 mm (1") diameter sample about 381 mm (15") long. It is made from nickel-plated type 4130 chrome molybdenum steel. The 381 mm (15") long body slot is cut to the end of the probe to facilitate emptying. Includes a comfortablygripped cross handle.

Take Shallow

Samples of Soil in Agricultural Applications

AM-401.10

Plated Open End Soil Probe W/ Handle, 28.5 x 838.2 mm (1 1/8" x 33"), 2.09 lbs

AM-401.21

Plated Open End Soil Probe W/ Handle, 22.2 x 533.4 mm (7/8" x 21"), 2.00 lbs

Soil Recovery Probes

AM-424.11

Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 1.96 lbs

AM-424.15 Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24" ), 2.44 lbs

AM-424.03 Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" x 12"), 2.12 lbs

AM-424.07 Nickel Plated SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" x 24"), 2.74 lbs

AM-424.45 SST SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 2.01 lbs

AM-424.47 SST SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24" ), 2.49 lbs

AM-424.41 SST SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" X 12" ), 2.77 lbs

AM-424.43 SST SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" X 24" ), 4.40 lbs

Dual Purpose Soil Recovery Probe

AM-424.27 Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 1.81 lbs

AM-424.31 Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24"), 2.29 lbs

AM-424.19 Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" X 12"), 1.98 lbs

AM-424.23 Nickel Plated Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" X 24"), 2.53 lbs

AM-424.53 SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 304.8 mm (7/8" X 12"), 1.98 lbs

AM-424.55 SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" X 24"), 2.38 lbs

AM-424.49 SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 304.8 mm (1 1/8" X 12"), 2.77 lbs

AM-424.51 SST Dual Purpose SRP W/ Handle, 28.5 x 609.6 mm (1 1/8" X 24"), 4.54 lbs

Turf Probe

The Turf Probe is a simple method of taking soil samples in sod or grassy areas. The slot in the side is ideal for top soil sampling. The turf probe allows collection of a 12.7 x 177.8 mm (1/2" x 7") sample.

AM-427.24

Plated One Piece Turf Probe, 508 mm (20"), 1.00 lb

Step Probes

The built-in step allows additional pressure to be used to drive the probe. Both offer a 254 mm (10") comfortably gripped cross handle, but the cross handles on the two-piece models are detachable with a 15.8 mm (5/8") threaded connection and a 25.4 mm (1") O.D. Made of 4130 chrome molybdenum steel with hardened tips that cut a soil core 12.7 mm (1/2") diameter by about 304.8 mm (12") long.

Replaceable Tip Soil Probes

The heavy duty, Replaceable Tip Soil Probe meets the need for a rugged sampler.

The finest Soil Probe Available!

AM-401.40

2 Piece Plated Step Probe W/ Handle, 838.2 mm (33"), 2.50 lbs

AM-401.42 Plated One Piece Step Probe, 1016 mm (40"), 1.90 lbs

Mini Soil Auger Kits

AM-425.45

Nickel Plated Replaceable Tip SRP, 31.7 x 304.8 mm (1 1/4" x 12"), 3.11 lbs

AM-425.47 Nickel Plated Replaceable Tip SRP, 31.7 x 609.6 mm (1 1/4" x 24"), 4.48 lbs

Mini Soil Core Sampling Kits

Everything you Need for Augering to 12'!

The 15.8 mm (5/8") threaded are available in 57.1 mm (2 1/4") or 82.5 mm (3 1/4") auger sizes.

Includes a regular and a mud auger, for (4) extensions 914.4 mm (3') or 1219.2 mm (4') and a cross handle, packed in a flexible poly-canvas case for easy carrying, transport and storage.

AM-209.71

Mini Kit, 914.4 mm (3)' EXTN, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 14.00 lbs

AM-209.31

Mini Kit, 1219.2 mm (4') EXTN, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 14.00 lbs

AM-209.73

Mini Kit, 914.4 mm (3') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 11.00 lbs

AM-209.33

Mini Kit, 1219.2 mm (4') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 14.00 lbs

Soil Core Sampling Kits provide all the components needed to auger up to 365.7 mm (12') and then collect a virtually undisturbed soil core sample in a liner.

Includes regular auger, four 914.4 mm (3') extensions, cross handle, soil core sampler, slide hammer, 2 plastic end caps, liner, 2 wrenches, universal slip wrench and poly-canvas case.

AM-209.07

Soil Core Sampling Mini Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 23.08 lbs

AM-209.05

SST Soil Core Sampling Mini Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 26.23 lbs

Basic Soil Sampling Kits

Stainless Steel Environmental Soil Sampling Kit

This kit gives you the ability to auger in most materials up to 365.7 cm (12') and then collect a soil core sample.

Includes regular, sand and mud auger, rubber coated cross handle, soil core sampler, slide hammer, three 1219.2 mm (4') extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, wrenches, and cleaning brushes in a rugged, foam-padded hard-sided deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels.

AM-209.51

Basic Soil Sampling Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 60.00 lbs

AM-209.53 Basic Soil Sampling Kit, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 56.00 lbs

Stainless Steel Mini Auger Kits

Used in soils with low levels of contaminants or where equipment will be cleaned using an acid bath technique. Contains the same components as the basic kit but in all stainless.

Includes regular, sand and mud augers, cross handle, split soil core sampler, slide hammer, three 1219.2 mm (4') extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, wrenches, and cleaning brush in a rugged, foam-padded hard-sided deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels.

AM-209.55 SST Environmental Soil Sampling Kit, 82.5 mm (3 1/4"), 62.00 lbs

AM-209.57 SST Environmental Soil Sampling Kit, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 58.00 lbs

Flighted Auger Kits

All Stainless steel components in these Mini Kits make them suitable for sampling soils with low levels of contaminants.

Includes a regular and a mud auger, four (4) extensions 914.4mm (3') or 1219.2mm (4') and a cross handle, packed in a flexible poly-canvas case for easy carrying, transport and storage.

AM-209.72

AM-209.32

AM-209.74 SST Mini Kit, 914.4 mm (3') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 11.00 lbs

AM-209.34

SST Mini Kit, 1219.2 mm (4') EXTN, 57.1 mm (2 1/4"), 14.00 lbs

The 50.8 mm (2") Flighted Auger Kit is equipped to drill access holes up to 274.3 cm (9') deep. The included 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6") soil core sampler may then be used to collect soil samples in liners. Additional extensions may be added to obtain deeper depths.

Includes Bosch 11245, 15.8 mm (5/8") threaded male to SDS Max adapter, 38.1 x 152.4 mm (1 1/2" x 6") soil core sampler, slide hammer, 50.8 mm (2") flighted lead auger with hard surfaced tip, 50.8 mm (2") carbide tip, two 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" x 3') flighted extensions, three 15.8 x 1219.2 mm (5/8" x 4') extensions, universal slip wrench, 38.1 x 304.8 mm (1 1/2" x 12") nylon brush, deluxe carrying case.

AM-209.61

50.8 mm (2"), Flighted Auger Kit, 103.00 lbs

AM-209.10

50.8 mm (2"), Flighted Auger Kit W/O Drill, 66.00 lbs

AM-209.63

50.8 mm (2"), Stainless Steel Flighted Auger Kit, 110.00 lbs

AM-209.13

50.8 mm (2"), Stainless Steel Flighted Auger Kit W/O Drill, 66.00 lbs

Prevents Cross Contamination with a Cased Access Hole

Hollowstem Auger Kits

The portable Hollowstem Auger Kit provides the tools needed to reach a 182.8 cm (6') depth. The augers cut a 76.2 mm (3") diameter hole and have an I.D. of 28.5 mm (1 1/8"), making them suitable for soil, soil gas and groundwater sampling through a cased hole. A special Hollowstem soil probe, 22.2 mm (7/8") O.D. by 609.6 mm (24") long with slide hammer is included to allow collection of a soil sample through the auger. The gas vapor probes may be used through these augers telescopically. Bailers up to 25.4 mm (1") diameter may be used to collect groundwater samples.

Hollowstem Auger Kit includes Bosch model 11245, SDS Max adapter, slide hammer, flighted lead auger, flighted extension, two 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') extensions hard surfaced tip, wrenches, nylon brush, deluxe carrying case.

Hollowstem Lead Section includes SDS Max adapter, 914.4 mm (3') flighted extension, inner rod, plug, cap and tip.

Soil Gas Sampling

AM-409.80 Hollowstem Auger Kit, 103.00 lbs

AM-209.22 Hollowstem Auger Kit W/O Drill, 66.00 lbs

Replacement Parts & Accessories

AM-409.55 Hollowstem Lead Section Complete, 14.00 lbs

AM-409.57 Hollowstem Flighted Section W/ Inner Rod, 10.90 lbs

AM-409.70 Hollowstem Soil Probe, 22.2 x 609.6 mm (7/8" x 24"), 1.10 lbs

AM-421.10 Crescent Wrench, 304.8 mm (12"), 1.70 lbs

AM-400.99 15.8 mm (5/8"), NC Regular Slide Hamme,r 10.22 lbs

AM-213.88 Bosch 11245EVS Rotary Hammer, 37.00 lbs

AM-430.01 Deluxe Carrying Case 1750, 28.91 lbs

Easily & economically samples soil gas vapors at shallow depths for preliminary testing!

This manual system is an excellent choice for shallow gas vapor sampling in soft soil. Designed for shallow sampling in penetrable soils using a cross handle, the kit includes a base section with a probe tip and soil gas access holes above. An included liner rod with tip is placed inside the base section when driving to prevent soil entry. Both the base section and liner rod offer threaded couplings for attachment to an extension with an inner rod. A 12.7 mm x 15.8 mm (1/2" x 5/8") GVP hammer adapter is included with the base section for attaching the cross handle or an optional slide hammer to the probe string. A GVP barbed adapter replaces the GVP hammer adapter when collecting a soil gas sample.

AM-427.01 "Original" GVP Kit Includes GVP Base W/ Liner Rod & Couplings, GVP Hammer Adapter, 914.4 mm (3') Extension W/ Liner

Discrete Soil Gas Sampling

Retract-A-Tip

Retract-A-Tip was designed as a survey tool for the collection of discrete soil gas samples. It is used with GVP extensions, sampling tubing, & slide hammer attachment, or any electric rotary hammer with suitable adapter. The hardened stainless steel tip is designed to open when the extensions are pulled back a few inches. In the open position, the Retract-A-Tip will allow the collection of a soil gas sample when vacuum is applied to the sample delivery tube. This may be repeated at different depths for as many samples as needed. The Retract-A-Tip can also be used with a PID or FID by connecting a water trap to the sample delivery tube & apply a vacuum to the other side of the trap, to obtain a direct reading of the contaminant level.

Gas Vapor Probe KitsDedicated Tips

The kit uses a slide hammer or an electric rotary drive hammer and gas vapor probe (GVP) drive extensions to insert a stainless steel soil GVP to the desired depth. Flouropolymer tubing is attached to a barb fitting on the GVP for remote sampling from the surface. The vapor inlet holes of the dedicated tips are slightly recessed and are protected by the drive tubes to prevent them from becoming clogged during installation. Includes GVP manual, GVP dedicated tip and umbrella (10), removal jack, external drive adapter 19 mm (3/4") I.D., 7620 cm (250') roll fluoropolymer tube 4.7 mm (3/16"), GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") tip drive end, slide hammer adapter19 mm (3/4") O.D., SDS Max drill adapter, SDS Max 38.1 mm (1 1/2") carbide bit, 914.4 mm (3')

GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") extension (4), hand pump, slide hammer, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty extendable tile probe base, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty tile probe extension (3), deluxe carrying case, GVP instruction CD video.

Includes carbide drill bit, 50.8 mm (2") lead with hard surfaced tip, 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" x 36") extension (2) 50.8 mm (2") carbide tip, SDS Max drill adapter, 63.5 mm (2 1/2") Wild Bore SDS Max.

AM-209.19

GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tip W/O Drill, 115.00 lbs

AM-209.24

Heavy Duty GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips W/O Drill, 141.00 lbs

AM-210.00

GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Dewalt D25600K Hammer Drill, 150.00 lbs

AM-209.84

GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Bosch 11245EVS Hammer Drill, 152.00 lbs

AM-209.93

Heavy Duty GVP W/ Dedicated Tips, Flighted Augers & Bosch 11245EVS Hammer Drill, 177.00 lbs

AM-210.01 GVP Retract-A-Tip, 0.60 lbs

Dedicated Gas Vapor Tips

Gas Vapor Dedicated Points are now used around the world for monitoring remediation of hydrocarbon spills, tank & pipe leakage, landfills, & at hazardous waste sites. Soil gas monitoring with the Gas Vapor Dedicated Point is easily accomplished. The unique design of the dedicated stainless steel vapor point, with a Teflon umbrella & optional screen to prevent soil from clogging the vapor inlet holes, or for groundwater sampling, ensures a representative sample time after time. Teflon tubing is used to transfer the sample to the surface. The Gas Vapor Probe is normally supplied as a complete system kit form with all the items needed to efficiently install the dedicated points in most penetrable soils.

Added Benefit of a Reusable Tip Design

Gas Vapor Probe Kits with Dedicated Tips and Retract-A-Tip

The addition of the Retract-A-Tipto the Gas Vapor Probe (GVP) system allows for a more versatile field kit for monitoring or sampling hydrocarbon spill sites, underground storage tanks and pipelines. The Retract-A-Tip can be used multiple times without damage. When the sampling depth is reached, the drive tube is pulled up to expose the inlet holes for sampling. The point can then be driven deeper, reopened, and another sample taken.

Includes GVP manual, GVP dedicated tip with umbrella (10), Retract-ATip, removal jack, external drive adapter 19 mm (3/4") I.D., 7620 cm (250') roll fluoropolymer tube 4.7 mm (3/16"), GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") tip drive end, slide hammer adapter 19 mm (3/4") O.D., SDS Max drill adapter, SDS Max 38.1 mm (1 1/2") carbide bit, 914.4 mm (3') GVP 15.8 mm (5/8") extension (4), hand pump, slide hammer, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty extendable tile probe base, 15.8 x 914.4 mm (5/8" x 3') heavy duty tile probe extension (3), deluxe carrying case, GVP instruction CD video.

Heavy Duty Kit also includes Carbide drill bit, 50.8 mm (2") lead with hard surface tip, 50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" x 36") extension (2), 50.8 mm (2") carbide tip, SDS Max drill adapter, 63.5 mm (2 1/2") Wild Bore SDS Max.

AM-209.16

GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Retract-A-Tip W/O Drill, 116.00 lbs

AM-209.26

Heavy Duty GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips & Retract-A-Tip & Flighted Augers W/O Drill, 141.00 lbs

AM-210.02

GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips, Retract-A-Tip & Dewalt D25600K Hammer Drill, 151.00 lbs

AM-209.86

GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips, Retract-A-Tip & Bosch 11245 EVS Hammer Drill, 152.60 lbs

AM-209.95

Heavy Duty GVP Kit W/ Dedicated Tips, Retract-A-Tip, Flighted Augers & Bosch 11245EVS Hammer Drill, 178.00 lbs

Rocky Soil Screw Augers

Easily drill through rocky soil with heavy duty design and extra large pilot tips. These heavy duty screw augers are designed for use with rotary hammer drills. They are made from heat treated high carbon steel and have oversized tungsten carbide surfaced bits. They may be used to penetrate hard soils, asphalts and concrete.

Montana Sharp Shooter

Heavy-duty stainless steel Sharp Shooter opens a deep, narrow hole, even in hard, rocky soil. The long rubber-coated handle reduces recoil from striking rocks. The blade is 457.2 x 133.3 mm (18" L x 5 1/4" W) at top, tapers to 107.9 mm (4 1/4") at bottom. The handle is 736.6 mm (29") long.

AM-214.28

50.8 mm (2"), Hawera Carbide Bit Splined, 7.08 lbs

AM-214.30

50.8 mm (2"), Hawera Carbide Bit SDS Max, 9.34 lbs

AM-214.35

53.9 mm (2 1/8"), Carbide Bit Splined, 7.00 lbs

AM-214.36

53.9 mm (2 1/8"), Carbide Bit SDS Max, 7.00 lbs

Stainless Steel Scoops

Stainless Steel Scoops are available in five individual sizes to fit your needs. Made of stainless steel, they are easily cleaned and virtually indestructible. The Scoop is also available with a rubber handle.

AM-410.00

Montana Sharp Shooter, 9.31 lbs

AM-410.01 Montana Sharp Shooter Rubber Coated Handle, 10.68 lbs

Stainless Steel Spade Shovel

Durable stainless steel construction withstands caustic & corrosive materials that would normally damage other types of shovels. Stainless steel is also easily decontaminated after use. Pointed spade has front rolled step & measures 196.8 x 25.4 mm (7 3/4" W x 1" D)  Fine cutting edge makes digging easy in compacted material. Overall length is 1371.6 mm (54")

AM-428.03

Stainless Scoop, 3 oz, 0.37 lbs

AM-428.04

Stainless Scoop, 6 oz, 0.47 lbs

AM-428.05

Stainless Scoop, 8 oz, 0.47 lbs

AM-428.06

Stainless Scoop, 12 oz, 0.64 lbs

AM-427.82

Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 2 oz, 0.47 lbs

AM-427.83

Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 3 oz, 0.42 lbs

AM-427.84

Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 6 oz, 0.62 lbs

AM-427.85

Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 8 oz, 0.62 lbs

AM-427.86

Stainless Rubber Coated Scoop, 12 oz, 0.79 lbs

AM-427.90 SST Spade Shovel, 5.90 lbs

Concrete Coring Bits

Perfect for drilling holes through concrete. Specially designed for fast, accurate drilling with a rotary hammer drill. Core bit bodies are heat treated with durable carbon tips.

All the Power you Need!

Drills

With a variety of Drills and Adapters to choose from, you are sure to find the one to meet your specific job site requirement.

ECHO EDR-210 (rev.) - Gas

AM-213.81

Engine Displacement: 21.2 cc

Fuel Capacity: 14 oz

Gear Reduction Ratio: 17.1:1

RPM: 0-450 Fwd/Rev

AM-214.22

38.1 mm (1 1/2"), Concrete Bit SDS Max, 4.20 lbs

AM-214.24

53.9 mm (2 1/8"), Concrete Bit SDS Max, 5.00 lbs

AM-214.26

63.5 mm (2 1/2"), Wild Bore SDS Max, 6.59 lbs

Concrete Coring Bits with Adapter

AM-260.40

76.2 mm (3"), Core Bit Complete W/ Splined Adapter, 7.18 lbs

AM-260.42

76.2 mm (3"), Core Bit Complete W/ SDS Adapter, 6.78 lbs

AM-260.32

152.4 mm (6"), Core Bit Complete W/ Splined Adapter, 10.00 lbs

AM-260.33

152.4 mm (6"), Core Bit Complete W/ SDS Max Adapter, 10.00 lbs

Concrete Coring Bits Replacement Parts

AM-260.44

76.2 mm (3"), Heavy Duty Core Bit, 4.00 lbs

AM-260.29

152.4 mm (6"), Heavy Duty Core Bit, 7.00 lbs

AM-260.46

Heavy Duty Splined Adapter (AM-260.40, AM-260.32 & AM-260.33 Only),

3.34 lbs

AM-260.48

Heavy Duty SDS Max Adapter (AM-260.42, AM-260.32 & AM-260.33 Only),

3.06 lbs

Drill Accessories

Accessories for Echo ED-200, EDR-210 and EDR-260 Gas Drills

AM-213.84 Echo Gas Drill Support Bracket, 0.28 lbs

AM-213.79

Echo Gas Drill Side Handle Replacement, 0.31 lbs

Adapters and Spring-Loaded Adapters

AM-213.50

15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to 12.7 mm (1/2") Gas Drill Adapter, 0.40 lbs

AM-214.20

15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to SDS Max Drill Adapter, 0.80 lbs

AM-214.50

15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to SDS Plus Drill Adapter, 0.80 lbs

AM-405.27

15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to Splined Drill Adapter, 0.60 lbs

AM-213.46

15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to EA 500 Drill Adapter, 0.62 lbs

AM-213.44

15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Female to 15.8 mm (5/8"), Male Gas Drill Spring Adapter, 3.82 lbs

AM-213.48

15.8 mm (5/8") Threaded Male to EA-500 Spring Adapter, 3.82 lbs

Max. Chuck Diameter: 1/2"

Dry Weight: 13 lbs

ECHO EDR-260(rev.) - Gas

AM-213.86

Engine Displacement: 25.4 cc

Fuel Capacity: 19.6 oz

Gear Reduction Ratio: 17.1:1

RPM: 0-640 Fwd

Max. Chuck Diameter: 1/2" Keyless

Dry Weight: 13.3 lbs

ECHO EA-410 - Gas

AM-213.83

Engine Displacement: 51.7 cc

Fuel Capacity: 28.7 oz

Gear Reduction Ratio: 30.1:1

RPM: 0-230 Fwd

Max. Chuck Diameter: N/A

Dry Weight: 21.4 lbs

Max. Torque at Engine: 1.49 ft lbs

Max Torque at Auger: 44.9 ft lbs

DeWALT D25600K

AM-213.92

Rotary Hammer Drill

Impact Energy: 8 ft/lbs

AMPS: 11.5 Amps

Max Watts Out: 1000 W

No Load Speed: 140 - 280 rpm

Weight: 34 lbs

Bosch 11245EVS

AM-213.88

Rotary Hammer Drill

Impact Energy: 13.3 ft/lbs

AMPS: 14 Amps

No Load Speed: 120 - 250 rpm

Weight: 37 lbs

Liners

Caps

50.8 x 304.8 mm (2" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.21 lbs

AM-425.20

50.8 x 609.6 mm (2" X 24"), Plastic Liner, 0.40 lbs

AM-406.72

50.8 x 914.4 mm (2" X 36"), Plastic Liner, 0.36 lbs

AM-406.55

63.5 x 152.4 mm (2 1/2" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.12 lbs

AM-406.74

63.5 x 304.8 mm (2 1/2" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.24 lbs

AM-405.09

76.2 x 152.4 mm (3" X 6"), Plastic Liner, 0.16 lbs

AM-422.01

76.2 x 254 mm (3" X 10"), Plastic Liner, 0.30 lbs

AM-422.02

76.2 x 304.8 mm (3" X 12"), Plastic Liner, 0.32 lbs

Also available in brass, stainless steel & aluminum call for more information.

Munsell Soil Color Chart Binder

AM-425.22 19 mm (3/4"), Plastic End Caps, 0.02 lbs

AM-425.18 25.4 mm (1"), Plastic End Caps, 0.02 lbs

AM-418.11

34.9 mm (1 3/8"), Plastic End Caps, 0.01 lbs

AM-418.08 38.1 mm (1 1/2"), Plastic End Cap - 2 Colors, 0.01 lbs

AM-418.10 50.8 mm (2"), Plastic End Cap- 2 Colors, 0.02 lbs

AM-404.85 63.5 mm (2 1/2"), Plastic End Caps - 2 Colors, 0.02 lbs

AM-418.09

Stainless Steel End Cap Inserts

Color classification of soils using 250 mounted chips. The Munsell Color Chart enables color classification of soils using 250 mounted color chips.Developed with the U.S. Soil Conservation Services, this guide is the industry standard.

Easy-to-Use Geoechnical Information

McCullough Geo Guide Card and Geotechnical Gauge

The Geo Guide Card and Geotechnical Gauge provide classification information on a rigid plastic card with lanyard. It includes soil type samples, classification by type, grain size and color.

Soil Moisture Meter

The Moisture Meter gives you the moisture content of your compost pile or soil sample by means of a sensor at the bottom of the probe. The probe is sensitive only at the tip. Calibrate the instrument by inserting the tip into a saturated sample of compost or soil and setting the needle on scale to 10. Then insert your Moisture Meter into the medium at the depth you want to measure and a relative moisture content will be derived instantly. The meter is sensitive to changing salt content and can be used to track leachate as well as give you moisture content. Used by composters, farmers, and nuseries across country.

REO-MM9

M-300 Moisture Meter

The RF capacitance sensor at the probe’s tip instantly determines the amount of air and water in the soil, thus giving a direct readout in percent of saturation. These probes are well known for their use in irrigation timing & audit programs & determining the available water for deficit irrigation.

T-300 Temperature & Moisture Meter

Most popular where composting & early planting are important, these meters add the versatility of an elctronic sensor which can measure to over 180 degrees. Keeping temperature & moisture in the right range is critical to rapid decompo-sition as well as the prevention of anaerobic activity & in the worst case obnoxious smells.

The T-300 can be used to optimize germination time & protect against threat of frost. Additionally it can help prevent chemical & fertilizer application from being ineffective due to incorrect soil temperature.

EC-300 Moisture, Temperature & Salinity Meter

Benefits Include

•Finding plugged emitters

•Bad sprinkler heads

•Pressure problems

•Wind effects

•Elevation effects on water distribution

AQ-M-300

These meters add a salinity tracking inductance sensor to the moisture and temperature. Together these help prevent yield loss and poor plant quality. Readings taken in the soil root zone can help track the salt accumulation and determine the need for and effectiveness of leaching. This is extremely important to drip or low flow where leaching is not part of the natural process. Excessive salt buildup will lead to poor quality, lower yield and eventual plant death.

KS-D1 Digital Soil Moisture Tester

Heavy Duty Thermometer Type "A"

Features

•Rugged all stainless construction

•Hermetically sealed-will not fog

•Unbreakable plastic crystal

•Pointed stem for easy insertion

•Easy-to-read 3" diameter dial

•Very accurate (+1% of scale)

•°F, °C, or Dual scales available

•Regular 1/4" diameter stem or Heavy

•Duty 5/16" diameter stem available

The KS-D1 Digital Soil Moisture Tester, used with the GB-1 Gypsum Soil Blocks, make up a valuable system to monitor the soil moisture available to the plants. This system eliminates guesswork so that irrigation can be effectively scheduled according to plants' requirements. The KS-D1, housed in a rugged ABS plastic case, features reliable temperature stable semi-conductor technology with internal battery and calibration checks for users' full confidence. A membrane switch panel provides positive, tactile feel. Springloaded binding posts allow for positive contact with the blocks' leads.

DEL-KS-D1 Moisture Meter 0.1 - 15 Bars

DEL-GB-1 Standard 6 Foot Lead Wires

DEL-GB-2 25 ft Lead Wires

Fast Response Thermometer Type "A"

Features

•Sturdy 3/8" diameter stem for extra durability

•Easy-to-read 3" diameter dial

•Very accurate (+1% of scale)

•°F, °C, or Dual scales available

The Fast Response Thermometer has all of the assets the Heavy-Duty Thermometer has, however it is stronger and quicker. The extra sensitive tip gives an accurate temperature reading twice as fast as the Heavy-Duty Probe. The stem is now reinforced with 3/8" stainless steel, providing you with a more durable instrument so that you do not need to replace them as often.

REO-A24FR 24" Stem

REO-A36FR 36" Stem

REO-A48FR 48" Stem

REO-A60FR 60" Stem

REO-A72FR 72" Stem

The Heavy Duty Thermometer is ideally suited for monitoring interior temperatures of compost piles and windrows. The clear, easy-to-read dial, with the pointer directly driven by the sensitive bi-metal helix in the bottom of the stem, gives an accurate reading every time. Used by composters everywhere for waste disposal, recycling, mushroom growing, etc.

REO-A24PF 24" Stem

REO-A36PF 36" Stem

REO-A48PF 48" Stem

REO-A60PF 60" Stem

REO-A72PF 72" Stem

Probe Guard & Probe Handle

Accessories to be used with Type "A" Thermometers (1/4" or 5/16" Stem)

Soil Thermometer

The HA-145 series was designed to measure soil temperature quickly and accurately up to depths of 12 inches. Equipped with a calibration check feature, the user can be assured that each reading is accurate.

SpecificationsHA-145-00HA-145-01HA-145-20HA-145-30

to 199.9°F)(-50.0 to 199.9°C)(-58.0 to 199.9°F) 1°C 1°F 1°C 1°F (200 to 220°C)(200 to 428°F)(200 to 220°C)(200 to 428°F)

Accuracy ± 0.3°C± 0.6°F± 0.3°C± 0.6°F (-20 to 90°C)(-4 to 194°F)(-20 to 90°C)(-4 to 194°F)

Accuracy Outside ± 0.4% F.S.± 0.4% F.S.± 0.4% F.S.± 0.4% F.S.

Probe stainless steel stainless steel 125 mm x dia. 5 mm (4.9" x dia. 0.2")300 mm x dia. 5 mm (11.8" x dia 0.2")

Battery Type / 1 x 1.5 V "AAA"

Life approx.10000 hrs of continuous use; auto-off after 8 min. of non-use

Environment -10 to 50°C (14 to 122°F); RH max 95%

Dimensions 692 x 165 x 38 mm 692 x 340 x 38 mm

Weight 65 g (2.3 oz) 80 g (2.8 oz)

HA-145-00

Thermometer 5" Probe -50 To 220°C

HA-145-01

Thermometer 5" Probe -58 To 428°F

HA-145-20

Thermometer 12" Probe -50 To 220°C

HA-145-30

Thermometer 12" Probe -58 To 428°F

All models of the HA-145 series are supplied complete with battery and instructions.

2 in 1 infrared/penetration thermometer. The new dual purpose HA-99556-00 is ideal for checking temperatures everywhere from the greenhouse to the field. Spot check with the infrared probe and get a closer look with the thermistor thermometer. Comes complete with probe and wrist strap.

Specifications HA-99556-00 HA-99556-01 Range IR-10

to 300°C

Reponse Time 1 second

Optic IR 3 : 1 (ratio of distance to diameter of target)

Coefficient

MIN Distance 30 mm (1.2")

To Probe HA-765PW (included)

Battery 1 x 9 V

Dimensions 143 x 80 x 38 mm (5.6"x 3.1"x 1.5")

Weight 320 g (11.3 oz)

HA-99556-00

Thermometer IR Range From -10 To 300°C

Meter W/ IR Sensor & HA-765W Probe W/ -40 To 150°C Range

HA-99556-01 Thermometer IR Range From 14 To 572°F

Meter W/ IR Sensor & HA-765W Probe W/ -40 To 150°C Range

LeadCheck® Soil

LeadCheck® Soil provides a simple, inexpensive way to test for lead in soil and other difficult to test solid materials. After collecting the soil, extract the lead with the reagent provided then test the extraction liquid for lead content. In the vast majority of test situations results are obtained in less than 10 minutes. When detecting low levels of lead the results may take longer to develop. Each kit contains 6 test kits.

With minor changes in reagents, the test can be used to detect mercury and cadmium in soil. Call for additional information.

SpecificationsHY-ST4TS6

Sensitivity 400 ppm

Stability Indefinite stability

Interferences As provided interferences are minimized

HY-ST4TS6 LeadCheck® Soil - 6 Test Kit (400 ppm Sensitivity)

Preparing a Soil Sample for Analysis

There are several methods available to obtain a soil sample for measurement. The objective is to find a method you can use that will give you consistent results. Below we have indicated one method commonly used in agriculture.

In all cases, the goal is to prepare a sample which is as clean as possible. Any coloration or turbididty in the samples will adversely affect the ability of the unit to give an accurate reading.

Step 1. Take a sample of soil and mix it with distilled water, 85 g (3 oz) of soil with 170 g (6 oz) of distilled water. Then let the mixture stand for approximately 30 minutes in order to stabilize.

Step 2. Filter the solution with a medium filter (C 0002 - 12.5) through a funnel into a clean cup. If the filtrate is not clear, run through a clean filter again until you have a translucent solution.

Step 3. If your solution is not translucent, use the Activated Charcoal included in the kit, mix with the solution, and filter one more time. This should give you a translucent liquid, and you will be ready to begin your analysis procedures. Ideally, you should filter enough of the solution to have an end result of 50 ml of liquid.

Step 4. Follow the instructions in the operators manual provided with your meter to mix and measure your samples to determine the analysis of the parameter you are measuring.

Guide for Direct Soil Measurement

1) When checking direct soil pH and conductivity, always remember you will be making a reference between TRUE and SOIL reference values.

2) Start by gathering samples of the soil medium and draw a reference table to record your data.

3) Prepare a dilute solution with each sample (example: 2 parts distilled water for 1 part soil).

4) Take the measurements of the dilute solutions with the HA-99121 or the HA-993310, following the instructions in the operators manual, and record this data on the first line of the reference table for either pH or conductivity. Your local agronomist or crop advisor will help you determine if these values are correct.

5) The next step is to take the measurements directly in the soil, again, following the instructions from the operators manual. Note: These readings will be different from the dilute solution readings due to the physical properties of the two materials and the effects on conductivity.

6) Record your measurements on the second line of the pH or conductivity reference table.

7) During the measurements in soil, always use consistent and repeatable measuring techniques for analysis. Example:- always test at the same time interval after irrigation

- use same depth in each pot or bag

- use same distance and depth from drip emitter

- same medium types

8) When the chart is complete, you will compare the true and soil reference values. If there are no large differences between these two values, you are ready to begin measuring directly in the soil using only the soil reference values as a target.

Kit for Direct Soil pH Measurement with Special Electrode

The HA-99121 kit has been designed to address the question of correct and rapid measurement of pH directly in soil. Every item in this kit has been made to facilitate measurements in the field without compromising accuracy.

With HA-99121 you can test the pH of soil directly or after preparation of a diluted sample. In order to measure the pH directly, the kit includes a plastic auger to perforate the ground.

Resolution pH0.01 pH

Temperature0.1°C / 0.1°F

Accuracy (@ 20OC) pH± 0.02 pH

to 221.0°F

Temperature± 0.5°C (up - 60°C), ± 1°C (outside) ± 1.0°F (up - 140°F), ± 2°F (outside)

pH Calibration automatic, 1 or 2 point with 2 sets of memorized buffers (pH 4.01/7.01/10.01 or 4.01/6.86/9.18)

Temp. Compensation automatic, 5 to 105°C (23 to 221°F)

pH Electrode HA-1292D, refillable, glass body, with internal temperature sensor, DIN connector and 1 m cable (included)

Battery Type / Life 3 x 1.5 V "AA" / approx. 1500 hrs of continuous use; auto-off after 8 min of non-use

Environment 0 - 50°C (32 to 122°F); RH max 100%

Dimensions / Weight 5.9" x 3.1" x 1.4" (150 x 80 x 36 mm) / 7.4 oz (210 g)

HA-99121

HA-99121 Is Supplied Complete W/ HA-1292D pH Electrode, Ground Auger, HA-7051M Soil Preparation Solution, pH 4 & pH 7 Buffer Sachets, HA-700663 & HA-700664 Electrode Cleaning Solutions, Batteries, Rugged Carrying Case & Instructions

HA-7004L pH 4.01 Buffer Solution 500 ml

HA-7007L

pH 7.01 Buffer Solution 500 ml

HA-7051M

Soil Preparation Solution 230 ml

HA-710007

Shock Rubber Boot, Blue

HA-993310

Dual-purpose, EC meter for direct measurement in soil and liquids the HA-993310

Since EC (Electroconductivity) is such an effective indicator of nutrient concentration in soil, irrigation water and fertilizer mixes, the HA-993310 was developed. Now it is possible to use one instrument to accurately and quickly measure EC in many places where the fertilizer is found, such as in the irrigation water and directly in the soil. This meter is easy to operate and gives fast, accurate measurements. Also included in the meter is the ability to measure salt activity.

Comes complete with HA-76304 and HA-76305 interchangeable probes.

Specifications HA-993310

Range 0.00 to 19.99 mS/cm; 0.00 to 1.00 g/l of salt activity

Resolution 0.01 mS/cm; 0.01 g/l of salt activity

Accuracy (@ 20°C) ± 2% F.S. (from 0 to 15.00 mS/cm, excl. probe error)

Calibration manual, 1 point

Temp. Compensation Automatic 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F), ß=2%/°C

Battery Type/Life 1 x 9 V / approx. 100 hrs of continuous use

Dimensions 7.3" x 3.2" x 2.0" (185 x 82 x 52 mm)

Weight 9.7 oz (275 g)

Electronic Soil Lab

The SCL-12 Electronic Soil Lab is designed to provide the landowner, consultant, or fertilizer specialist with a method for achieving immediate and economical soil analyses in the field without sacrificing accuracy. The SCL-12 soil lab is a self-contained, electronic soil analysis laboratory that provides accurate answers anywhere for fifteen soil factors, including available forms of macronutrients and critical micronutrients.

The Smart 2 Colorimeter instantly analyzes color reactions developed in nutrient tests and gives a Percent Transmittance readout. By using Transmittance readings, broad test ranges can be read with maximum sensitivity and without need for visual color comparison. Calibration charts convert the Percent Transmittance readings to parts per million (ppm) or pounds per acre (lbs/acre) for each nutrient - no further calculations are neccessary.

The simplified test procedures provide at least 20 tests for each soil nutrient. Each accurately standardized system is furnished in an individual plastic module for quick distinction. All tests are performed in minutes on easy-to-prepare soil extracts, based on Mehlich I extraction.

Critical soil pH measurements are performed quickly and reliably with a battery-powered pH 5 meter. The meter measures the pH of a one-to-one solution of soil and distilled water over the range of 0 - 14 pH units to a sensitivity of 0.01 pH. Soluble Salt levels in soils and irrigation waters are monitored accurately with a TDS 6 meter measuring Dissolved Salts from 0-999+ ppm.

LA-1985-04

Smart 2 Electronic Soil Lab Model SCL-12, 110 V

LA-1985-04-EX2 Smart 2 Electronic Soil Lab Model SCL-12, 220 V

LA-R-1985-04

Reagent Refill

LA-1988-02 Electronic Soil Lab Model SCL-12 W/O Meters

Earth Ground Resistance

Tester Kit

Measures earth ground in 3 ranges from 0.01 Ω to 2000 Ω.

Features

•3 1/2 digit (1999 count) multifunction LCD with data hold

•Measures earth resistance in three ranges

•2 mA (800 Hz) test current and frequency

•0 to 200 V AC (40 to 500 Hz) AC earth voltage / frequency

•Auto power off, 3 minute timer

•Overload protection

•Open circuit, overrange and low battery indications

Ready, Set, Go!

Stopwatch / Clock

Features

•Digital LCD Stopwatch plus calendar and alarm

•12 or 24 hour clock operation

• Stopwatch / Chronograph mode with 1/100 sec resolution

•Programmable alarm with an hourly chime

•Calendar displays day, month, and date

Industrial MultiMeters

Features

•Double molded for waterproof (IP67) protection

•Rugged design - drop proof to 6 feet

•High resolution display:

Model EX-EX520-S with 6000 count LCD display

Model EX-EX530-KIT with 40,000 count LCD display

•1000 V input protection on all functions

•Dual sensitivity frequency functions

•Large backlit LCD with bargraph

• Duty cycle function and diode open circuit voltage of 2.8 V DC

•Auto power off with disable feature and min/max, relative, and data hold functions

•CE/UL approved; CAT IV-600 V

EX-382152

Earth Ground Resistance Tester Kit

EX-382152-NIST

EX-382152 W/ NIST Certificate

EX-382153 Replacement Earth Bars, 2/Pack

EX-382154 Replacement Set Of Leads

Well Caps

ERE supplies a quality line of Well Caps. The plugs need no adapter. They fit into standard PVC pipe sizes. They expand on the inside of the pipe to provide water and a vapour tight seal.

Features

• Corrosion proof plastic body

• Rubber all weather seal

•Zinc plated locking device for corrosion resistance

•With padlock in place, plug cannot be removed (padlock not included)

• Plugs also available without locking device

EcoPlug™

The EcoPlug™ is manufactured from a recycled composite glass filled polymer that will not corrode and is stronger than steel, pound for pound.

MI-318002001

2" Locking Plug

MI-318003301

3" Locking Plug

MI-318004001

4" Locking Plug

MI-318006001

6" Locking Plug

MI-318008001

8" Locking Plug

Electriloc Enviro Cap™

The Enviro Cap™Environmental Well Cap has a hidden secret. This well cap has a magnetically activated lock built into the body of the cap. The magnetic locking mechanism is activated by using the ElectriKey. The ElectriKey mates with the top of the ElectriLoc well cap. When these two surfaces are joined the magnet in the key causes the locking mechanism within the cap to engage allowing the operator to lock or unlock the well cap. Without the key the caps lock mechanism can be turned, but to no avail. The ElectriLoc well cap is available for 2" and 4" monitoring wells.

Features

• Sealed, corrosion-proof lock

• Maximum seal-to-casing contact

• Prevents casing deformation

• High strength, engineered materials

WA-ECO-1

1" EcoPlug Well Cap

WA-ECO-2

2" EcoPlug Well Cap

WA-ECO-4

4" EcoPlug Well Cap

Vapour Sampling EcoPlug™

This specialized well plug uses a stainless steel valve which allows you to extract a sample of the trapped headspace vapours.

WA-ENVIROCAP-2

2" Enviro Cap (Magnetic Well Cap)

WA-ENVIROCAP-4

4" Enviro Cap (Magnetic Well Cap)

WA-ENVIRO-KEY

Enviro-Key

Torque Well Plugs

The Torque Well Plugs are suitable for 1", 2" & 4" Schedule 80, 40, & 5 pipes. These plugs can be made available with your name and number, with a one-time pattern charge.

Features

• Superior strength and chemical resistance

• Santoprene thermoplastic dual rubber gasket

• Highly visible colour

• Lightweight (3.4 oz)

•Easily torque on by hand, providing the ultimate well

Pressure tested to 20 PSI, these caps prevent the loss of well gasses to the atmosphere. The Sample Port Adapter allows you to extract the sample without removing the cap from the well. The Sample Port Adapter can be attached to a peristaltic pump in order to draw out even more of the trapped headspace gasses.

WA-ECO-V-2

Vapor Sampling 2” EcoPlug Well Cap

WA-ECO-V-PA

Vapor Sampling Port Adapter

• Accepts # 3 locks

ESP-T-1

1" I.D. Locking Plug

ESP-T-2

2" I.D. Locking Plug

ESP-T-4

4" I.D. Locking Plug

Lost your Bailer? Use the Bailer Retriever to Find It!

Bailer Retriever

The Bailer Retriever has been engineered to retrieve bailers which have become separated from their retrieval line. The product is 5 1/2" long, manufactured from stainless steel, incorporates 4 hooks, and has been designed to work in wells of 2" diameter and bigger.

Bailer Suspension Cord

General purpose Nylon Twine.

Tube Cutter & 2" PVC Cutter

Features

•Faster & safer than a utility knife

•Rotating / rocking motion produces straight, clean cuts

Hold your Solids & Liquids

Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags

Use these Sterile LDPE Bags to safely hold your solids and liquids. Easy-to-use, simply flip bag around wire / tape and bend wire to seal.

Features

•Puncture-proof tabs ensure wire will not poke through even after extensive use

•Sampling bags are available with or without a white labeling area

•Guaranteed sterile

•Reduced storage space

•Easy identification

•Leakproof closure

Sampling Bags without White Labeling Area, Qty. 500

WA-WTC-1 Tube Cutter

MI-327502000 2" PVC Pipe Cutter

L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

Stand-Up Sampling Bags, Qty. 500

NA-B01364WA

Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01365WA

Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

Sampling Bags with White Labeling Area, Qty. 500

NA-B01067WA

Capacity: 29 ml (1 oz), Size: 2.5" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil

NA-B01064WA

Capacity: 58 ml (2 oz), Size: 3" W x 5" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil

NA-B01062WA

Capacity: 118 ml (4 oz), Size: 3" W x 7.25" L, Thickness: 2.25 mil

NA-B01065WA

Capacity: 532 ml (18 oz), Size: 4.5" W x 9" L, Thickness: 2.5 mil

NA-B01297WA

Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 3.0 mil

NA-B01196WA

Capacity: 710 ml (24 oz), Size: 6" W x 9" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

NA-B01195WA

Capacity: 1,627 ml (55 oz), Size: 7.5" W x 12" L, Thickness: 4.0 mil

Whirl-Pak® Sterile Sampling Bags

"Speci-Sponge" Bags are designed to sample work surfaces and equipment Listeria, Salmonella, and other food-borne pathogens: contains a 38 x 76 mm (1.5" x 3") sponge that is free of bactericides and non-inhibitory; with write labeling area.

The Whirl Pak® Stand-Up Bag gives you the freedom to perform important laboratory functions with both hands, because it will stand up completely by itself.

The Whirl Pak® Retention Bag is used for long-term storage up to two years.

Filter Bags contain a third layer of finely perforated polyethylene, which filters out the solids in the sample when used in a homogenizer blender.

"Speci-Sponge" Bags for Environmental Surface Sampling, Qty. 100

Long-Term Retention Sampling Bags, Qty. 500

Sampling Bag Accessories Carrying Racks

NA-B00677WA

Double Grid 21 Compartment

NA-B00678WA

Double Grid 15 Compartment

NA-B00750WA

Double Grid 30 Compartment

NA-B00751WA

Double Grid 12 Compartment

NA-B01048WA

Double Grid 6 Compartment (Also For Incubator Use)

NA-B01023WA

Single Grid 18 Compartment

Filter Bags (Contains Filter Layer), Qty. 250

Sampling Bag Accessories Rack Tray for Shaking Incubation

NA-B01432WA

Holds Rack NA-B00677WA, Small Bags

NA-B01433WA

Holds Rack NA-B00751WA, Medium Bags

NA-B01434WA

Holds Rack NA-B01048WA, Large Bags

Sampling Bag Accessories

Playmate® Cooler

NA-B00772WA

Double Grid 18 Compartment Fits Regular Size Playmate® Cooler

NA-B01109WA

Double Grid 15 Compartment Fits Little Playmate® Cooler

Sampling Bag Accessories

Rack Handle

NA-B01309WA Rack Handle

100% LDPE Reclosable Bags

Features

• Premium quality zipper provides durable lock protection

• Prevents contamination and helps maintain contents in original state

• Available in many sizes, 2 mil & 4 mil thickness

• With or without white block for easy labelling

Note

Add "B" to the end of the part number for a box or "C" for a case

EX: RO-RC20202-B (Box Qty.)

EX: RO-RC20202-C (Case Qty.)

2 mil w/o White Block2 mil w/ White Block4 mil w/o White Block4 mil w/ White BlockSize (W x L)Bags/BoxBoxes/Case

4" x 4" 100016 (2 mil) 8 (4 mil)

4" x 6" 100010 (2 mil) 4 (4 mil)

4" x 7" 100010

4" x 8" 10008

5" x 5" 10008

5" x 7" 10006

5" x 8" 10006 (2mil) 3 (4mil) w/o White Block 2 (4mil) w/ White Block

5" x 10" 10006 (2 mil) 3 (4 mil)

6" x 6" 10006 (2 mil) 3 (4 mil)

6" x 8" 10004 (2 mil) w/o White Block 6 (2 mil) w/ White Block

6" x 9" 10004 (2 mil) 2 (4 mil)

6" x 12" 10004

8" x 10" 10002 (2 mil)

8" x 12" 10002

9" x 10" 10004

9" x 12" 500

10" x 12" 500

10" x 18" 500

12" x 12" 500

Reusable Scoops

Features

•Stainless steel scoops

•Perfect for sampling powder, soil, gravel & other materials

Sterileware® Scoops

Features

•One-piece polystyrene scoop individually

•Sterilized & sealed in a polyethylene bag

Glass Facts

Features

•Maximum visibility

•Impervious to permeation of gases

•Shapes and volumes do not change under vacuum pressure or when handled

•Recyclable

•Amber glass provides UV light protection

•Chemically inert

•Autoclavable

Cap Styles Also Available Upon Request: black Phenolic pulp/vinyl, black Phenolic Polyseal™, black Phenolic rubber & bottle only bulk packages also available

Ready To Clean Glass Containers

Ready to Clean Bottles are designed for users who prefer to use their own cleaning process. Ready to Clean Bottles are fully assembled with polypropylene caps and a friction fit .015" Teflon® disc. Both cap and liner can be washed, heated or autoclaved depending upon your application. The Teflon® disc is chemically inert, and will not interfere with your test results.

Clear Straight Sided Rounds Green Thermoset F217 &

Precleaned by Vacuum & Ionization

Contaminants such as loose dirt, carton lint, aerosols, and fine glass particles are removed by the Vacuum&Ionization process.

Borosilicate Sample Vials

Clear Sample Vials are packed in blue plastic corrugate to reduce carton dust.

Dimensions

QOR-2509T 22 (6)27.25 x 70 24 - 40072

QOR-2507T 30 (8)25 x 9522 - 400144

QOR-7587T/144* 40 (10)29.25 x 8124 - 400144

QOR-7588T/144* 40 (10)27.75 x 9524 - 414144

QOR-GLC-07876* 60 (15)27.5 x 14024 - 40072

Green PP Hole Caps & Teflon® PTFE / Silicone Septa Cap Style

QOR-2V20MHSC* 20 (5)27.25 x 57.524 - 400144

QOR-2517T* 40 (10)27.75 x 9524 - 414144

QOR-GLC-07863* 60 (15)27.5 x 14024 - 40072

* Indicates item is not available in blue plastic corrugate.

Amber & Clear Round Dropper Bottles

With black polypropylene hole cap with glass dropper assembly.

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle

The dropper pulls out leaving the polypropylene stopper to protect the neck of the glass bottle. All parts disassemble to clean.

Features

•Soft vinyl bulb

•Ground standard taper neck in bottle

•"Bumper" opening protects the tip of the glass dropper

Natural Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style

BEL-F11604-0030

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 30 ml, Each

BEL-F11604-0060

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 50 ml, Each

Polystop™ Dropper Bottle 125 ml, Each

White Polypropylene Jars with White PP Unlined Cap Style

Clear Polystyrene Jars with White PP SturdeeSeal® PE Foam Cap Style

Clear Polystyrene Snap Cap Vials

HDPE Hedpaks®

Wide Mouth Natural HDPE Lab Style Bottles

Wide Mouth Bottles for Easy Filling & Pouring

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles

These HDPE Bottles with polypropylene closures are made of FDA compliant material and are ideal for packaging and storing liquids and powders. HDPE bottles 250 ml (8 oz) and larger have a recycling code molded into the base.

Features

•Simple to pour- wide mouth bottles

•Chemically resistant

•Rigid leak proof design

•Excellent for packaging chemicals, pharmaceuticals and adhesives

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles

These HDPE, Laboratory / Pharmaceutical Grade Bottles with polypropylene closures are made of FDA compliant material and are ideal for packaging and storing liquids and powders. HDPE bottles 250 ml (8 oz) and larger have a recycling code molded into the base.

Features

•Watertight

•Good chemical resistance

•Rigid leak proof design

•Good choice for packaging chemicals, pharmaceuticals, health and beauty aids and storage of liquids or powders

BEL-F10625-0005

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 38 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10625-0006

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 45 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10625-0007

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Capacity, 53 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10625-0018

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Wide Mouth Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Capacity, 53 mm Closure Size, 6/Bag

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles

Features

•Wide mouth color-coded

•Low density polyethylene bottles and polypropylene caps are chemical and corrosion resistant. Bottles are imprinted with DOT, NFPA, CAS, protective equipment and target organ information and symbols.

•Convenient and controlled dispensing

•Clear labeling provides safety information

•Sold individually, per bag of 6 or case of 12 (add an "E" = Each, "B" = Bag or "C" = Case at the end the part number when ordering)

•Available in 500 ml (16 oz) or 1000 ml (32 oz)

500 ml (16 oz) Wash Bottles

BEL-F11646-0622

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Acetone

BEL-F11646-0627

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Bleach

BEL-F11646-6250

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Dichloromethane

BEL-F11646-0631

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Deionized Water

BEL-F11646-0620

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Distilled Water

BEL-F11646-0637

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Ethanol

BEL-F11646-0619

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, 70% Ethanol

BEL-F11646-0612

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Ethyl Acetate

BEL-F11646-0624

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Isopropanol

BEL-F11646-0638

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle)

BEL-F11646-0459

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Machine Oil

BEL-F11646-0623

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Methanol

BEL-F11646-0611

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, MEK

BEL-F11646-0617

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Saline

BEL-F11646-0614

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Soap

BEL-F11646-0628

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Toluene

BEL-F11646-0621

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Water

BEL-F10620-0015

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 125 ml (4 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10620-0016

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 250 ml (8 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10620-0007

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Closure Size, 12/Bag

BEL-F10620-0008

PrecisionwareTM HDPE Narrow Mouth Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Capacity, 38 mm Closure Size, 6/Bag

1000 ml (32 oz) Wash Bottles

BEL-F11646-2232

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Acetone

BEL-F11646-6032

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Distilled Water

BEL-F11646-3732

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Ethanol

BEL-F11646-2432

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, Isopropanol

BEL-F11646-3832

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle)

BEL-F11646-1132

Safety Labeled Wide Mouth Wash Bottles, MEK

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles

A unique, patented, 2-piece valve prevents pressure build-up of solvents within the wash bottle. The volatiles are vented eliminating solvent drips. Patented value allows dispensing with bottle upright or inverted. Wash bottles are labeled with six of the most commonly used solvent names. Bottles are low-density polyethylene, closures and venting assembly are polypropylene.

Note: Use only with solvents compatible with LDPE.

Eliminates Dangerous Drips

Write-On™ Bottles

Simplify Labeling

Large dedicated labeling areas help to standardize the way bottle contents are identified. A separate area is provided for name and a larger area allows for detail of contents or safety information and includes a defined space for date information. Bottles are molded of rugged HDPE in 500 and 1000 ml (16 & 32 oz) sizes and are available as narrow or wide mouth with leak proof polypropylene cap. Ideal for storing and transporting liquids or dry material.

FEP Wash Bottles

Fluoropolymer Wash Bottles, FEP Bottles; Tefzel ETFE closure/stem and draw tube is the most chemical-resistant wash bottle. One piece stem and closure for leak proof service. Provides contamination-free dispensing useful for trace element work.

BEL-F11642-0622B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Acetone, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0637B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Ethanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0612B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Ethyl Acetate, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0624B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Isopropanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0638B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0623B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Methanol, 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11642-0611B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK), 500 ml (16 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0222B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Acetone, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0237B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Ethanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0224B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Isopropanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0238B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, LYOB (Label Your Own Bottle), 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

BEL-F11643-0223B

Safety-Vented™ Labeled Wash Bottles, Methanol, 250 ml (8 oz), 3/Bag

Fluoropolymer Bottles with Rounded Bottoms

JIP-BTP5009-0030N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 30 ml, Each

JIP-BTP5009-0060N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 60 ml, Each

JIP-BTP5009-0125N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 125 ml, Each

JIP-BTP5009-0250N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 250 ml, Each

JIP-BTP5009-0500N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 500 ml, Each

JIP-BTP5009-1000N

Narrow Mouth PFA Bottle W/ PFA Closure, 1000 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0030N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 30 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0060N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 60 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0125N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0125W

Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 125 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0250N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0250W

Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 250 ml, Each

BEL-F10660-0500B

Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz), Narrow Mouth, 12/Bag

BEL-F10660-1000B

Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz),

Narrow Mouth, 6/Bag

BEL-F10662-0500B

Write-On™ Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz),

Wide Mouth, 12/Bag

BEL-F10662-1000B

Write-On™ Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz), Wide Mouth, 6/Bag

JIP-WBT5008-125F

FEP Wash Bottle, 125 ml, Each

JIP-WBT5008-250F

FEP Wash Bottles, 250 ml, Each

JIP-WBT5008-500F

FEP Wash Bottles, 500 ml, Each

JIP-WBT5008-1000F

FEP Wash Bottles,1000 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0500N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-0500W

Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 500 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-1000N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml, Each

JIP-GBF5009-1000W

Wide Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 1000 ml, Each

JIP-BTF5009-2000N

Narrow Mouth FEP Bottle W/ Tefzel Closure, 2000 ml, Each

LDPE Volume Labeled Narrow Mouth Wash Bottles

Large, high contrast, clearly labeled volume. Includes a one piece, polypropylene cap and spout.

Wash Bottle Carrier

Features

•Convenient storage and transfer of six filled bottles

•Molded of rugged and lightweight polypropylene which is autoclavable at 121°C (250°F)

•Chemical and corrosion resistant

•Wide handle fits a gloved hand

•Holds both 8 oz and 16 oz bottles

• 11 1/4" x 7 5/8" x 8 7/8" H (286 x 194 x 225 mm H)

BEL-F11618-1016

LDPE Volume Labeled Narrow Mouth Wash Bottles, 500 ml (16 oz) Capacity, 28 mm Cap, 12/Bag

BEL-F11618-1032

LDPE Volume Labeled Narrow Mouth Wash Bottles, 1000 ml (32 oz) Capacity, 38 mm Cap, 12/Bag

Monoject 60 cc Syringes

Features

•Bold dual graduations 60 cc in 5 cc increments and 2 oz in 1/4" oz increments

•Autoclavable in rigid pack

•Oriented, compact package

•Sterile

Part Number Syringe Tip

Qty.

TY-8881560224 Regular Luer 100

TY-8881560182 Eccentric Luer 100

TY-8881560141 Catheter (Irrigation)100

TY-8881560125 Luer Lock 100

TY-8881560265 Toomey Type (Irrigation)100

BEL-F11640-0001 Wash Bottle Carrier, Each

Monoject 140 cc Piston Syringes

Features

•Bold dual graduations 140 cc in 5 cc increments and 5 oz in 1/4 oz increments

•Autoclavable

Part Number Syringe Tip

Non-Sterile

Qty.

TY-8881114014 Regular Luer 20

TY-8881114030 Luer Lock 20

TY-8881114055 Catheter (Irrigation)20

Sterile

TY-8881114063 Luer Lock 20

"Rite in the Rain" with No Worries!

Choose your Pattern

Pocket Size Bound Books (4 1/4"x 6 3/4")

Get the function of our standard bound books in a smaller form. It’s a perfect fit for your back pocket. Fabrikoid covers only.

RR-390-4F Journal, 160 Pages (80 Sheets)

RR-550-4F Environmental, 76 Pages (38 Sheets)

Standard Bound Books (4 3/4"x 71/2")

"Rite in the Rain" bound books ensure that your data won’t be lost. With a variety of page patterns, there’s "bound" to be a book for you. Books have 160 pages (80 sheets), including a title and contents page. Fits Cover RR-C980 and Pouch RR-C540F.

Fabrikoid

RR-300F Transit

RR-310F Level

RR-350F Field

RR-360F Metric Field

RR-380F Metric Grid

RR-390F Journal

RR-370-6F Cross Section* (6 3/4" x 8 3/4")

RR-C980

Tan Cordura® Cover

RR-C540F Cordura® Pouch

* The Cross Section page pattern has a 10 x 10 / inch grid with 1" accents.

Polydura

Fabrikoid

NumberedPageBound Books (4 3/4"x71/2")

Referencing valuable data in your "Rite in the Rain" bound book just got easier with these numbered page books. They are the same size as the standard bound books with 160 consecutively numbered pages (80 sheets). Furthermore, these books meet E.P.A. field book requirements for legal defensibility.

Fabrikoid

Polydura

RR-300 Transit

RR-310 Level

RR-350 Field

RR-360 Metric Field

RR-390 Journal

RR-350NF Field

RR-390NF Journal

Polydura

RR-350N Field

RR-390N Journal

Memo Book (3 1/4"x 5 1/4")

If you need a simple top-bound pocket notebook, the RR-100 Memo notebook is just what the doctor ordered! Perfect bound construction and tagboard cover with perforated pages. 25 horizontally lined sheets (Journal pattern).

RR-100 Journal

GeologicalBound Book& Kit (4 3/4"x 7 1/2")

This all-weather bound book comes equipped with 20 helpful reference pages, standard and metric rulers, and numbered pages. It also has a Fabrikoid cover and 160 pages (80 sheets). A photo scale and ruler are included.

The RR-540F-KIT includes the RR-C540F Cordura® Pouch, the RR-540F Geological Bound Book, and a RR-97 Pen

RR-540F Geological Pattern

RR-C540F Cordura® Pouch

RR-540F-KIT Geological Kit

Environmental Bound Book (4 3/4"x 7 1/2")

Our numbered page, sewn bound books meet U.S. E.P.A. guidelines and are legally defensible in case of litigation. They contain 10 helpful environmental reference pages. This book has 160 pages (80 sheets). The 4 1/4" x 6 3/4" pocket version has 76 pages (38 sheets), perfect for single jobs.

Fabrikoid

RR-550F Environmental Pattern

RR-550-4F Environmental Pattern, Pocket

Stapled Notebooks (4 5/8"x 7")

Millions of these notebooks are in use around the globe. With a "Rite in the Rain" tagboard cover and secure stitching, this notebook has become a favorite among students and professionals alike. The 4 5/8" x 7" stapled notebooks are sold by the dozen and have 48 numbered pages (24 sheets). Clear vinyl slip cover RR-30 is available.

Polydura

RR-550 Environmental Pattern

RR-30 Transit

RR-311 Level

RR-341 Cruiser’s Transit

RR-351 Field

RR-361 Metric Field

RR-371 Universal

RR-381 Metric Grid

RR-391 Journal

Mini-Stapled Notebooks (3 1/4"x 4 5/8")

Perfect for the smaller jobs in life, these 3 1/4" x 4 5/8" notebooks have a sturdy tag cover and 24 numbered pages (12 sheets). Clear vinyl slip cover RR-32 is available.

RR-311-M Level

RR-371-M Universal RR-391-M Journal

Spiral Notebooks (4 5/8"x 7")

These notebooks are made with a Polydura cover and wire-o binding. The Field and Journal patterns are available with numbered pages. 64 pages (32 sheets). Notebooks fit the RR-C980 Cover.

Maxi-Spiral Notebooks (8 1/2"x 11")

If you’re needing a large format notebook, look no further. The Maxi-Spiral Notebooks have strong Polydura covers, wire-o binding, and 84 pages (42 sheets).

Reporter’s Notebook (4"x 8")

The Reporter’s Notebook will protect your valuable notes. Since many news stories occur outdoors, you deserve a book that works rain or shine! 100 pages (50 sheets).

Mini-Spiral Memo Notebook (3 1/4"x 5")

A pocket-sized notebook that opens from the side. The Spiral Memo is perfect for a variety of all-weather applications. 100 pages (50 sheets). A black leather cover is available as well.

RR-313-MX

Level, Side Spiral

RR-353-MX Field, Side Spiral

RR-373-MX

Universal, Side Spiral

RR-393-MX

Journal, Side Spiral

RR-185 Field, Top Spiral

Notebook Covers

These covers are made specifically to fit the " Rite in the Rain " products. They add convenience for carrying writing utensils as well as added protection.

RR-148 Journal

Pocket Notebooks

These are the truly go-anywhere, anytime, in any weather notebooks. The Pocket Notebooks are conveniently sized to take with you on your outings. With a Polydura cover and the Universal pattern, these 100 page (50 sheets) notebooks are perfect for any situation.

RR-C980

4 5/8" x 7" Cordura® Cover

RR-C946

4" x 6" Cordura® Cover

RR-C935 3" x 5" Cordura® Cover

RR-33

3" x 5" Black Leather Cover For 3" x 5" Top Spirals

RR-34

3 1/4" x 5" Black Leather Cover For The 393-M

RR-135

3" x 5"

RR-146

4" x 6"

RR-33 RR-C980

Small Size Loose Leaf (4"x 6 1/2")

Get the same quality and weather-proof "Rite in the Rain" paper in the 4" x 6 1/2" format. Fits the durable binder RR-204. Sold in packs of 100.

Loose Leaf Copier Paper

Laser print or photocopy your own loose leaf with these copier sheets. Each sheet has two 4 5/8" x 7" pre-perforated loose leaf sheets ready to punch out and put in your "Rite in the Rain" Field Binders. 150 sheets per pack, yields 300 loose leaf sheets. 32 # ledger. Available in White, Green, and Tan.

Field Ring Binders & Cover

The "Rite in the Rain" Field Ring Binders are DURABLE! Made with Polydura and rust resistant metals. Sheets not included.

RR-304

Transit

RR-314 Level

RR-396 Blank

Standard Size Loose Leaf (4 5/8"x 7")

Tough, durable and weather-proof, these "Rite in the Rain" Loose Leaf sheets are perfect for recording data that will be filed or reorganized. Sold in packs of 100 sheets.

RR-302 Transit

RR-312 Level

RR-342

Cruiser’s Transit

All-Weather Copier Paper

Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps, and worksheets on patented "Rite in the Rain" All-Weather Copier Paper. Now you can have the convenience of using your existing data sheets on a paper that can survive in any weather condition. For just pennies a sheet, "Rite in the Rain" enables you to work efficiently, regardless of the environment. Paper is 20 # bond weight. Completely recyclable woodbased paper! Not for ink-jet printers. Copy or laser print both sides!

RR-8511 8 1/2" x 11", Qty. 200

RR-LL8511 White

RR-LL9511 Green

RR-LL9511T Tan

RR-200

Standard, 1/2" Capacity

RR-210

Standard, 1" Capacity

RR-204

Small, 1/2" Capacity

RR-C9200

Cover For RR-200 & RR-204

RR-352

RR-372

RR-8511-M

8 1/2" x 11", Qty. 25

RR-8514

8 1/2" x 14", Qty. 200

RR-8517

11" x 17", Qty. 200

RR-8517-M

11" x 17", Qty. 25

RR-8512

(A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Qty. 200

RR-8512-M

(A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Qty. 25

RR-8518

(A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, Qty. 200

RR-8518-M (A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, Qty. 25

"DuraRite"Loose Leaf (4 5/8"x 7")

This is the only loose leaf that you’ll want to take under water. Add, remove, or file your "DuraRite" loose leaf sheets. These sheets are sold in packs of 100 sheets. Use with binder RR-200 or RR-210.

RR-602 Transit

RR-612 Level

RR-652 Field

RR-662 Metric Field

RR-692 Journal

Tactical All-Weather Copier Paper

Copy or laser print your own all-weather forms, charts, maps, and worksheets on "Rite in the Rain" All-Weather Tactical Color Copier Paper. Don’t flag your position with standard white paper. Protect your data and yourself with tinted Green or Tan Copier Paper. Tinted sheets also reduce glare in bright sunlight. Paper is 20 sub bond. Completely recyclable wood-based paper!

"Weatherjet"Ink-Jet Paper

"Weatherjet" has a micro-porous surface that turns standard ink-jet inks into permanent, waterproof images. Print on both sides. Not for photocopiers or laser printers. Can be written on with an all-weather pen only (pencils won’t work). 8 mil.

RR-7511

8 1/2" x 11", 100 Sheets

RR-7511-M

8 1/2" x 11", 25 Sheets

All-Weather Pens

While a pencil works great on our all-weather products, sometimes you just need a pen. These all-weather pens write on wet paper and upside down in temperatures from -30°F to 250°F. The All-Weather Bullet pens close to only 3 3/4" long. Black, blue and red ink is available.

RR-37

Standard Clicker Pen, Black, Chrome / Plastic

RR-47

Standard Clicker Pen, Blue, Chrome / Plastic

RR-57

Standard Clicker Pen, Red, Chrome / Plastic

Field Desk

This Polydura storage clipboard is the key to your outdoor office! Store 8 1/2" x 11" data sheets, pencils, and other field equipment inside the durable plastic shell. It has a warmer feel than a metal clip board. Conveniently lightweight and completely weatherproof, the "Rite in the Rain" Field Desk lets you take your office outdoors!

RR-295 Field Desk

RR-9511

8 1/2" x 11", Green, 200 Sheets

RR-9511T

8 1/2" x 11", Tan, 200 Sheets

RR-9517

11" x 17" ,Green, 200 Sheets

RR-9517T

11" x 17", Tan, 200 Sheets

RR-9512

(A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Green, 200 Sheets

RR-9512T (A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, Tan, 200 Sheets

RR-7517

11" x 17", 100 Sheets

RR-7517-M

11" x 17", 25 Sheets

RR-7512

(A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, 100 Sheets

RR-7512-M

(A4) 21 x 29.7 cm, 25 Sheets

RR-7518

(A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, 100 Sheets

RR-7518-M

(A3) 29.7 x 42 cm, 25 Sheets

RR-97

Tactical Black Clicker Pen, Black, Flat Black Metal

RR-97B

Tactical Black Clicker Pen, Blue, Flat Black Metal

RR-36

Bullet Pen, Silver, Black, Chrome Metal

RR-96

Bullet Pen, Tactical Black, Black, Flat Black Metal

RR-98

Trekker Pen, Tactical Black, Black, Black Metal / Ring

RR-37R

Pen Refill (Fits All), Black

RR-47R

Pen Refill (Fits All), Blue

RR-57R

Pen Refill (Fits All), Red

BLURITE

Nitrile Examination Gloves

Powder Free

RO-969

BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-979

BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-989

BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-999

BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-999XX

BLURITE, Size XX-Large, 90/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

SILKTEX

Latex Disposable Gloves

Great to Clean your Interface

Probes

Powder Free

RO-819

SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-829 SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-839

SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-849 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-859

SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Lightly Powdered

RO-929

BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-939

BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-949

BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-959

BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Lightly Powdered

RO-519 SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-529

SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-539

SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-549

SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-559

SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

AD-20 - Foaming Cleaner / Degreaser

AD-20 is a powerful water-based formula that quickly and safely penetrates and removes grease, oil, and carbon build up.  Designed to cling to surfaces, actually unlocking grease and oils so you can easily rinse with water, leaving a residue-free surface.

Features

•Biodegradable

•Non-Flammable

•Non-Combustible

•Non-Caustic

•Non-Toxic (to OSHA and EPA)

•Non-Corrosive

AD-20 Foam Cleaner / Degreaser

Chemical Cleaning Products

Acetone & Hexane are sometimes used as cleaning detergents for equipment.

AN-00896-540

Acetone, Lab-Grade, 4 L Poly Bottle

AN-45138-540

Hexane, Technical, 4 L Amber Glass Bottle

Biodegradable, Concentrated & Residue Free!

ALCONOX

Powdered Precision Cleaner

Concentrated, anionic detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to give you reliable resultswithout interfering residues. Ideal for cleaning contaminants from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Excellent replacement for corrosive acids and hazardous solvents. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5. AL-1104-1

TERGAZYME

Enzyme Active Powdered Detergent

Concentrated, anionic detergent with protease enzyme for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Excellent for removal of proteinaceous soils, tissue, blood, and body fluids from glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass with no interfering residues. Ideal as a cleaning agent in Reverse Osmosis and UltraFiltration Systems. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 9.5.

AL-1304-1 4 Pound Box

CITRAJET

Low Foaming Liquid Acid Cleaner

Low foaming, phosphate-free, concentrated, liquid cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems and manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibit-ed and free rinsing leaving no interfering residues. Ideal for acid washing and rinsing. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5.

AL-2001-1

1 Gallon

ALCOJET

Low Foaming Powdered Detergent

Nonionic, low foaming cleaner for use in labware washers, parts washers, power-spray systems, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:200. pH 12.

AL-1404-1 4 Pound Box

DETOJET

Low Foaming Critical Detergent

Low foaming, heavy-duty alkaline detergent for use in labware washers, parts washers, powerspray systems, and ultrasonic cleaning systems. Concentrated, highly emulsifying and penetrating formula is free rinsing, and leaves no interfering residues. Protects interior working parts of washers. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 13.

AL-1632-1

1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)

AL-1601-1

1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

TERGAJET

Low Foaming Phosphate Free Powdered Detergent

Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free powdered cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass. Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 11.5.

AL-2204-1

4 Pound Box

LIQUINOX

Critical Cleaning Liquid Detergent

Concentrated, anionic liquid detergent for manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Free rinsing to yield reliable results with no interfering residues. Extremely mild and completely soluble in hard and soft water. USDA authorized. Dilute 1:100. pH 8.5.

AL-1232-1

1 Quart (Plastic Bottle)

AL-1201-1

1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

CITRANOX

Liquid Acid Cleaner and Detergent

Phosphate free, concentrated cleaner and metal brightener for high performance removal of metal oxides, scale, salts and inorganic residues in manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited and free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Ideal for trace metal analysis. USDA authorized. Dilute 2:100. pH 2.5.

AL-1801-1

1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

SOLUJET

Low Foaming Phosphate Free Detergent

Nonionic, low foaming phosphate free liquid cleaner for use in labware washers, manual and ultrasonic cleaning. Corrosion inhibited formula recommended for glassware, metals, plastic, ceramic, porcelain, rubber and fiberglass.Free rinsing for reliable results and no interfering residues. Passes inhibitory residue test Dilute 1:200. pH 12.4.

AL-2101-1

1 Gallon (Plastic Bottle)

PeliLite™ 1800 Flashlight

The polycarbonate lens and focused Xenon lamp module produce a tight white beam that penetrates smoke and fog. The PeliLite 1800 flashlight is submersible, thanks to the o-ring seal and twist-on shroud that eliminates leaky switches. It is powered by 2 "C" akaline cells.

HeadsUp Lite™ 2630 LED Flashlight

The 2630 uses a super bright 1 watt LED that can be activated in 4 modes: low, medium, high, and flashing (for emergencies). The body is tough ABS resin that's corrosion proof and resistant to extreme temperatures. The 90° pivoting head allows you to aim light right where you need it. Behind it is a handy battery power gauge that shows the level of usage. The light weight battery pack houses 3 "AA" alkaline cells (included). The 2630 comes with two kinds of straps: a rubber strap for your hard hat or helmet and a comfortable and adjustable cloth strap for bare head. The HeadsUp Lite 2630 is a great hands-free light for work, camping, and hiking.

Built to Last!

Resists Chemicals, Water & Corrosion

PEL-1800 PeliLite™ 1800 Flashlight (Batteries Not Included)

MityLite™ 1900 Flashlight

The MityLite 1900 Flashlight uses a hiintensity Xenon lamp that produces a powerful, bright beam. Use this compact flashlight to cut through thick smoke, fog, and dust. It is submersible and comes with a twist-on shroud. The 1900 is ideal for any situation. Powered by 2 "AAA" alkaline cells. PEL-1900 MityLite™ 1900 Flashlight

Pelican Cases

VB3™ 2220 LED Flashlight

The VB3 2220 LED Flashlight has dual super bright white LEDs that may never need replacing and provide over 100 hours of battery burn time. Light turns on when the head is flipped up. It also pivots to a full 180° for aiming light where you need it. The built-in clip attaches to surfaces up to 1/2" thick. 2 "CR2032" 3 V Lithium coin cells are included.

NANUK™ Cases

Features

Waterproof; waterproof seal; automatic pressure release valve; impact resistant NK-7™ resin; soft grip foldable handle; PowerClaw latching system

Accessories available for all of the above cases: Shoulder Strap (PC-STRAP), TSA Combination Paddlock (PC-TSA) Cases also available in larger sizes.

Plasticases

• Hard sided carrying cases

• Durable & economical solution to your sample packaging needs

• Plasticase line of stylish and rugged cases will protect your investment & extend the working life of your instruments

PC-634C

Resists a broad range of aqueous chemicals and provides an excellent alternative to silicone tubing in applications where corrosive chemicals are used.

Features

•Ultra-soft and flexible

•Performs well at low temperatures (to -100°F)

•Excellent for use in low-torque pump applications

TY-AAU00017

1/4" I.D. x 3/8" O.D.

TY-AAU00027

3/8" I.D. x 1/2" O.D.

TY-AAU00029

3/8" I.D. x 5/8" O.D.

TY-AAU00033

7/16" I.D. x 5/8" O.D.

TY-AAU00034

7/16" I.D. x 11/16" O.D.

TY-AAU00036

1/2" I.D. x 5/8" O.D.

TY-AAU00037 1/2" I.D. x 11/16" O.D.

TY-AAU00038 1/2" I.D. x 3/4" O.D.

All tubing is produced from virgin polyethylene resins. We do not use any regrind product in any of our tubing. Our tubing also does not contain any UV stabilizers. Our coils of tubing are individually poly bagged and are stored in sealed boxes, protected from UV light sources.

WA-3/8-HDPE-100

HDPE Tubing, 3/8" O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft

WA-3/8-LDPE-100

LDPE Tubing, 3/8 "O.D. x 1/4" I.D., 100 ft

WA-1/2-HDPE-100

HDPE Tubing, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

WA-1/2-LDPE-100

LDPE Tubing, 1/2" O.D. x 3/8" I.D., 100 ft

Contractors Air Hose

Application For mining, construction, and industrial use

Cover Yellow cut and abrasion resistant rubber

Reinforcement Multiple layers of synthetic yarn

Tube Synthetic oil mist resistant

Temperature -35°C to +80°C (-30°F to +180°F)

WA-5/8-HDPE-100

HDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft

WA-5/8-HDPE-200

HDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft

WA-5/8-HDPE-500

HDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft

WA-5/8-LDPE-100

LDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 100 ft

WA-5/8-LDPE-200

LDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 200 ft

WA-5/8-LDPE-500

LDPE Tubing, 5/8" O.D. x 1/2" I.D., 500 ft

WA-1-HDPE-100

HDPE Tubing, 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D., 100 ft

WA-1-LDPE-100

LDPE Tubing, 1.0" O.D. x 0.814" I.D., 100 ft

General Purpose Hose

Application General air-line and water service both in plant and outdoors

Cover Red smooth weather and abrasion resistant synthetic rubber

Reinforcement Multiple layers of synthetic yarns

Tube Black oil mist resistant synthetic rubber

Temperature -30°C to +70°C (-22°F to +160°F)

AM-GP-038-200

AM-GP-038-250

AM-GP-050-200

AM-GP-050-250

AM-GP-075-250

AM-GP-100-200

AM-GP-125-150

AM-GP-150-150

AM-GP-200-150

Petroleum Discharge

Application For handling a wide range of petroleum products, including gasoline, as well as a number of chemical solutions

Cover Red, heat, oil and weather resistant Neoprene

Reinforcement Multiple layers of synthetic textile cords, with static wire

Tube Black, heat and oil resistant synthetic rubber

Temperature -35°C to +88°C(-30°F to +190°F)

Reinforced Clear PVC

Application An economical hose for handling air, water, oil, mild chemicals, and alkalis. Clear wall allows visual inspection of product

Cover Clear smooth PVC

Reinforcement Multiple layers of synthetic yarns

Temperature -5°C to +65°C (+25°F to +150°F)

Saturn Water S & D

Application

An economical, flexible hose for construction pumps, septic tank & marine pump-out service. Resistant to some chemicals, mild acids & alkalis

Consult us for recommendations Soft compounds allow for increased flexibility

Cover Clear abrasion and weather resistant extra soft PVC.

Reinforcement Blue PVC helix. Tube Smooth clear extra soft PVC.

Temperature -25°C to +65 °C (-13°F to +150°F)

Tank Truck

Application An all purpose petroleum suction and discharge hose for use with gasoline, kerosene, diesel, oil suspensions and emulsions. May also be used as hydraulic return line and suction

Cover Black, abrasion, gasoline and oil resistant synthetic rubber with blue stripe and pressure.

Reinforcement High tensile wire helix embedded between layers of textile cords

Tube Black nitrile rubber for maximum oil resistance

Temperature -35°C to +93°C (-30°F to +200°F)

Adapters-Male

Suggested advantages

• No corrosion

• Lightweight

•Can often be used with fluids that attack metals

• Low cost

• Do not cut fingers

• Electrically non-conductive

• No galvanic reaction with metals

• Made of materials listed by FDA

MPT - Male taper pipe thread

GH - Garden hose thread Temperature

to

to

Elbows-Barbed

Nylon & Black HDPE

Connectors-Barbed

Connectors-Reducing

Notes

FPT - Female taper pipe thread

GHT- Garden hose thread

-55° to +90°C Nylon: -40° to +100°C

Pipe Fittings

Adapters-Male to Female Threads

Gray Nylon Polypropylene MPTFPT

Nylon 6Black HDPETube I.D.Tube I.D.

Use Eco-Friendly Biodegradable Cleaners!

Sampson All Purpose Cleaner

Sampson Floor Cleaner

Sampson Bathroom Cleaner

Sampson's All Purpose Cleaner is a fastacting formula that can be used for all general surfaces from plastics to ceramics - just about anywhere. Choose between regular or concentrated formula.

SA-675659050364

Sampson All Purpose Cleaner, 3.6 L

SA-675659050050

Sampson All Purpose Cleaner, 500 ml Spray

SA-675659060363

Sampson All Purpose Cleaner Concentrate, 3.6 L

SA-675659060059

Sampson All Purpose Cleaner, Concentrate, 500 ml

Sampson Degreaser / Cleaner

Use Sampson’s Floor Cleaner on ceramics, natural stone, or wood and get a streak shine.

SA-675659010368

Sampson Floor Cleaner, 3.6 L

SA-675659010054

Sampson Floor Cleaner, 500 ml

Sampson Window & Surface Cleaner

Clean your windows, glass, appliances, bathroom fixtures, lights and more with Sampson's Window and Surface Cleaner. It doesn't contain ammonia, and really gives a clean and clear result with a streak-free shine.

Finally, a Bathroom Cleaner that allows you to breathe easier, and still give a powerful clean. Use on scum, calcium buildup, mildew, rust removal, and all that you find in the shower, bathtub, toilet bowl, sink and tiles.

SA-675659020367

Sampson Bathroom Cleaner, 3.6 L

SA-675659020053

Sampson Bathroom Cleaner, 500 ml Spray

AD-20 Foaming Cleaner / Degreaser

AD-20 is a powerful waterbased formula that quickly and safely penetrates and removes grease, oil, and carbon build up. Designed to cling to surfaces, actually unlocking grease and oils so you can easily rinse with water, leaving a residue-free surface.

AD-20 Foam Cleaner / Degreaser, 510 g (18 oz)

Sampson Air Freshener

Breath easy with Sampson Air Freshener / Odor Controller

Removing grease, oil, and carbon build-up can be a mess. Sampson's Degreaser / Cleaner quickly and safely unlocks grease and oils so you can easily rinse with hot or cold water, leaving a residue-free surface.

SA-675659070362

Sampson Degreaser / Cleaner, 3.6 L

SA-675659070058

Sampson Degreaser / Cleaner, 500 ml Spray

SA-675659040365

Sampson Window & Surface Cleaner, 3.6 L

SA-675659040051

Sampson Window & Surface Cleaner, 500 ml Spray

SA-675659080361

Sampson Air Freshener, 3.6 L

SA-675659080057

Sampson Air Freshener, 500 ml Spray

Choose your Favorite Scent to Freshen the Air Around You!

Health Gards Intermittent Cans

CFC Free Metered Aerosols with Neutrex, an odor-fighting active compound that is formulated to eliminate malodors. Each aerosol can provides up to 3400 metered sprays.

Hand Cleaners

Sampson Hand Soap

SA-SW104W Apple, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW106W Berry, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW110W Fresh Linen, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW112W Citrus, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW106W Mango, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW107W Cherry, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW044W Baby Powder, 198 g (7 oz)

Aerosol Dispensers

Features

SA-SW109W Melon, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW108W Vanilla, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW122W Cinnamon, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW118W Country Garden, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW114W Rain Forest, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW105W Tropical Breeze, 198 g (7 oz)

SA-SW120W Lemon-Lime, 198 g (7 oz)

•Dispensing systems for use with the Health Gards Intermittent Cans

•Stratus Dispenser: 5, 10, 15 or 20 minutes interval adjustable mist

•24 hours or daylight sensing modes

•Cirrus Dispenser: 100% adjustable mist intervals with liquid crystal display panel

•Stratus3 Dispenser: 5, 10 or 20 minutes interval adjustable mist

•LED visual display

PL-HG7521 Stratus Dispenser

PL-HG7523 Cirrus Dispenser

PL-HG7531L Stratus3 Dispenser

Keep your skin soft and dirt-free with Sampson’s Handsoap. It’s infused with aloe vera, almond oil and vitamin E, so it really moisturizes while it cleans. Plus, you will be using a naturally-derived, non-toxic product that does not harm the environment. Just pump, lather and rinse. Choose between regular and foaming.

SA-675659140362

Sampson Hand Soap, 250 ml

SA-675659140058

Sampson Hand Soap, 500 ml Bottle

SA-675659150361

Sampson Foaming Hand Soap, 3.6 L

SA-675659150057

Sampson Foaming Hand Soap, 500 ml

Mecano Hand Cleaner

Premium lotion Hand Cleaner with mild cleaning scrubbers. An innovative design incorporating a pure, 100% natural emulsion.

PL-CHMECA1 Mecano Hand Cleaner, 3.6 L

PURGEL Antibacterial Gel

Made with a natural alcohol that evaporates in seconds. Contains aloe vera, lanoline, glycerine and vitamin E.

UN-BIO-411

PURGEL Antibacterial Gel, 60 ml

UN-1903P

PURGEL Antibacterial Gel, 500 ml

UN-1904 PURGEL Antibacterial Gel, 4 L

Floor Helpers

Bucket & Wringer Combo

The Bucket and Wringer Combo on wheels has a 35 quart capacity. The sideward wringer accepts 12 to 32 oz.

Mops

Features

•Great floor mops with excellent coverage

•Synthetic & stitched

•Mop handle sold separately

Dust Mops

This Dust Mop contains a special blend of synthetic fibers. Choose between 18", 24" and 36".

PL-7580-88

Mopping Combo Pack, 8.8 Gallons (35 Quarts)

Colors Available: Bronze, Yellow, Blue*, Green* & Red* * Special order

Window Helpers

Window Squeegees

Use these brass Squeegees for a streak free shine.

AT-FR20S 20 oz White Mop, Synthetic, Stitched

AT-FR24S 24 oz White Mop, Synthetic, Stitched

EM-3090430

54" Fibreglass Handle, Blue

TR-8095 60" Wood Handle

Window Scrubbers

Synthetic washable Window Scrubbers with high water retention.

AT-8018R 18" Dust Mop Refill

AT-8024R 24" Dust Mop Refill

AT-8036R 36" Dust Mop Refill

AT-7018FS/M

18" Clip On Frame For Dust Mop

AT-7024FS/M 24" Clip On Frame For Dust Mop

AT-7036FS/M 36" Clip On Frame For Dust Mop

PL-AG14600 60" Vinyl Coated Handle W/ Clip

Window Washing Bucket

Use this 18" Wide Window Washing Bucket for an easier and cleaner job!

PL-PUCR8 8" Squeegee

PL-PUCR12 12" Squeegee

PL-PUCR14 14" Squeegee

PL-PUCR18 18" Squeegee

PL-PUCR22 22" Squeegee

PL-PUBRHA Squeegee Handle

PL-PUPT14 14" T-Bar

PL-PUPT18 18" T-Bar

PL-PUGSR14

14" Window Scrubber Refill

PL-PUGSR18 18" Window Scrubber Refill

PL-PU5524-U

18" Wide Window Washing Bucket

SureShot® Sprayers

Model "A" Sprayers are our most Industrial line of sprayers. They feature metal construction, brass nozzles, and corrosion resistant internal working parts. All Model "A" Sprayers have a 32 oz liquid capacity. Model "A" Sprayers are available in either steel or brass canisters, and offer your choice of a powder coated epoxy or chrome plated exterior. Steel sprayers can be used with oil and solvent based materials, and brass sprayers can be used with water based materials. Partial and complete repair kits are available, as well as a variety of nozzles and extensions.

Sure Shot® Sprayers

Model "B" Sprayers are available in 16 oz capacities. The sprayers are the same diameter as an aerosol can and can be used with many products. All Model "B" sprayers come standard with Viton® seals. These seals are compatible with most products. Other seals are available. Always check with your chemical supplier to be sure the product you are using is compatible with the Sure Shot® sprayer you choose. Standard maintenance includes periodically replacing the Valves and Nozzles. These parts are available both individually and in complete repair kits.

Contact ERE Inc. for more details.

MS-1000 Comes W/ Multi-Purpose Nozzle

(Nozzle Is Set For Regular Mist, For Pin Stream Remove #303 Spiral, Powder Coated Finish)

MS-2000

Comes W/ Multi-Purpose Nozzle

(Nozzle Is Set For Regular Mist, For Pin Stream Remove # 303 Spiral, Chrome Plated Premium Finish)

Blow-Hard® O.S. Extra™ Dust Remover

Ozone Safe Blow-Hard® Dust Remover provides powerful blasts of triple filtered air for cleaning a wide variety of laboratory equipment which could be damaged by wiping. Handy extension tube (included) effectively penetrates hard to reach places for thorough dust removal.

Blow-Hard® O.S. Extra™ Dust Remover is defined as non flammable (tetrafluoroethane).Warning instructions for safe use are printed on the can.

BEL-F17080-0200

Blow-Hard® O.S. Extra™ Dust Remover, Each

Saniworks Towels

Saniworks Towels reusable up to 3 times!

Ideal where wet strength and cleaning durability are essential. They are highly absorbent. Come in protective packaging.

Multiworks DRC Towels

This leading all-purpose, non woven wiper is made from strong wood fibers, combined with a binder and then double-creped. Ideal for manufacturing and maintenance applications. Has unique stretch, softness and wipe-dry properties. Ideal for water, grease and staining application. Low lint and highly absorbent.

They are here for You!

Recycle Wastebasket

Low profile rectangular Wastebasket

PL-S2636X

PL-S3038F

PL-S3550F

PL-S3550X

Paper Products

Paper Towels in Rolls

Economical Paper Towels fit most dispensers. Brown or white.

Folded Paper Towels

Excellent for drying hands or cleaning up waterbased liquids. Fits most dispensers.

Best Selling Toilet Paper!

Hygienic Paper

Choose between single and 2-ply.

PL-PA350RKL 350' Brown Paper Towels, 12 Rolls/Case

PL-PA248RKL 205' Brown Paper Towels, 24 Rolls/Case

PL-PA248RW 205' White Paper Towels, 24 Rolls/Case

Lever Roll Towel Dispenser

Lever handle treated with Bio-Pruf® to inhibit bacteria growth. For rolls up to 8 1/2" in diameter.

PL-PASFW White Paper Towels, Single Fold, 250 Towels/Pack, 16 Packs/Case

PL-PAMFW White Paper Towels, Multi-Fold, 400 Towels/Pack, 10 Packs/Case

Black Double Roll Vertical Dispenser

Access to second roll granted only when the first roll is empty.

PL-PA433-1

1-Ply Hygienic Paper, 4 Rolls

PL-PA433-2

2-Ply Hygienic Paper, 4 Rolls

PL-PA420R48

2-Ply Hygienic Paper, 420 Towels/Roll, 48 Rolls

Single Roll Dispenser

Translucent dispenser with lock. Universal, fits any brand of mini-jumbo paper.

Natural

New COLDFORM Oil-Only Pads & Rolls

Oil-Only Pads, Rolls, Booms, Socks & Pillows

Features

•Pads are bonded and perforated

•Pure meltblown fibers are the most cost-effective absorption technology today

•Fast-wicking fibers absorb 25 times their weight in hydrocarbon

Features

•COLDFORM natural sorbents offer outstanding absorbency and durability at an unheard value

•Each product is constructed from a single layer of extremely fine natural fibers that are point-bonded together

•Performance is enhanced by the addition of proprietary chemistry and minimal use of synthetic fibers

•Oil only absorbents are a natural white color with additives that maximize the fibers’ water repulsion, flame resistance and protect against microbes such as mold

SPK-C100

16" x 18" Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case

SPK-EC100

16" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case

SPK-EC200

16" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case

SPK-CR150

28" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

SPK-CSR150

14" x 150" Split Rolls, Heavyweight, 2/Case

SPK-CER150

28" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 1/Case

SPK-CESR150

14" x 150" Split Rolls, Mediumweight, 2/Case

Absorbs Oil-Based Liquids Only

SPK-P100

15" x 18" Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case

SPK-P200

15" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case

SPK-EP100

15" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case

SPK-R144 30" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

SPK-SR144S 15" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

SPK-B510 5" x 10", Booms, 4/Case

SPK-B810

8" x 10" Booms, 4/Case

SPK-MOPO3048

3" x 48" Socks, 30/Case

SPK-MOPO10120

3" x 120" Socks, 10/Case

SPK-SP818-20

8" x 18" Pillows, 20/Case

SPK-SP1818-10

18" x 18" Pillows, 10/Case

SPK-SAKPIL10

15" x 21" x 6" Pillows, 10/Case

Bonded Oil-Only Pads, Rolls, Booms, Socks & Pillows

Features

• Sonic bonded sorbents are constructed from three layers of high quality uniform polypropylene fibers

• Oil Select Bonded Pads are ideal for wiping applications when increased tensile strength is necessary

• The sonic bonding process creates a stronger more durable fiber, without effecting absorption

SPK-BP100 15" x 18" Bonded Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case

SPK-BP200 15" x 18" Bonded Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case

SPK-BEP100 15" x 18" Bonded Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case

SPK-BR144

30" x 150" Bonded Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

SPK-BSR144S 15" x 150" Bonded Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

Versatile Universal Absorbent Good for Oils, Coolants, Solvents & Water

New COLDFORM Universal Pads & Rolls - NATURAL

Features

• COLDFORM natural sorbents offer outstanding absorbency and durability at an unheard value

•Each product is constructed from a single layer of extremely fine natural fibers that are point-bonded together

• Performance is enhanced by the addition of proprietary chemistry and minimal use of synthetic fibers

• Universal absorbents are a gray color with additives that maximize the fibers’ water repulsion, flame resistance and protect against microbes such as mold

SPK-UC100 16" x 18" Pads, Heavyweight, 100/Case

SPK-UEC100 16" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight,100/Case

SPK-UC200 16" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case

SPK-UCR150 28" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

SPK-UCRS150 14" x 150" Split Rolls, Heavyweight, 2/Case

SPK-UCER150 28" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 1/Case

SPK-UCESR150 14" x 150" Split Rolls, Mediumweight, 2/Case

Universal Absorbents

Features

• Universal/Chemical sorbents are designed to pick-up aggressive hydrocarbon (oil and water) spills

•Suitable for non-aggressive acids, caustics, coolants, solvents, water and solutions

SPK-UP118

15" x 18" Pads Heavyweight, 100/Case

SPK-UP200G

15" x 18" Pads, Lightweight, 200/Case

SPK-UP118-9

15" x 18" Pads, Mediumweight, 100/Case

SPK-UR136

30" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

SPK-UR118S

15" x 150" Rolls, Heavyweight, 1/Case

SPK-UR136-9

30" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 1/Case

SPK-UR118-9

15" x 150" Rolls, Mediumweight, 2/Case

SPK-UB510

5" x 10" Booms, 4/Case

SPK-UB810

8" x 10" Booms, 4/Case

SPK-MOPU3048

3" x 48" Socks, 30/Case

SPK-MOPU10120

3" x 120" Socks, 10/Case

SPK-SPU818-20

8" x 18" Pillows, 20/Case

SPK-SPU1818-10

18" x 18" Pillows, 10/Case

SPK-GP3048

3" x 48" General Purpose Socks, 30/Case

SPK-GP10120

3" x 120" General Purpose Socks, 10/Case

Fast-Acting Granular Absorbents!

SpeediKleen

Features

•SpeediKleen Premium Oil Absorbent is an all-purpose absorbent designed for the quick cleanup of water, oil and grease

•Made from diatomaceous earth, a naturally occurring mineral with superior absorption ability, this high quality product delivers 50% more absorbency per pound than clay alternatives

•SpeediKleen premium Oil Absorbent is available in a leak-resistant, moisture-proof polybag

•75 bags/skid

Oil Gator®

Features

•Oil Gator® - Oil Absorbent and Bioremediation Product is made from recycled, chemically modified cellulosic fibers

•Contains all the necessary ingredients (nitrogen, sulphur and phosphorous) to enhance biodegradation of hydrocarbons

•Absorbs up to six times its weight in oil or oil-based product

•Oil Gator® meets all OSHA requirements and is biodegradable

•Oil Gator® absorbs and encapsulates hydrocarbons from the surface of land and water. When applied correctly, it will completely absorb toxins preventing them from leaching into the soils or into underground aquifers

•Oil Gator ® can be incinerated and will contribute 7,000 BTU's per pound with less than 3% ash. It may be placed into landfills, or nonhazardous oil field waste land farm. The nature of the hydrocarbon absorbed determines the appropriate disposal method.

•50 bags/skid

SPK-HD2205

All Purpose, Granular Absorbent, 20 lbs/Bag

CanSorb

Features

•Cansorb is a fast acting 100% Organic Oil Absorbent

•Picks-up 8-12 times its weight in hydrocarbons on land and water

•An approved sorbent for leaks and spills in chemical, automotive, and steel facilities, as well as pulp & paper and food processors

•Used by professional responders for over 30 years

•LFB5: 8 bags/ case, CB20: 30 bags/skid

SPK-LFB5

CanSorb, Organic Oil Granular Absorbant, 5 lbs/Bag

SPK-CB20

CanSorb, Compressed, Organic Oil Granular Absorbant, 20 lbs/Bag

SPK-GATOR30 Oil Gator Bioremedial, Granular Oil Absorbant, 30 lbs/Bag

Gran-Sorb®

Features

•Gran-Sorb is an oil absorbent that is dust free, highly absorbent and incinerable

•Packaged in a loose, particulate form, it is environmentally friendly but also a better performing, more economic sorbent than either clay or sawdust

•Acts like a sponge to instantly begin absorbing a broad range of non-aggressive liquids such as oil and water-based fluids, cutting fluids, coolants and many other hazardous / problem liquids from spills and leaks

•65 bags/skid

SPK-GRANSORB

Gran-Sorb, Granular Oil Absorbant, 30 lbs/Bag

45 Gallon Spill Kit

Includes

50 sorbent pads

3 sorbent booms - 5" x 120"

5 sorbent socks - 3" x 48"

1 bag granular absorbent

1 neoprene drain cover - 36" x 36"

5 disposal bags

1 retractable shovel

2 pairs of safety goggles

2 pairs of nitrile gloves

2 Tyvek suits

Packed

SPK-CSK-F45

Oil Only, 45 Gallon Spill Kit

SPK-CSKU-F45

Universal, 45 Gallon Spill Kit

SPK-CSKH-F45

HazMat, 45 Gallon Spill Kit

250 Liter Mobile Spill Kit

Includes

1 mobile spill cart 30" x 29" x 42

100 sorbent pads

4 sorbent socks, 3" x 120"

4 sorbent pillows, 18" x 18"

1 bag of SpeediKleen

1 drain cover, 36" x 36"

3 disposal bags

2 pairs of safety goggles

2 pairs of nitrile gloves

Ideal for Industrial or Construction Operations

6 Pack Cylinder Rack

Features

•Maximize floor space while eliminating clutter and safety hazards by properly storing your industrial cylinders

•Efficiently sized to easily move through standard doorways

•Forkliftable

•Handles cylinders 3" to 10" diameter

•Add optional lower strap to bottom for extra security

Poly Stand Gas Cylinder

Features

• Ideal for inexpensive wall-mounted storage

•Accommodates any two cylinders with diameters of 3" to 12 3/8"

Dual Cylinder Dolly

Features

•The dual cylinder dolly is designed to be a more functional, maneuverable and better balanced transporter for gas cylinder than conventional dollies or forklifts

•Accommodates any two cylinders each up to 12" in diameter

•Lightweight and durable polyethylene constuction and effective counter balancing makes it easy to handle with minimum physical effort

SPK-7202-YE

6 Pack Cylinder Rack,48" L x 31" W x 41" H

SPK-7204-BK

Caster Frame, 33.5" L x 31.5" W x 4.5" H

SPK-7203-BK Ramp, 46" L x 2" W x 6" H

Poly Overpacks

Features

•Poly-Overpacks are available in many different sizes from small, medium, large and huge

•Overpacks are versatile units that can directly contain solids and sludges with security

• With a 1/2 turn lid, these ergonomically designed units allow for easy access unlike traditional "hoop-ring" designs

•Overpacks are nestable for easy storage

SPK-1220-YE Poly Overpack, 20 Gallon

SPK-1230-YE

Poly Overpack, 30 Gallon

SPK-1065-YE Poly Overpack, 65 Gallon

SPK-1237-YE Poly Overpack, 95 Gallon

Easy Transport of Drums Easy Dispensing & Transport of Drums

Spill Scooter Poly-Dolly

Pour Liquids without Drips or Splashes

Universal Poly Drum Funnel

Features

•Fits both closed-head and openhead 55 gallon drums, and other containers

•Features include patented scalloped design, high side wall and bung fitting holders

•The Safety Funnel has all the same features plus a nonsparking safety bung closure with flame arrestor

•The optional lockable Poly-Drum Funnel Cover (lock not included) is also available with all hardware and instructions included

Drums-Up & Drums-Up Jr.

Features

•Drums-Up and DrumsUp Jr. let you control nuisance spills

•Drums-Up has sump capacity of 19.5 gallons for 55 gallon drums and Drums-Up Jr. has sump capacity of 7.5 gallons for 16 gallon drums and 5 gallon pails

SPK-3004-YE

Universal Poly Drum Funnel

SPK-3004-YE-SF

Universal Poly Drum Funnel, Safety Funnel

SPK-3040-YE

Universal Poly Drum Funnel Cover

SPK-8091-YE

Drums-Up, Capacity 19.5 Gallons

SPK-8200-YE Drums-Up Jr., Capacity of 7.5 Gallons

Make Drum Loading a Snap!

Workstations

Features

•With its low profile design, workstations are the easiest to load

•One-piece construction optimizes space for increased durability, safety and efficiency

•With ample sump capacity in each workstation, this secondary containment product is perfect for a dispensing station or work center

•Each workstation is designed for stand alone use or combines other workstations for a customized work area

•The rolled-edge design helps resist cracking and warpage

•Tough polyethylene construction, cannot rust or corrode

•Low profile workstations actually become part of your factory floor, optimizing space for increased safety and efficiency

•Large sump capacity catches incidental spills

•Multi-purpose work ramp hooks onto any workstation for easy loading

•Heavy-duty removable structural foam grates for easy cleaning

Poly Spill Pallet 2000

Features

•This secondary containment system is engineered to meet the rigors of today’s regulatory environment

•With 100% polyethylene, it provides excellent chemical resistance

•Optional tarp for outdoor storage and drain hole with plug available

SPK-5253-YE

Poly Spill Pallet W/ Drain

SPK-5253-YE-D

Poly Spill Pallet, With Drain

SPK-5039-BK Optional Ramp

SPK-5038-BK Ramp Extender

2 Drum Hardcover & Spill Pallet

Features

•Ideal for indoor/outdoor storage of up to two 55 gallon drums

•Roll-top design allows for use in limited space or next to buildings where swing-open doors would be a problem

•Top or front/rear loadable, lockable door, used in conjunction with Poly Spill Pallet 2000 (SPK-5253-YE)

•Optional ramp and drain

Specifications Poly Spill Pallet 2000

Great for Outdoor Storage

SPK-4062-YE

2 Drum Hardcover W/O Drain

SPK-4062-YE-D

2 Drum Hardcover W/ Drain

SPK-5039-BK Optional Ramp

SPK-5038-BK Ramp Extender

Roof Leak Diverter

Protect your Facility & your Employees!

Pipe Leak Diverter

Features

•Keep fluid leaks off the floor eliminating slip hazards and exposure

•18" H and 18" diameter opening

Features

•This large, vinyl-coated fabric catches roof leaks and channels them to standard hose hook-up

•Hose can then be directed to proper drainage

•Lightweight flame retardant material

•Heavy-duty D-rings securely attached in each corner make installation quick and easy

Drain Protection

Features

Drain Plugs

Features

•Tapered design wedges securely into standard drains to stop any flow

•Eyebolts are removable, allowing installation of grating with Drain Plug in place

•Non-absorbing, easily cleaned for repeated use

•Flexible polyurethane material - resists oil, water and most aggressive chemicals

•Cleans with soap and water

SPK-2113

Drain Plug, 2" Diameter

SPK-2114

Drain Plug, 3" Diameter

SPK-2115

Drain Plug, 4" Diameter

SPK-2117

Drain Plug, 6" Diameter

SPK-2118

Drain Plug, 8" Diameter

SPK-2119

Drain Plug, 10" Diameter

SPK-2121

Drain Plug, 12" Diameter

SPK-2116

3 Plug Kit (Includes One Each Of The 2", 3" & 4"

Ultra-Drain Plugs & Plastic Carrying Case)

•Bottom fitting connects to a standard garden hose

•Rugged, 18 oz coated vinyl construction

•Includes bungee cords and hooks for quick installation

•Reinforced mesh is "sandwiched" between layers of polyurethaneincreases durability and resistance to tearing

•Unique, urethane construction allows the pad to deform and seal off most drains - temporarily "seals" to any smooth surface.

•Both sides will quickly seal drains - there is no specified "top" or "bottom"

•Optional Ultra-Drain Seal Wall Mount Units allow quick response to any spill - just "grab and go"

•Flexible, non-absorbing material with reinforced, tear-resistant mesh

•Resists oil, water and most aggressive chemicals, cleans with soap and water

42" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal

SPK-2132 48" x 48" Square Polyurethane Drain Seal

SPK-DC36

36" x 36" Economical Square Black Neoprene Drain Cover

SPK-DC48

48" x 48" Economical Square Black Neoprene Drain Cover

Synthetic / Vinyl Disposable Gloves

RONCO GOLD-TOUCH

Synthetic Stretch Examination Disposable Gloves

Features

Premium quality synthetic material, beaded cuffs, latex free, excellent strength, superior elasticity, reduces hand fatigue, ease of finger movement

Recommended For

Automotive, beauty / aesthetics, dental, electronics, environmental, food processing, food service, hospitality, industrial, laboratories, pharmaceutical, veterinary

RONCO PURE-TOUCH

Synthetic Stretch Examination Disposable Gloves

Powder Free Lightly Powdered

RO-1629

GOLD-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-1639

GOLD-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-1649

GOLD-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-1659

GOLD-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RONCO ALOE

Synthetic Stretch Disposable Gloves with Aloe

Powder Free

RO-627 ALOE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-637 ALOE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-1429

GOLD-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-1439

GOLD-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-1449

GOLD-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-1459

GOLD-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Powder Free Lightly Powdered

RO-225 PURE-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-235

PURE-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-245

PURE-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-255

PURE-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RONCO NITECH®

NITECH® Examination Gloves

RO-229

PURE-TOUCH, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-239

PURE-TOUCH, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-249

PURE-TOUCH, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-259

PURE-TOUCH, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Fabricated from special materials, this glove offers flexibility, touch sensitivity and elasticity while maintaining the durability and resistance to some chemicals.

Features

Made from a patented new material, beaded cuffs, latex free, excellent strength, superior elasticity, reduces hand fatigue, ease of finger movement

Powder Free

RO-647 ALOE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-657 ALOE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RO-365 NITECH®, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-375 NITECH®, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-385

NITECH®, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-395

NITECH®, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-395XX

NITECH®, Size XX-Large, 90/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Nitrile Disposable Gloves

Features

100% Nitrile, beaded cuffs, latex free, non-sterile, excellent strength, superior elasticity, reduces hand fatique, ease of finger movement.

Recommended For

Automotive, beauty / aesthetics, chemicals, dental, electronics, environmental, food processing, food service, hospitality, industrial, meat packing, laboratories, pharmaceutical, veterinary

RONCO NITRILE

Nitrile Diamond Textured Examination Gloves

Features

Comfort, strength, durability, dexterity, diamond textured advanced technology, touch sensitivity, textured palm, 5 mil thickness, backhand and fingertips

Offers the best non-slip grip available in the market!

Powder Free

RO-962

NITRILE Diamond, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-972

NITRILE Diamond, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-982

NITRILE Diamond, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-992

NITRILE Diamond, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-992XX

NITRILE Diamond, Size XX-Large, 90/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RONCO BLURITE PLUS

Purple Nitrile Examination Gloves

4 mil thickness

Powder Free

RO-966

BLURITE PLUS, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-976

BLURITE PLUS, Size Medium, 100/Box

RONCO BLURITE Nitrile

Examination Gloves

4 mil thickness

Powder Free

RO-969 BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-979 BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-989 BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-999 BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

RO-999XX BLURITE, Size XX-Large, 90/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

SAFETYHOUSE

Nitrile Disposable Gloves

4 mil thickness

Lightly Powdered

RO-929

BLURITE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-939

BLURITE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-949 BLURITE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-959 BLURITE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Powder Free

RO-963

SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-973 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-986

BLURITE PLUS, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-996

BLURITE PLUS, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RO-983

SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-993

SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Lightly Powdered

RO-923

SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-933

SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-943

SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-953

SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Latex Disposable Gloves

RONCO SILKTEX

Latex Examination Gloves

5 mil thickness

Features

Premium quality latex, beaded cuffs, first rate elasticity, excellent flexibility, reduces hand fatigue, ease of finger movement, resists a variety of chemicals.

Recommended For Automotive, beauty / aesthetics, chemicals, dental, electronics, environmental, food processing, food service, hospitality, industrial. meat packing, laboratories, pharmaceutical, veterinary.

RONCO SILKTEX XPL

Latex Examination Gloves

12" Long, 13 mil thick

Powder Free

RO-819

SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-829

SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-839 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-849

SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-859

SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Lightly Powdered

RO-519

SILKTEX, Size X-Small, 100/Box

RO-529

SILKTEX, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-539 SILKTEX, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-549 SILKTEX, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-559 SILKTEX, Size X-Large, 100/Box "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RONCO SILKTEX BLUE

Latex Disposable Gloves

5 mil thickness

Powder Free

RO-865XPL SILKTEX XPL, Size Small, 50/Box

RO-875XPL SILKTEX XPL, Size Medium, 50/Box

RO-885XPL SILKTEX XPL, Size Large, 50/Box

RO-895XPL SILKTEX XPL, Size X-Large, 50/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

SAFETYHOUSE

Latex Disposable Gloves

5 mil thickness

Lightly Powdered

RO-529BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-539BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-549BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-559BL SILKTEX BLUE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Powder Free

RO-823 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-833 SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-843

SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-853 SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Lightly Powdered

RO-523

SAFETYHOUSE, Size Small, 100/Box

RO-533

SAFETYHOUSE, Size Medium, 100/Box

RO-543

SAFETYHOUSE, Size Large, 100/Box

RO-553

SAFETYHOUSE, Size X-Large, 100/Box

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Polyethylene Disposable Gloves

RONCO POLY

Features

Polyethylene, excellent flexibility, ease of finger movement

Recommended for

Food service, hospitality, janitorial, painting, veterinary

RO-141

POLY CLEAR, Size Small, 10 000/Case

RO-142

POLY CLEAR, Size Medium, 10 000/Case

RO-143

POLY CLEAR, Size Large, 10 000/Case

RO-144

POLY CLEAR, Size X-Large, 10 000/Case

RO-148B

POLY BLUE, One Size Shoulder Length, 1000/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Disposable Glove Dispenser - Copolyester

Features

• Smooth edges

• Fracture resistant

• Pre-drilled holes for easy wall mounting

• Clear plastic for easy glove identification

• Individually packed

Dispenses One Glove at a Time

GC-1000 Polypropylene Disposable Glove Dispenser

Features

• Flip up top

• Glove size labels included

• Made from polypropylene

• Transparent for easy restocking

• Wall mounting screws included

• Strong, rugged and completely washable

RO-4285 Glove Dispenser, One Size, 4 Dispensers/Case "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RO-4275

Glove Dispenser, One Size, Individual "Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Sol-Fit

Reusable Nitrile Gloves, Unlined and Flocklined

Nitrile industrial gloves are made from a co-polymer of acrylonitrile and butadiene. They protect well against physical hazards such as punctures, cuts, snags and abrasions. Nitrile also resists a wide range of chemicals, oils, fuels and organic solvents.

100% premium nitrile, available in unlined or flocklined, colour: green, straight cuffs, recessed diamond textured surface, offers high flexibility and ease of finger movement, very high resistance to a variety of chemicals, excellent protection against cuts, punctures and snags

Light-Fit, Light Duty Natural Latex Gloves, Flocklined

Light-Fit

Features

100% cotton lining for added comfort, colour: yellow or blue, pinked cuffs, fish scale texture for strong grip, good elasticity, strong and durable, high resistance to a variety of chemicals

Nite-Lite

Coated gloves offer outstanding grip and dexterity on wet and dry surfaces. They are recommended for applications that require a tough glove that provides cuts, snags and puncture protection as well as liquid proofing on the inside face of the glove. They are the number one choice of mechanics, metal workers, maintenance staff and other industrial workers.

Features

100% nylon glove, 100% foam nitrile coating, nitrile coating on palm, fingers and fingertips, knitwrist cuffs, colour coded wristband, excellent grip and dexterity, prevents penetration of oils and other liquids, protects against cuts, abrasion, snags, and punctures, each pair wrapped individually.

Size Yellow Blue 16 mil, 12" 16 mil, 12"

Small (7) RO-15-332-07RO-15-532-07

Medium (8) RO-15-332-08RO-15-532-08

Large (9) RO-15-332-09RO-15-532-09

X-Large (10) RO-15-332-10RO-15-532-10

12 Pairs/Bag

A Comfortable Fit!

Size Black / Black

Small (7) RO-76-600-07

Medium (8) RO-76-600-08

Large (9) RO-76-600-09

X-Large (10)RO-76-600-10

XX-Large (11)RO-76-600-11

12 Pairs/Bag

Poly Cotton String Knit

Features

Cotton and polyester blend, colour: natural or bleached white, knitwrist cuffs, size colour coded wristband, washable, stretches easily, comfortable and breathable

RO-65-010-06 RO-65-012-06

RO-65-010-07 RO-65-012-07

Medium RO-65-010-08 RO-65-012-08

Large RO-65-010-09 RO-65-012-09

X-Large RO-65-010-10 RO-65-012-10

12 Pairs/Bag

Glove with BLUE LINE

Split Leather Fitter - PE

Features

Safety cuff features premium quality leather, cotton lined palm, reinforced finger tips and knuckle strap, polyethylene safety cuffs, washable, repels grease and liquids

Safetyhouse Grain Leather Fitter

Features

Standard quality grain leather, patch palm, cotton lined palm, reinforced finger tips and knuckle strap, PE safety cuffs

Polyethylene Aprons

Features

Made from polyethylene, smooth finish, size: 28" x 46", colour: white or blue, 3 thicknesses: standard, premium or Safetyhouse, flexible and lightweight

White

RO-31-112

Standard Poly Aprons, 1000/Case

RO-165W SAFETYHOUSE Economy Poly Aprons, 1000/Case

RO-31-124

Premium Poly Aprons, 500/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Blue

RO-31-512

Standard Poly Aprons, 1000/Case

RO-165B

SAFETYHOUSE Economy Poly Aprons, 1000/Case

RO-74-021-00

PE Safety Cuff, One Size, 12 Pairs/Bag

Polyurethane Aprons

Features

RO-217 Safetyhouse PE Safety Cuff, One Size, 12 Pairs/Bag

100% polyurethane, die cut or adjustable straps models, sizes: 35" x 45" or 35" x 50", colour: white, yellow or blue, thickness: 5.5 mil, durable material, stretches more than conventional material, easy to clean, exceptional resistance to a wide of variety of chemicals, acids, oils, fuels, solvents, detergents, and alcohols

White

RO-38-162W

Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case

RO-38-162WL

Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 50", 24/Case

RO-38-164W

Adjustable Straps Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Yellow

RO-38-162Y

Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case

RO-38-162YL

Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 50", 24/Case

RO-38-164Y

Adjustable Straps Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Blue

RO-38-162B

Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case

RO-38-162BL

Diecut Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 50", 24/Case

RO-38-164B

Adjustable Straps Polyurethane Aprons, 35" x 45", 24/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

RO-31-524

Premium Poly Aprons, 500/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Flexible & Lightweight!

Polyethylene Sleeves

Features

Made from polyethylene, smooth finish, standard length: 18", safetyhouse length: 16", colour: white or blue, 3 thicknesses: standard, premium or safetyhouse, flexible and lightweight, resists a variety of chemicals, fats and oils

White

RO-33-113

Standard Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case

RO-33-123

Premium Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case

RO-155W SAFETY HOUSE Economy Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Blue

RO-33-513

Standard Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case

RO-33-523

Premium Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case

RO-155B SAFETY HOUSE Economy Polyethylene Sleeves, 2000/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Polyurethane Sleeves

Features

100% Polyurethane, length: 19.5", colour: white, blue or yellow, thickness: 5.5 mil, heavy duty strength, easy to clean, resistant to wide of variety of chemicals, acids, oils, fuels, solvents, detergents, and alcohols

RO-39-368W

White Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case

RO-39-368B

Blue Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case

RO-39-368Y

Yellow Polyurethane Sleeves, 100/Case

"Evaluated & accepted by CFIA"

Cova-Cap Pleated Bouffant

Features

100% non-woven polypropylene, pleated, latex free, diameter: 21" or 24", colour: blue, green, pink, white or yellow, soft elastic headband for maximum protection and hair retention, fluid resistant, lightweight and breathable, ideal for department colour coding

Shoe Covers

Features

• 100% polypropylene

• Colour: blue

• Anti-slip strips

• Durable

21"

RO-771

White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-773

Yellow Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-775

Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-777

Pink Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-779

Green Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

Rainsuit

Features

• PVC / Polyester / PVC

• Thickness: 14 mil or 0.35 mm

• Storm front with plastic snaps

• Hooded jacket: 30" long with detachable hood

•Overalls with adjustable shoulder straps and ankle snaps

RO-90-100-S

Rainsuits, Small, 12/Case

RO-90-100-M

Rainsuits, Medium, 12/Case

RO-90-100-L

Rainsuits, Large, 12/Case

RO-90-100-XL

Rainsuits, X-Large, 12/Case

RO-90-100-2XL

Rainsuits, XX-Large, 12/Case

24"

RO-781

White Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-785 Blue Cova-Cap, 1000/Case

RO-1991S Shoe Covers, Small, 1000/Case

RO-1991 Shoe Covers, Regular, 1000/Case

RO-1991XL Shoe Covers, X-Large, 1000/Case

Long Raincoat

Features

• PVC / Polyester / PVC

• 50" long

• Thickness: 14 mil or 0.35 mm

• Storm front with plastic snaps

• Detachable hood

RO-90-200-S

Raincoats, Small, 12/Case

RO-90-200-M

Raincoats, Medium, 12/Case

RO-90-200-L

Raincoats, Large, 12/Case

RO-90-200-XL

Raincoats, X-Large, 12/Case

RO-90-200-2XL

Raincoats, XX-Large, 12/Case

Tyvek®

Tyvek® spunbonded olefin by DuPont has been hailed for years. It has served reliably as the unique material that imparts high strength, flexibility, durability, great barrier qualities and wearer comfort to protective clothing. Superior barrier, durability and breathability leave competitive materials far behind.

LL-01412

Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case

LL-01414

Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case

LL-01417

Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-01428

Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

Sizes

Economical Microporous Protection from Dirt, Grease, Grime & Light Chemical Splash

MicroMax® NS

This line of general purpose protective clothing can be used in any non-hazardous environment where dirt, grime, splashes and spills are present.

Very economical and lightweight, MicroMAX® NS features high MVTR’s and is breathable for worker comfort. MicroMAX® NS is strong, wet or dry.

LL-CNS412

Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case

LL-CNS414

Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case

LL-CNS417

Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-CNS428

Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-CTL101

Lab Coat, 3 Snaps, 2 Pockets, Long Sleeves, 30/Case

LL-CTL201

Shirt, 3 Snaps, Long Sleeves, 50/Case

LL-CTL301

Pants, Elastic Waist, 50/Case

LL-CTL904

Shoe Covers, Vinyl Soles, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs/Case

LL-CTL905

Boot Covers, Vinyl Soles, Elastic Ankles & Tops (17" High), 200 Pairs/Case

Sizes small to 6X available

Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number

Accessories

LL-01101

Lab Coat, 3 Snaps, 2 Pockets, Long Sleeves, 30/Case

LL-01201

Shirt, 3 Snaps, Long Sleeves, 50/Case

LL-01306

Pants, 1" Elastic Waist, 50/Case

LL-701

Hood, Drawstring Closure, One Size, 250/Case

LL-713

Hood (Elastic Face), Covers Shoulders, One size, 250/Case

LL-901

Shoe Covers, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs

LL-901NS

Non-skid Shoe Covers, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs

LL-902

Boot Covers, Snap Closure, Non Skid Soles (17" High), 200 Pairs

LL-903NS

Non-Skid Boot Covers, Elastic Ankles, 200 Pairs

Sizes small to 6X available

Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to the part number

SafeGard® Economy SMS

SafeGard® Economy SMS Garments are an economical version of SafeGard® SMS and offer similar protection. With a fabric weight of 50 grams, these garments are lighter and offer better breathability and increased comfort, meeting ANSI/ISEA 101-1996 sizing requirements. No pockets or elastic in back help to keep the cost low. Available in white or blue.

LL-C8412-W White Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case

LL-C8414-W White Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case

LL-C8417-W White Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-C8428-W White Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-C8101-W Lab Coat, 3 Snaps, 2 Pockets, Long Sleeves, 30/Case

LL-C8501-W White Smock, Long Sleeves, Attached Ties, 50/Case

LL-C8412-B

Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, 25/Case

LL-C8414-B

Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood & Booties, Elastic Wrists, 25/Case

LL-C8417-B

Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

LL-C8428-B

Navy Blue Coverall, Zipper, Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

Sizes small to 6X available

Add -S, -M, -L, -XL, -XXL, -3XL, -4XL, -5XL, -6XL to part the number

Entry Level Chemical Protective Garment

ChemMAX® 1

ChemMAX® is constructed with a unique polyethylene barrier film and a continuous filament polypropylene nonwoven.

ChemMAX® 1 garments bar many harmful contaminants from penetrating to inner clothing. ChemMAX® fits the Lakeland standard at a price you can afford.

Warnings

1.ChemMAX® 1 is not flame resistant and should not be used around heat, flame sparks, or in potentially flammable or explosive environments.

2.Garments made of ChemMAX® 1 should have slip resistant or anti-slip materials on the outer surface of boots, shoe covers or other garment surfaces in conditions where slipping could occur.

LL-C1B428-SZ ChemMAX 1® Coverall, Bound Seams, Comes

Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 25/Case

ChemMAX® 2

ChemMAX® 2 offering quality, value, durability and the proven protection of Dow Saranex® 23P barrier film.

ChemMAX® 2 is the second level of barrier protection.

ChemMax® 2 is a superior and economical chemical protective suit. The unparalleled strength and softness of ChemMAX® 2' features Dow Saranex® 23P film on two layers of a unique bi-component spunbond nonwoven substrate and provides protection for chemical mixing and handling, environmental clean up, hazardous materials remediation and response, pharmaceutical manufacturing, spray painting and general industry.ChemMAX® 2 is useful in protecting against hazardous chemicals and contaminants found in the work place.

Warnings

1. ChemMAX® 2 is not flame resistant and should not be used around heat, flame sparks, or in potentially flammable or explosive environments.

2. Garments made of ChemMAX® 2 should have slip resistant or anti-slip materials on the outer surface of boots, shoe covers or other garment surfaces in conditions where slipping could occur.

ChemMAX® 3

Ideal for the industrial environment as well as emergency responders and law enforcement, ChemMAX® 3 uses the latest technology to produce a superior product. Durable and lightweight, ChemMAX® 3 provides a barrier against a broad spectrum of toxic industrial chemicals, dual use chemicals, chemical warfare agents and other harmful contaminants.

The multi-layer film is applied to a heavy polypropylene nonwoven for increased strength and durability. The barrier film is significantly softer than other products on the market, resulting in a quiet, more comfortable garment.

LL-C3T130

ChemMAX 3® Coverall, Sealed Seams, Comes W/ Attached Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 6/Case

LL-C3T132

ChemMAX 3® Coverall, Sealed Seams, Comes W/ Attached Respirator Fit Hood, Elastic Wrists & Ankles, 6/Case

Polycotton Coveralls

These generously sized Polycotton (65% polyester, 35% cotton) Coveralls offer complete coverage and all day protection on the job site. Quality seam work is reinforced on all stress points to guarantee durable, long-term wear. Suitable for most job applications, construction sites, automotive garages, agriculture, farms, forestry, or general work at home. Quality textile material will withstand industrial laundering. Material is 262 grams (10.5 oz per square yard). Coveralls feature 1 right chest pocket with snap closure, 1 left chest pocket with open top and pencil divider, 2 front waist pockets plus an additional inside pocket, action back waist for greater movement and comfort, 2 back pockets and 1 side pocket on pant leg for ruler/rod, 2 position adjustable snap wrist closures, and a concealed front zipper closure. Also available in tall sizes. Available in sizes 34- 60.

The Highest Level of ChemMAX® 3 Protection Available!

Traffic Vest

This popular solid polyester tear-away Traffic Vest offers 360 degrees if visibility with reflective tape. It features reflective stripes on the front, 2 360 degree reflective bands around waist, and a "X" on the back. Velcro closures on shoulders and front closure allow for more individual sizing and quick safety release.

A700 Series

Features

• Sport temples

• Distortion free

• CSA approved

• Wrap around design

• Soft temples tip pads

• Polycarbonate hardcoat lenses

• Available with clear, grey lenses or silver tint

V-MAXX Goggle

Features

• CSA approved

• Wrap around style

• Adjustable headband

• 180 degrees field of vision

• Fog Ban® anti-fog coated lenses

• Available with direct or indirect ventilation

• Can be worn over most prescription glasses

• Offered with elastic or neoprene headband

WAS-580370

Lime Green Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Small / Medium, 25/Pack

WAS-580371

Lime Green Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Medium / Large, 25/Pack

WAS-580372

Lime Green Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Large / X-Large, 25/Pack

WAS-580373

Orange Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Small / Medium, 25/Pack

WAS-580374

Orange Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Medium / Large, 25/Pack

WAS-580375

Orange Tearaway Traffic Vest, Stripes, 2 Bands Around The Waist, Large / X-Large, 25/Pack

One band vest around the waist also available upon request.

Wrap around safety glasses

Features

• Silver frame

• Coated clear lens

• Molded nose bridge

• Lightweight

• Integrated side shields

• Adjustable side arms

RO-SP-A700

A700 Clear Lens, 10/Box

RO-SP-A704

A700 Silver Tint Lens, 10/Box

RO-SP-A701

A700 Grey Lens, 10/Box

Genesis

Features

• Anti-fog

• CSA approved

• Scratch resistant

• Adjustable temple length

• Lifetime frame guarantee

• Adjustable lens inclination

• Lens replacement available

• Flexible fingers nose bridge

• Polycarbonate wrap around lenses

RO-SP-S3200X

GENESIS Safety Glasses, 10/Box

RO-SP-S6900X Replacement Lens, 10/Box

RO-SP-11250800-B

V-MAXX Goggle Direct Vent / Elastic Headband, 10/Box

RO-SP-11250800-E

V-MAXX Goggle Direct Vent / Elastic Headband, Each

RO-SP-11250810-B

V-MAXX Goggle Indirect Vent / Neoprene Headband, 10/Box

RO-SP-11250810-E

V-MAXX Goggle Indirect Vent / Neoprene Headband, Each

RO-82-350-C

Wrap Around Clear Lens, 144/Case

RO-82-350-B

Wrap Around Clear Lens, 12/Box

Leightening Earmuffs

Features

• Robust steel wire construction

• Replaceable snap in ear cushions

• Padded foam headband

• Telescopic height adjustment

RO-SP-1010922

LEIGHTENING L1 NRR 25, 20/Case

RO-SP-1010923

LEIGHTENING L2 NRR 27, 20/Case

RO-SP-1010924

LEIGHTENING L3 NRR 30, 20/Case

MAX LITE Earplugs

Features

• Expand easily

• Low pressure foam

• Contoured t-shape

• Sized for smaller ear canals

• Available uncorded or corded

• 30 NRR

LASER LITE

Earplugs

Features

• Self adjusting

• Easy insertion

• Vibrant colours

• Countoured t-shap

• Fits every ear canal type

Comfortable Design!

• Available corded or uncorded

• 32 NRR

RO-SP-LPF-1-B

MAX LITE Uncorded, 200 Pairs/Box

RO-SP-LPF-C

MAX LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LPF-30-B

MAX LITE Corded 100, Pairs/Box

RO-SP-LPF-30-C

MAX LITE Corded 1000, Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LL-1-B

LASER LITE Uncorded, 200 Pairs/Box

RO-SP-LL-1-C LASER LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LL-30-B LASER LITE Corded, 100 Pairs/Box

RO-SP-LL-30-C LASER LITE Corded, 1000 Pairs/Case

Ideal for Workshops or Work Spaces!

LEIGHT SOURCE 400

Features

• Holds 400 pairs

• Catch receptacle

• Weight: 1.5 kg (3 lbs)

• Durable plastic design

• Dimensions: 15.2 x 7.48 x 7.67

• Table stand or wall mounted

• Twist knob dispensing mechanism

LEIGHT SOURCE 500

Features

• Holds 500 pairs

• Mounts on wall

• Dimensions: 11.5 x 8.25 x 24

• Weight: 3.85 kg (8.5 lbs)

• Heavy duty anodized aluminum

• Durable crank handle dispensing mechanism

RO-SP-LS-500 LEIGHT SOURCE 500 Refills

RO-SP-LS-400

LEIGHT SOURCE 400

Refills

RO-SP-MAX-LS4

MAX Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LPF-LS4

MAX LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LL-LS4

LASER LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-MTX-1-LS4

MATRIX Orange Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-MAX-1-D MAX Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LPF-1-D MAX LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-LL-1-D LASER LITE Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-MTX-1-OR-D MATRIX Orange Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RO-SP-QD-1-DS

QUIET Uncorded, 2000 Pairs/Case

RONCO N95 Particulate Respirators

Features

Made of polypropylene, latex free, double head straps, soft metal nose piece, adjusts to all facial contours, effective against particulate aerosols, also offered with exhalation valve, 95% filtration efficiency

X-plore 1300 Series

Integrated strap tension adjuster to allow the wearer to fine tune the mask for proper comfort. Continuous looped textile strap allows for a drop down feature around neck when not in use. Two sizes available in all protection levels (N95, N95V, N95V odor, R95, R95V). Comfort nose pad provides additional sealing protection in nose area. Strong, plastic coated nose clip holds its form with minimal spring back memory. Passes European flammability tests.

3M™ Particulate Respirator 8511, N95

Is uniquely designed to help provide protection against certain non-oil based particles. It is ideally suited for work settings that involve heat, humidity, or long periods of wear.

X-plore Twin Filter Respirator System

Features

•NIOSH approved

•Half masks available as no maintenance (3300) or reusable (3500)

•3 sizes (S,M,L) of half masks

•Flexi-Fit harness system is extremely comfortable

•Masks have few parts for low cost and easy maintenance

•Assemblies are light weight

•Full face mask (5500) design based on Panorama 3 sizes (S,M,L) in one mask

•Available with particulate, gas & vapor, or combination cartridges

•Swept back design allows filters to fit under face shield

•Cartridges and filters available for a wide range of industrial applications

•Minimum 4 year shelf life of cartridge

•Expiration dates are stamped on label

X-plore 3300

Economical Half Mask

DR-R55331

Half Mask X-Plore, Limited Use, Small

DR-R55330

Half Mask X-Plore, Limited Use, Medium

DR-R55332

Half Mask X-Plore, Limited Use, Large

DR-3951220

N95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Small / Medium, 20/Box

DR-3951230

N95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Medium /Large, 20/Box

DR-3951221

N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Small /Medium, 10/Box

DR-3951231

N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Medium / Large, 10/Box

DR-3951222

N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, OV Nuisance Odor, Small / Medium, 10/Box

DR-3951232

N95 W/ Exhalation Valve, OV Nuisance Odor, Medium / Large, 10/Box

DR-3951225

R95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Small / Medium, 20/Box

DR-3951235

R95 W/O Exhalation Valve, Medium / Large, 20/Box

DR-3951226

R95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Small / Medium, 10/Box

DR-3951236

R95 W/ Exhalation Valve, Medium / Large, 10/Box

X-plore 3500

Economical Half Mask

DR-R55351

Half Mask X-Plore, Small

DR-R55350

Half Mask X-Plore, Medium

DR-R55352

Half Mask X-Plore, Large

X-plore 5500 Full

Face Mask

DR-R55270

Full Face Mask, X-Plore, Twin Filter System

DR-R56655

Full Face Mask, X-Plore, Twin Filter System

W/ Stainless Steel Lens Frame & Triplex Glass Lens

X-plore Particle Filters

containing solvents

DR-6738012

P100, 22/Box

DR-6738020

N95 Filter Pad, 20/Box

DR-6738021

R95 Filter Pad, 20/Box

DR-6738038 Filter Pad Retainer, 12/Box

(Use To Add N95 Or R95 Filter To Cartridge)

DR-6738039

Filter Pad Base, 12/Box (Combine W/ Filter Pad Retainer To Use As Respirator

Only W/ N95 Or R95 Filters)

DR-6738350

X-Plore Pure P100 Pancake Filter, 20/Box

DR-6738392

X-Plore Pure P100 Pancake Filter W/ OV / AG

Nuisance Odor Protection, 20/Box

DR-6738356

Adapter For Attaching Pure Filters To Gas Cartridges, 10/Box

X-plore Gas & Vapor Cartridges

containing organic solvents

General Industrial Applications

DR-6738024

Organic Vapor, 20/Box

DR-6738025

Organic Vapor / Acid Gas + Formaldehyde, Chlorine Dioxide, Hydrogen Fluoride, 20/Box

DR-6738026

Acid Gas, 20/Box

DR-6738027

Ammonia / Methylamine, 20/Box

DR-6738007

A1B1E1K1 (European Approved, Not NIOSH), 20/Box

DR-6738351

Multi-Gas+ (OV/CL/HC/SD/HF/FM/CD/AM/MA/HS), 20/Box

X-plore Combination Cartridges

DR-6738034

Organic Vapor / P100, 14/Box

DR-6738035

Organic Vapor / Acid Gas / P100 + Formaldehyde, Chlorine Dioxide, Hydrogen Fluoride, 14/Box

DR-6738036

Acid Gas / P100, 14/Box

DR-6738037

Ammonia / Methylamine / P100, 14/Box

DR-6738361

Multi-Gas+ / P100 (OV/CL/HC/SD/HF/FM/CD/AM/MA/HS/P100), 14/Box

3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator 7500 Series, Ultimate Reusable, Small, Medium & Large

3M™ Full Facepiece 6000 Series, Small, Medium & Large

Use with 3M™ Filters 2000 Series, 3M™ Filter 7093, P100, 3M™ Cartridges 6000 Series, or 3M™ Dual Airline Systems against a variety of gases, vapours and particulate hazards according to NIOSH approvals.

This Half Facepiece was designed with the wearer in mind. Its soft sealing surface, along with a uniquely designed, 3M™ Cool Flow™ Exhalation Valve, enhances wearer comfort and face fit.

7501

3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator, Small, Each

7502

3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator, Medium, Each

7503

3M™ Half Facepiece Respirator, Large, Each

3M™ Powerflow™ Face-Mounted Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR)

This respirator is a lightweight, face-mounted Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) It uses a single high efficiency filter for protection against dusts, mists, fumes and radionuclides, making it ideal for lead, asbestos and other hazardous particulates.

6700 3M™ Full Face Mask, Small, Each

6800

3M™ Full Face Mask, Medium, Each 6900

3M™ Full Face Mask, Large, Each

3M™

Cartridges 6001, 6002,

6003,

6004 & 6005

NIOSH approved. Use with 3M™ Half and Full Facepieces 6000 Series and 3M™ Half and Full Facepieces 7000 Series with bayonet style cartridge holders. Sold per pair.

6800PF

3M™ Powerflow™, Medium, Each

6900PF

3M™ Powerflow™, Large,Each

3M™ High Efficiency Filter 450-01-01R20

Used on 3M™ Powerflow™ Systems for protection against high efficiency particulates.

3M™ Particulate Filter 7093, P100

NIOSH approved for environments containing certain oil and non-oil based particles. Use with 3M™ Respirators 5000 Series or 3M™ Cartridges

Series with 3M™ Adapter 502, 3M™ Facepieces 6000 Series, or 3M™ Facepieces 7000 Series with bayonet filter holders.

Eye Wash Stations

Pure Flow 1000®

Features

• Fluid reservoir

• Colour: green

• Constant flow rate

• Single bracket mounting system

• Self contained

• Easy to activate

• No plumbing required

•Easy cartridge replacement

RO-SP-32-001000-0000

Pure Flow 1000®, English & French

RO-SP-32-001050-0020

Pure Flow 1000® Cartridge

A79 Hard Hat

This Hard Hat features a rain trough, HDPE shell, slots for accessories, 4 point suspension (with 3 levels for height adjustment), and the adjustment is a pin lock. ANSI Type 1 Class E certified. This hard hat weighs 10.4 oz.

WAS-A79001

White A79 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79004

Dark Green A79 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79002

Yellow A79 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79003

Orange A79 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79005

Hi-Viz Orange A79 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79015

Red A79 Hard Hat, Each

A79 Ratchet Hard Hat

This Hard Hat features a rain trough, HDPE shell, slots for accessories, 4 point suspension (with 3 levels for height adjustment), and the adjustment is a ratchet. This ratchet adjustment offers a tighter, more comfortable fit. ANSI Type 1 Class E certified. This hard hat weighs 11.6 oz.

WAS-A79R01

White A79 Ratchet Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79R02

Yellow A79 Ratchet Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79R03

Orange A79 Ratchet Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79R04

Dark Green Ratchet Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A79R05

Hi-Viz Orange Ratchet Hard Hat, Each

Porta Stream II®

Features

• Portable

• Self contained

• Colour: green

• 6 litre capacity

• Fluid flushing options

• 15 minutes flow cycle

Flash Flood®

• Sturdy molded construction

• Easy to use full flow nozzles straps

Features

• Portable

• Light weight

• Dual nozzle

• Colour: green

• Efficient full flow nozzles

• Quick change cartridges

• Sturdy molded construction

RO-SP-32-000200-0020

Porta Stream II®, English & French W/ 180 oz Eyesaline Solution

RO-SP-32-000513-0020

Porta Stream II® 180 oz Eyesaline Concentrate, 4/Case

A89 Hard Hat

RO-SP-32-000400-0000

Flash Flood®, English & French W/ 1 Gallon Eyesaline Solution

RO-SP-32-000401-0020

Flash Flood® Cartridge Refill, English

RO-SP-32-000401-0022

Flash Flood® Cartridge Refill, French

This Hard Hat features a rain trough, HDPE shell, slots for accessories, foam liner, 4 point suspension (with 3 levels for height adjustment), and the adjustment is a quick fit adjustment with forehead comfort band and crown pad. CSA and ANSI Type II Class E certified. This hard hat weighs 14.7 oz.

WAS-A89001

White A89 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A89004

Dark Green A89 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A89002

Yellow A89 Hard Hat, Each

WAS-A89003

Orange A89 Hard Hat, Each

Ratchet Take-Up Headgear

This headgear features a 4" protective sparkguard and a fully adjustable crown strap. The crown strap has a ratchet type suspension for easy personal adjustment. Adjustment components located at both sides of the crown allow the window to be raised and held at a desired position. The pivoting guard allows the visor to lift up when not in use. The added feature of a universal locking cam system allows most visors to securely attach to the headgear. Faceshields are sold separately.

WAS-244065

Ratchet Take-Up Headgear, Each

WAS-244030

Hi-Heat Ratchet Take-Up Headgear, Each

WAS-244041 Headgear, Visor & Chin Guard, Each

Flat & Formed Faceshields

Molded from high strength polycarbonate or PCTG, these faceshields are your first choice for protection. Faceshields lock into place with swivel type locks that provide frontal and lateral protection. Flat faceshields are available with variable thicknesses of .040" and .060".

It is always recommended that safety glasses be worn as a secondary form of protection.

WAS-243700

8" x 15.5" x .040", Clear, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each

WAS-243720

8" x 15.5" x .040", Medium Green, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each

WAS-243710

10" x 15.5" x .040", Clear, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each

WAS-243750

9" x 18.25" x .040", Clear, PCTG, Flat Faceshield, Each

WAS-243990

8" x 15.5" x .040", Clear, Polycarbonate, Flat Faceshield, Each

WAS-244000

8" x 15.5" x .060", Clear, Polycarbonate, Flat Faceshield, Each

WAS-243960

8" x 15.5" x .060", Clear, Polypropionate, Formed Faceshield, Each

2" x 4" Welding Helmet & Accessories

This Welding Helmet delivers the desired strength, flexibility, and safety with the minimum weight possible. It has a seamless one-piece construction, and is balanced with a ratchet headgear and a four-position adjustment for maximum comfort. Replacement parts and lenses are available.

WAS-231950

Hiderok Helmet W/ 2" x 4", Shade 11, Flip Front, Each

WAS-231980

Replacement Flip Front Assembly For WAS-231950, Each

WAS-232010

Replacement Ratchet Headgear For WAS-231950, Each

WAS-232050

2" x 4" Lens Spring For WAS-231950, Each

Anti-Fog/Anti-Static Lens Cleaning Towelettes

Pre-moistened towelettes used for cleaning eye glasses, protective faceshields, goggles, welding helmets, computer screens, mirrors, etc.

WAS-200200

Anti-Fog / Anti-Static Lens Cleaning Towelettes, 100/Box

Disposable Lens Cleaning Station

Lens Cleaning Stations are important for workplaces where protective eyewear is required. All stations are wall mountable for convenient and easy access.

WAS-200000 Disposable Lens Cleaning Station W/ 1 250 ml Lens Cleaner & 2 Boxes of Tissues, Each

WAS-200500 Large Disposable Lens Cleaning Station W/ 1 500 ml Lens Cleaner & 4 Boxes of Tissues, Each

Be like Ellie...

BETTER SAFE THAN SORRY!

Full Body Harness

These Full Body Harnesses feature polyester webbing for greater resistance to chemicals. The universal style is user friendly and meets or exceeds CSA, ANSI, and OHSA standards. These harnesses are priced right to satisfy your safety needs.

Technical Data

Usage: Dorsal D-ring attachment for fall arrest; side D-ring for work positioning

Webbing: Polyester 4.5 cm (1.75") wide

Minimum tensile strength: 22.2 kn (5000 lbs)

Hardware: Stamped D-ring and Quick Connect Buckles (alloy steel), minimum breaking strength of 22.2 kn (5000 lbs), D-ring 100% proof loaded to 16 kn (3600 lbs) certified to ANSI Z359.1 and CSA Z259.12. All other hardware meets or exceeds ANSI Z359.1 and CSA Z259.12-00 requirements

Weight: 0.52 kg (1.15 lbs) - 1.33 kg (2.95 lbs)

Attachment D-Ring Opening: 6.2 cm (2 7/16")

First Aid Kits

Thickness: 4 mm (.185")

Capacity: 140 kg (310 lbs) (combined weight of person, tools, clothing, etc)

Maximum Arresting Load: 8 kn (1800 lbs)

Number of Workers: 1

Operating Temperature: -35°C to 35°C (-31°F to 95°F)

WAS-N698-1DP Lightweight Polyester Full Body Harness, Universal Size, Large Back D-ring, Each

WAS-N698/1DPXL

Lightweight Polyester Full Body Harness, X-Large Size, Large Back D-ring, Each

Traffic Cones

Available in various sizes, these one-piece durable hi-viz PVC are ideal for preventing accidents, marking hazardous areas to avoid, or for use in parking lots, at sporting events, and other areas where traffic direction is necessary.

WAS-610040

6" Traffic Cone, .25 lbs, Each

WAS-610060

28" Traffic Cone, 7 lbs, Each

WAS-610065

28" Traffic Cone, 12 lbs, Each

WAS-61006C1

28" Traffic Cone W/ 4" Collar, 7 lbs, Each

WAS-610070

12" Traffic Cone, 1.5 lbs, Each

WAS-F84VP100

Vehicle P10 Kit, Each

WAS-F84VP10D

Deluxe Vehicle P10 Kit, Each

WAS-F841N260

Industrial Nylon Kit, Each

WAS-F841P240

Industrial P24 Kit, Each

WAS-F841P360

Industrial P36 Kit, Each

WAS-610080

18" Traffic Cone, 3lbs, Each

WAS-61008C1

18" Traffic Cone W/ 4" Collar, 3 lbs, Each

WAS-006720

4" Traffic Cone Collar, Each

WAS-006726

6" Traffic Cone Collar, Each

Might Sonic Airhorn

This lightweight, portable, long-lasting Safety Horn, with push-button operation, is built for reliability, and is totally independent of any other power souce. It delivers a 120 dB blast at 10 ft and is 100% ozone-safe and non-flammable!

WAS-630000

Mighty Sonic Airhorn, Each

WAS-630002

Refill, Each

Sound 911 Horn

It is recommended for emergency signaling in plants and offices and is also ideal for personal use and protection. It will blast 112 dB at 10 ft and is carried on its own clip for belt or bag and can travel with you.

WAS-630001

Sound 911 Horn, Each

WAS-630003

Refill, 2/Pack

Keep Up to Date with Books! Books! ... & more Books!

Environmental Sampling & Analysis for Technicians

Maria Csuros / Pensacola Junior College, Florida

It provides an overview of the occurrence, source, and fate of toxic pollutants, as well as their control by regulations and standards. Environmental Sampling and Analysis for Technicians is an excellent introductory text for laboratory training classes, namely those teaching inorganic nonmetals, metals, and trace organic pollutants and their detection in environmental samples.

LB-C0534

Environmental Sampling & Analysis For Technicians, 1st Edition, 1994, 336 Pages

Environmental Sampling & Analysis Laboratory Manual

Maria Csuros / Pensacola Junior College, Florida

Environmental Engineers’ Handbook

Edited

by David H.F. Liu / Handbook Editor Bela G. Liptak

Protecting the global environment is a single-minded goal for all of us. Environmental engineers take this goal to task, meeting the needs of society with technical innovations. Revised, expanded, and fully updated to meet the needs of today's engineer working in industry or the public sector, the Environmental Engineers' Handbook, Second Edition is a single source of current information. It covers in depth the interrelated factors and principles that affect our environment and how we have dealt with them in the past, are dealing with them today, and how we will deal with them in the future. This stellar reference addresses the ongoing global transition in cleaning up the remains of abandoned technology, the prevention of pollution created by existing technology, and the design of future zero emission technology.

LB-L2204

Environmental Engineers’ Handbook, 2nd Edition, 1997, 1454 Pages

Environmental Sampling & Analysis for Metals

Maria Csuros / Pensacola Junior College, Florida

The book provides both theoretical and practical applications in metals analysis of environmental samples and incorporates the latest in analytical techniques, instrumentation, and regulations. Topics include sample collection, preservation, step-by-step analytical procedures, complete QA/QC requirements, data validation, and more. It also provides an overview of the occurrence, source, and fate of metallic substances in the environment, as well as their control by regulations and standards.

Compilation of EPA’s Sampling & Analysis Methods

edited by L. Keith

Environmental Sampling & Analysis Laboratory Manual is perfect for college and graduate students learning laboratory practices, as well as consultants and regulators who make evaluations and quality control decisions. Anyone performing laboratory procedures in an environmental lab will appreciate this unique and valuable text.

Each analyte/method summary contains all of the information required to stand alone as a reference. Thus, in addition to a brief summary of each method, descriptions include required instrumentation, interferences, sampling containers, preservation techniques, maximum holding times, detection levels, accuracy, precision, quality control requirements, EPA reference, and, when available, EPA contacts with phone numbers. Each summarized report is a "stand-alone" document.

LB-K2017

Compilation Of EPA’s Sampling & Analysis Methods, 2nd Edition, 1996, 1696 Pages

LB-X5953 Environmental Sampling & Analysis For Metals, 1st Edition, 2002, 408 Pages

Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook

Don Green and Robert Perry

Measure for Measure

Richard A. Young and Thomas Glover

Do you need metric conversion help? Look no more, you just found the Conversion Factor Handbook. Over 39,000 conversions for over 5,100 different units. Values in both standard and scientific notation. Thousands of foreign and ancient conversion factors. Accurate to 8 significant figures.

Measure For Measure, 864 Pages

First published in 1934, Perry's Chemical Engineers' Handbook has equipped generations of engineers and chemists with an expert source of chemical engineering information and data. Filled with over 700 detailed illustrations, featuring:

•Comprehensive tables and charts for unit conversion

•A greatly expanded section on physical and chemical data

•New to this edition: the latest advances in distillation, liquid-liquid extraction, reactor modeling, biological processes, biochemical and membrane separation processes, and chemical plant safety practices with accident case histories

•Conversion Factors and Mathematical Symbols

•Physical and Chemical Data

•Mathematics

•Thermodynamics

•Heat and Mass Transfer

•Fluid and Particle Dynamics Reaction Kinetics

•Process Control

•Process Economics

•Transport and Storage of Fluids

•Heat Transfer Equipment

•Psychrometry, Evaporative Cooling, and Solids Drying

•Distillation

•Gas Absorption and Gas-Liquid System Design

•Liquid-Liquid Extraction Operations and Equipment

•Adsorption and Ion Exchange

•Gas-Solid Operations and Equipment

•Liquid-Solid Operations and Equipment

•Solid-Solid Operations and Equipment

•Size Reduction and Size Enlargement

•Handling of Bulk Solids and Packaging of Solids and Liquids

•Alternative Separation Processes

•And Many Other Topics!

Reference Books

Mechanical Engineer’s Handbook

Dan B. Marghitu, Auburn University, Alabama USA

Handbook of Civil Engineering Calculations

Tyler G. Hicks, PE is a consulting engineer and a successful engineering book author. He has worked in plant design and operation in a variety of industries, taught at several engineering schools, and lectured both in the USA and abroad. He holds a bachelor's degree in Mechanical Engineering from Cooper Union School of Engineering in New York. The author of over 20 books in engineering and related fields.

Standard Methods for the Examination of Water &

Wastewater

Andrew Eaton, Lenore Clesceri

Includes methods detailing analysis of water and wastewater approved by EPA.

With over 1000 pages, 550 illustrations, and 26 tables the Mechanical Engineer's Handbook is very comprehensive, yet affordable, compact, and durable. The Handbook covers all major areas of mechanical engineering with succinct coverage of the definitions, formulas, examples, theory, proofs, and explanations of all principle subject areas. The Handbook is an essential, practical companion for all mechanical engineering students with core coverage of nearly all relevant courses included. Also, anyone preparing for the engineering licensing examinations will find this handbook to be an invaluable aid. Useful analytical techniques provide the student and practicing engineer with powerful tools for mechanical design.

This book is designed to be a portable reference with a depth of coverage not found in "pocketbooks" of formulas and definitions and without the verbosity, high price, and excessive size of the huge encyclopedic handbooks. If an engineer needs a quick reference for a wide array of information, yet does not have a full library of textbooks or does not want to spend the extra time and effort necessary to search and carry a six pound handbook, this book is for them.

•Is comprehensive, yet affordable, compact, and durable with strong 'flexible' binding

•Possesses a true handbook 'feel' in size and design with a full colour cover, thumb index, cross-references and useful printed endpapers

EA-353 Standard Methods For The Examination Of Water And Wastewater, 21st Edition, 2005

LB-5443 Mechanical Engineer’s Handbook, Academic Press, 1st edition, 2001, 880 Pages

LB-HN230 Handbook Of Civil Engineering Calculations, 2nd Edition, Mcgraw Hill, 840 Pages

Tyler Hicks, PE, McGraw Hill

LB-PP091 Perry’s Chemical Engineers’ Handbook, McGraw Hill, 8th Edition, 2400 Pages

SE-1-889796-00-X

The Engineering Handbook

Edited by Richard C. Dorf / University of California Davis

With a unique cross-section of engineering fields, The Engineering Handbook provides access to information in areas within, and outside, particular areas of specialization.  The modern engineer will have information readily accessible – ranging from aerospace engineering and circuits to environmental systems and coastal engineering.  This authoritative resource unifies diverse, separate information into one volume featuring 30 sections organized by topic, 211 chapters more than 1,500 definitions of engineering terms, and more than 1,000 illustrations.

•Calculations of Water Quality Assessment and Control

•Solid Waste Calculations

•Air Pollution Control Calculations

•Air Toxic Risk Assessment

•Fuel Cell Technologies.

•Each summarized report is a "stand-alone" document.

Pocket Reference, 3rd Edition

Thomas Glover

Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations

C.C Lee, Shun Dar Lin

The only hands-on reference of its kind, the Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations equips you with step-by-step calculation procedures covering virtually every aspect of environmental engineering. Designed to give you quick access to essential information, the updated Second Edition of this unique guide now presents the latest methods for solving a wide range of specific problems, together with worked-out examples that include numerical results for the calculations. Filled with 200 helpful illustrations, featuring:

•Hundreds of detailed examples and calculations with fully illustrated steps

•Calculations covering every aspect of environmental engineering

•Both SI and U.S. customary units presented throughout

•New to this edition: new sections on fuel cells and air toxic risk assessment inside This State-of-the-Art Environmental Engineering Toolkit

•Calculations of Water Quality Assessment and Control

•Solid Waste Calculations

•Air Pollution Control Calculations

•Air Toxic Risk Assessment

•Fuel Cell Technologies. Each summarized report is a "standalone" document

LB-LX809 Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 1000 Pages

The Civil Engineering Handbook

W.F. Chen, J.Y. Richard Liew, University of Hawaii, Honolulu

You'll use it as a survey of the field, you'll use it to explore a particular subject, but most of all you'll use The Civil Engineering Handbook to answer the problems, questions, and conundrums you encounter in practice.

Everything you need to know, right in your pocket! Automotive, carpentry, construction, electronics, electrical, first aid, glues, solvents, mine, mill, weights, properties of materials, chemistry, physics, state and world wide area codes, rope & chain, weather, geology, science, math over 3500 conversion factors and much more. Over 200 new pages and virtually thousands of updates.

SE-1-885071-00-0

Pocket Reference, 3rd Edition, 768 Pages

Handbook of Chemistry and Physics 91st Edition

William Haynes, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Boulder, Col

LB-C5670

The Civil Engineering Handbook, CRC Press 2nd Edition, 2003, 2904 Pages

The contents of the Handbook of Chemistry and Physics are basic constants, units, and conversion factors, symbols, terminology, and nomenclature, physical constants of organic compounds properties of the elements and inorganic compounds, thermochemistry, electrochemistry, and kinetics, fluid properties, biochemistry, analytical chemistry, molecular structure and spectroscopy, atomic, molecular, and optical physics, nuclear and particle physics, properties of solids, polymer properties, geophysics, astronomy, and acoustics, practical laboratory data, health and safety information, mathematical tables and index.

LB-D9391

The Engineering Handbook, CRC Press, 2nd Edition, 3080 Pages

LB-LS452 Handbook of Chemistry And Physics, 2010, 2800 Pages

Fundamentals of Environmental Engineering

Danny D. Reible / Lousiana State University, Baton Rouge

Remediation Petroleum Contaminated Soils Biological, Physical, and Chemical Processes, Edited by Eve

Riser-Roberts Microbiologist

Fundamentals of Environmental Engineering provides a focus on the chemistry of environmental engineering.  Written from a fundamentals approach, this text offers an introduction to environmental pollutants, basic engineering principles, and their applications to the understanding of key problems in air, water, and soil pollution.

LB-R3519

Fundamentals Of Environmental Engineering, October 1998, 544 Pages

Site Assessment & Remediation Handbook, 2nd edition

This book combines the results of current research with essential background material to provide complete, in-depth coverage of every aspect of in situ and ex situ bioremediation, as well as an extensive overview of the physical and chemical processes currently available for treating petroleum-contaminated soils. Critical information has been collected and assembled under one cover to provide a convenient reference for anyone who must contend with this worldwide problem. Remediation of Petroleum Contaminated Soils: Biological, Physical, and Chemical Processes describes how to optimize the biodegradation of petroleum hydrocarbons in soil-water systems. It reports on the susceptibility of various petroleum components to biodegradation by microorganisms, and considers all groups microorganisms for their potential contributions. The book also covers problems areas such as the transport of organisms, oxygen, or nutrients throughout the subsurface, and biodegradation of polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) and nonaqueous phase liquids (NAPLs). In addition, the book presents methods for monitoring bioremediation. This reference covers current soil remediation processes and includes many innovative approaches. It also investigates means of controlling volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and leachate, and addresses methods for collecting and treating these secondary waste streams. The expansive coverage of this book will furnish readers with a wide range of options for developing treatment strategies and for customizing procedures for specific requirements.

Environmental Site Assessment Phase I: A Basic Guide; 3rd Edition

Building on the benchmark established by the first edition, the second edition provides coverage of new procedures and technologies for an expanded range of site assessments. This definitive book integrates ASTM standards and links them to the practice of site investigations. It introduces sections on statistical techniques for ground water monitoring and remediation programs, including information that can provide a defensible basis for determining whether to continue or end a remedial treatment program. A new chapter on natural attenuation reflects the incorporation of this approach into several state-level remediation programs.

Environmental Site Assessment Phase 1, Third Edition provides a valuable guide to the techniques of performing Phase 1 site assessment. Promoting a better understanding of the rationale and processes necessary to protect those stakeholders associated with a property, this book describes the latest methods used by leaders in the industry and emphasizes the development of an easy-to-follow investigative strategy for performing in-house assessments. Equally informative as an introduction for those new to the field and as a quick reference guide for experienced practitioners, this Third Edition reviews investigative tools mandated by the Rule, as well as many that are not. It presents the recommended searches pertaining to petroleum and petroleum product concerns as covered by the Standard, and expands on the hazards associated with construction. The author reviews the legal issues involved in the purchase of property and an historic overview provides context and a sense of the evolution of the field. The book describes investigations of the physical setting, historic usage, property and area reconnaissance, building materials, and industrial activities associated with a property. It also gives tips on interviewing, lists regulatory agencies, and considers special resources such as wetlands and buildings with historical value.

Air Quality 3rd Edition

Thad Godish / Ball State University, Muncie, Indiana

While earlier editions of this best-selling work have become standard texts for students and professionals alike, both the science and the practice of air quality management continue to evolve.  Air Quality Third Edition includes all the new issues and challenges, as well as updated coverage of all the familiar concerns of environmental professionals. This is a complete overview of the topic, written in an accessible, highly readable style by a respected expert in the field.

LB-G2082

Air Quality, 3rd Edition,1997, 464 Pages

LB-R2382 Remediation Of Petroleum Contaminated Soils, 1998, 576 Pages

Kathleen Hess-Kosa / OMEGA Southwest Environmental Consulting, Canyon Lake, Texas

LB-HH291 Environmental Site Assessment Phase I: A Basic Guide; 3rd Edition, 2008, 312 Pages

LB-X6693 Site Assessment And Remediation Handbook, 2nd Edition, 1160 Pages

Martin N. Sara, CRC Press

Activated Carbon Surfaces in Environmental Remediation

Teresa Bandosz, City College of New York

Activated Carbon Surfaces in Environmental Remediation provides a comprehensive summary of the environmental applications of activated carbons. In order to understand the removal of contaminants and pollutants on activated carbons, the theoretical bases of adsorption phenomena are discussed. The effects of pore structure and surface chemistry are also addressed from both science and engineering perspectives. Each chapter provides examples of real applications with an emphasis on the role of the carbon surface in adsorption or reactive adsorption. The practical aspects addressed in this book cover the broad spectrum of applications from air and water cleaning and energy storage to warfare gas removal and biomedical applications.

This book can serve as a handbook or reference book for graduate students, researchers and practitioners with an interest in filtration, water treatment, adsorbents and air cleaning, in addition to environmental policies and regulations.

• Addresses fundamental carbon science and how it relates to applications of carbon surfaces

• Describes the broad spectrum of activated carbon applications in environmental remediation

• Serves as a handbook or reference book for graduate students, researchers and practitioners

LB-BS002

Activated Carbon Surfaces In Environmental Remediation, 1st Edition, 2006, 588 Pages

Practical Design Calculations For Groundwater

& Soil Remediation

Jih-Fen Kuo; California state University, Fullerton

Practical Design Calculations For Groundwater and Soil Remediation covers important aspects of design calculations for soil and groundwater remediation. Written in a “cookbook style” this easy to read handbook will prove a useful guide for environmental engineers and scientists employed by industries, consulting companies, and regulatory agencies.

Environmental Sampling For Unknowns

Environmental Sampling for Unknowns covers modern approaches to indoor and outdoor environmental sampling, with an emphasis on identifying unknown substances. In those cases where no established government protocols exist for sampling and analysis, the author details approaches that have been used successfully by researchers and commercial laboratories.  Readers can then choose the method most suitable for their particular task.

The Handbook of Groundwater Engineering

Jacques W. Delleur / Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana

Provides a complete treatment of the theory and practice of groundwater engineering. This second edition includes new chapters on such topics as historical developments, infiltration and run-on under spatially variable hydrologic properties, sea water intrusion into coastal aquifers, groundwater and heat flow, groundwater model validation, scale issues, groundwater sustainability, the impact of climate change, and ecohydrology. It also contains updated chapters on elementary groundwater flow, transport processes, two- and three-dimensional flow, modeling the movement of water and solute through preferential flow paths, geostatistics, and more.

LB-DP763

The Handbook Of Groundwater Engineering, 2007, 1320 Pages

Nitrates in Groundwater

Larry W.Canter / University of California, Norman

•Features a summary of a national survey on NO3 in groundwater, providing easy access to important data

•Detailed discussion of transport and fate processes, highlighting crucial factors.

•An explanation of aquifer vulnerability mapping techniques, bringing you up to date quickly

•A nitrates pollution index, beneficial in prevention planning and remediation

•Illustrative case studies, clearly demonstrating the influence of many variables

LB-K2712

Practical Design Calculations For Groundwater And Soil Remediation, 1999, 288 Pages (Print On Demand Title)

Kathleen Hess / Omega Southwest Environmental Consulting, Georgetown, Texas

LB-L2746 Environmental Sampling For Unknowns, CRC Press, 1996, 320 Pages

LB-C5059

Nitrates In Groundwater, 1996, 288 Pages

Handbook of Environmental Analysis (Chemical, Pollutants in Air, Water, Soil, and Solid Wastes)

Pradyot Patnaik; Laboratory of Environmental Chemistry / Interstate Sanitation Commission, States Island, New York

Environmental Geochemistry of Potentially Toxic Metals

Frederic R. Siegel, Georg Washington University, Washington, DC

Principles of Contaminant Hydrogeology / Second Edition

Christopher M. Palmer / Consulting Hydrogeologist, San Jose California

Serving as both a reference and a textbook, Handbook of Environmental Analysis is the first exhaustive treatment of the analysis of toxic pollutants in the environment. Areas addressed are ambient air, groundwater, surface water, industrial waste water, sediments and soils.

LB-P1831

Handbook Of Environmental Analysis, 1997, 608 Pages

Quantitative Solutions in Hydrogeology & Groundwater Modeling

Neven Kresic, CRC Press

The book focuses on heavy metals that have damaged the ecosystem Earth and its life forms. It characterizes natural and anthropogenic sources of pollutants, identifies physical, chemical and biological conditions that affect their ecosystem mobility. The book describes the pathways by which potentially toxic metals can access and concentrate to toxic levels in organisms. The text reviews the different environmental assessment, monitoring samples and analytical techniques used to determine how sample types bond the metals and hence affect their bioavailibility and bioaccumulation. Consideration is given to existing remediation methodologies and those being researched. Finally, the book emphasizes how pre-planning during project studies can result in the incorporation of technologies that will prevent or at least greatly alleviate the release of toxic metals to our living environment.

LB-X2791 Environmental Geochemisty Of Potentially Toxic Metals, 1st Edition, 2002, 218 Pages

Quantitative

Solutions

in Hydrogeology and

Groundwater Modeling addresses and solves a variety of questions and problems from hydrogeological practice. It includes major aspects of quantitative groundwater evaluation, from basic laboratory determination of hydrogeological parameters to complex analytical calculations and modeling for engineering purposes. No other book offers the carefully selected examples and clear, elegantly explained solutions, and no other book presents topics in logical order from simple to complex.

LB-KU405

Quantitative Solutions In Hydrogeology And Groundwater Modeling, CRC Press, 2007, 828 Pages

LB-A3450

This second edition features new and expanded coverage of contaminant hydrogeologic investigations.  It presents a practical approach to completing investigations for environmental compliance, emphasizing the use of geologic principles in assessment to move sites toward cleanup.  Stressing the basics of collecting data that can withstand regulatory scrutiny and achieve remediation, Principles of Contaminant Hydrogeology, Second Edition demonstrates how to solve a client’s site contamination problem while maximizing cost effectiveness. It focuses on small-and medium-sized firms, for which speed, accuracy, and cost, are all crucial factors in the site assessment and closure process.

LB-P1606

Principles Of Contamination Hydrogeology, 1996, 256 Pages

Biodegradation & Bioremediation

Martin Alexander, Academic Press

Biodegradation has been the subject of active concern for the past 40 years. Recently, the field has expanded to encom-pass a wide variety of chemicals, a broad array of issues, and the development of the new bioremediation industry. This book presents the basic principles of biodegradation and shows how these principles relate to bioremediation. Authored by a world-renowned environmental microbiologist, Biodegradation and Bioreme-diation presents microbiological, chemical, toxicological, environmental, engineering, and technological aspects of the subject.

Biodegradation And Bioremediation, Academic Pressl, 2nd Edition, 453 Pages

Wastewater Engineering: Treatment & Reuse

George Tchobanoglous, Franklin L. Burton, McGraw Hill

Water and Wastewater Engineering: Design Principles and Practices

Mackenzie L. Davis, McGraw Hill

Wastewater Engineering: Treatment and Reuse, 4th edition is a thorough update of McGraw-Hill's authoritative book on wastewater treatment. No environmental engineering professional or civil or and environmental engineering major should be without a copy of this book. It describes the technological and regulatory changes that have occurred over the last ten years in this discipline including: improved techniques for the characterization of wastewaters; improved fundamental understanding of many of the existing unit operations and processes used for wastewater treatment, especially those processes used for the biological removal of nutrients; greater implementation of several newer treatment technologies (e.g., UV disinfection, membrane filtration, and heat drying); greater concern for the long term health and environmental impacts of wastewater constituents; greater emphasis on advanced wastewater treatment and risk assessment for water reuse applications; changes in regulations and the development of new technologies for wastewater disinfection; and new regulations governing the treatment, reuse, and disposal of sludge (biosolids). Greater concern for infrastructure renewal including upgrading the design and performance of wastewater treatment plants. This revision contains a strong focus on advanced wastewater treatment technologies and stresses the reuse aspects of wastewater and biosolids.

This authoritative volume offers comprehensive coverage of the design and construction of municipal water and wastewater facilities. The book addresses water treatment in detail, following the flow of water through the unit processes of coagulation, flocculation, softening, sedimentation, filtration, disinfection, and residuals management. Each stage of wastewater treatment—preliminary, primary, secondary, and tertiary—is examined along with residuals management. Water and Wastewater Engineering contains more than 100 example problems, 500 end-ofchapter problems, and 300 illustrations. Safety issues and operation and maintenance procedures are also discussed in this definitive resource.

Coverage includes:

Intake structures and wells; Chemical handling and storage; Coagulation and flocculation; Lime soda and ion exchange softening; Reverse osmosis and nanofiltration; Sedimentation; Granular and membrane filtration; Disinfection and fluoridation; Removal of specific constituents; Drinking water plant residuals management, process selection, and integration;Storage and distribution systems; Wastewater collection and treatment design considerations; Sanitary sewer design; Headworks and pre-liminary treatment; Primary treatment; Waste-water microbiology; Secondary treatment by suspended and attached growth biological processes; Secondary settling, disinfection, and post aeration; Tertiary treatment; Wastewater plant residuals management; Clean water plant process selection and integration.

LB-T4527

Wastewater Engineering: Treatment And Reuse, McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 1848 Pages

LB-DGE75 Water And Wastewater Engineering: Design Principles and Practices, McGraw Hill, 1st Edition, 2010, 1296 Pages

Polyester Felt Filter Bags

1PE-1-P1SHPE-1-P2SHPE-1-P3SHPE-1-P4SH

5PE-5-P1SHPE-5-P2SHPE-5-P3SHPE-5-P4SH

10PE-10-P1SHPE-10-P2SHPE-10-P3SHPE-10-P4SH

25PE-25-P1SHPE-25-P2SHPE-25-P3SHPE-25-P4SH

50PE-50-P1SHPE-50-P2SHPE-50-P3SHPE-50-P4SH

100PE-100-P1SHPE-100-P2SHPE-100-P3SHPE-100-P4SH

200PE-200-P1SHPE-200-P2SHPE-200-P3SHPE-200-P4SH

Polypropylene Felt Filter Bags

1PO-1-P1SHPO-1-P2SHPO-1-P3SHPO-1-P4SH

3PO-3-P1SHPO-3-P2SHPO-3-P3SHPO-3-P3SH

5PO-5-P1SHPO-5-P2SHPO-5-P3SHPO-5-P4SH

10PO-10-P1SHPO-10-P2SHPO-10-P3SHPO-10-P4SH

25PO-25-P1SHPO-25-P2SHPO-25-P3SHPO-25-P4SH

50PO-50-P1SHPO-50-P2SHPO-50-P3SHPO-50-P4SH

100 PO-100-P1SHPO-100-P2SHPO-100-P3SHPO-100-P4SH

200PO-200-P1SHPO-200-P2SHPO-200-P3SHPO-200-P4SH

MicronSIZE

50NMO-50-P1SHNMO-50-P2SHNMO-50-P3SHNMO-50-P4SH 75NMO-75-P1SHNMO-75-P2SHNMO-75-P3SHNMO-75-P4SH 100NMO-100-P1SHNMO-100-P2SHNMO-100-P3SHNMO-100-P4SH 150NMO-150-P1SHNMO-150-P2SHNMO-150-P3SHNMO-150-P4SH 200NMO-200-P1SHNMO-200-P2SHNMO-200-P3SHNMO-200-P4SH 250 NMO-250-P1SHNMO-250-P2SHNMO-250-P3SHNMO-250-P4SH 300NMO-300-P1SHNMO-300-P2SHNMO-300-P3SHNMO-300-P4SH 400 NMO-400-P1SHNMO-400-P2SHNMO-400-P3SHNMO-400-P4SH 500NMO-500-P1SHNMO-500-P2SHNMO-500-P3SHNMO-500-P4SH 600NMO-600-P1SHNMO-600-P2SHNMO-600-P3SHNMO-600-P4SH 800NMO-800-P1SHNMO-800-P2SHNMO-800-P3SHNMO-800-P4SH

Polyester Multifilament Mesh Filter Bags

MicronSIZE 1 SIZE 2 SIZE 3 SIZE 4 Size Part # Part # Part # Part# 100PEM-100-P1SHPEM-100-P2SHPEM-100-P3SHPEM-100-P4SH 150PEM-150-P1SHPEM-150-P2SHPEM-150-P3SHPEM-150-P4SH 200PEM-200-P1SHPEM-200-P2SHPEM-200-P3SHPEM-200-P4SH 250PEM-250-P1SHPEM-250-P2SHPEM-250-P3SHPEM-250-P4SH 300PEM-300-P1SHPEM-300-P2SHPEM-300-P3SHPEM-300-P4SH 400 PEM-400-P1SHPEM-400-P2SHPEM-400-P3SHPEM-400-P4SH 600PEM-600-P1SHPEM-600-P2SHPEM-600-P3SHPEM-600-P4SH 800 PEM-800-P1SHPEM-800-P2SHPEM-800-P3SHPEM-800-P4SH

Nylon Monofilament Mesh Filter Bags

Nylon Monofilament Polyester Multifilament

Polyester and Polypropylene Felt

Determine the types of contaminants to be removed

Select the micron size of the bag according to the size of the particles to be filtered out

Flow rate, Pressure & Temperature

Choose filter according to flow rate, pressure and temperature of the system

Chemical Compatability and Viscosity

Base final selection of the filter on chemical compatability and viscosity of the influent

Determine if single stage or multi stage filtration needed

Base final selection on type of liquid to be filtered

Typical Particle Size Ranges

Customize your Filter Bags

Liquid Filter Selection

Liquid Filter Selection

Polyester

Polypropylene

Nylon

Filter Bag Viscosity - Flow Rate Conversion Chart

To Use Chart

1. Select micron rated bag at the top of the chart.

2. Follow the corresponding vertical row down until it intersects the selected viscosity in centipose.

3. The top number in the square indicates the flow rate for a size #1 filter bag at 1 PSI pressure drop and the bottom number represents the flow rate for a size #2 (both figures are in US GPM).

Notes

A For greater than 1 PSI ∆P simply multiply the resultant GPM times PSI desired to obtain flow - or - divide desired flow by the resultant flow to obtain ∆P

B For #3 size filter bag multiply size 1 flow rate by 0.28

C For #4 size filter bag multiply size 1 flow rate by 0.44

D For bags with covers reduce results by 25%

To calculate the required amount of size #2 filter bags you must know the micron size, the viscosity and the desired flow rate of the bag. Use the following formula:

Example: If you want to use a 10 micron, size 2, Polyester felt filter bag @ 150 gpm, 200 CPS with 3 lbs ∆P:

Desired flow (150) ÷ Target clean delta P (3.0) = 1.47 bags (Round up to eliminate decimal points = 2 bags)

Flow rate from chart (33.84)

Compact & Easy to Install!

Sampson Bag Filter Vessels

Description

•Filtration bag units available in a wide variety of materials for various flow rates.

•Easy bag change-out.

Features

•Built in accordance with ASME Code

•Available in Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel 304 or 316

•Perforated restrainer basket

•Integral support legs for ERS-90 and ERS-180 units

•Side or top inlet

•Side or bottom outlet

•Large range of fittings such as Male or Female NPT, Flange and Sanitary

•Fitting dimensions from 1 inch and more

•Close by clamps or band

•Withstands 150 psi @ 225°F

Available Styles:

Customize your Sampson Filter Vessel

ERS-180-SE-SS304- 2- F

Options

•CRN number

•Integral support legs for ERS-20 and ERS-40 units

•Made for superior pressure and temperature

Carbon Steel Single and Multi Filter Bag Vessels

Side Entry, 2" FNPT, #2 Bag ERS-360D

Gooseneck / flanged, 2" FLG, 2 x #2 Bags ERS-360SED

Side Entry, 2" FLG, 2 x #2 Bags

ERS-540

Flanged, 4" FLG, 3 x #2 Bags ERS-720 720 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 4 x #2 Bags

ERS-900 900 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 5 x #2 Bags

ERS-1080 1080 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 6 x #2 Bags

ERS-1260 1260 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 7 x #2 Bags

ERS-1440 1440 gpm, Flanged, 6" FLG, 8 x #2 Bags

Economical Big Blue Bag Filter Systems!

Big Blue Polypropylene & Giant Polyester Bags

Big Blue Talc & Clear Styrene Bag Housings

Features

•Available with 10" and 20" clear styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) bowl or 10" and 20" blue talc reinforced polypropylene bowl

•Both 1.5" and 1" NPT connections are included in every Big Blue filter head

•Talc unit includes: pressure gauge, basket support, polypropylene drain, plugs, wrench and ball valve to drain sump

•Clear unit is ideal for cold water applications to 125 psi

Includes: pressure gauge, basket support, polypro plugs and wrench

•Drain is not provided

•FDA approved

KS-BGBD10 White, Polypro Head, Blue Bowl, 10"

KS-BGBD20 White, Polypro Head, Blue Bowl, 20"

KS-CGB10 White, Polypro Head, Clear Bowl, 10"

•Unique Plastisol® ring ensures efficient results

•Use polyester bags for hot water/high pressure applications

•Maximum operating temperature for polypropylene bags is 140°F

•Maximum operating temperature for polyester bags is 200°F (depending on operating conditions)

KS-CGB20 White, Polypro Head, Clear Bowl, 20"

Big Blue Pure Polypropylene Bag Housings

Features

•Ideal where filtered liquids must remain totally free of contaminants

•Perfect for filtration of solvents, acid alcohols and chemicals

•Smooth surfaces to prevent bacteria and dirt build-up

•Clear unit is ideal for cold water applications to 125 psi

•Includes: pressure gauge, drain plugs, basket support ball valve, wrench and uses a nonlubricated silicone o-ring as standard

•FDA approved

Applications Include

• Deionized water

• Laboratory instrumentation and equipment

• Pharmaceutical and cosmetics

50

• Electronic solutions and chemicals

•Post filter for reverse osmosis or ultrafiltration

KS-NPGBD10

100% Polypropylene Housing, 10"

KS-NPGBD20 100% Polypropylene Housing, 20"

Stainless Steel Cartridge Housings

Single Cartridge Stainless Steel Housings

Features

•Ideal for industrial liquid filtration

•Accepts industry standard cartridges sizes

2 3/4" O.D. x 1" I.D. x 9 3/4" or 20"

•BUNA O-Ring

•No tools required when changing cartridges

•3/4" NPT connections are standard

•275 psi to 250°F

•304 SS bowl

•Drain on some models

•Accessories such as mounting bracket, pressure gage, pressure relief button available

•Other dimensions available

Features

•High quality 304 SS construction

Multi Cartridge Stainless Steel Housings

KS-414

4 x 9.75" Cartridges, 2.0" NPT

KS-434

4 x 20" Cartridges, 2.0" NPT

KS-444

4 x 30" Cartridges, 2.0" NPT

KS-4312

12 x 30" Cartridges, 3.0" NPT

KS-4412

12 x 30" Cartridges, 3.0" NPT

EX-CF702FBC 7 x 20" Cartridge, 2" FLG

EX-CF1052FBC

7 x 30" Cartridge, 2" FLG

EX-CF702FSB 7 x 20" Cartridge, 2" FLG

EX-CF1052FSB 7 x 30" Cartridge, 2" FLG

PE-STBC-4

SH-FOSBN786

9.75" Cartridge, 304 SS Bowl, Nickel Plated Brass Head

SH-FOSBN806

20" Cartridge, 304 SS Bowl, Nickel Plated Brass Head

SH-FOS786

9.75" Cartridge, 304 SS

SH-FOS806

20" Cartridge, 304 SS

EX-WYDSS-SS1

9.75" Cartridge, 304 SS, 250°F @ 250 psi

EX-WYD20SS-SS1

20" Cartridge, 304 SS, 250°F @ 250 psi

Hurricane Filtration Systems

Features

•Electro-polish stainless steel housing, with bronze wing nuts

•Tangential entry improves heavy particle separation for longer cartridge life

•NSF certified

•Drain

HA-HUR40HP Up To 50 gpm, 2" NPT, 140°F @ 150 psi, Wing Nut Opening

HA-HUR90HP

Up To 100 gpm, 2" NPT, 140°F @ 150 psi, Wing Nut Opening

HA-HUR170HP

Up To 150 gpm, 2" NPT, 140°F @ 150 psi, Wing Nut Opening

HA-HUR1X70FL

Up To 150 gpm, 2" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure

HA-HUR3X170FL

3 Cartridges, Up To 450 gpm, 3" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure

HA-HUR5X170FL

5 Cartridges, Up To 750 gpm, 4" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure

HA-HUR8X170FL

8 Cartridges, Up To 1200 gpm, 6" FLG, 140°F @ 200 psi, Swing Bolt Closure

•Accepts industry standard cartridges sizes 2 3/4" O.D. x 1" I.D. x 9 3/4" or 20"

•Band clamp or swing bolt opening is included for easy cartridge change

•1/2" drain is provided on clean and dirty sides

•150 psi to 300°F

Hurricane Cartridges

Features

•Pleated polyester media

•5 micron & larger can be cleaned and reused

•NSF certified

4 x 9.75" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA

PE-STBC-8

4 x 20" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA

PE-STBC-12 4 x 30" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA

PE-STBC-16 4 x 40" Cartridge, 2" NPT, Epoxy Finish, BUNA

PE-STBC-20

5 x 40" Cartridge, 2" FLG, Epoxy Finish, BUNA

Hurricane Cartridge Part Numbers

Standard Housings

Features

•Could be used for sediment filtration, or with specialty cartridges: activated carbon cartridges, DI resin, polyphosphate etc.

•Constructed of talc polypropylene head with either blue talc reinforced or clear styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) bowl

•Buna "N" O-ring ensures effective sealing

•Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 2 3/4"

O.D. x 1" x 9 3/4" (full length) or 4 7/8" (halfsize) or 20" (double length)

•Full testing to industry standards for burst, water tightness and fatigue resistance

•Maximum temperature 125°F @ 150 psi

•Standard 3/4" NPT connections on all models except EX-HL101LBUR and EX-HL201LBUR

•Accessories available: mounting bracket, pressure gage, pressure relief button etc.

KS-11N

Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

KS-13N

Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Double Size, Industrial, Fits 20" Cartridge

KS-21N

Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

KS-23N

Standard Housing, White Polypro Head, Clear Styrene Bowl, Double Size, Industrial, Fits 20" Cartridge

PE-150067

Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

PE-150435

Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head,Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

PE-150069

Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Industrial, Fits 20" Cartridge

EX-HP1034LLNR

Standard Housing, Blue Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Commercial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

EX-HP1034CLURKIT

Standard Housing, Black Polypro Head, Clear Polypro Bowl, Commercial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

EX-HL101BUR

Standard Housing, 1" In / Out, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Commercial, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

EX-HL201BUR

Standard Housing, 1" In / Out, Black Polypro Head, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Commercial, Fits 20" Cartridge

Reinforced Nylon Housings

Features

•Suitable for high temperature and high pressure service

•Distinctive red or black colour, glass reinforced nylon

•High strength glass reinforced nylon head and bowl

•Not available with pressure relief vent button

• Full testing to industry standards of the Water Quality Association for burst pressure, water tightness and fatigue resistance

Ideal for a Large Range of Industrial, Commercial & Residential Applications

Valve-In Head Housings

Features

Same as standard housing plus:

•Built in valve has "on", "off" and "bypass" positions

•Valve internals made of acetal copolymer and valve handle made of ABS

•Pressure vented automatically as handle is turned form "on" to "off"

•Unique head design prevents potential bypassing by not disturbing cartridge seals when valve is open

•Easiest possible installation and maintenance

•Maximum temperature 125°F @ 125 psi

KS-11V

White Polypro Head Housing, Blue Polypro Bowl, Full Size, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

KS-21V

White Polypro Head Housing, Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

KS-31V

White Polypro Head Housing, Clear Styrene Bowl, Full Size, Fits 20" Cartridge

Pure Polypropylene Housings

Features

•These housings are especially essential in the semi-conductor, pharmaceutical and chemical processing industries

•100% virgin polypropylene construction, without colour, adders, fillers, reinforcements or lubricants

•Smooth contact surfaces to prevent bacteria and dirt build up

•Utilizes a non lubricated O-ring standard

•Chemically resistant to many products

•An expensive alternative to teflon or fluoropolymer housings

•Could be used with standard DOE cartridges

•FDA compliant material

KS-31

Red Glass Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing, 180°F @ 150 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Buna O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

PE-150015

Red Glass Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing , 160°F @ 125 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

PE-150111

Red Glass Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing, 160°F @ 125 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 20" Cartridge

PE-158319

Black Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Housing, 160°F @ 125 psi, 0.5" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

KS-51NX

Pure Polypropylene Housing, 125°F @ 150 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Silicone O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

KS-53NX

Pure Polypropylene Housing, 125°F @ 150 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Silicone O-Ring, Fits 20" Cartridge

PE-150150

Pure Polypropylene Housing, 100°F @ 100 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 9.75" Cartridge

PE-150156

Pure Polypropylene Housing, 100°F @ 100 psi, 0.75" In / Out, Viton O-Ring, Fits 20" Cartridge

Filter Cartridges

Filter Media Selection Guide

Bleached Cotton

For water, distilled water, beverages, oils animal/vegetable petroleum acids, citric/fatty, alcohols.

Natural Cotton

For water, organic solvents, oils, paints, petroleum, alcohols. Non-FDA.

Fibreglass (Unbaked)

Slight oil residue will result in certain concentrated acids.

Fibreglass (Baked)

Oil residue removed by heat treatment. Acids; mineral/organic/oxidizing agents, organic solvents. Oils; animal, vegetable, petroleum.

Polypropylene (Spun)

Used for water, oils, concentrated acids and alkalies, oxidizing agents, corrosive fluids, and gases.

True Depth Filtration & High Dirt Holding Capacity!

String wound design, polypropylene cord wound around a rigid core of polypropylene. Economical way to reduce fine sediments in a variety of fluids, from water to chemical solutions.

Cord material: FDA polypropylene, polyester, cotton, etc.

Core material: Polypropylene, tinned steel, stainless steel etc.

Spun Cartridges

Features

•Thermally bonded pure polypropylene microfiber

•Designed for high purity and chemical compatability

•Economical way to reduce fine sediments in a variety of fluids, from water to chemical solutions

Viscose/Rayon

Properties similar to cotton. Coarser fibers, swells in aqueous solutions.

Nylon

Specialized applications, concentrated alkalies, hydrocarbons.

Polyester

Properties and applications similar to polypropylene.

Polypropylene (Fibrillated)

Chemical resistance same as standard polypropylene. Non - migrating polypropylene free of extractable used in electronics, plating and ultra pure liquids where non - leaching is critical.

Core Selection Guide

Polypropylene

Low temp. applications can be incinerated for easy disposal. FDA material.

316 SS

High temperature, diluted acids, highly corrosive fluids.

304 SS

High temperature, strong acids, moderately corrosive fluids.

Tinned Steel

General-purpose core, for solvents, paints, oils. Extended Core Crimped Extended core filters are produced on tin or S.S. cores. Available in all microns and in different lengths to a max. of 41". Polypropylene Extender is used for polypropylene core.

Types

Pleated Filter Cartridges

Pleated Design Maximizes Dirt Holding Capacity!

REF #1. Pleated Cellulose Media

Features

• Designed for general water filtration

• Recommended for chlorinated water supplies

• Pleated cellulose media, 20 microns

• Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol

• External netted helps retain uniform pleat spacing in high flow

• 4 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 8 ft2 for the 20" cartridge

• Recommended flow: 12 gpm (10") and 15 gpm (20")

• Economical

REF #2. Polyester Media

Features

• Durable polyester media, 30 and 50 micron available

• Bacteria and chemical resistant

• Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol

• 4 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge, 8 ft2 of surface filtration for 20" cartridge

REF #3. Polyester Media

Features

• Premium quality cartridges

• Pleated polyester media, 0.35, 1, 5, 10, 20, 50 microns available

• Polypropylene core

• Cleanable and reusable

• Flow rate of 3 - 6 gpm for 9.75" cartridges

REF #4. Resin Impregnated Cellulose and Polyester Fibers

Features

• Vinyl plastisol end caps

• 1, 5, 20, 50 microns available

• Higher wet strength than regular cellulose cartridges

• 6 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 12 ft2 for the 20" cartridge

• Colour coded for microns rating

REF #5. Economical Cartridges, Cellulose Pleated

Features

• Economical grade pleated cellulose cartridges

•Operating temperature: 40°F to 145°F

•Low pressure drop

•Good for drinking water, process water and chemical applications

Activated Carbon & Specialty Cartridges

Activated Carbon Cartridges are Great for the Removal of Chlorine, Foul Taste & Odour!

Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges

Radial

Features

• Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine

• Includes a 20 micron post filter to remove carbon and other suspended particles

• Operating temperature: 40°F to 125°F

• 10" cartridge = 5,000 gallons @ 2gpm (PE-15510943)

• 10" Coconut cartridge = 7,500 gallons @ 1gpm (PE-15515543)

• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 3.0 psid @ 1.0 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 16 psid @ 2.0 gpm

PE-15510943

Granular Activated Carbon, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

Non-Cellulose Carbon-Impregnated Pleated Cartridges

Features

• Pleated media for maximum dirt loading capacity

• Polyester media: nominal 10 microns

• Provides chlorine, taste, odour reduction & sediment filtration

• Bacteria resistant

• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F

• Initial Pressure Drop:

2 1/2" x 10" cartridge 1 psid @ 3 gpm = 4,000 gallons @ 1 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop:

2 1/2" x 20" cartridge 1 psid @ 5 gpm = 10,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop:

4 1/2" x 10" cartridge 1 psid @ 8 gpm = 12,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop:

4 1/2" x 20" cartridge 1 psid @ 10 gpm = 20,000 gallons @ 4 gpm

Features

• Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine

• Radial flow for minimal pressure drop

• Granular activated carbon is sandwiched between an outer 70 micron polyethylene shell and an inside spun polypropylene core

• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F

• 10" cartridge = 3,000 gallons @ 1gpm

• 20" cartridge = 6,000 gallons @ 2gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 0.6 psid @ 1.0 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 0.6 psid @ 2.0 gpm

Carbon Block Filter

Features

• Polyolefin pre-filter, 5 microns

• High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block

• High effective bad taste, odour and chlorine reduction

• Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material

• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F

• 10" cartridge = 6,000 gallons @ 1gpm, 20" = 12,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 3.4 psid @ 1 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 3.4 psid @ 2 gpm

• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F

Highly Effective Filter Cartridges!

Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 microns

Features

•Nominal 0.5 micron rating

•99.95% reduction in Cryptosporidium, Giarda, Entamoeba, and Toxoplasma cysts

•Premium high capacity bad taste, odour and chlorine reduction

•High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block

•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 180°F

•Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material

•Ideal choice for residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications

•10" cartridge = 20,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

•20" cartridge = 45,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 3.7 psid @ 1 gpm

•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 3.0 psid @ 2 gpm

PE-15516243

Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

PE-15530943

Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (2 7/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

EX-CBC05

Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Economical

DI Resin Cartridges

Features

•Deionizing water capacity up to 16 megaohms

•Specially treated resin for TOC level reduction

•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 100°F

•Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material

•Ideal choice for circuit board, printing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, steam processor, and humidification systems

•10" cartridge = 270 mg CaCO3

•20" cartridge = 600 mg CaCO3

•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 1.5 psid @ 0.25 gpm

•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 3.4 psid @ 0.5 gpm

PE-15527303

DI Resin Cartridge, (2 2/3" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

PE-15527403

DI Resin Cartridge, (2 2/3" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

Hexametaphosphate Cartridges

Features

• Hexametaphosphate crystals help prevent lime and scale deposits

• The product dissolves slowly in water to inhibit scale and rust build up

• Dissolves up to 1 ppm of iron

• Effective to prevent deposits when heated to a hardness of 15 gpg

• Manufactured with FDA compliant material

PE-15510043

Hexametaphosphate Cartridge, (2 7/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Up To 5 gpm

PE-15524803

Hexametaphosphate Cartridge, (2 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Up To 1 - 1.5 gpm

PE-15525103

Hexametaphosphate Cartridge, (2 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, Up To 1.5 - 2.5 gpm

Lead Removal Cartridge

Features

•Specially formulated ceramic lead removal matrix plus pulverized activated carbon

•Chlorine and organic removal

•Reduces lead concentration up to 99% in low pH and more than 92% in high pH

•Could treat efficiently up to 4000 gallons in low pH water and 3000 gallons in high pH water

•5 micron rating

HA-HAC-10-LR-W

Lead Removal Cartridge, (2 3/4" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

For BIG Jobs, Use BIG BLUE Housings!

Standard BIG BLUE Cartridge Housings

Features

•Available in 10" and 20" clear styrene acrylonitrile (SAN) bowl or blue talc reinforce polypropylene bowl

•Ideal for a large range of industrial, commercial and residential applications

•Buna "N" O-ring ensures effective sealing

•Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 4 1/2" O.D. x 10" (full length) or 20" (double length)

•Full testing to industry standards for burst, water tightness and fatigue resistance

Excellent Chemical Resistance!

BIG BLUE Reinforced Nylon Housings

Features

•Economical, lightweight, high capacity, high temperature housing

•High strength glass black reinforced head and bowl

•Tested to industry standards for burst pressure, water tightness and fatigue resistance

•1.5" and 1" NPT connections included in every filter head

•Utilizes a non-lubricated silicone O-ring standard

•Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 4 1/2" O.D. x 10" (full length) or 20" (double length)

•Maximum temperature 180°F @ 125 psi

•NSF approved

Reinforced Nylon Head & Bowl Filter Housing, Fits 20" Cartridge

Ideal When Contaminant-Free Environments Are Needed!

BIG BLUE Pure Polypropylene Housings

Features

•Ideal for use in industries where filtered liquids must remain free of contamination

•2 - 3x the flow rate of standard housings

•Smooth contact surfaces to prevent bacteria and dirt build-up

•Utilizes a non-lubricated silicone O-ring standard

•Accepts industry standard cartridge size: 4 1/2" O.D. x 10" (full length) or 20" (double length)

•Maximum temperature 125°F @ 125 psi

•With out pressure relief button

•1" - 1.5" NPT connection included in every filter head

•NSF approved

KS-NPGX10 Pure Polypropylene Filter Housing, Fits 10" Cartridge

KS-NPGX20 Pure Polypropylene Filter Housing, Fits 20" Cartridge

BIG BLUE String Wound Filter Cartridges

Features

• Virgin polypropylene, polypropylene core

•4 1/2" diameter

Options

•FDA polypropylene, polyester, cotton, etc.

•Micron Size: 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, 150

HY-HSW10B010A

BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.),1 Micron, 10" Cartridge

HY-HSW10B050A

BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 5 Micron, 10" Cartridge

HY-HSW10B250A

BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 25 Micron, 10" Cartridge

HY-HSW20B010A

BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 1 Micron, 20" Cartridge

HY-HSW20B050A

BIG BLUE, String Wound, (4 1/2" Dia.), 5 Micron, 20" Cartridge

HY-HSW20B250A

BIG BLUE Activated Carbon and Specialty Cartridges

BIG BLUE Spun Cartridges

Features

•True grade density for high dirt holding capacity

•Manufactured with polpropylene FDA

•Maximum operating temperatures of up to 150°F

Options

•Other micron ratings available: 10, 30, 50 microns

EX-PP10B01

BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 1 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, 5 gpm

EX-PP10B05

BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 5 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, 10 gpm

EX-PP10B20

BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 20 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge, 10 gpm

EX-PP20B01

BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 1 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge, 10 gpm

EX-PP20B05

BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 5 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge, 20 gpm

EX-PP20B20

BIG BLUE, Spun PP, 20 Micron, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge, 20 gpm

Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges

•Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine

•Includes a 20 micron post filter to remove carbon and other solid fines

•Operating temperature: 40°F to 125°F

•10" cartridge = 12,500 gallons @ 2 gpm

•20" cartridge = 25, 000 gallons @ 4 gpm

•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 6.0 psid @ 2.0 gpm

•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 5.0 psid @ 4.0 gpm

BIG

Radial Flow Granular Activated Carbon Cartridges

•Effective for the reduction of bad taste, odour and chlorine

•Radial flow for minimal pressure drop

•Granular activated carbon is sandwiched between an outer 70 micron polyethylene shell and an inside spun polypropylene core

•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F

•10" cartridge = 35,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

•20" cartridge = 70,000 gallons @ 4 gpm

•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 0.9 psid @ 2.0 gpm

•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 0.9 psid @ 4.0 gpm

BIG BLUE Activated Carbon and Specialty Cartdriges

BIG BLUE Carbon Impregnated Polyester or Cellulose

Features

• Carbon impregnated polyester and non-cellulose media

• Pleated media for maximum dirt loading capacity

• Polyester media: nominal 10 microns

• Provides sediment filtration and chlorine, taste and odour reduction

• Bacteria resistant

• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F

• 10" cartridge = 500 gallons @ 2 gpm

• 20" cartridge = 1000 gallons @ 4 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 2 psid @ 8 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 1 psid @ 10 gpm

PE-15539843

BIG BLUE Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (4 1/2" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

PE-15538243

BIG BLUE Carbon Impregnated Polyester, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter

Features

• Polyolefin pre-filter, 5 microns

• High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block

• High effective bad taste and odour and chlorine reduction

• Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material

• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 180°F

• 10" cartridge = 22,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

• 20" cartridge = 40,000 gallons @ 4 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 4.3 psid @ 2 gpm

• Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 5.5 psid @ 5 gpm

PE-15554843

BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, (4 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

PE-15558343

BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, (4 5/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 microns

Features

•Nominal 0.5 micron rating

•99.95% reduction in Cryptosporidium, Giarda, Entamoeba, and Toxoplasma cysts

•Premium high capacity bad taste, odour and chlorine reduction

•High dirt holding capacity maximizes utilization of the carbon block

•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 180°F

•Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material

•Ideal choice for residential, food service, commercial and industrial applications

•10" cartridge = 50,000 gallons @ 2 gpm

•20" cartridge = 150,000 gallons @ 4 gpm

•Initial Pressure Drop: 10" cartridge 4.6 psid @ 2 gpm

•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 8.5 psid @ 4 gpm

PE-15517043

BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (4 5/8" Dia.), 10" Cartridge

PE-15531243

BIG BLUE Carbon Block Filter, 0.5 Microns, (4 5/8" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

BIG BLUE DI Resin Cartridge

Features

•Deionizing water capacity up to 16 megaohms

•Specially treated resin for TOC level reduction

•Operating Temperature: 40°F to 100°F

•Manufactured entirely with FDA compliant material

•Ideal choice for circuit board, printing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, steam processor, and humidification systems

•20" cartridge = 1850 mg CaCO3

•Initial Pressure Drop: 20" cartridge 1.1 psid @ 1.25 gpm

BIG BLUE IRON REDUCTION CARTRIDGE

Features

•Easily and effectively reduces up to 3 ppm of dissolved iron from water

•Improves flavour and reduces the metallic taste caused by iron

•Reduces the possibility of pipe and water heater damage

•Does not add any chemicals in water

•Please note that some impurities may reduce the life expectancy of the cartridge

•20" cartridge = 40,000 gallons with an iron level of 2 ppm

BIG BLUE Oil Absorbing Cartridge

Features

•Up to 90% of total hydrocarbons are removed in a single pass

•High flow rates

•Removes dissolved and dispersed oils

•Some applications include: gas and oil facilities, surface water run-off, auto service stations, machine shops, industrial process, car and truck wash stations

•Media can hold 250 - 300% of its own weight

• Operating Temperature: 40°F to 125°F

•Low pressure drop

•5 - 10 gpm flow rate

PE-15528103 BIG BLUE DI Resin Cartridge,(4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

PE-15526303 BIG BLUE Iron Reduction Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

PE-15559603 Oil Absorbing Cartridge, (4 1/2" Dia.), 20" Cartridge

Pleated Design Maximizes Dirt Holding Capacity!

REF #1. BIG BLUE Pleated Filter Cartridges

Features

•Operating temperature: 40°F to 145°F

•Low pressure drop

REF #2. BIG BLUE Pleated Cellulose Media

Features

•Designed for general water filtration

•Recommended for chlorinated water supplies

•Pleated cellulose media, 20 microns

•Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol

•External netted helps retain uniform pleat spacing in high flow

•14 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 29 ft2 for the 20" cartridge

•Economical

REF #3. BIG BLUE Polyester Media

Features

•Durable polyester media, 30 and 50 micron available

•Bacteria and chemical resistant

•Polypropylene core and vinyl plastisol

•16 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge, 32 ft2 of surface filtration for 20" cartridge

REF #4. BIG BLUE Resin Impregnated Cellulose and Polyester Fibers

Features

• Special formulation of resin impregnated cellulose and polyester fibers

•1, 5, 20, 50 microns available

•Higher wet strength than regular cellulose cartridges

•18 ft2 of surface filtration for 10" cartridge; 36 ft2 for the 20" cartridge

•Colour coded for micron rating

REF #5. BIG BLUE Economical Cartridges, Cellulose Pleated

Features

•Economical grade pleated cellulose BIG BLUE cartridges

Pleated Cartridges

Info Zone

Steam

Activated carbon can be made from a wide range of source materials such as coal, coconut shells, wood, peat or bone. The material is often charred and then activated chemically or in a high temperature steam environment to produce and extensive network of pores and influence level of activity.

Carbon tetrachloride activity

Is a means of determining the degree of completion of the activation process by measuring the ability of carbon to adsorb organic molecules.

Iodine Number

Refers to a carbon's small pores and its ability to adsorb low molecular weight organics. The higher the iodine number, the higher the degree of activation.

Moisture Content

Affects the ability of adsorbents to perform against certain gases and vapours. It is indicated as a percentage by weight.

Apparent Density

Refers to the dry density of a material (in g/ml or lbs/cuft). Required for mass to volume conversions required for designing and filling equipment.

Hardness

Useful for measuring the resistance of an adsorbent to particle size degradation under service conditions. Coconut shell carbons are among the hardest.

Liquid Phase Bitumous Coal (BC) Activated Carbon

Impregnation

Impregnation is the process where activated carbon is treated with a chemical reagent hereby reacting with and thereby removing certain compounds from either air or liquid.

Mesh Size

Mesh size is important for achieving the proper contact of liquid or gas and affects the rate of adsorption and pressure drop across a bed of adsorbent. The smaller the particle, the more efficient the adsorption, however, pressure drop increases. Please see the following mesh size chart comparing sieve # and mm.

Liquid Phase Coconut Shell (CNS) Activated Carbon

Features

•Specifically manufactured from coconut shells

•For removal of chlorine, chloramines, THMs, ozone and organics

•Excellent hardness

•High surface area and micropore structure

•Less carbon changeouts, less dust and fines

•High surface area and micropore structure

•High adsorption capacity, lower pre-soak times, readily wettable

Features

•Specifically manufactured from select grades of bituminous coal

•For removal of low to high molecular weight contaminants and colour

•High iodine and broad pore structure

•Less frequent changeouts = cost effective

•Use BC-410 or BC-710P in liquid phase applications where low pressure drop is required or where sediments are very high

•Packaged in 55 lbs bags, totes, and drums

For Removal of Dissolved Oil from Water

•Packaged in bags, totes or drums

CNS-612

6 x 12 US Mesh Coconut Based Activated Carbon, 60 - 65% CCl4,

900 mg/g, 850 - 950 m2/g

Pre-treatment with MCM will extend the life of activated carbon by 7 times, reducing the overall water treatment by 50% or more

Ultrasorber Plus™ Modified Clay Media

Ultrasorber PlusTM Modified Clay Media is composed of 20% to 30% organically modified bentonite clay with a 70% to 80% specially formulated anthracite / activated carbon blend.

•Designed specifically to remove high molecular weight hydrocarbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons and heavy metals

•Adsorbs oil and grease outside clay particle, therefore it is not subject to pore plugging

•Has a capacity of up to 60% of its own weight in oil, grease or other low solubility organic compounds

•Spent Media could have a BTU value of 14,000 BTU/lb •Particle

is 8 x 30

of 1 gpm/ft2

High Cation Exchange Capacity

ZeoSorb Cation Exchange Media

ZeoSorb is a crystalline hydrated aluminosilicate with infinite three dimensional frameworks of silicon oxygen tetrahedral. The honeycomb crystalline structure readily absorbs molecules having diameters small enough to fit the entry channel. The exchangeable cations are calcium, sodium, potassium and magnesium.

Features

•Has a high Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) that leads to high absorption and neutralization of harmful elements as ammonia, lead, cadmium, cesium, copper, zinc, chrome as well as other molecules

•Particle size: 8 x 20 US Mesh

MerCarb

For reduction or removal of mercury content in water and waste water streams. The unique impregnation process used to produce the MerCarb adsorbent allows the removal of mercury contaminated streams at higher temperatures.

Features

•Reliable cost effective means to reduce the mercury content in water and waste water streams to below acceptable levels

•Adsorption capacities can be up to 4 - 10% w/w basis in liquid phase

•Requires a 1 to 5 micron bag filter for pre-treatment

•Adding a guard bed ahead of the MerCarb will protect it and extend its service life for mercury removal. When hydrocarbons are present in the contaminated stream, a guard bed of BC series carbon is necessary to keep the impregnant on the carbon

•Packaged in 55 lb bags, boxes, drums or bulk super bags

Major Exchangeable Cations

MerCarb-410

4 x 10 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.60 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 8% Ash, 1050 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area, 15 - 20% Moisture Content

MerCarb-1240 12 x 40 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.60 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 8% Ash, 1050 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area, 15 - 20% Moisture Content

For Removal of Soluble Iron, Manganese & Hydrogen Sulfide

Manganese Greensand

Features

•Purple-black filter media used for removing soluble iron, manganese and hydrogen sulfide from well water supplies

•Also removes radium and arsenic

•Media is backwashed and regenerated with potassium permanganate (KMnO4)

•Manufactured from a glauconite base

•Packed in 85 lb bags

Manganese Greensand Plus

Features

•Higher performance greensand product

•Tolerance to higher differential pressure for longer run times, less waste and greater life expectancy

•Tolerance to low silica, low solids, high temperature waters for use in a wider variety of applications

•Manufactured from a silica sand base

•Packed in 44 lb bags

Most Successful for Fluoride Removal

Actiguard

Features

•Specifically designed to remove arsenic from potable water

•Can be effective at a wide range of pH levels depending on the competing ions present

•Performance is dependent on water quality

•Simple design: flow through unit with 5 - 8 minute dwell time

•Granular material will not degrade over timecausing no pressure drop

ALUM-28x48-350-AAFS50

Actiguard Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 28 x 48, 350 lb Drum

ALUM-28x48-2000-AA-FS50

Actiguard Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 28 x 48, 2000 lb Super Size Tote

ALUM-28x48-1000-AAFS50

Actiguard Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 28 x 48, 1000 lb Drum

Activated Alumina

Features

•AA-400G Fluorograde is a granular activated alumina developed specifically for the removal of fluoride from water even if they exist at low levels

•Conditioning of the material for 1 hour with dilute aluminum sulfate prior to use greatly enhances performance

•Once saturated, the alumina bed can be regenerated by neutralizing with 1% NaOH, rinsing with water and reactivating with 0.05 N H2SO4

•Able to adsorb as much as 1.4 grams fluoride per 100 grams of products

Specifications

•0.67 g/cm3 bulk density

•Specific surface area: 350 - 380 m2/g

•Specific water adsorption: 19 - 22%

ALUM-8x14-350-AA-400G

Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 8 x 14, 350 lb Drum

ALUM-8x14-2000-AA-400G

Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 8 x 14, 2000 lb Super Size Tote

ALUM-8x14-1000-AA-400G

Activated Alumina, Mesh Size 8 x 14, 1000 lb Drum

Operation Conditions

•Alkalinity should be greater than two times the combined sulfate and chloride concentration

•Water pH range: 6.8 +

•Dissolved oxygen content must be equal to at least 15% of the iron and manganese content

•Backwash frequently to prevent cementing

•30 - 36 inch bed depth

•Service flow rate: 3.5 - 5 gpm/sq.ft or higher

• Birm is an excellent filter media that removes dissolved iron and manganese from water

•Acts as an insoluble catalyst to enhance the reaction between dissolved oxygen and iron compounds

•Birm is not consumed during operation. It can be backwashed

•Black in color with a density of 47 - 50 lbs/ft3

•Two grades available: regular and fine. Regular is used in industrial, municipal, and most domestic applications. Fine is recommended on domestic installations where backwash rates are limited.

Pyrolox

Features

• Pyrolox is a mineral form of manganese dioxide

•Acts as catalyst, and is able to reduce concentrations of hydrogen sulfide, iron and manganese from water

•Contaminants are oxidized and trapped on the bed - simple backwashing cleans the bed

•No chemical regeneration is required

•Pyrolox has high capacity for low contaminant concentrations

•10 - 12 gpm/sq.ft backwash rate for regular birm and 8 - 10 gpm/sq.ft for fine birm

•Backwash expansion rate is 35 - 50% of bed depth

Specifications

•Black

•125 lbs/ft3 bulk density

•3.8 specific gravity

•Uniformity Coefficients: 1.7

•Effective Size: 0.51 mm

•6.5 - 9.0 pH range

•Bed depth depends on application

•Service flow rate: 5 gpm/sq.ft or higher

•15 - 30% of bed depth backwash bed expansion

•25 - 30 gpm/sq.ft backwash rate

•Freeboard: 40% of bed depth (min.)

Remove Dissolved Iron & Manganese Efficiently & Economically with BIRM!

Pyrolox can be used for Hydrogen Sulfide, Iron & Manganese Reduction!

For Sediment Filtration & Support Beds!

Garnet

Features

• Almandite garnet is chemically inert and non-metallic

• Well known for its hardness and durability

• Ideal filtration media because it has a high specific gravity, and has a good chemical and abrasive resistance

• High specific gravity allows unique filter design

• When combined with other filter medias, higher flow rates, higher loading and better filtration can be achieved

• Excellent support bed for other high density media - used as the lower filtration of a multi-media bed down flow filtration system

Anthracite

Features

•Excellent medium density coal filtration media

•Provides longer filter runs and less head loss because of angular shape

•Unique density allows its to be combined with other filtration media in multi-media filters

•Backwash rates reduced

•Great pre-filtration layer!

•24 - 36 inch bed depth, and 10 - 18 inch in multibed filters

•Service flow rate: 5gpm/sq.ft. or higher

•20 - 40% of bed depth backwash bed expansion

•Freeboard: 50% of bed depth (min.)

Specifications

•Black

•50 lbs/ft3 bulk density

•3.0 - 3.8 hardness,

•Apparent specific gravity: 1.6 gm/cc

•Acid solubility: < 1%

•Caustic Solubility: < 1%

•Uniformity Coefficients: < 1.6 - 1.7

Neutralize Acidic Water with Calcite!

Calcite

Features

• Calcite is a crushed and screened white marble media which be used to neutralize acidic or low pH waters to a neutral, less corrosive effluent

•Naturally occuring calcium carbonate media

•Upon contact with calcite, water that is acidic slowly dissolve the calcium carbonate to raise the pH, thus reducing the potential leaching of copper, lead and other metals found in typical plumbing systems

•Periodic backwashing will prevent packing and maintain high service flow rates

•Slow reacting for controlled pH correction

•Inexpensive

Specifications

•Near white

•90 lbs/ft3 bulk density

•2.7 specific gravity

•Hardness: 3.0

•Acid solubility: < 1%

•Composed of 95% calcium carbonate and 3.0% magnesium carbonate

•Uniformity Coefficients: 1.5

•Gravel support bed is recommended

•5.0 - 7.0 pH range

•24 - 30 inch bed depth

•Service flow rate: 3 - 6 gpm/sq.ft or higher

•35% of bed depth backwash bed expansion

Corosex and Corosex II

Specifications

• Light tan to reddish purple

• 50 lbs/ft3 bulk density

• 7.0 - 7.5 hardness,

• Specific gravity: 3.8 - 4.2 gm/cc

• Acid solubility: minimal

• Free Silica: minimal

• Corosex can correct acidic water conditions and render it less corrosive

•It is a highly reactive magnesium oxide, is used most effectively with high flow conditions or when substantial pH correction is needed

•Corosex may increase water hardness and the treatment system may require a water softener

•Can be combined with Calcite to reduce high basic properties due to overcorrection

•Corosex II is slower reacting than Corosex and more stable form of magnesium oxide

Operation Conditions

•A gravel support bed is recommended

•Water pH range: 4.5 - 6.0

•Downflow service is good on water with a hardness of less than 5 grains/gal or where it is combined with calcite (50-50). Upflow service is recommended with hardness exceeding five grains/gal to prevent cementing of the Corosex bed

•Backwash frequently to prevent cementing

•24 - 30 inch bed depth

•Service flow rate: 5 - 6 gpm/ft2 or higher

•10 - 12 gpm/sq.ft backwash rate

Use Ion Exchange Resins For Water Treatment & Specialized Applications

Chemical to be removed & recommended resin: dependent on water quality

Aluminum

RT-CG8-H, RT-CG10-H, RT-CG8, RT-SACMPH

Ammonia & Amines

RT-CG8-H, RT-CG10-H, RT-CG8-H, RT-WACMP

Antimony

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Arsenic

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Barium

RT-CG8, RT-CG10

Boron

RT-SBG1, RT-SIR150

Cadmium

RT-CG8, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Calcium

RT-SIR-500

Cesium

RT-SIR600

Chromium (+3)

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300

Chromium (+6)

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WBMP, RT-SIR700

Cobalt

RT-CG8, RT-SIR300

Copper

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-CG8

Cyanide

RT-SBACR, RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Ferrocyanide

RT-SBACR

Fluorine (fluoride)

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-SIR900

Gold

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-SIR400

Iron

RT-CG8, RT-SBG1

Magnesium

RT-SIR500

Managanese

RT-CG8

Cation Exchange Resins

RT-CG8

Strong Acid Gel, 8% DVB, Na Ionic Form, 1.9 meq/ml Capacity, 42 - 29% Water Retention, 280°F (Max. Temp.), 50 lbs/ft3, Suitable For Softening & Demineralization, Including Mixed Beds & Dealkalization

RT-CG8-H

Strong Acid Gel, 8% DVB, H Ionic Form, 1.8 meq/ml Capacity, 47 - 52% Water Retention, 265°F (Max. Temp.), 52 lbs/ft3, Suitable For Softening & Demineralization, Including Mixed Beds & Dealkalization, Hydrogen Form

RT-CG10

Strong Acid Gel, 10% DVB, Na Ionic Form, 2.2 meq/ml Capacity, 39 - 53% Water Retention, 280°F (Max. Temp.), 54 lbs/ft3, More Resistant To Oxidation Than CG8, Excellent For High Temperature Applications, Softening Deionization & Chemical Processes, Well Suited For Mixed Beds

RT-CG-10-H

Strong Acid Gel, 10% DVB, H Ionic Form, 2.1 meq/ml Capacity, 46 - 52% Water Retention, 265°F (Max. Temp.), 52 lbs/ft3, More resistant To Oxidation Than CG8. Excellent For High Temperature Applications, Softening Deionization & Chemical Processes, Well Suited For Mixed Beds

RT-SACMP

Strong Acid, Macropoorous, Na Ionic Form, 1.7 meq/ml Capacity, 45 - 55% Water Retention 250°F (Max. Temp.), 50 lbs/ft3, Macroporous Structure & High DVB Level Gives This Strong Acid Cation Resin The Best Resistance To Oxidative, Thermal & Osmotic Stresses, Hydrogen Form Available

RT-WACG

Weak Acid Gel, (Carboxylic), H Ionic Form, 4.0 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 60% Water Retention 250°F (Max. Temp.), 47 lbs/ft3, Has Nearly 100% Regeneration Efficiency & An Extraordinary Total Capacity, Useful In Dealkalization & Chemical Processing Applications, Also Available In The Sodium Form For Use In High TDS Softening Applications

RT-WACMP

Weak Acid Macro, (Carboxylic), H Ionic Form, 3.8 meq/ml Capacity, 46 - 56% Water Retention 250°F (Max. Temp.), 47 lbs/ft3, Has Nearly 100% Regeneration Efficiency For Dealkalization, Deionization, Etc., W/ Improved Physical Stability, This Resin Is Also Available In The Sodium Form For Use In High TDS Softening Applications

Mercury (anionic)

RT-SIR200

Mercury (complexed)

RT-SIR200, RT-SIR300

Mercury (cationic)

RT-WACMP, RT-SIR400

Molybdenum

RT-WBMP, RT-SIR700

Nickel

RT-CG8,RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-SIR500, Nitrate

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-SIR100

Organics (natural)

RT-SIR-22P, RT-SBACR

Potassium

RT-CG8

Palladium

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, Phenol

RT-WBMP

Phosphate

RT-SBG1P, RT-SBACR

Platinum

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Radium

RT-CG8

Selenium

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2

Silver

RT-SBG1

Strontium

RT-CG8

Uranium (anion)

RT-SBG1, RT-CG8

Uranium (cation)

RT-CG8

Zinc

RT-SBG1, RT-SBG2, RT-WACMP, RT-SIR300, RT-CG8

Mixed Bed Resins & Regenerated Products

RT-MDB10

Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.68 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form Cation & Hydroxide Form Standard Type 1 Anion Resin, High Capacity Is Particularly Useful For Disposable Cartridges & Single Use Applications

RT-MDB30

Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.45 meq/ml Capacity, 65% Water Retention, 175°F (Maximum Operating Temp. (Non-Regenerable)), 120°F (Maximum Operating Temp. (Regenerable)) 43 lbs/ft3, Mixed Bed Resin That Changes Color As It Exhausts, Cation Resin Component Is Dyed, Great For Cartridge Applications Where Visual Determination Of Exhaustion Is Needed

RT-MDB15

Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.60 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3,Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form & Hydroxide Form Porous Type 1 Anion Resin, Specially Processed To Minimize TOC Throw, Best Choice For Regenrable Applications & Ultrapure Water

RT-MDB16

Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.60 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3,Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form 10% DVB Cation & Hydroxide Form Porous Type 1 Anion Resin, Specially Processed To Minimize TOC Throw, Gives Great Backwash Separation

RT-MDB20

Strong Acid Gel/Strong Base Gel, Type 2, H/OH Ionic Form, 0.80 meq/ml Capacity, 60% Water Retention, 95°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Mixed Bed Of Highly Regenerated Hydrogen Form Cation & Hydroxide Form Type 2 Anion Resin, Very High Operating Capacity/Low Odor

Anion Resin

Anion Resin

Cation Resin

Anion Exchange Resins

RT-SBG1

Strong Base Gel, Type 1, Cl Ionic Form, 1.45 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 50% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 44 lbs/ft3, Suitable For Condensate Deionization & Single Use Mixed Beds, Has The Highest Total Capacity Of Type 1 Gel Anion Resins, Superior Physical Strength & Resistance To Oxidation

RT-SBG1P

Strong Base Gel, Type 1 Porous, Cl Ionic Form, 1.25 meq/ml Capacity, 51 - 60% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Superior Kinetics To SBG1, For Use In Deionization & Mixed Beds, Has The Highest Regenerable Operating Capacity Of The Type 1 Anion Resins, Especially Recommended For Regenerable Systems, Good Resistance To Organic Fouling

RT-SBG2

Strong Base Gel, Type 2, Cl Ionic Form, 1.45 meq/ml Capacity, 37 - 45% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 44 lbs/ft3, Features Very High Capacity & Regeneration Efficiency, Greater Resistance To Organics Than Type 1 Resins, Excellent For Two Bed Service, Its Good Regeneration Efficiency & High Capacity Can Help Minimize Caustic Comsumption & Save On Operating Costs

RT-SBMP

Strong Base Type 1, Macroporous, Cl Ionic Form, 1.15 meq/ml Capacity, 51 - 60% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 42 lbs/ft3, Features High Exchange Capacity, Porous Gel Matrix & Superior Elution Of Large Organic Molecules, Also Offered In Hydroxide Form For Immediate Use

RT-SBACR

Strong Base Gel, Acrylic, Cl Ionic Form, 1.2 meq/ml Capacity, 55 - 53% Water Retention, 95°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Acrylic Structure Allows Operating Capacity & Fouling Resistance In Applications W/ A High Level Of Organics, Do Not Use When Service Temperature Exceeds 85°F, Ideal For Humic Organics (Black Water)

RT-WBG-30

Weak Base, Epoxy Polyamine, Cl, Free Base Ionic Form, 2.6 meq/ml Capacity, 43 - 60% Water Retention, 110°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, High Capacity Granular Intermediate Base Resin For Use In Applications Requiring Extremely High Throughput Capacity Or Nearly 100% Regeneration Effficiency

RT-WBMP

Weak Base, Macroporous, Free Base Ionic Form,1.3 meq/ml capacity, 53 - 60% Water Retention 212°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Macroporous Weakly Basic Anion Resin W/ Excellent Physical Strength & High Throughput Capacity & Regeneration, Organic Substances Sorbed During Service Are Easily Removed During Regeneration

High Purity Sands and Gravels

Features

•Meets specifications for water filtration, well drilling, environmental drilling, soil remediation, and industrial applications

•Consistent physical properties

•High specific gravity for hardness and chemical resistance

•Available in 100 lb heat seal plastic or 50 lb heat seal plastic

Specifications

•Clean, natural and rounded, not crushed

•50 lbs/ft3 bulk density

•6 - 8 hardness

•Specific gravity: > 2.50

•Acid solubility: <5%

•Sphericity and Soundness: 0.6

Selective Resins and Specialty Products

RT-CG8-ID

Strong Acid, 8% DVB, H Ionic Form, 1.6 meq/ml Capacity, 47 - 54% Water Retention, 265°F (Max. Temp.), 50 lbs/ft3, Hydrogen Form Cation Resin W/ Indicator Dye That Changes Colour Upon Exhaustion, Suitable For Uyse In Cartridges

RT-SIR22P-HP Strong Base Gel, Type 1,Cl Ionic Form, 70 - 85% Water Retention, 140°F (Max. Temp.), 41 lbs/ft3, Extremely High Porosity Gel Type 1 Anion Resin For Chloride Cycle Organic Scavenging & Colour Removal, Reduced Bead Size Provides Faster Kinetics, Ideal For Tannic Organics (Yellow/Brown Water)

RT-SIR100 Strong Base Gel, Triethylamine, Cl Ionic Form, 1.0 meq/ml Capacity, 50 - 65% Water Retention, 170°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Highly Selective For Nitrates, Meets All Major European Specifications For Pure Water Applications

RT-SIR200 Thiol Functionality, H Ionic Form, 1.1 meq/ml Capacity, 45 - 50% Water Retention, 160°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Specific For Mercury Removal

RT-SIR300 Iminodiacetate Functionality, Na Ionic Form, 1.1 meq/ml Capacity, 55 - 60% Water Retention, 160°F (Max. Temp.), 43 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Specific For Heavy Metals Removal

RT-SIR400 Thiouroniuml Functionality, H Ionic Form, 2.0 meq/ml Capacity, 45-50% Water Retention, 175°F (Max. Temp.), 47 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Sepcific For Precious Metals Removal

RT-SIR500 Aminophosphonic Functionality, Na Ionic Form, 1.1 meq/ml Capacity, 65 - 70% Water Retention, 185°F (Max. Temp.), 45 lbs/ft3, Chelating Resin Specific For Removal Of Hardness From brine

Fine and Coarse Gravel

Fine and Coarse Gravel

Filtration Sand Nominal Effective (D10 mm) Sizes

Excellent for Groundwater Remediation & Other Applications

UltraSorberTM Water Treatment Disposable Drums

Easy to Order Disposable Treatment Medias

Water Treatment Units - Heavy Metal Removal

Call our Customer Service Department to Help you Select the Proper Treatment for your Application!

Use Fiber Glass Tanks for Housing

Water Treatment Media!

Fiber Glass Tanks

Fiber Glass Pressure Vessels are made from high performance composite materials with a standard high-strength polypropylene liner. Diameters range from 8" to 63" and heights from 35" to 86".

Tank Features

•Operating pressure of 150 psi (10 kg/cm²)

•Maximum operating temp 65ºC (150ºF) for flange, 49ºC (120ºF) for NPT

•One-piece PE liner with internally molded neck threads eliminates leaks and pinholes common in other tank designs

•Threaded openings available in 2 1/2" and 4" NPT. 6" flanged openings available in 21" and larger sizes

ERE offers a wide variety of Filtration Media to choose from!

Sludge Bag Dewatering Systems

TEKNOBAG DRAIMAD®

The TEKNOBAG DRAIMAD® system dewaters and bags sludge from water and effluent purification plants. The heart of the system is the special filtration sack made from water repellent material. The sacks are mounted on a special stainless steel frame, designed to give even sludge distribution. The system is electronically controlled from a programmable control panel, ensuring correct process operation.

After a few hours operation the system will produce dry solids content of 15 - 30% depending on the type of sludge. The volume of dewatered sludge produced is dependent on the solid content of raw and dewatered sludge and, with raw sludge contents of 1% dry solids, one machine can treat up to 20 m³ per day.

Once the initial dewatering stage on the machine is finished, the sacks are removed and stored in the open. The special material allows dehydration of the contents of the sacks but prevents rainwater ingress. After two months storage, a cake of 50 - 95% dry solids content is produced. The package plants are fully automatic and include sludge conditioning, bag filling and draining cycles controlled by an integral control panel. Various models are available with 2, 3, 6 and 12 sacks. Operation may be manual or automatic.

Complete Dewatering Package with 2, 3, 6 and 12 bags includes:

• Control Panel with automatic processor

• Polyelectrolyte Tank

• Polyelectrolyte Stirrer

• Polyelectrolyte Pump

• Sludge Pump

• Static Mixer

• Reaction Tank

• Construction: 304 Stainless Steel

• Pressurization package (P)

Automatic Operation

Automatic with Pressurized Filtration

Special System

Sludge SystemsDewatering

MONOBELT ®

The MONOBELT® belt filter press is an entirely new patented design. It comprises two units, the pre-thickener and the sludge press. The prethickener performs the initial solid/liquid separation stage, taking sludge solids concentration from 0.5 - 3% up to 5 - 15%. The sludge press takes pre-thickened sludge and spreads it uniformly onto the main filter cloth via a series of baffles. Final dewatering occurs as the sludge cake passes between the perforated cylinder, which is covered with secondary cloth, and the main cloth. Discharged sludge cake can reach dry solids contents of 18 - 30%.

SCRUDRAIN®

This is the most modern & economical solution to sludge thickening. Sludge thickeners are widely used in many waste-water and water treatment plants. The SCRUDRAIN® sludge thickeners can handle from 10 m3/h to a maximum of 60 m3/h, depending on the type of sludge and the dry solid content. Changing the speed of the Archimedean screw allows adjustment of the concentration of the thickened sludge & minimises the use of polyelectrolyte according to requirements. As a general guide, sludge with 0,5 - 3% can be thickened to 5 - 15% DS.

SCRUDRAIN® rotating thickener with Archimedean screw comes complete with:

• Control panel

• Washing pump

• Set of covers to keep the thickener in accordance with "EC"safety directives

TEPD-MH010-B3

Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max. Delivery 1.1 m³/h

TEPD-MH020-B2

Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max. Delivery 2 m³/h

TEPD-MH040-B2

Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max. Delivery 4 m³/h

TEPD-MH060-B2

Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max. Delivery 6 m³/h

POLYDILUTION® TE-CAP Series

Automatic and continuous polymer preparation system, TE-CAP Series, comes complete with:

•Microdoser with hopper, equipped with lump breaker and variable speed screw conveyor to accurately dose the pure polyelectrolyte

•Water flow regulation and water feed assembly line complete with manual check valve, pressure reducer with gauge, needle valve, pressure switch, solenoid valve and flowmeter

•Predilution chute

•Dilution tank with slow speed stirrer

•Dispersion tank with slow speed stirrer

•Aging and storage tank equipped with two level sensors to control cycle and protect dosing pump

•Electric control board produced to IP65

POLYDILUTION®

TE-CMP series

Polyelectrolyte preparation and dosing equipment has been designed for use with our range of sludge dewatering equipment. There are manual (semi-automatic) and automatic versions available.

The manual range is suitable for small plants where the requirement for flocculant is not continuous and personnel are available for chemical make-up. The manual models (TE-CMP series) are suitable for small waste water treatment plant installation, and can be installed mainly with the TEKNOBAG®-DRAIMAD®. The automatic units are suitable for applications where the polyelectrolyte must be fed on a continuous basis with accurate control of dilution and ageing. The automatic units are suitable for large waste water treatment plants where the MONOBELT® and SCRUDRAIN® are installed.

Polyelectrolyte is mixed with a controlled volume of water and enters the dilution tank where it is mixed using a 45° three bladed mechanical stirrer. It then passes to the dispersion tank where it is further mixed before

Polyelectrolyte in Powder

TE- CAP07CE02

Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 750 L/h Of Solution

TE-CAP15CE02

Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 1500 L/h Of Solution

TE-CAP30CE02

Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 3000 L/h Of Solution

TE-CAP60CE02

Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 6000 L/h Of Solution The

Polyelectrolyte in Emulsion

TE-CAP20EM02 Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 2000 L/h Of Solution

TE-CAP60EM02 Automatic & Continuous Polymer Preparation Unit, Max. 6000 L/h Of Solution Outlet manifold included.

Options

TEPD-MH Eccentric Screw Dosing Pumps For Polyelectrolyte, Complete W/ Variable Speed Worm Geared Motor, Available As Follows

TEPD-MH010-B3 Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max Delivery 1.1 m³/h

TEPD-MH020-B2 Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max Delivery 2 m³/h

TEPD-MH040-B2

Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max Delivery 4 m³/h

TEPD-MH060-B2 Eccentric Screw Dosing Pump, Max Delivery 6 m³/h

TE-CMP Manual Series comes complete with:

•Polyethylene tank with visual level gauge, inspection cap and manual drain valve

•Safety protection made in AISI 304 grade stainless steel and fixed under the inspection cap

•Reinforced top plate in AISI 304 grade stainless steel

•Mixer with 45° three-bladed propeller constructed in AISI 304 gr ade stainless steel

•Metering pump suction pipe

•Plunger metering pump with manual flow adjustment from 10% to 100%. Adjustable with pump operating or stopped

•Metering pump protected by safety valve (optional)

passing into the ageing and storage tank. Polyelectrolyte solution is withdrawn from this tank by dosing pump (optional). The concentration of the solution can be controlled by adjusting either the water flow rate or the polyelectrolyte input rate.

This series of equipment are made of anticorrosive materials and all metal parts are manufactured from stainless steel AISI 304.

TE-CMP03-M

POLYDILUTION® Polyelectrolyte Preparing & Dosing Groups, 300 L Tanks & 125 L/hr Metering Pump

TE-CMP05-L

POLYDILUTION® Polyelectrolyte Preparing & Dosing Groups, 500 L Tanks & 200 L/hr Metering Pump

TE-CMP10-XL

POLYDILUTION® Polyelectrolyte Preparing & Dosing Groups, 1000 L Tanks & 300 L/hr Metering Pump

Micro Filtration

The compact SCRUFILTER® units can be used in many applications of micro-filtration in order to reduce fine suspended solids from water down to 20 microns. The reduction of suspended solids is accompanied by a reduction in COD, BOD5, phosphorus, nitrates and other substances. In the case of further treatment with UV for disinfection it is important to reduce the turbidity caused by suspended solids. Standard filters are manufactured with supports in ABS and filter cloths in polyester. These can also be manufactured completely in stainless steel. The filter cloth is selected according to the requirements which can be 20, 30, 40, 60, 80 or 100 microns, without difference of price. On special request different filter sizes can be produced.

Options

* Extra control panel available.

* On special request different filter sizes can be produced.

* Automatic doth cleaning.

* All made in AISI 304, except filter doth.

SCRUFILTER® Dynamic Filters for Micro-Filtration

Filtration Separation System

New Compact Design and user friendly Oil/Water Filtration Separation & Treatment System used for many industrial & commercial applications. Meet stringent environmental regulations or simply reuse your dirty water. No need to call in a Vacuum Truck to haul away your money, do it yourself with ERE's Recover-All™

Specifically designed to separate oil from water and to treat the water from dissolved hydrocarbons & surfactants. The unit will filter particulates down to 25 µ in size followed by an integrated Coalescing Pack to aid small micelles into bigger droplets of oil for further enhancement of separation.

The oil/water separator is ahead to separate the lighter oils from water, two fluids with a specific gravity of less than 1 and specific gravity of above one. Oil is continuously monitored and removed by a combination of sensors, which activate an oil out actuator and stores the oil in a storage container. Contaminated water will then proceed into a series of ERE's special high capacity mineral oil & grease removal media followed by a polishing filter. Recover-All™ systems are designed for effluents down to 5 mg/L & less. Recover-All™ is a complete cabinet-mounted unit with level controls, pump and control panel for continuous and automatic treatment process.

Membrane Filtration

PUR-O Reverse Osmosis Units

Standard

•Frame Color: white enamel

•Frame Material: Mild steel angle frame, rubber leveling feet

•2 standards 20 inches pre-filters, 5 and 1 microns

•Water connection 3/8"for water inlet, permeate and drain

•Low pressure switch

•Stainless Steel Membrane housing(s)

•Procon-styles drive pump

•On/off switch box with 10 ft grounded line

•System Pressure gauge

•Low Pressure TFC membrane(s)

• Inlet Tap Water solenoïd

Options

• Membrane auto-flush

• Permeate and waste flow meters

• TDS meter

PUR-OSystems remove up to 99% of the total dissolved solids (TDS) in raw commercial feedwater, producing high quality process water for applications such as:

Boiler Feed, Drinking Water, Food & Beverage Processing, Humidification Systems, Industrial Processes & Spot free Rinse

Info-Zone

Ultrafiltration

Ultrafiltration systems use porous membranes for the removal of dissolved and colloidal material. They operate by low driving pressures usually under 150 lb/ft2 (1034 kN/m2). It is a good pretreatment to Reverse Osmosis operations. A typical application of Ultrafiltration is the removal of oil from aqueous streams and the removal of turbidity from color colloids

Reverse Osmosis

Reverse Osmosis is a filtration method that removes many types of ions and large molecules from solution. This is done through a semi-permeble membrane at a pressure greater than the osmotic pressure caused by the dissolved salts in the water. Operating driving pressures are much higher compared to Ultrafiltration, and may vary from atmospheric to 1000 lb/ft2 (6900 kN/m2). Major applications include deionized (DI) water, desalination and drinking water.

* Feed water conditions: 25ºC, 300 TDS

* System conditions: membrane pressure at 150

PUR-O Reverse Osmosis Units

Standard

•White powder coat steel frame

•Inlet solenoid, 3/4"FNPT,

•Low pressure switch set to 15 psi

•5 microns pre-filter

•Permeate and feed water flow meters

•Line and system pressure gauges

•Low pressure TFC membrane(s)

•Recirculation and concentrate discharge valves

•Stainless steel membrane housing(s)

•Stainless steel pump

Options

• Membrane auto-flush

• TDS meter

• 230 volts 3 phases

• Sample ports

• Jet pump for repressurization

• 304 stainless steel frame

* Feed water conditions: 25ºC, 500 mg/L NaCl

* System conditions: membrane pressure at 130 psi, 60% recovery

Mini Systems for Oil, Water & Coolant Separation

OlioSep-Mini™ - Oil/Water Separation Filtration System

OlioSep-Mini™ System will filter particulates down to 25 µin size followed by a separator to separate the lighter oils from water. The dissolved phase will then proceed into ERE's special high capacity

UltraSorber™ Media Filtration Unit.

Features

•Max Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm

•115V/1/60

•Stainless Steel 304 Construction

•Mounted on a stand with wheels for easy transportation

Comes with the following:

•Quite Positive Displacement Pump

•Particulate Filter Housing with Gauge

•UltraSorber™, Media Filtration for removal of dissolved hydrocarbons

•OlioSkim™, Floating Skimmer with 25' Attachment Hose

•Latching Level Switches for Effluent Transfer Pump

•Centrifugal Effluent Pump

•High/High Level Alarm Switch built into the OlioSep Separator

•High Alarm Switch for the Oil Recovery Tank

•Control Panel

Excellent for Coolants

OlioSep-Mini™ - Coolant Separation Filtration System

Features

•Specifically designed for operations where coolants get contaminated with heavy loads of floating chips such as metal and plastic machining plus tramp oil

•Features a high capacity filter on the inlet side for the removal of particulates down to 25 micron in size, followed by the OlioSepTM special design separator for separating coolant from floating tramp oil

•Maximum 0.5 gpm, 115V/1/60

•Stainless steel construction, 304 separator

•Mounted on stand with wheels for easy transportation

•Quiet positive displacement pump with variable speed motor

•Filter housing with gauge

•OlioSkimTM, tramp oil/coolant floating skimmer and attachment hose

Good for Car Wash, Industrial Waste Water, Garage Stations & Metal Machining

Oil/Water Separators

Features

•Best quality gravity coalescer separation with patented coalescers

•Quality stainless steel construction built to last

•Produces an effluent with less than 10mg/l of oil droplets measuring larger than 20 microns in size

Other Options Available

•Level switches, latching low-high for pump control and high-high for high level alarm

•Influent positive displacement pumps

•Effluent centrifugal pump

•Water treatment packages

•Skid mounted

•Control Panels

ER-8000-05-SS Stainless Steel

ER-8000-05-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand

Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm (2 L/min)

Width: 10" (25.4 cm)

Lenght: 15" (38.1 cm)

Height: 15" (38.1 cm)

Inlet Diameter: 1" (2.54 cm)

Outlet Diameter: 1" (2.54 cm)

Oil Outlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81cm)

ER-80016-SS Stainless Steel

ER-80016-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand

Flow Rate: 2 gpm (7.5 L/min)

Width: 12" (30.84 cm)

Lenght: 46" (116.84 cm)

Height: 22" (55.88 cm)

Inlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81 cm)

Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Oil Outlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81cm)

ER-80002-SS Stainless Steel

ER-80002-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand

Flow Rate: 4 gpm (15 L/min)

Width: 24" (60.96 cm)

Lenght: 46" (116.84 cm)

Height: 22" (55.88 cm)

Inlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81 cm)

Outlet Diameter: 1.5" (3.81 cm)

Oil Outlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm)

ER-80024-SS Stainless Steel

ER-80024-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand

Flow Rate: 16 gpm (61 L/min)

Width: 24" (60.96 cm)

Lenght: 58" (147.32 cm)

Height: 34" (86.36 cm)

Inlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Oil Outlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm)

ER-80004-SS Stainless Steel

ER-80004-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand

Flow Rate: 8 gpm (30 L/min)

Width: 12" (30.84 cm)

Lenght: 58" (147.32 cm)

Height: 34" (86.36 cm)

Inlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm)

Outlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm)

Oil Outlet Diameter: 2" (5.08 cm)

ER-80030-SS Stainless Steel

ER-80030-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand

Flow Rate: 24 gpm (91 L/min)

Width: 46" (91.44 cm)

Lenght: 58" (147.32 cm)

Height: 34" (86.36 cm)

Inlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Oil Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

ER-80008-SS Stainless Steel

ER-80008-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand

Flow Rate: 30 gpm (114 L/min)

Width: 36" (91.44 cm)

Lenght: 67" (170.18 cm)

Height: 34" (86.36 cm)

Inlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Oil Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

ER-80050-SS Stainless Steel

ER-80050-STD Carbon Steel Blue Stand

Flow Rate: 50 gpm (189 L/min)

Width: 60" (152 cm)

Lenght: 68" (173 cm)

Height: 34" (86.36 cm)

Inlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Oil Outlet Diameter: 3" (7.62 cm)

Wastewater Problems?

Separation Technology

ERE CoolSepTM is a technology based on the application of membranes for treatment of industrial wastewaters, such as coolants. ERE CoolSepTM is using crossflow membrane filtration technology to perform emulsified oil and suspended solids separation. This technology could apply to most metal working fluid coolant, wastewater and others solutions.

Major Applications

•Metal working fluid

•Machine and grinding solutions

•Coolant

•Wash water

•Vibratory deburring liquid

•Waste treatment

•The CoolSepTM is designed to treat oily wastewater

•It reduces wastewater volume, reducing disposal and transportation costs

Specification

•Model: ER-89-6-MS*

•Dimensions: 2' W x 2.1/2' L x 6.1/2' H

•Operating temperature: 10 - 50°C

•Power required: 115, 230V/1/60Hz

•Shipping weight: 300 lbs

Options

• Transfer pump

• Free oil separator (OLIOSEPTM)

• Inline filtration

• Recirculation tank

• Level controls

• Chemical cleaning tank

• Polishing Media (UltraSorberTM media)

• Control panel

• Pilot study

• Rental

Advantages

• Cost savings on operation

• Improve technology

• User friendly

• Automated operations

• Wastewater reduction ER-89-6-MS

Belt Skimmers - A Traditional Favourite

Zebra Belt Skimmer

Features

•Steel heavy duty construction

•Removable, easy-to-clean oil collection tray

•Continuous duty, fan-cooled motor

•Self tensioning belt on fixed lower pulley (to 24")

•Hanging lower pulley design (36" and up)

• To determine the amount of reach, measure from mounting point to low fluid operating level

Triple Action Coolant Cleaner

Features

•Continuously cleans, filters, and aerates to prevent static sump rancidity

•Intake attachment options to suit almost any application

• Coalescing media increases surface area for faster separation

•Improved Internal Oil Discharge Skimmer dispenses virtually coolant-free oil

• Oxygenator aerates the barrel to prevent bacterial contamination

• Particle filtration option for sumps with coolant degrading chips

• Small, centrifugal pump fits in almost any sump (diaphragm pump options available)

• Leak-proof fittings keep your shop cleaner

• Durable hoses, with customized length options, resist crimping and crushing

• Built-in siphon system empties the whole barrel in minutes

Smart Disk Skimmer Saves Time & Money

Zebra Smart Disk Skimmer

Features

•Integrated Diverter knows the difference between floating tramp oils and coolant

•Continuous-duty, fan cooled motor

•Rugged steel construction

•2 quarts per hour oil removal capacity

•1/2 x 12" (13 x 300 mm) sump

access needed

•Maximum temperatures of 80°F (27°C)

How it Works

1. Oils (tramp and coolant) enter here.

2. Coolant sinks and passes under this weir.

3. Clean coolant returns to your sump here.

4. Tramp oils discharge to waste container here.

ZE-GS4H300

Smart Disk Skimmer, 12" High Impact Disk, Reach Of 4.5"

ZE-XETIMER

Timer, 24 hr, 3 Settings Per Day, 110 V Plugs To Any Standard Outlet

Other models also available.

Integrated Timer, 7 Day, 2 Hour Interval Settings, Integrated W/ Motor Housing

Other models also available.

ZE-F15P Muscle Coalescer PLUS Other models also available.

Capable of Tackling Heavy Oil Loads

Features

•Handles heavy oil loads from coolant and washwater applications

•Intermittent-duty motor

•Up to 5 gallons per hour oil removal capacity

•1/2 x 12" (13 x 300 mm) sump access needed

•Maximum temperatures of 80°F (27°C) for high impact disks for coolant

Zebra Muscle Coalescer

Zebra Simple Disk Skimmer

Zebra Economy Mixer

Features

•14 metering tips for specific ratios

•Maximum viscosity of 500 SSU

•4.8 gpm (18 lpm) flow rate

•48"intake tube with check valve included

•48"discharge tube included

•Required pressure of 25 psi (75 psi max.)

•Fits easily on 55 gallon barrels

ZE-MIX05120

Zebra Economy Mixer

ZE-MIXXWL.1

Water Limiter, 15 - 150 Adjustable psi Range

Zebra Proportioning Pumps

Features

• Delivers mix through hose or conduit right to your machine

• No need to verify concentration once initially determined

• Compact with few moving parts

• Can be permanently mounted to wall

• Maximum viscosity of 700 SSU

• 800' lateral max delivery

• 20' vertical max delivery

• Works for concentrates in pails, barrels, or totes (6' intake hose included)

ZE-MIXPP518

Proportioning Pump For Coolants, 7 gpm, 1.4 To 12.3% Mix Range

ZE-MIXPPX75

Pre-Pump Filter For Proportioning Pumps, 20 µ

ZE-MIXXWL.1 Water Limiter, 15 - 150 Adjustable psi Range

ZE-MIXPRV.1 Pressure Regulating Valve For Vertical Or Multiple Outlet Line Delivery

Other models also available.

Info Zone

In the absence of oxygen, anaerobes multiply, causing coolant to spoil. Oxygen in the coolant system inhibits ananerobic bacterial growth, extending coolant life. Like a pond, coolant will stay healthier longer if it is circulated or aerated. Whenever your machine is turned off, use an Oxygenator or circulation pump to extend the life of your coolant.

OxygenatorTM

Features

• Extend coolant life

• Eliminate foul odours

• Maintain high oxygen levels

• Industrial grade bronze air diffusers

• Fuel grade tubing

ZE-XBUB5000

Medium OxygenatorTM, 26 - 50 Gallon Sump, 110 V, 3000 cc/min, 5" x 3" x 2.5"

Other models also available.

Odour Control Tablets

Features

• Eliminates sump odours caused by hydrogen sulfide bacterial emissions

• Easiest and most effective way to control sump odour and correct low pH

• Contains no formaldehyde or harmful chemicals

• Safer and more economical than biocides

• Works best when used with the OxygenatorTM

Basic Refractometers With FocusAdjustable

Refractometers

•Range of 0 - 10 or 0 - 32 Brix

•Prism aperture lets in a lot of light

•Diamond-knurled sleeve for good gripping

•Comfortable eyepiece with adjustable focus for easy reading

•Auto temperature compensation for shop areas with varying temperatures

•Average use accuracy range (.10%)

•Carrying case with sampler included

•Check with your coolant supplier to see if your coolant measures 1:1 with the Brix scale. If not, ask them for the refractometer factor, which you will need to multiply the scale reading by, for the actual concentration

ZE-OPT10

Basic Refractometer, 0 - 10 Brix Scale

ZE-OPT32

Basic Refractometer, 0 - 32 Brix Scale

Use BIIOTM for Cleanup of Hydrocarbon!

BIIO™

Concentrated Biological Hydrocarbon Digestant

Specifically Designed for Soil & Water Treatment

BIIO™ Remediation Bacteria is a live synergistic blend of all-natural bacteria classified as BioSafety Level 1 organisms, specifically chosen for their accelerated ability to metabolize hydrocarbon products such as:

•Unrefined and Refined Hydrocarbons

•Gasoline

•Jet Fuel

•Diesel

•Furnace Fuel

•Mineral, Oil & Greases

•Aromatic Compounds

Features & Benefits

•For use in soil, water (salt, brine & fresh)

•Degrades hydrocarbons into CO2 and H2O

•Degrades Petroleum in soil and water

•Digests hydrocarbons

•Digests short and long chain hydrocarbons

•Reduces TPH and BTEX

•Safe, natural & biodegradable

•Naturally Occurring (natural bacteria, endemic to the earth, not genetically engineered)

•Non-Pathogenic (does not cause disease)

•Non-Opportunistic (will not cause disease in a compromised host)

ZE-XOCT25 Odor Control Tablets, 1 Tablet/25 Gallon/Week Capacity, 2"Diameter, 3/8"Thick, 15 Tablets/Tube

Deliver More Oxygen at your Sites with Oxy-CleanTM Formulas!

Oxy-Clean Advanced™ 14FR, Fast Release

Sodium Percarbonate for Environmental Cleanup

Oxy-Clean Advanced™ 18SR, Slow Release

Calcium Peroxide for Groundwater and Soil Remediation

Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 14FR, a source of hydrogen peroxide, is capable of oxidizing and enhancing aerobic bioremediation of environmental contaminants with an activated form of oxygen. OxyClean Advanced™ - 14FR is made of uniform spherical granules that contain 13% available oxygen, equivalent to 28% hydrogen peroxide. This decomposes to oxygen, water and sodium carbonate - making it a very safe treatment chemical, especially when the remediation site is close to residential or commercial activities. It is dry and dust-free, making it easy to handle on site.

Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 14FR can be used for soil remediation, ponds and lagoons, treatment of sludges in pond closings, oil and gas treatment, dechlorination and municipal sewage treatment - control of odour, grease and corrosion especially for the treatment of petroleum hydrocarbons,sulfides,disulfides,mercaptans,phenols,organic amines and aldehydes.

Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 18SR is best used to carry out enhanced aerobic bioremediation of either groundwater or soil. This is achieved through extended release of oxygen required by aerobic microorganisms, especially for the treatment of BTEX, MTBE, TPH, PAH, Phenol and Cresol, Heavy Metal Oxidation, High Explosives, Non Halogenated Compounds, Halogenated Compounds.

Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 18SR is a fine, very pale yellow, odourless powder that contains primarily calcium peroxide. The rate of gaseous oxygen generation is influenced by the physical and chemical properties of the surrounding medium such as pH, and temperature. Oxy-Clean Advanced™ - 18SR has more active oxygen with typically 17.3%, it also has a very slow solubility in water which allows the product to release its oxygen for many months.

New Generation of Oxygen Diffusion Cells

The all-new OXY-D-FUSETM is a special formulation of calcium peroxide in a porous cell. It can be installed in either 2" (OXY-D-FUSETM2) or 4" wells (OXY-D-FUSETM4) or larger. The tubes are easily replaceable and are used to enhance aerobic bioremediation of groundwater or soil, and may act as infiltration barriers to prevent contaminant migration. This is achieved through extended release of oxygen required by aerobic microorganisms to break down hydrocarbons, including BTEX, MTBE, TPH, PAH and others. The calcium peroxide provides a slow and extended oxygen release profile, and a high active oxygen concentration of 17.3% or higher. Field studies have found that on site conditions, oxygen can be released for up to a year.

Stop Paying Money for Blocked Pipes!

Scalehammer

We Love Oil!

Scalehammer is a unique and efficient solution to the damaging effects of scale buildup within the inner workings of commercial appliances. It acts as a veritable "lock" against scale buildup by dissolving existing buildup and by preventing water minerals from transforming into scale crystals. As an investment, Scalehammer maximizes equipment performance and drastically reduces maintenance costs incurred when removing scale buildup.

Unlike traditional water softeners, Scalehammer is a worry-free solution. There are no parts to change (like cartridges or fiters), and it never requires maintenance. It takes only a few minutes to install, and your fingers are the only tools needed.

Scalehammer does not add chemical products or salts to water, nor does it extract scale-forming minerals such as calcium from water. Instead, it uses magnetohydrodynamics to dissolve mineral crystals into powder. As a result, it prevents minerals from crystallizing into scale without removing the minerals themselves. And that's a good thing, because these minerals are essential to good health!

The CarboBailer is a single, economical way of collecting and/or sampling hydrocarbons from wells, drums, or tanks. It works by just slowly inserting the bailer into the well and just slowly, removing it. As it will be raised from the well, the water will drain out of the bailer while the hydrocarbons will be trapped. The hydrocarbons can be removed by either pouring out from the top or using a bottom-emptying device.

Specifications

Manufactured in PVC, individually wrapped. Comes with a bottomemptying device. The 1.5" model comes in a PVC carrying case. ER-CAR-P163

HydroPhobe Passive SkimmerTM

Advantages

•It reduces the need for high descaling maintenance using aggressive acidic products

•It noticeably extends (up to 5 times) the intervals at which you must clean pipes obstructed by scale buildup (in showers, bathtubs, sinks, etc.)

•It increases equipment efficiency and reduces scale-incrusted pipes, heating elements and filters

•It preserves and prolongs the life of your equipment.

•It generates remarkable savings on parts normally damaged by scale buildup

Examples of commercial application include

• Commercial coffeemakers

• Humidifiers

• Icemakers

• Drinking fountains, etc.

The Hydrophobe Passive SkimmerTM is manufactured with our latest technology membrane removing hydrocarbons from water. The skimmers are designed to float on the interface, allowing fluids to enter without water. Just insert the skimmer into the well and allow it to skim water-free products - withdraw when ready.

Fabricated in PVC. Consists of a stainless steel bottom-emptying device. Three sizes are available.

Oil BucketTM

The Oil BucketTM is an independently floating passive skimmer that is equipped with a visual alarm to indicate when the bucket is full. The heart of the system is a floating cartridge that recovers product for storage in an integral 2 liter reservoir. Actual separation of product from water is carried out by a mesh screen located in the cartridge.

Remove Floating Oil from a Pit!

Specifications

16" H x 10", 7 lbs weight, 2 liter capacity

Polyethylene material with nylon check valves

Use for LNAPL Recovery in Open Environments!

Oil Scavenger™ System

Large Diameter or Open Area Applications

Model No.: ER-3051101-L

OR-FB100

100 Mesh Oleophilic / Hydrophobic Cartridge (Blue) - For Light Oils

OR-FB60

60 Mesh Oleophilic / Hydrophobic Cartridge (Green) - For Heavy Oils

Olio-SkimTM

The Olio-SkimTM is a compact lightweight oil skimmer that floats at the oil/water interface, efficiently collecting free oil and water for delivery to the VGS (Vertical Gravity Separator). The Olio-SkimTM is best suited for food industry and industrial waste water where the effluent levels vary significantly and floating solids have been screened. The skimmer head is adjustable so that you can increase or decrease the amount of oil or water needed to be skimmed.

Oil Scavenger System is a unique separating and pumping system designed for the recovery of hydrocarbon product from the surface water. The system is portable and is electrically safe for use in hazardous locations. The heart of the Oil Scavenger System is a floating oil/water separator 100 mesh cartridge membrane that consists of an 18.5" diameter product collection chamber assembly and lid which passes recovered oil to a remote pump and control assembly. Actual separation of oil or other hydrocarbons from water is effected by a mesh screen located in the floating buoy assembly. This screen is specially treated to pass oil and repel water.

Oil Scavenger™ System

Shallow and Narrow Well Applications

Model No.: ER-3051101-S

Oil Scavenger System is a portable surface mounted system designed for high rate recovery, up to 4 gpm (14.8 lpm) of free phase hydrocarbon layers for Shallow and Narrow Applications. Oil can be reduced to a measurable layer of approximately 2 inches. It is ideal for wells as small as 2 inches in diameter where the depth to water is less than 20 feet. The system incorporates a highly effective suction lift pump, discriminating level sensor and an explosion-proof control panel for use within hazardous environments.

System Package Comes with:

•Fiber Glass Rugged Weather Proof Field Enclosure, 24"x 24"x 24"H

•20 ft cable and 12.5 ft input hose

Application

Oil & Water

Specifications

Float Ball Diameter: 4"

Skimming Head Diameter: 2"

Total Floating Height: 6"

Total Skimmer Diameter:13"

Weight: 10 lbs

Minimal Operational Water Depth: 6"

Hose Connection: 1/2" Male Barb

ER-81-001

Olio-SkimTM

Great for Oil/Water Separators!

•Tankfull probe with 25 ft of cable

•20 ft of 3/4"output hose with grounding clip

•Explosion proof panel with 1/4 HP pump/motor, 115/230 V AC

•25 ft power cord with plug

•Spare parts kit

ER-3051101-L

Large Diameter Or Open Area Applications

Oil ScavengerTM System

ER-3051101-S

Shallow & Narrow Well Applications

Oil ScavengerTM System

Magnum Spill Buster Oil Recovery System

Active Portable Oil Skimmer!

Spill Buddy

Features

•Portable pump with water interface detector for product only recovery

•For use in 2-inch and larger wells - standard unit goes 50 feet deep

•Operated by self contained rechargeable battery for easy portability

•Pumpable fluids includes water and most hydrocarbons, LNAPLs and DNAPLs, viscosities from 0 - 10 cp

•12 V (dc), 5 amps-hrs sealed lead acid battery provides 1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge

•Wall transformer included

•Pumps 1 foot of product in a 2" well in 14 seconds at a 50 foot depth

•Pumps 1 foot of product in a 4" well in 54 seconds at a 50 foot depth

•0.7 gpm pumping rate

•1 hour continuous pumping per battery charge

•Operating temperature range 0°F to 130°F (-18°C to 55°C)

The Magnum Spill Buster™ is an automated free phase petroleum contamination pumping system. It is specifically designed to remove LNAPL petroleum product from the water table via a 2" or larger diameter well. Its unique auto-seeking device allows the pump intake to automatically follow the elevation of the oil/water interface as it fluctuates throughout the entire length of the well. The Magnum Spill Buster will not pump any amount of water. The system can be wired to 115 V AC or 230 V AC power or is capable of true 24 V DC deep cycle battery/solar panel operation for remote site locations.

Specifications

The Complete Magnum Spill Buster™ System includes: Magnum Spill Buster™ Control Box, Magnum Spill Buster™ Probe with 50' cable, Auto Seeker with 30' cable set, Recovery Tank Overflow Sensor with 30' cable and Recovery Tank bung, 50' nylon NAPL discharge tubing.

Input Power: 115 V AC or 230 V AC, 100 Watts max. or 24 V DC, 75 watts max. with optional battery cable and deep discharge batteries.

Viscosity Ranges: Standard Pump - 0 to 10 cp at 70°F - Optional Medium Viscosity Pump - Up to 25 cp

Pumping Rate: Up to 45 GPH (171 LPH) @ 0 psi (Zero depth and no discharge back pressure.) or Up to 15 GPH (57 LPH) @ 50 psi (50' deep and 25 psi discharge back pressure.)

Standard Well Depth: 50' max.

Maximum Well Depth: 150' on special order with 150' down-well cable.

Minimum Well Head Clearance for AUTO SEEKER: 24" x 24" x 22" deep

Probe Dimensions: 1.9" dia. x 16" long (cable dia. including the discharge tube is 0.5") Standard Probe cable length is 50'.

Control Box Dimensions: 14" wide x 19" high x 6" deep. An additional 10" is required below for cable exit and an additional 14" is required in front and to the left for door swing.

Standard Cable Length: 30' from Control Box to well head

LNAPL Recovery Tank Overflow Sensor: Threads into a standard 2" barrel bung. Standard cable length is 30'.

Skim Oil into a Drum in Seconds!

BOSS-2TM Pneumatic Pump

The BOSS-2 Automatic Environmental Pump is ideal for groundwater, leachate and hydrocarbon applications. Quality Stainless

Steel construction.

Specifications

•Good for 2" wells or larger

•Positive displacement pump, 200 ft maximum rated depth

•3 gpm maximum flow TOP and BOTTOM loading

•Maximum operating pressure 125 psi

•Comes with filter regulator

BOSS-4TM Pneumatic Pump

The BOSS-4TM Automatic Environmental Pump is ideal for groundwater, leachate and hydrocarbon applications. Quality Stainless Steel construction.

Specifications

•Good for 4" wells or larger

•Positive displacement pump, 200 ft maximum rated depth

•10 gpm maximum flow TOP Loading, 14 gpm maximum flow BOTTOM loading

•10 - 125 psi operating pressure

• Fluid Discharge Line: 3/4" I.D., Air Exhaust Line 3/8" I.D., Air Supply Line: 1/4" O.D.

Features

The Redi-Flo 3 Electrical Submersible Pumps feature an all new high efficiency permanent magnet motor that not only delivers an ultra-high starting torque, but also provides internal protection against pump dry-run, over and under voltage, plus overload and over-temperature safety.

The Redi-Flo 3 pump-end uses a floating impeller technology and environmentally tough materials of construction to give excellent wear resistance and solids handling capability. This meets the stringent requirements of environmental applications.

•Operates in minimum well diameters of 3"

•Reliable built in spring loaded check valves let you operate the pump in any position from vertical to horizontal

•The optional status Box and R100 at the surface allows you to communicate with the pump’s integrated electronics through the standard power leadswith no additional power

•Permanent magnet motors produce a high efficiency over a wide load range as compared to conventional single phase motors

•Portable and "dedicated" installation options for maximum versatility and widespread application use

•Flow rates range from 9 gpm to as little as 100 min.

ER-TL-60000-4

BOSS-4TM Controllerless Pneumatic Environmental Pump, Top Loading, Max. 10 gpm

ER-BL-60000-4

BOSS-4TM Controllerless Pneumatic Environmental Pump, Bottom Loading, Max. 14 gpm

Accessories

ER-60500

Filter Regulator Assembly W/ Auto Drain, Pressure Gauge, Inlet Valve, Quick Connect Fitting, Bracket For The Filter Regulator

ER-60501

Well Clincher, 4"

ER-60502

1/4" Air Supply Line, 3/8" Exhaust Line, 3/4" Product Discharge Line

ER-60503 Inline Carbon Exhauster, 12" x 1" Dia., Comes W/ Fittings 3/8" Barb

ER-60504

BOSS-4TM Set Of 2 Wrenches

Pump Accessories

GR-96422776

CU300, SQE Status Box

GR-96615297 Infrared Remote

GR-96026030

Transducer 0 - 90 psi (0 - 6 BAR) NPT

GR-96160895

Cable Kit, 25'

GR-96160896

Cable Kit, 50'

GR-96160897

Cable Kit, 75'

GR-96160898

Cable Kit, 100'

GR-96160899

Cable Kit, 125'

GR-96160900

Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge

GR-96160745

10SQE07-220NE, 10 gpm, 3/4 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge

GR-96160746

10SQE10-260NE, 10 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge

GR-96160747

10SQE10-300NE, 10 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge

GR-96160748

10SQE10-340NE, 10 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.25" Discharge

GR-96160773

22SQE05-40NE, 22 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 100 - 115 V, 1.5" Discharge

GR-96160756

22SQE05-40NE, 22 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge

GR-96160774

22SQE05-80NE, 22 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 100 - 115 V, 1.5" Discharge

GR-96160757

22SQE05-80NE, 22 gpm, 1/2 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge

GR-96160758

22SQE07-110NE, 22 gpm, 3/4 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge

GR-96160759

22SQE07-140NE, 22 gpm, 3/4 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge

GR-96160760

22SQE10-180NE, 22 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge

GR-96160761

22SQE10-210NE, 22 gpm, 1 hp, 1 Phase, 200 - 240 V, 1.5" Discharge

Cable Kit, 150'

GR-96160901

Cable Kit, 175'

GR-96160902

Cable Kit, 200'

GR-96160903

Cable Kit, 225'

GR-96160904

Cable Kit, 250'

GR-96160943

Cable Kit, 275'

GR-96160905

Cable Kit, 300'

GR-96160944

Cable Kit, 325'

GR-96160945

Cable Kit, 350'

GR-96160946

Cable Kit, 375'

GR-96160947

Cable Kit, 400'

GR-96160949

Cable Kit, 450'

GR-96160951

Cable Kit, 500'

Ideal for Groundwater Monitoring & Continuous Operation in Remediation Applications

Redi-Flo 4 Electrical Submersible Environmental Pumps

The Redi-Flo 4 Variable Performance Submersible Pumps are constructed of virgin Teflon and stainless steel to handle the rigors of contaminated groundwater monitoring and continuous operation in remediation.

Features

• User-friendly cable guard for easy installation

• Constructed of stainless steel and virgin Teflon for the cleanest possible purging and sampling conditions

• Integral check valve for reliable, jam-free back flow prevention

• Excellent for purging applications, monitoring wells and recovery wells

Redi-Flo 4 Stainless Steel Pump Ends

Control Boxes

Grundfos MS402E Performance Motor for Variable Speed

Submersible Motors, Two

Tefzel Motor Leads, 4" Two Wire Motors

Grundfos Redi-Flo 4

Submersible Motors, Three Wire

Tefzel Motor Leads, 4" Three Wire Motors

Control Algae the Environmentally Friendly Way in Different Applications

LG Sonic®

The LG Sonic® technology consists of a new generation of ultrasonic devices, which inhibit algal growth on an environmentally friendly basis without chemical additives.

Controls Algae

The LG Sonic® technology combines strength, safety and efficiency in one product to control algae without chemicals.

Controls Biofilm

LG Sonic® uses the newest technologies to control biofilm in many applications where chemical additives are unwanted.

Environmentally Friendly

LG Sonic® offers you a method to control algae without using chemicals. Besides that, the LG Sonic® technology has a very low power consumption.

Friendly for Fish & Water Plants

The LG Sonic® technology is tough on algae yet completely harmless for other life forms present in the water. Various universities have researched the effect of the LG Sonic® products on fish and water plants, but no negative effect was found.

Effective

on Large Water Surfaces

The LG Sonic® products can efficiently control algae on a distance up to 650 ft with a power consumption of just 10 Watt. For reservoirs larger then 650 ft, we can assist you with a detailed plan to install multiple devices for optimal water treatment.

Easy to Install & Maintain

The LG Sonic® devices are being placed in the water body itself, emitting sound waves through your water reservoir.

Application

Water Treatment Plants

"Controls algae without killing beneficial bacteria"

• Provides control of the growth of filamentous and suspended algae in water

• LG Sonic® technology, combined with a bacterial treatment of both aerobic and anaerobic bacteria leads to a faster sludge reduction

• Better interaction between both solids and bacteria

Cooling Towers

"Reduces chemical treatment by controlling algae"

• Prevents the growth of new algal cells without using chemicals

• Controls biofilm formation

• Reduces chemicals

• Improved efficiency

• Prevent damage to pumps and pipes

Groundwater, Hydrocarbon, Vapour Issues? No Problem!

Stripping Dissolved Gases Away ...

DULEXTM Multiphase Extraction System

ERE’s Dulex™ Multiphase Extraction Technology is a system that can extract Hydrocarbon Contaminants (LNAPL), Groundwater to create a cone of depression which will influence and contain migrating hydrocarbons to the extracted well and Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC’s), all from one well! With one system you can extract from one or multiple wells at the same time and reduce your site remediation clean up time by half or less time than traditional pump & treat systems.

ERE Dulex™ System Comes Complete With:

•High Vac Pump with TEFC Motor

•Control Panel (Nema 4)

•Variable Speed Control for High Vac Pump Flow

•Multiport Manifold

•Tornado™ Knockout Tank

•Tornado™ Knockout Tank Transfer PD Pump with TEFC Motor

•Sampson™ Bag Filter Housing with Pressure Switch

•OlioSep™ Oil/Water Separator

•OlioSep™ Internal Level Switches for Transfer Pump

•OlioSep™ Transfer Pump TEFC

•UltraSorber™ Water Treatment Media

•UltraSorber™ Air Effluent Treatment Unit

•Pressure Switch

•Water Totalizer Meter

•Sampling Ports for the Water and Air

•Skid Mounted

VOCease™

Strips Away Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) from Water

Operation

The ERE V.O.Cease™ System consists of a stainless steel baffled tank with patented diffusers and air blower. It provides superior contaminant removal rates reaching 99.9% efficiency. The air stripper comes with a sight glass cover which allows supervision of the stripping process. Air is pumped in by a blower through the air inlet, which is in turn blown into the stainless steel diffusers. The diffusers provide the necessary bubbling and shearing required to promote the stripping of various contaminants. Simultaneously, contaminated water is pumped into the tank. The water travels through the tank in a snake-like motion, having a certain residence in each baffle, necessary to promote stripping of target contaminant. The water is discharged by gravity or mechanically by a pump. The stripped contaminants are discharged from a gas vent at the rear of the air stripper. The contaminated vapor stream is either discharged into the air, or is allowed to be treated with an air filtration system such as UltraSorber™ Air Treatment Media’s.

Performance

•Provides quick and efficient removal of dissolved gases and other contaminants including BTEX, MTBE, TCE, PCE, H2S, TCA, Radon, Ammonia, Vinyl Chloride, Methylene Chloride and other contaminants

•It provides superior contaminant removal rates reaching 99.9% efficiency

•Patented stainless steel diffusers resist fouling by biological activity

•High strength stainless steel tank containing aerated chambers

•Portable system, easy transport inspection and maintenance

EvacuSolTM Soil Vapour Extraction

Soil vapor extraction; Gasoline vapor recovery; Groundwater Sparging; Wastewater treatment Aeration; Lagoon Gas Recovery; Landfill Off-Gas Evacuation & collection; Radon gas collection; Odor Control

Features

•Regenerative blower

•Inlet / Outlet plumbing

•Air filter

•Ambient air valve

•Vacuum gauges

•Power disconnect

•Thermal overload protection switch

•UL and CSA approved and conforms to NEMA frame sizes

•EXPLOSION PROOF, DIVISION 1 & 2, CLASS 1 for GROUP D hazardous atmospheres

ERE’s EvacuSolTM, Vapor Extraction Systems are designed for soil degassing and ventilation applications that require low flow/high vacuum capabilities. The system is applicable to the removal of volatile and semivolatile organic compounds from the vadose zone. Vapors drawn are carried through a vent ductwork to the outside atmosphere or a vapor treatment system.

are great for push pull applications with the same well. Comes with a three way valve assembly that conveniently converts an extraction well into a sparging point without any need of pipe change.

Keep It Clean With Filter Changes!

Filter Replacements

ER-2000-5-005

.5 hp Replacement Filter

ER-20010-005

1 hp Replacement Filter

ER-20020-005

2 hp Replacement Filter

ER-20030-005

3 hp Replacement Filter

ER-20050-005

5 hp Replacement Filter

ER-20100-005

10 hp Replacement Filter

Base W/ Rubber Isolators, Dilution Valve

ER-20050

295 SCFM Open Flow / 87 IWG Maximum Vacuum, 5 hp, 230/460V-3-60, 3450 rpm, Explosion-Proof Motor (Switch Sold Apart), Inline Filter, 2 Vacuum Gauges, 0 - 30 IHG, Skid Base, Dilution Valve

ER-20100

400 SCFM Open Flow / 98 IWG Maximum Vacuum, 10 hp, 460/575-3-60, 3450 rpm, Explosion-Proof Motor (Switch Sold Apart), Inline Filter, 2 Vacuum Gauges, 0 - 30 IHG, Skid Base, Dilution Valve

EvacuSol™ Storage Aluminum Box

Great for up to 2 HP systems, rugged and aluminum made construction, comes with lifting handles, lockable, rubber isolator feet.

ER-20002

EvacuSol™ Storage Aluminum Box

Tornado™ Moisture Separators protect regenerative blowers from corrosion and mineralization damage.

Separation Method is High Efficiency Cyclonic Action with a Check Ball System that will prevent water entering the vacuum blower

Picture shown with reverse manifolds

Ideal for Air Treatment, Gas Purification & Solvent Recovery

Ammona Carb

For reduction or removal of ammonia and amine vapours

3 mm diameter pelletized coal based carbon treated to remove low to high concentrations of ammonia and amine vapours - specifically designed for gas applications

KOH-PI-608P

For control of Hydrogen Sulfide, Mercaptans, NOx, Cl2, SO2, ClO2, HCL, HF, HBr, H2SO4, aldehydes, formaldehyde, mercury vapours, organic emmisions and reactive gases

Double Impregnated activated carbon is based on a high activity coal pelleted carbon

Mercarb

For reduction or removal of mercury vapour in contaminated air streams

The unique impregnation process used to produce the MerCarb adsorbent allows the removal of mercury contaminated streams at higher temperatures

Vapour Phase Carbon Coconut Shell Activated Carbon (CNS)

Features

•Specifically manufactured from coconut shells

•Long life expectancy and removal efficiency

•Excellent hardness

• High surface area and micropore structure

•Less carbon changeouts, less dust and fines

• High surface area and micropore structure

•High adsorption capacity, lower pre-soak times, readily wettable

•Packaged in bags, totes or drums

CNS-612

6 x 12 US Mesh Coconut Based Activated Carbon, 60 - 65% CCl4,

0.48 - 0.55 g/cc Density, 96 - 98% Hardness, 5% Ash, 1100 - 1200 mg/g Iodine#, 1150 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area

CNS-185

4 x 8 US Mesh Size Coconut Shell Activated Carbon 55% CCl4,

0.48 - 0.54 g/cc Density, 90 - 95% Hardness, 2.5% Ash, 1050 mg/g

Iodine#, 1100 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area

Bitumous Coal Activated Carbon

Features

• Specifically manufactured from select grades of bituminous coal

•Excellent for applications from general odour abatement to solvent adsorption and recovery

• High surface area and broad pore structure

• Less frequent changeouts = cost effective

•Lower pressure drops

• Packaged in 55 lbs bags, totes, and drums

BC-410

4 x 10 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4,

0.40 - 0.46 g/cc Density, 90 - 94% Hardness, 6 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1000 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area

BC-406P

4 x 6 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon (4 mm),

60 - 65% CCl4, 0.44 - 0.49 g/cc Density, 95% Hardness, 8 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1150 m2/g Surface Area,

Static Pressure Drop: 0.8" - 1.0"w.g./ft Carbon @ 50 fpm

BC-608P

6 x 8 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon (3 mm),

62 - 67% CCl4, 0.48-0.52 g/cc Density, 95 - 97% Hardness, 8 - 10% Ash, 1000 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1200 m2/g Surface Area,

Static Pressure Drop: 1.2" - 1.0"w.g./ft Carbon @ 50 fpm

BC-710P

7 x 10 US Mesh Size Bituminous Coal Activated Carbon (2 mm),

62 - 72% CCl4, 0.44 - 0.52 g/cc Density, 95 - 97% Hardness, 8 - 10% Ash, 1000 - 1050 mg/g Iodine#, 1100 - 1250 m2/g Surface Area,

Static Pressure Drop: 1.4" w.g./ft Carbon @ 50 fpm

AMMONACARB-608P

6 x 8 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon (2.5 - 3.5 mm Pellet Size) 60% CCl4, 0.56 - 0.58 g/cc Density, 97% Hardness, 8% Ash, Area, 15% Moisture Content

KOH-PI-608P

6 x 8 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon (2.5 - 3.0 mm Pellet Size) 65% CCl4, 0.57 - 0.67 g/cc Density, 95 - 97% Hardness, 8% Ash, Area, 15% Moisture Content, Static Pressure Drop: 1.25" w.g./ft Carbon@ 50 fpm, Breakthrough Capacity: 0.15 g H2S Removed/cc Carbon

MerCarb-410 4 x 10 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.60 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 8% Ash, 1050 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area, 15 - 20% Moisture Content

MerCarb-1240 12 x 40 US Mesh Size Chemically Impregnated Coal Based Activated Carbon, 60% CCl4, 0.60 g/cc Density, 94% Hardness, 8% Ash, 1050 - 1100 m2/g Surface Area, 15 - 20% Moisture

UltraVentTM

VOC & Odour Control Ventilator System

UltraVent™ is an effective and easily transportable air purification system for quick response specifically designed to treat toxic vapors, irritant and corrosive gases and other noxious odors in emergency, temporary or fixed situations which uses granular activated carbon to remove organic contaminants from an air stream. UltraVent™ system is easily portable and can be delivered and installed in hours at your facility or site.

UltraVent™ Systems comes with:

•Metal drum with carbon

•Top mounted blower

•Start Switch with Internal thermal overload protection

•15 Feet of SOW cable and standard plug

•Dolly with casters for ease of transportation

*Tubing Not Included.

UltraSorber Air™

Air Treatment Vessels with Activated Carbon for Treating VOC & Odor

UltraSorber Air™ is an effective and easily transportable air purification system for quick response specifically designed to adsorb toxic vapors, irritant and corrosive gases and other noxious odors in emergency, temporary or fixed situations which uses granular activated carbon to remove organic contaminants from an air stream. UltraSorber Air™ has a specially constructed plenum chamber which permits even flow distribution and thus efficient utilization of the activated carbon. UltraSorber Air™ vessels are standard in size and are easily installed in hours at your facility or site.

*Larger Vessels are available upon demand.

*Accessories for the UltraSorber Air™ units is also available upon demand.

UltraSorber Air™ Comes with:

•Carbon steel constructed vessels

•Top carbon fill and empty port

•Plenum chamber

•Temperature gauge

•Pressure gauge

•Forklift frame

Typical applications include the following:

•Odor Control for many industries

•VOC Control from various processes

•Fugitive Emissions

•Tank Filling Operations

•Fuel Spills for Remediation Sites

•Printing Industries

•Industrial Manufacturing

•Food Industries

Treatment of contaminants such as:

•Hydrocarbons (VOCs)

•Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)

•Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

•Chlorine (Cl2)

•Nitrogen oxides (NOx)

•Ammonia (NH4)

•Ozone (O3)

•Amines

•Indoles

•Mercaptans

UltraSorberTM Air Treatment Units

Sampson Air Filters

MERV 13 Green Pleat

• MERV 13 efficiency to meet LEED Green Building Rating System Criteria

• Green Pleat provides points toward LEED certification

• Eliminates need to retrofit to achieve high MERV efficiency

• Low resistance to air flow reduces energy costs

• Sustainable component for a LEED/Green Building initiative

• Exceeds LEED/Green requirement of MERV 13

Application Parameters

• Recommended Temperature: 150° F

• Recommended Final Resistance: 1.0" w.g.

• Flammability: UL Class 2

• Frame: 100% Recycled Paperboard

Perfect Filter for Residential, Commercial & Industrial Use

Pleated Air Filter - Series 400

Achieves up to a MERV 10 (per ASHRAE Standard 52.2-2007)

Features

• Moisture resistant 100% synthetic media

• Longer service life means lower operating costs

• Available in either standard capacity or high capacity

• A wide range of sizes in 1", 2" and 4" thicknesses

Maximum recommended continuous operating temperature of 150°F

UL900 Class 2

FP Mini-Pleat Filter

Features

Longer filter life with lower replacement and maintenance costs

•Eliminates downstream dust and fiber shedding

•Reduced resistance to air flow promotes significant energy savings

•Dual direction media for front or reverse mount installations

•No aluminum spacers to damage the filter media

Application Parameters

• Maximum Constant Temperature: Standard: 150°F, High Temp: 250°F

• Flammability: UL 900 Class 2, UL 900 Class 1 (consult factory)

• Media: Wet Laid Microglass

• Relative Humidity: 100%

• Recommended Final Pressure Drop: 2.0" w.g.

DF-FP24

24"x 24"x 12", Media Area: 193 sq. ft

DF-FP20

20"x 24"x 12", Media Area: 162 sq. ft

DF-FP2020

20"x 20"x 12", Media Area: 120 sq. ft

Titan FP Filter

Features

• State-of-the-art rigid filtration

• Lightweight design

• High efficiency per ASHRAE 52.2

• Designed for use in Variable Air Volume (VAV) and constant velocity systems

• Aerodynamic design

• Integral handle for ease of transportation

• Suitable for high humidity

• UL 900 Class 2, (UL 900 Class 1 optional)

Application Parameters

• Maximum Constant Temperature: 150°F

• Flammability: UL 900 Class 2, UL 900 Class 1 (consult factory)

• Media: Wet Laid Microglass

• Relative Humidity: 100%

• Recommended Final

• Pressure Drop: 1.5" w.g.

GeoPleat-P (Plastic Frame)

Features

• Advanced pleat geometry for even dust loading and maximum service life

• Patented filter technology

• High impact plastic frame for harsh environments

• Very low resistance to air-flow results in lower energy costs

• UL 900 Class 2

• Robust filter media resists tearing or damage

• Compact design saves shipping and storage space

• Completely incinerable

• Sustainable component for a LEED/Green Building initiative

• Exceeds LEED/Green requirement of MERV 13

Application Parameters

• Temperature Resistance: Continuous - 150°F; Peaks - 175°F

• Flammability: UL 900 Class 2

• Media: Synthetic

• Frame: High Impact Plastic

• Relative humidity: 100%

• Recommended Final Resistance: 1.5" w.g.

DF-41252 MERV 11, 12"x 24"x 12"

DF-41254 MERV 11 , 24"x 24"x 12"

DF-41256 MERV 13, 12"x 24"x 12"

Chemical Resistance Chart